SSS - PapuaWeb

Bibliography 

1. S., Bira. Flying-Foxes. The Papuan Villager. 1929; 1(9): 8. 

Note: [Boigu]. 

2. S., H. Die Erfolge der Expedition Lauterbach in Kaiser- Wilhelms-Land. Globus. 1897; 71: 49-50. 

Note: [Lauterbach explor 1896: Erima, Bismarck Mts, Ramu R]. 

3. Saave, J. J. Intestinal Infestations. In: Bell, C. O., Editor. The Diseases and Health Services of Papua New Guinea: 

A Basis for National Health Planning. Port Moresby: Department of Public Health; 1973: 238-245. 

Note: [general PNG]. 

4. Sabok, Andrew Kalang. The Dolphin Woman. Journal of the Papua & New Guinea Society. 1968; 2(1): 61-62. 

Note: [Kairiru]. 

5. Sabumei, Benias. A Brief History of Sabume Kofikai. Oral History. 1973; 1(7): 9-12. 

Note: [interviews: Kapokamarigi vill Goroka Sub-district]. 

6. Sachse, F. J. P. De wording van Hollandia: van "Tempo Dahoele". Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea. 1957; 5(3): 1-6. 

Note: [explor 1910-1911: Bewani R]. 

7. Sack, P. G. Early Land Acquisitions in New Guinea -- The Native Version. Journal of the Papua & New Guinea 

Society. 1969; 3(2): 7-16. 


8. Sack, P. Land Law and Land Policy in German New Guinea. In: Inglis, K. S., Editor. The History of Melanesia: 

Papers Delivered at a Seminar Sponsored Jointly by The University of Papua and New Guinea, The Australian 

National Unversity, the Administrative College of Papua and New Guinea, and the Council on New Guinea 

Affairs Held at Port Moresby from 30 May to 5 June 1968. Canberra and Port Moresby: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific Studies, and The University of Papua and New Guinea; 1969: 101-112. 

Note: [German NG]. 

9. Sack, P. G. Land Law and Policy in German New Guinea. Australian External Territories. 1971; 11(1): 7-19. 

Note: [general GNG]. 

10. Sack, Peter G. The Bloodthirsty Laewomba? Myth and History in Papua New Guinea. Canberra & Lae: 

Australian National University, Research School of Social Sciences, Department of Law & The Morobe 

District Historical Society; 1976. 121 pp. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Lae, Laewomba, Markham R]. 

11. Sack, Peter. Colonial Government, "Justice" and "the Rule of Law": The Case of German New Guinea. In: Hiery, 

Hermann J.; MacKenzie, John M., Editors. European Impact and Pacific Influence: British and German 

Colonial Policy in the Pacific Islands and the Indigenous Response. London: I.B. Tauris Publishers; 1997: 

189-213. (Library of International Relations, Tauris Academic Studies; v. 7). 

Note: [general German NG]. 

12. Sack, Peter. Das deutsche Rechtswesen in Melanesien. In: Hiery, Hermann Joseph, Editor. Die Deutsch Südsee 

1884-1914: Ein handbuch. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schöningh; 2001: 322-342. 


13. Sack, Peter. The End of the Hahl Era in German New Guinea: Voluntary Career Change or Removal from Office? 

Journal of Pacific History. 1990; 25: 227-232. 


1

14. Sack, Peter, Editor. German New Guinea: A Bibliography. Canberra: Australian National University, Research 

School of Social Sciences, Department of Law; 1980. [i], 298 pp. 


15. Sack, Peter. German New Guinea: A Reluctant Plantation Colony? Journal de la Société des Océanistes. 1986; 

42(82-83): 109-127. 


16. Sack, Peter G. A History of German New Guinea: A Debate about Evidence and Judgement. Journal of Pacific 

History. 1985; 20: 84-94. 


17. Sack, Peter G. Land Between Two Laws: Early European Land Acquisitions in New Guinea. Canberra: Australian 

National University Press; 1973. [xi], 197 pp. 


18. Sack, Peter G. Law, Politics and Native "Crimes" in German New Guinea. In: Moses, John A.; Kennedy, Paul M., 

Editors. Germany in the Pacifc and Far East, 1870-1914. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press; 1977: 

262-287. 


19. Sack, Peter G. Mythology and Land Rights on Wogeo. Oceania. 1975; 46: 40-52. 

Note: [from lit: Wogeo]. 

20. Sack, Peter G., Editor. Problem of Choice: Land in Papua New Guinea's Future. Canberra: Australian National 

University Press; 1974. xiii, 220 pp. 

21. Sack, Peter G. Some Interviews on Butibam, Kamkumung, Wagang and Yalu' History. Journal of the Morobe 

Province Historical Society. 1977; 4(1): 31-35. 

Note: [Butibam, Kamkumung, Wagang, Yalu']. 

22. Sack, Peter G. Traditional Land Tenure and Early European Land Acquisitions: The Clash between Primitive and 

Western Law in New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1971. ix, [ii], 331 

pp. 

Note: [from lit & archives: German NG]. 

23. Sack, Peter G.; Clark, Dymphna, Editors and Translators. Albert Hahl: Governor in New Guinea. Canberra: 

Australian National University Press; 1980. xxii, 164 pp. + Frontispiece. 


24. Sack, Peter; Clark, Dymphna, Editors and Translators. German New Guinea: The Annual Reports. Canberra: 

Australian National University Press; 1979. xvii, 403 pp. 


25. Sack, Peter; Clark, Dymphna, Editors & Translators. German New Guinea: The Draft Annual Report for 1913-14. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Social Sciences, Department of Law; 1980. vi, 

170 pp. 

Note: [from lit & archives: general German Ng, Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Eitape, Morobe]. 

26. Sackschewsky, Marvin. The Clan Meeting in Enga Society. In: Brennan, Paul W., Editor. Exploring Enga Culture: 

Studies in Missionary Anthropology: Second Anthropological Conference of New Guinea Lutheran Mission 

-- 1970. Wapenamanda: Kristen Pres, Inc., Highlands Branch; 1970: 51-101. 

Note: [mission: Potealini clan parish Enga]. 

27. Saffu, Yaw, Editor. The 1992 Papua New Guinea Election: Change and Continuity in Electoral Politics. Canberra: 

2

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Political and 

Social Change; 1996. xii, 409 pp. (Political and Social Change Monographs; v. 23). 

28. Saffu, Yaw. Continuity and Change in Papua New Guinea Electoral Politics. In: Saffu, Yaw, Editor. The 1992 

Papua New Guinea Election: Change and Continuity in Electoral Politics. Canberra: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Political and Social Change; 1996: 

1-42. (Political and Social Change Monographs; v. 23). 


29. Saffu, Yaw. Survey Evidence on Electoral Behaviour in Papua New Guinea. In: Oliver, Michael, Editor. Eleksin: 

The 1987 National Election in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea; 1989: 

15-36. 


30. Safitoa, J. Chalmers in Iokea. Oral History. 1973; 1(7): 46- 49. 

Note: [interview: Chalmers, Iokea]. 

31. Saggers, Sherry; Gray, Dennis. The "Neolithic Problem" Reconsidered: Human Plant Relationships in Northern 

Australia and New Guinea. Asian Perspectives. 1987; 25(2): 99-125. 

Note: [from lit: Asmat, Torres Strait, Oriomo, Kimam, Keraki]. 

32. Sagir, Bill Francis. A Brief Note on the Use of Kava (Piper methysticum) in Madang Province. Research in 

Melanesia. 1987; 11- 12: 37-39. 

Note: [Baiteta, Bargam]. 

33. Sagir, Bill F. Gender and Forestry Development in Wasab Village, Madang Province. Research in Melanesia. 

1994; 18: 93- 109. 

Note: [fw 1991: Wasab vill Bargam (Mugil)]. 

34. Sagir, Bill F. Living with Logging and Broken Promises: Madang Timbers in the Madang North Coast TRP. In: 

Filer, Colin, Editor. The Political Economy of Forest Management in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: The 

National Research Institute and the International Institute for Environment and Development; 1997: 130-146. 

(NRI Monographs; v. 32). 

Note: [fw 1991, 1994, 1996: Wasab, Yab, Yoidik]. 

35. Sagir, Bill F. The Politics of Petroleum Extraction and Royalty Distribution at Lake Kutubu. In: Rumsey, Alan; 

Weiner, James, Editors. Mining and Indigenous Lifeworlds in Australia and Papua New Guinea. Adelaide: 

Crawford House Publishing Pty Ltd.; 2001: 145-156. 

Note: [fw November 1993 (2 wks) & from lit: Fasu, Foi, Kutubu]. 

36. Sahlins, Marshall. The Economics of Develop-man in the Pacific. Res. 1992; 21: 12-25. 

Note: [from lit: Mendi]. 

37. Sahlins, Marshall D. Poor Man, Rich Man, Big-Man, Chief: Political Types in Melanesia and Polynesia. 

Comparative Studies in Society and History. 1963; 5: 285-303. 

Note: [from lit: Orokaiva, Tangu, Kapauku, Gawa' (Huon Gulf), Abelam, Mt Arapesh, Orokolo, Ngarawapum, 

Kiwai, Kuma, Gahuku- Gama, Kyaka Enga, Mae Enga]. 

38. Sahlins, Marshall D. Poor Man, Rich Man, Big-Man, Chief: Political Types in Melanesia and Polynesia. Reprinted 

in: Harding, Thomas G.; Wallace, ben J., Editors. Cultures of the Pacific: Selected Readings. New York: The 

Free Press; 1970: 203- 215, 446-452. 

Note: [from lit: Orakaiva, Tangu, Kapauku, Gawa' (Huon Gulf), Abelam, Mt Arapesh, Orokolo, Ngarawapum, 

Kiwai, Kuma, Gahuku- Gama, Kyaka Enga, Mae Enga]. 

39. Said, David. Canoe Splashboard. In: Beran, Harry, Editor. Oceanic and Indonesian Art: Collectors' Choice: An 

3

Exhibition of 102 Workd from 90 Private Australian Collections at Nomadic Rug Traders, Sydney, 18 July 

to 14 August 1998. Bathurst and Woolahra: Crawford House Publishing Pty Ltd in association with Oceanic 

Art Society; 1998: 53. 

Note: [exhibition: Rivo Astrolabe Bay]. 

40. Sail, Allan. Theoretical and Actual Ages of Grade 1 Children in the Western Highlands. Papua New Guinea 

Journal of Education. 1984; 20: 137-149. 

Note: [Mt Hagen]. 

41. Saini, B. S. An Architect Looks at Papua and New Guinea. Australian Territories. 1965; 5(4): 28-43. 

Note: [Marshall Lagoon, Port Moresby]. 

42. Saint-Yves, Ian F. M. The Alleged Resistance of Plasmodium falciparum to Chloroquine in the Milne Bay 

District. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1971; 14: 77-78. 

Note: [Dogura, Wedau, Wamira]. 

43. Saint-Yves, Ian F. M. A Pattern of Maluntrition in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea. Medical Journal of 

Australia. 1967; 1: 557-560. 

Note: [Angau Memorial Hospital lae]. 

44. Sairere, John. The Aupik in East Sepik, Papua New Guinea. In: Osteria, Trinidad S., Editor. Women in Health 

Development: Case Studies of Selected Ethnic Groups in Rural Asia-Pacific. Singapore: Institute of Southeast 

Asian Studies, Social Issues in Southeast Asia; 1991: 99-105. (Field Report Series; v. 24). 

Note: [Aupik Maprik]. 

45. Sairere, John. Women in Health and Development: Aupik Village, East Sepik Province. In: Taufa, Tukutau; Bass, 

Caroline, Editors. Population, Family Health and Development: Papers Presented at and Arising from the 1991 

Waigani Seminars, University of Papua New Guinea, 16-22 June 1991, Volume 2. Port Moresby: University 

of Papua New Guinea Press; 1993: 303-308. 

Note: [survey: Aupik]. 

46. Saito, Hisafumi. Barefoot Benefactors: A Study of Japanese Views of Melanesians. In: Borofsky, Robert, Editor. 

Remembrance of Pacific Pasts: An Invitation to Remake History. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press; 2000: 

292-295. 

Note: [from lit: Wewak area]. 

47. Saito, Hisafumi. [Future Foretold by a Myth: Ethno-History of the Yabio]. In: Sudo, K.; Yamashita, S.; Yoshioka, 

M., Editors. Rekishi no naka no Shakai [Society in History]. Tokyo: Kobundo; 1988: 53-68. 

Note: [fw: Yabio]. 

48. Saito, Hisafumi. We Are One Flesh: Unity and Migration of the Yabio. In: Yoshida, Shuji; Toyoda, Yukio, 

Editors. Fringe Area of Highlands in Papua New Guinea. Osaka: National Museum of Ethnology; 1998: 

93-112. (Senri Ethnological Series; v. 47). 

Note: [fw August-September 1986, July-October 1988, September- December 1990: Lariaso, Arapi Yabio]. 

49. Sakain, Salaen. History of Mr. Salaen Sakain, M.B.E., Didiman of Finschhafen. Oral History. 1978; 6(8): 33-59. 

Note: [interviews: Finschhafen]. 

50. Sakaip. How Thunder Started. Oral History. 1973; 1(2): 17. 

Note: [unidentified]. 

51. Sakiasi, M. Present Status of Sago Palm and Starch in Milne Bay Province. In: Sopade, Peter Adeoye, Editor. 

Sago Starch and Food Security in Papua New Guinea: The Proceedings of the First National Sago Conference. 

Lae: University of Technology, Department of Applied Sciences; 1999: 126-129. 

Note: [agr officer: Milne Bay Province]. 

4

52. Saking, M. Bukaua Canoe-making. Oral History. 1974; 2(10): 41-46. 

Note: [Yambo vill Bukaua]. 

53. Sakiyama, Osamu. Linguistic Evidence of New Guinea- Micronesia Connection. In: Ishikawa, Eikichi; Ohtsuka, 

Ryutaro, Editors. Proceedings of the Congress "Isolation and Development in the Pacific". Tokyo: Japanese 

Society for Oceanic Studies; 1987: 299-303. (Man and Culture in Oceania; v. 2 (Special Issue)). 

Note: [from lit: "NG", Kwesten, Maisin, Motu, Tobati, Tumleo]. 

54. Saksena, Nitin K.; Sherman, Michael P.; Yanagihara, Richard; Dube, Dipak K.; Poiesz, Bernard J. LTR Sequence 

and Phylogenetic Analyses of a Newly Discovered Variant of HTLV-a Isolated from the Hagahai of Papua 

New Guinea. Virology. 1992; 189: 1-9. 

Note: [Hagahai]. 

55. Salak, Kira. Four Corners: One Woman's Solo Journey into the Heart of Papua New Guinea. Washington, DC: 

Counterpoint; 2001. x, [i], 401, [1] pp. 

Note: [travels 1996: Port Moresby, Daru, Severiambu, Daumori, Isua Gogodala, Suki, Kiunga, Ramsite, 

Blackwater Camp, Fiak (May R hw), Hotmin, Arai, May R, Ambunti, Wagu, Biaga, Apowasi (Wogamush), 

Kindibit, Tambunum, kanduanum, Angoram, Wewak, Madang, Hagen, Mendi, Tari]. 

56. Sale, A. Waginara Village, Wewak Sub-province, East Sepik Province. Oral History. 1976; 4(6): 5-7. 

Note: [Waginara vill Wewak Sub-province]. 

57. Sal'e, N. Journeys into the Wapei Area: A Review of the Book Titled "Man and Birds of Paradise" by Allan Jock 

Marshall Published in 1938. Oral History. 1978; 6(2): 18-33. 

Note: [Wapei]. 

58. Salfield, Jacqueline; Gibbs, Jill; Gobius, R. J. Problems Associated with the Treatment of Maluntrition in the 

Field. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1974; 17: 177-182. 

Note: [1972: Kuyor, Wesor, Kuatengisi, Bongos, Whaukia (Bongos area, East Sepik Province). 

59. Salfield, Stephen. Filarial Arthritis in the Sepik District of Papua New Guinea. Medical Journal of Australia. 1975; 

1: 264- 267. 

Note: [Wewak Hospital]. 

60. Sali, Gae. Laia Ii's Fight against Mayamha. Oral History. 1983; 11(3): 101-106. 

Note: [Mayamha]. 

61. Salim, I. F. M. Vijftien jaar Boven-Digoel: Concentratiekamp in Nieuw-Guinea: Bakermat van de Indonesische 

onafhankelijkheid. Amsterdam: Uitgeverij Contact; 1973. 436 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [Lower Digoel, Tanah Merah]. 

62. Salisbury, Mary, Editor. Behavioral Science Research in New Guinea. Washington, DC: National Research 

Council; 1967. ix, 141 pp. (Publications; v. 1493). 

63. Salisbury, R. F. Economic Research in New Guinea. In: Salisbury, Mary, Editor. Behavioral Science Research 

in New Guinea. Washington, DC: National Research Council; 1967: 106-120. (Publications; v. 1493). 

Note: [general NG]. 

64. Salisbury, R. F. From Stone to Steel: Economic Consequences of a Technological Change in New Guinea. 

Carlton, Vic.: Melbourne University Press on behalf of The Australian National University; 1962. xxi, 237 pp. 

+ 12 Plates. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Automona clan, Emenyo tribe Siane]. 

65. Salisbury, R. [Letter]. Transcultural Psychiatric Research. 1969; 6: 100-102. 

5

Note: [fw: Siane; from lit: Gimi]. 

66. Salisbury, R. F. Notes on Bilingualism and Linguistic Change in New Guinea. Anthropological Linguistics. 1962; 

4(7): 1-13. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953, 1961: Emenyo tribe, Komunku dialect Siane]. 

67. Salisbury, R. Possession among the Siane (New Guinea). Transcultural Psychiatric Research. 1966; 3: 108-116. 

Note: [fw November 1952 - November 1953, 1961: Siane]. 

68. Salisbury, R. Possession on the New Guinea Highlands: Review of Literature. Transcultural Psychiatric Research. 

1966; 3: 103- 108. 

Note: [fw: Siane; from lit: Gururumba, Kuma, Benabena, Huli]. 

69. Salisbury, R. R. Salisbury Replies [to Langness]. Transcultural Psychiatric Research. 1967; 4: 130-134. 

Note: [from lit: Gimi, Manga, Huli, Kuma, Trobriand Is]. 

70. Salisbury, R. F. The Siane of the Eastern Highlands. In: Lawrence, P.; Meggitt, M. J., Editors. Gods, Ghosts and 

Men in Melanesia: Some Religions of Australian New Guinea and the New Hebrides. Melbourne: Oxford 

University Press; 1965: 50-77. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

71. Salisbury, R. F. Vocabulary of the Siane Language. Posieux/ Fribourg (Switz.): Anthropos Institute; 1956. xiv, 

39 pp. (Micro- Bibliotheca Anthropos; v. 24). 

Note: [fw: Siane]. 

72. Salisbury, Richard F. Asymmetrical Marriage Systems. American Anthropologist. 1956; 58: 639-655. 


73. Salisbury, Richard F. Ceremonial Economics and Political Equilibrium. In: Leroi-Gourhan, André; Champion, 

Pierre; Fontanès, Monique de., Editors. VIe Congrès Internationale des Sciences Anthropologiques et 

Ethnologiques Paris -- 30 juillet-6 août 1960, Tome II Ethnologique (premier volume). Paris: Musée de 

l'Homme; 1963: 255-259. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

74. Salisbury, Richard F. Changes in Land Use and Tenure among the Siane of the New Guinea Highlands (1952-61). 

Pacific Viewpoint. 1964; 5: 1-10. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953, 1961: Siane]. 

75. Salisbury, Richard F. Despotism and Australian Administration in the New Guinea Highlands. In: Watson, James 

B., Editor. New Guinea: The Central Highlands. Menasha, WI: American Anthropological Association; 1964: 

225-239. (American Anthropologist, Special Publications; v. 66(4,2)). 

Note: [fw 1952-1953, 1961: Namfayufa C.D. Siane]. 

76. Salisbury, Richard F. Early Stages of Economic Development in New Guinea. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 

1962; 71: 328- 339. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

77. Salisbury, Richard F. Early Stages of Economic Development in New Guinea. Reprinted in: Vayda, Andrew P., 

Editor. Peoples and Cultures of the Pacific: An Anthropological Reader. Garden City: Natural History Press; 

1968: 486-500. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

78. Salisbury-Rowswell, Richard F. Economic Change among the Siane Tribes of New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Canberra: Australian National University; 1957. [i], 10, iv, 345 pp. + 2 Charts + Foldout Map. 

Note: [fw November 1952 - November 1953: Siane]. 

6

79. Salisbury, Richard F. An "Indigenous" New Guinea Cult. Papers of the Kroeber Anthropological Society. 1958; 

18: 67-78. 

Note: [fw November 1952 - November 1953: Siane]. 

80. Salisbury, Richard F. New Guinea Highland Models and Descent Theory. Man. 1964; 64(213): 168-171. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

81. Salisbury, Richard F. Non-Equilibrium Models in New Guinea Ecology: Possibilities of Cultural Extrapolation. 

Anthropologica, N.S.. 1975; 17: 127-147. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

82. Salisbury, Richard F. Political Consolidation in the New Guinea Highlands. In: Endo, Banri; Hoshi, Horoshi; 

Masuda, Shozo, Editors. Proceedings VIIIth International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological 

Sciences 1968 Tokyo and Kyoto, Vol. II, Ethnology. Tokyo: Science Council of Japan; 1969: 114- 116. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953, 1961: Siane]. 

83. Salisbury, Richard F. Possession in the New Guinea Highlands. International Journal of Social Psychiatry. 1968; 

14: 85-94. 

Note: [fw November 1952 - November 1953, 1961: Siane; from lit: Gururumba, Kuma, Benabena, Manga, 

Huli]. 

84. Salisbury, Richard F. Reply [to E.R. Leach]. American Anthropologist. 1957; 59: 344-346. 


85. Salisbury, Richard F. The Siane Language of the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea. Anthropos. 1956; 51: 

447-480. 

Note: [fw 1 yr: Siane; from lit: Kuman, Gahuku, Gende, Kovena]. 

86. Salisbury, Richard F. Structuring Ignorance: The Genesis of a Myth in New Guinea. Anthropologica, N.S.. 1966; 

8: 315-328. 

Note: [fw 1953: Siane]. 

87. Salisbury, Richard F. A Trobriand Medusa? Man. 1959; 59(67): 50-51. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

88. Salisbury, Richard F. Unilineal Descent Groups in the New Guinea Highlands. Man. 1956; 56(2): 2-7. 

Note: [fw 1952-1953: Siane]. 

89. Salisbury, Richard F. University of Papua New Guinea Schrader Mountains Project Report No. 1: The Miyamiya 

Group of Peoples 16-17 February 1984. Research in Melanesia. 1985; 9: 6- 24. 

Note: [visit February 1984: Miyamiya]. 

90. Salisbury, Richard F. University of Papua New Guinea Schrader Mountains Project Report No. 3: Language Work 

on Pinai 28-30 April 1984. Research in Melanesia. 1985; 9: 28-36. 

Note: [visit April 1984: Pinai]. 

91. Salisbury, Richard F.; Salisbury, Mary E. The Rural-Oriented Strategy of Urban Adaptation: Siane Migrants in 

Port Moresby. In: Weaver, Thomas White ,. Douglas, Editors. The Anthropology of Urban Environments. 

Washington, DC: Society for Applied Anthropology; 1972: 59-68. (Monograph Series; v. 11). 

Note: [fw May-December 1967: Siane in Port Moresby]. 

92. Salisbury, Richard F.; Salisbury, Mary E. The Rural-Oriented Strategy of Urban Adaptation: Siane Migrants in 

Port Moresby. Reprinted in: May, R. J., Editor. Change and Movement: Readings on Internal Migration in 

Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Papua New Guinea Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research in 

7

association with Australian National University Press; 1977: 216- 229. 

Note: [fw May-December 1967: Siane in Port Moresby]. 

93. Salisbury, Richard F.; Salisbury, Mary E. Siane Migrant Workers in Port Moresby. Industrial Review. 1970; 8(2): 

5-11. 

Note: [fw 1967: Siane in Port Moresby]. 

94. Saloheimo, Atso M. Observations on Family Planning Acceptor in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea 

Medical Journal. 1978; 21: 299-305. 

Note: [Wetstern Highlands, Enga, East Sepik provinces]. 

95. Salt, N. V. Papuan Canoes. Walkabout. 1958; 24(5): 25. 

Note: [Port Moresby]. 

96. Salter, Frank K. Comment [on Polly Wiessner, "The Vines of Complexity: Egalitarian Structures and the 

Institutionalization of Inequality among the Enga"]. Current Antropology. 2002; 43: 260-261. 

Note: [from lit: Enga]. 

97. Salvi, Sergio. La Melanesia: popoli, lingue, stati. In: Centro Mostre di Firezene. Oceania Nera: Arte, cultura e 

popoli della Melanesia nelle callezioni del Musem di Antropologia e Etnologia di Firenze: Firenze, Sala 

d'Arme di Palazzo Vecchio 30 aprile - 9 agosto 1992. Firenze: Cantini & C.; 1992: 49-56. 

Note: [from lit: general NG]. 

98. Salzner, Richard. Sprachenatlas des Indopazifischen Raumes. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz; 1960. vi, [ii], 138 

pp. + 64 Karten. 

Note: [NG]. 

99. Samana, Fungke Z.; Dalpadado, Victor E. The Subsistence Agriculture Improvement Program of Morobe 

Province. In: Hughes, Philip J.; Thirwall, Charmian, Editors. The Ethics of Development, Volume 4: Choices 

in Development Planning. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1988: 281-290. 

Note: [Morobe Province]. 

100. Samana, U. Utula. Alkena "Yangpela Didiman Senta": A Study of Grassroots Agricultural Development. 

Yagl-Ambu. 1974; 1: 16- 26. 

Note: [survey April 1973: Tambul]. 

101. Samana, Utula. Local Government Councils and the School Leaver Problem. In: Powell, John P.; Wilson, 

Michael, Editors. Education and Rural Development in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: 

University of Papua New Guinea; 1974: 31- 40. 

Note: [1972: Unantu, Kainantu]. 

102. Samana, Utula. What Goes On at Alkena "Yangpela Didiman Senta". In: Powell, John P.; Wilson, Michael, 

Editors. Education and Rural Development in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: University 

of Papua New Guinea; 1974: 224-241. 

Note: [1973: Tambul]. 

103. Samori, Agus. The Kinship System of the Ambaidiru. In: Howard, Michael C.; Sanggenata, Naffi, Editors. Papers 

on Applied Anthropology in Irian Jaya 1. Jayapura: Cenderawasih University, Department of Anthropology; 

1997: 97-98. 

Note: [survey July 1995: Ambaidiru Yapen]. 

104. Samson, M. How Fire First came to Papua. The Papuan Villager. 1933; 5(12): 96. 

Note: [Samarai]. 

105. Samuel, Tailepa; Goro, Lusey; Kimbange, Anna. What Stands in the Way? In: Stratigos, Susan; Hughes, Philip 

8

J., Editors. The Ethics of Development, Volume 3: Women as Unequal Partners in Development. Port 

Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1987: 18-27. 

Note: [Maprik District]. 

106. Samuels, Michael L. POPREG I: A Simulation of Population Regulation among the Maring of New Guinea. 

Human Ecology. 1982; 10: 1-45. 

Note: [from lit: Tsembaga Maring]. 

107. San, Kwan Poh. The Referential Meanings of Kema "Liver" in Mauwake. In: Franklin, Karl, Editor. Studies in 

Componential Analysis. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1989: 47-63. (Data Papers on Papua New 

Guinea Languages; v. 36). 

Note: [SIL 4 yrs: Mauwake]. 

108. Sandaun Provincial Government. West Sepik Resource Atlas. Vanimo: West Sepik Integrated Development 

Study; 1981. 26 Maps. 

Note: [West Sepik Province]. 

109. Sanday, Peggy Reeves. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: Maria Lepowsky, Fruit of the Motherland: Gender 

in an Egalitarian Society, and Raymond C. Kelly, Constructing Inequality: The Fabrication of a Hierarchy of 

Virtue among the Etoro. Pacific Studies. 1997; 20(3): 105-113. 

Note: [from lit: Vanatinai]. 

110. Sanday, Peggy Reeves. Divine Hunger: Cannibalism as a Cultural System. Cambridge: Cambridge University 

Press; 1986. xvi, 266 pp. 

Note: [from lit: Bimin, Gimi, Hua]. 

111. Sanday, Peggy Reeves. Toward Thick Comparison and a Theory of Self-Awareness. Behavior Science Research. 

1988; 22: 82-96. 

Note: [from lit: Bimin-Kuskusmin]. 

112. Sande, G. A. J. van der. Kupferobjekte von ?Nord Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1904; 

16: 247-248. 

Note: [from museum colls: Humboldt Bay]. 

113. Sande, G. A. J. van der. Nova Guinea: Résultats de l'Expédition Scienifique Néerlandaise à la Nouvelle-Guinée 

en 1903 sous les auspices de Arthur Wichmann Chef de l'Expédition, Vol. III, Ethnography and Anthropology. 

Leiden: E.J. Brill; 1907. [ii], 390 pp. + Plates I-L + Map + [29] pp. Figures. 

Note: [fw 1903: Asé, Kaptiau, Jotefa, Nimboran, Horna, Sentani, Napan, Tanah Merah, Seka, Humboldt Bay, 

Siari, Tobadi, Kwatisore, Metu Debi, Manikion, Saweh, Tarfia, Mawes, Nagramadu, Lake Jamur, Liki, 

Lansutu, Sekanto, Jende, Mios, Demta, Wendesi, Geelvink Bay, Siari, Wari, Ron, Oinake, Ingras, Sersara, 

Doré, Wakobi, Numfor, Pujo, Thaë, Jambul, Waba, Entsau, Sageisara]. 

114. Sanders, Arden G. Some Synchronic Analysis Procedures for Language Survey Data. In: Simons, Gary, Editor. 

Language Variation and Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 295-315. 

(Workpapers in Papua New GUinea Languages; v. 21). 

Note: [from lit: Suau]. 

115. Sanders, Arden G.; Sanders, Joy. Defining the Centres of the Marienberg Language Family. In: Boxwell, Maurice 

et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 20. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School 

of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1980: 171-196. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 56). 

Note: [SIL survey 1977: Buna, Bungain, Kamasau, Muniwara, Samap, Urimo]. 

116. Sanders, Arden G.; Sanders, Joy. Phonology of the Kamasau Language. In: Boxwell, Maurice et al. Papers in 

New Guinea Linguistics No. 20. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 

Department of Linguistics; 1980: 111-135. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 56). 

9

Note: [SIL 9 mos: Tring vill Kamasau]. 

117. Sanders, Joy. On Defining the Centre of a Linguistic Group. In: Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation and 

Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 263- 294. (Workpapers in Papua New 

GUinea Languages; v. 21). 

Note: [from lit: Binandere Family, Sepik Hills Family]. 

118. Sanders, Joy; Sanders, Arden G. Dialect Survey of the Kamasau Language. In: Boxwell, Maurice et al. Papers 

in New Guinea Linguistics No. 20. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific 

Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1980: 137-170. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 56). 

Note: [SIL survey 1978: Elepi, Kamasau]. 

119. Sanders, R. C.; Lewis, D.; Dyke, T.; Alpers, M. P. Markers of Hepatitis B Infection in Tari District, Southern 

Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1992; 35: 197-201. 

Note: [survey 1990: Tari]. 

120. Sandick, L. H. W. van. Vergelijkingen tusschen het bestuur van Nederlandsch Nieuw Guinee en het bestuur van 

het overige deel van Nieuw Guinee. In: Klein, W. C., Editor. Nieuw Guinee. Amsterdam: Drukkerij na 

Uitgeverij J.H. de Bussy; 1938; III: 817- 834. 


121. Sands, Susan. The Situation of West Papuan Refugees in Papua New Guinea. Research in Melanesia. 1991; 15: 

95-120. 

Note: [interviews: East Awin]. 

122. Sands, Susan. West Papua: Forgotten War, Unwanted People. Cultural Survival Quarterly. 1991; 15(2): 40-44. 

Note: [visit 1989 & from lit: Awin]. 

123. Sandy, Michael J.; Davis, Harry. Ceramic Materials of the Port Moresby Area. Science in New Guinea. 1983; 

10: 39-47. 

Note: [survey 1982: Port Moresby area]. 

124. Sanger, Penelope; Sorrell, Neil. Music in Umeda Village, New Guinea. Ethnomusicology. 1975; 19: 67-89. 

Note: [from pc: Umeda]. 

125. Sanggenafa, N. Masyarakat Waropen Di Pantai Timur Teluk Cenderawasih. In: Koentjaraningrat, Editor. Irian 

Jaya: Membangun Masyarakat Majemuk. Jakarta: Penerbit Djambatan; 1994: 190-213. (Seri Etnografi 

Indonesia; v. 5). 

Note: [Waropen]. 

126. Sanggenafa, N. Suku Bangsa Waropen, Sebuah Etnografi. In: Etnografi Irian Jaya: Panduan Sosial Budaya: Buku 

Satu. n.p.: Kelompok Peneliti Etnografi Irian Jaya; 1993: 326-357. 

Note: [Waropen]. 

127. Sanggenafa, N.; Koentjaraningrat. Pertukaran Kain Timur Di Daerah Kepala Burung. In: Koentjaraningrat, Editor. 

Irian Jaya: Membangun Masyarakat Majemuk. Jakarta: Penerbit Djambatan; 1994: 156-172. (Seri Etnografi 


Note: [Kepala Burung]. 

128. Sanggenafa, Naffi. Buat Dr. A.C. van der Leeden: Suatu Catatan Pengalaman Penelitan Lapangan Di Daerah 

Kepala Burung, Irian Jaya. In: Haenen, Paul; Trouwborst, Albert, Editors. Vrienden en Verwanten: Liber 

Amicorum Alex van der Leeden. Leiden and Jakarta: DSALCUL/IRIS [Department of Languages and Cultures 

of Southeast-Asia and Oceania, Universiteit Leiden/Irian Jaya Studies Project]; 1993: 135-145. 

Note: [Kepala Burung]. 

10

129. Sanggenafa, Naffi. Kain Timur and the Payment of Fines. In: Haenen, Paul; Pouwer, Jan, Editors. Peoples on the 

Move: Current Themes of Anthropological Research in New Guinea. Nijmegen: University of Nijmegen, 

Centre for Australian and Oceanic Studies; 1989: 175-187. 

Note: [fw 1983: Fef district Karon Dori]. 

130. Sanggenafa, Naffi. Kain Timur and the Payment of Fines: A Preliminary Study of the Karondori People of Irian 

Jaya's Bird's Head Region. Irian. 1990; 18: 92-101. 

Note: [fw 1983: Fef vill Karon Dori]. 

131. Sanggenafa, Naffi. Sistem Tukar-Menukar Kain Timur pada Orang Karon. In: Masinambouw, E. K. M., Editor. 

Maluku dan Irian Jaya. Jakarta: Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, Lembaga Ekonomi dan Kemasyarakatan 

Nasional; 1994: 399-416. (Bulletin LEKNAS; v. 3(1)). 

Note: [Karon]. 

132. Sani, Simeon Sipiningi. From Stoneage to Space Age: Problems and Avenues of Business Management in a Rural 

Sepik Village. Oral History. 1982; 10(4): 68-93. 

Note: [Kombikum vill Maprik]. 

133. Sankin, Samo. Two Groups Which Went Away from Chambri. Oral History. 1977; 5(8): 92. 

Note: [Chambri]. 

134. Sankoff, G. Language Use in Multilingual Societies: Some Alternate Approaches. In: Pride, J. B.; Holmes, Janet, 

Editors. Sociolinguistics: Selected Readings. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books Ltd; 1972: 33-51. 

Note: [fw: Buang]. 

135. Sankoff, Gillian. Cognitive Variability and New Guinea Social Organization: The Buang Dgwa. American 

Anthropologist. 1972; 74: 555-566. 


136. Sankoff, Gillian. Cognitive Variability and New Guinea Social Organization: The Buang Dgwa. Reprinted in: 

Sankoff, Gillian. The Social Life of Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980: 153-168. 

Note: [fw September 1966 - August 1967, July-August 1968: Mambump, Rai vills Buang]. 

137. Sankoff, Gillian. La parallélisme dans la poésie Buang. Anthropologica, N.S.. 1977; 19: 27-48. 


138. Sankoff, Gillian. Language Use in Multilingual Societies: Some Alternative Approaches. Reprinted in: Sankoff, 

Gillian. The Social Life of Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980: 29-46. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967, 1968: Buang]. 

139. Sankoff, Gillian. Multilingualism in Papua New Guinea. In: Wurm, S. A., Editor. New Guinea Area Languages 

and Language Study, Vol. 3, Language, Culture, Society, and the Modern World. Canberra: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1977: 265-307. (Pacific Linguistics, 

Series C; v. 40). 

Note: [fw 1972-1973: Buang; from lit: Ngala, Yelogu, Mamaa, Yabong, Rawa, Binumarien, Usarufa, Koita, 

Motu, Dobu, Siane, Komba, Timbe, Maring, Narak, Daribi, Chimbu, Huli, Medlpa, Kewa, Sio, Graged, 

Yabem, Wedau, Orokolo, Kiwai, Kate]. 

140. Sankoff, Gillian. Multilingualism in Papua New Guinea. Reprinted in: Sankoff, Gillian. The Social Life of 

Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980: 95-132. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Ngala, Swagup, Yelogu, Mamaa, Yabong, Binumarien, Usarufa, Koita, Dobu, Kiriwina, 

Sio, Mailu, Siane, Maring, Daribi, Chimbu, Huli, Melpa, Mt Koiari, Kewa, Narak, Gumalu, Buang]. 

141. Sankoff, Gillian. Mutual Intelligibility, Bilingualism, and Linguistic Boundaries. Reprinted in: Sankoff, Gillian. 

The Social Life of Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980: 133-141. 

11

Note: [fw 1966-1967, 1968: Buweyew, Mambump, Wins, Chimbuluk, Papekene, Manga, Kwasang vills 

Buang]. 

142. Sankoff, Gillian. Political Power and Linguistic Inequality in Papua New Guinea. Reprinted in: Sankoff, Gillian. 


Note: [fw July 1966 - August 1967, July-August 1968, June- September 1971: Buang]. 

143. Sankoff, Gillian. Quantitative Analysis of Sharing and Variability in a Cognitive Model. Ethnology. 1971; 10: 

389-408. 

Note: [fw September 1966 - August 1967, July-August 1968: Mambump vill Buang]. 

144. Sankoff, Gillian. Quantitative Analysis of Sharing and Variability in a Cognitive Model. Reprinted in: Sankoff, 

Gillian. The Social Life of Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980: 169-190. 

Note: [fw September 1966 - August 1967, July-August 1968: Mambump vill Buang]. 

145. Sankoff, Gillian. Social Aspects of Multilingualism in New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Montreal: McGill 

University; 1968. x, 246 pp. 

Note: [fw July 1966 - August 1967: Mambump vill Buang]. 

146. Sankoff, Gillian. The Social Life of Language. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press; 1980. xxii, 373 

pp. 


147. Sankoff, Gillian. Touching Pen, Marking Paper: Queensland Labour Contracts in the 1880's. In: Gewertz, 

Deborah; Schieffelin, Edward, Editors. History and Ethnohistory in Papua New Guinea. Sydney: University 

of Sydney; 1985: 100-126. (Oceania Monographs; v. 28). 

Note: [from lit: general PNG]. 

148. Sankoff, Gillian. Wave versus Stammbaum Explanations of Lexical Similarities. Reprinted in: Sankoff, Gillian. 


Note: [fw: Tami, Labu, Yabem, Bukaua, Kela, Kaiwa, Maralinan, Laewomba, Azera, Hote, Mumeng, Kapin, 

Vehes, Manga Buang, Mapos Buang, Mambump Buang]. 

149. Sankoff, Gillian. Wok Bisnis and Namasu: A Perspective from the Village. In: Fairbairn, I. J. Namasu: New 

Guinea's Largest Indigenous-owned Company. Canberra and Port Moresby: Australian National University, 

New Guinea Research Unit; 1969: 61-81. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 28). 

Note: [survey March-April 1967: Morobe, Eastern Highlands districts]. 

150. Santa, Elizabeth della. Arts de la Melanesie. Bruxelles: Musees Royaux d'art et d'histoire; 1958. 141 pp. 

(Catalgue de la salle; v. 90). 

Note: [from museum colls: Mindimbit, Arfak Mts, MacCluer Gulf, Vogelkop, Mimika, Asmat, Mapi, 

Marind-anim, Geelvink Bay, Humboldt Bay, Sentani, Fly R, Torres Strait, Papuan Gulf, Elema, Purari R, 

Maipua, Kerewa, Gogodala, Massim, Trobriand Is, D'Entrecasteaux Is, Kerepuna, Mt Hagen, Prince Alexander 

Mts, Kambringo, Iatmul, Sepik, Ramu R, Ambunti, Beliao, Tami Is]. 

151. Santa Barbara Museum of Art. Arts of New Guinea. Santa Barbara, CA: Santa Barbara Museum of Art; 1964. 

32 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [exhibition: Asmat, Maprik, Bovmagun Wosera, Ulupu, Jama (Sepik Plains), Numarkum, May R, 

Middle Sepik, Suagup, Kabriman, Korogo, Lower Sepik, Chambri, Sentani, Papuan Gulf, Marind-anim]. 

152. Sapak, Gillean. Ethics of Rural Trade Store Operations. In: Hughes, Philip J.; Thirwall, Charmian, Editors. The 

Ethics of Development, Volume 4: Choices in Development Planning. Port Moresby: University of Papua New 

Guinea Press; 1988: 291-295. 

Note: [East Sepik Province]. 

12

153. Sapak, Peter; Sleigh, Adrian; Williams, Gail; Peter, Wilfred; Ginny, Meza; Waranduo, Markus. Measurement 

of Ovalocyte Frequency in Peripheral Blood Smears in Defining Ovalocytosis in Papua New Guinea. Tropical 

and Geographical Medicine. 1998; 3: 809-817. 

Note: [Madang area, Wosera]. 

154. Sapak, Peter; Williams, Gail; Bryan, Joan; Riley, Ian. Efficacy of Mass Single-dose Diethylcarbamazine and 

DEC-fortified Saly Against Bancroftian Filariasis in Papua New Guinea Six Months After Treatment. Papua 

New Guinea Medical Journal. 2000; 43: 213-220. 

Note: [Buhutu V, Dogura]. 

155. Sapper, K. Einige Bemerkungen zu den Karten. Dr. A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' 

Geographischer Anstalt. 1910; 56: 186. 

Note: [explor: Eitape, North Coast]. 

156. Sapper, Karl. Arthur Wichmanns Forschungsreise in Nord- Neuguinea im Jahre 1903. Dr. A. Petermanns 

Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt. 1918; 64: 169-170. 

Note: [explor Wichmann, Sande 1903: Geelvink Bay, Mios War, Dore Bay, Humboldt Bay, Jotefa]. 

157. Sapper, Karl. Beiträge zur Kenntnis Neupommern und des Kaiser-Wilhelms-Landes. Dr. A. Petermanns 

Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt. 1910; 56: 189-193, 255-256 + Tafel 33. 

Note: [explor Friederici: Eitape]. 

158. Sapule, S. G. "Didiman" Committees in the Marawaka Sub- Province: A Case Study. Administration For 

Development. 1976; 6: 40-44. 

Note: [Marawaka]. 

159. Sapuri, Mathias; Babona, Diro M.; Klufio, Cecil A.; Vince, John D. Hepatitis B Surface and e Antigen 

Serpositivity in Mothers and Cord Blood at Port Moresby General Hospital: Implications for a Control 

Program. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1991; 34: 234-237. 

Note: [Port Moresby General Hospital]. 

160. Sarasin, Fritz. Bericht über die Ethnographische Sammlung des Basler Museums für das Jahr 1901. 

Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1904; 13: 638-644. 

Note: [from museum colls: NG]. 

161. Sarasin, Fritz. Bericht über die Sammlung für Völkerkunde des Basler Museums für das Jahr 1903. 


Note: [from museum colls: Kiriwina, D'Entrecasteaux Is, Woodlark I, Louisiade Arch, Dutch NG]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, Humboldt Bay, Sentani]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Dutch NG, German NG]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Finschhafen]. 



Note: [from museum colls: North Coast, Sepik]. 

13

166. Sarasin, Fritz. Bericht über das Basler Museum für Völkerkunde für das Jahr 1917. Verhandlungen der 

Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1918; 29: 348-390. 

Note: [from museum colls: German NG]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Marind, Huon Gulf]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Marind, North Coast]. 



Note: [from museum colls: North Coast, Dutch NG, Sattelberg, Tami Is]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Doreh, Sentani, Mamberamo R, IJH]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Marind, Töpferfluss]. 






Note: [from museum colls: Sepik, Astrolabe Bay, Papuan Gulf, Trobriand Is]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Sentani]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Marind]. 


Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1932; 42: 291-316 + Tafel 2. 

Note: [from museum colls: Papua, Siassi]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Papuan Gulf]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Sepik]. 


Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1934; 45: 194-226 + Tafel 2. 


14









Note: [from museum colls: German NG, NNG]. 






Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, South NNG]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Rempi, Korugu (Wahgi V), Angriffshafen, Ramu "pygmies"]. 

186. Sareo, Immanuel. Customary Baptism on Koil Island. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1992; 2(1): 19-20. 

Note: [Koil]. 

187. Sareo, Immanuel. Initiation of Young Boys on Koil Island. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1991; 1(2): 22-26. 

Note: [Koil]. 

188. Sarfert, E. Eine Kanuplanke aus Kaiser Wilhelms-Land. Jahrbuch des Städtischen Museum für Völkerkunde zu 

Leipzig. 1911 Dec; 4: 42-43 + Tafeln 12-13. 

Note: [from museum colls: German NG, Aird Delta, Siar]. 

189. Sargent, Wyn. People of the Valley. New York: Random House, Inc.; 1974. xi, 303 pp. + Plates + Endpaper 

Illustrations. 

Note: [journalist travels October 1972 - February 1973: Wamena Baliem V]. 

190. Saroa, K. M. Subsistence Gardening in the Korepa, Daulo Area. In: Bruyn, H.; Cheung, P.; Saroa, K. M.; Godyn, 

D. L.; Godyn, M. E.; Paddenburg, A. van; Beney, J. K. Six Studies in Subsistence Agriculture. Port Moresby: 

Department of Primary Industry; 1980: 15-23. (Extension Bulletins; v. 11). 

Note: [agr officer: Mombago vill Daulo]. 

191. Saroa, Mataio. Our Daily Work: From a Tuvaluan's Diary in Papua. In: Crocombe, Ron; Crocombe, Marjorie, 

Editors. Polynesian Missions in Melanesia: From Samoa, Cook Islands and Tonga to Papua New Guinea and 

New Caledonia. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies; 1982: 105-110. 

Note: [mission 1935, 1936-1940: Sivili Orokolo; 1941-1946: Vailala]. 

192. Sarwono, Sarlito Wirawan. The Amungme and the Kamoro in Mimika Timur: A Psychological Analysis. In: 

Miedema, Jelle; Odé, Cecilia; Dam, Rien A. C.; Baak, Connie, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head of Irian 

Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference, Leiden, 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Editions Rodopi 

B.V.; 1998: 351-363. 

Note: [survey 1996: Amungme, Kamoro]. 

15

193. Sasaki, Naosuke; Takemori, Koichi; Ohtsuka, Ryutaro; Suzuki, Tsuguyoshi. Mineral Contents in Hair from 

Oriomo Papuans and Akita Dwellers. Ecology of Food and Nutrition. 1981; 11: 117-120. 

Note: [fw: Wonie Gidra]. 

194. Saul, Allan; Lamont, Gretel; Sawyer, William H.; Kidson, Chev. Decreased Membrane Deformability in 

Melanesian Ovalocytes from Papua New Guinea. Journal of Cell Biology. 1984; 98: 1348- 1354. 

Note: [unidentified Coastal PNG]. 

195. Saulei, Simon M. A Bibliography of the Flora and Vegetation of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Journal 

of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. 1996; 39: 20-168. 


196. Saulei, Simon. Forest Exploration in Papua New Guinea. In: Barlow, Kathleen; Winduo, Steven, Editors. Logging 

the Southwestern Pacific: Perspectives from Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, and Vanuatu. Honolulu: 

University of Hawaii Press; 1997: 25-38. (Contemporary Pacific, Special Issue; v. 9(1)). 


197. Saulei, Simon M.; Ellis, Julie-Ann, Editors. The Motupore Conference: ICAD Practitioners' Views from the 

Field: A Report of the Presentations of the Second ICAD [Integrated Conservation and Development] 

Conference Motupore Island (University of Papua New Guinea), Papua New Guinea 1-5 September, 1997. 

Waigani: Department of Environment and Conservation, PNG/UN Programme PNG/ 93/G31, Biodiversity 

Conservation & Resource Management; 1998. x, 224 pp. + 6 pp. Plates. 

198. Saulei, Simon M.; Nakano, Kazutaka; Kuduk, Max; Wiakabu, Joseph. An Investigation of the Processes of 

Grassland Development and Persistence in Papua New Guinea: A Survey Report of the Fallow Vegetation 

around Lae. In: Karakita, Yasuyuki, Editor. The Progress Report of the 1991 Survey of the Research Project 

"Man and the Environment in Papua New Guinea". Kagoshima (Japan): Kagoshima University Research 

Center for the South Pacific in collaboration with The Papua New Guinea University of Technology; 1992: 

9-20. (Occasional Papers; v. 23). 

Note: [survey 1991: Boana, Labu, Lower Markham V]. 

199. Saulep, Leo. Wait dok na blak dok. Nobonob Nius. 1971; 3: 4- 5. 

Note: [Madang Province]. 

200. Saulnier, Bonny B. The Helen S. Slosberg Collection of Oceanic Art: In Memory of Her Brother Israel Sagoff. 

n.p. [Waltham, MA]: Brandeis University, Rose Art Museum; n.d. 52 pp. 

Note: [exhibition: New Guinea, Arapesh, Huon Gulf, Central Highlands PNG, Elema, Wapo Creek, Era R, 

Urama, Torres Strait, Asmat, Maprik, Murik, Ramu R, Manam, Kambot, Anggoram, Blackwater R, Middle 

Sepik, Iatmul, Kamindimbit, Chambri, Upper Sepik, May R, Upper Karawari R, Trobriand Is, Massim]. 

201. Saulnier, Tony. Shenfield, Margaret, Translator. Headhunters of Papua. New York: Crown Publishers Inc.; 1963. 

309 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [explor 1959: Cook R, Kronkel R, Fajit R, Ewta R Asmat; Wildeman R, Kolff R, Steenboom R, Marijke 

R, Mt David]. 

202. Saulnier, Tony. Les papous coupeurs de têtes, 167 jours dans la préhistoire. Paris: Editions du Pont Royal; 1961. 

305, [4] pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [explor 1959: Cook R, Kronkel R, Fajit R, Ewta R Asmat; Wildeman R, Kolff R, Steenboom R, Marijke 

R, Mt David]. 

203. Saunders, Garry. Bert Brown of Papua. London: Michael Joseph Ltd; 1963. 205, [2] pp. + Plates. 

Note: [biography: Bert Brown, Iokea, Tati, Kovio, Movoi]. 

204. Saunders, H. M. A Patrol in Papua. Queensland Geographical Journal. 1925; 39: 22-37. 

Note: [admin: Sebereu, Samberigi, Masigi, Keniogu, Keai, Tugi, Niari]. 

16

205. Saunders, J. C. Agricultural Land Use of Papua New Guinea: Explanatory Notes to Map. Canberra: Australian 

International Development Assistance Bureau; 1993. v, 12 pp. + 4 Maps. (PNGRIS Publications; v. 1). 


206. Saville, Gordon; Austin, John. King of Kiriwina: The Adventures of Sergeant Saville in the South Seas. London: 

Leo Cooper Ltd; 1974. [ii], 185 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [military admin 1940-1945: Kiriwina]. 

207. Saville, W. J. V. A Grammar of the Mailu Language, Papua. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. 1912; 

42: 397- 436. 

Note: [mission: Mailu]. 

208. Saville, W. J. V. In Unknown New Guinea: A Record of Twenty- Five Years of Personal Observation & 

Experience amongst the Interesting People of an Almost Unknown Part of This Vast Island & A Description 

of Their Manners & Customs, Occupations in Peace & Methods of Warfare, Their Secret Rites & Public 

Ceremonies. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott Company; 1926. 316 pp. + Frontispiece + Plates + Foldout Map. 

Note: [mission: Mailu]. 

209. Sawang. The History of Wagan. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 1974; 2(2): 26-28. 

Note: [Wagan]. 

210. Sawang. How the People of Wagan Came to Settle Near Lae. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 

1973; 1(3): 53-56. 

Note: [Wagan]. 

211. Saweri, A. An Epidemic of Meningococcal Meningitis. Papua and New Guinea Medical Journal. 1969; 12: 9-10. 

Note: [1968: Kerowagi Hospital]. 

212. Saweri, W. The Rocky Road from Roots to Rice: A Review of the Changing Food and Nutrition Situation in 

Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 2001; 44: 151-163. 

Note: [from lit: general PNG, Huli, Beha V, Koki, Wopkaimin, Frigano, Misima]. 

213. Sawor, Thera. Sweet Potato Cultivation Systems in Irian Jaya, Indonesia. In: Rhoades, Robert E.; Sandoval, 

Virginia N., Editors. Sweet Potato Cultures of Asia and South Pacific: Proceedings of the 2nd Annual 

UPWARD International Conference. Manila: User's Perspective with Agricultural Research and Development; 

1991: 206-212. 

Note: [Baliem V, Wissel Lakes]. 

214. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Body Parts as Numerals: A Developmental Analysis of Numeration among the Oksapmin in 

Papua New Guinea. Child Development. 1981; 52: 306-316. 

Note: [fw: Oksapmin]. 

215. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Changing Collective Representations for Number in Oksapmin Communities. Quarterly 

Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. 1981; 3(3): 57-59. 


216. Saxe, Geoffrey B. A Comparative Analysis of the Acquisition of Numeration: Studies from Papua New Guinea. 

Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. 1979; 1(3): 37-43. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Oksapmin]. 

217. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Culture and the Development of Numerical Cognition: Studies among the Oksapmin of Papua 

New Guinea. In: Brainerd, Charles J., Editor. Children's Logical and Mathematical Cognition: Progress in 

Cognitive Development Research. New York: Springer-Verlag; 1982: 157-176. (Springer Series in Cognitive 

Development). 

17


218. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Culture, Counting and Number Conservation. International Journal of Psychology. 1983; 18: 

313-318. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Oksapmin]. 

219. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Developing Forms of Arithmetical Thought among the Oksapmin of Papua New Guinea. 

Developmental Psychology. 1982; 18: 583-594. 


220. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Effects of Schooling on Arithmetical Understandings: Studies with Oksapmin Children in 

Papua New Guinea. Journal of Educational Psychology. 1985; 77: 503-513. 

Note: [fw 1980: Oksapmin]. 

221. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Numerical Reasoning among the Oksapmin. In: Weeks, Sheldon G., Editor. Oksapmin: 

Development and Change. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea, Educational Research Unit; 1981: 

83-88. (E.R.U. Occasional Papers; v. 7). 

Note: [visits 1979, 1980: Oksapmin]. 

222. Saxe, Geoffrey B. Studying Cognitive Development in Sociocultural Context: The Development of a 

Practice-Based Approach. In: Jessor, Richard; Colby, Anne; Shweder, Richard A., Editors. Ethnography and 

Human Development: Context and Meaning in Social Inquiry. Chicago: University of Chicago Press; 1996: 

275-303. 


223. Saxe, Geoffrey B.; Moylan, Thomas. The Development of Measurement Operations among the Oksapmin of 

Papua New Guinea. Child Development. 1982; 53: 1242-1248. 

Note: [fw: Divanap Oksapmin]. 

224. Sbrzeinu-Klein, Heide. Spielend lernen: Sozialisation bei den Buschleuten. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, 

Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. Im Spiegel der Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk des Verhaltensforschers 

Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt. München: Realis Verlags-GmbH; 1993: 110-117. 

Note: [Eipo, Tauwema]. 

18

Bibliography 

1. Scaglion, Richard. Afterword: Zero Hour: Reflecting Backward, Looking Forward. In: Stewart, Pamela J.; 

Strathern, Andrew, Guest Editors. Millennial Countdown in New Guinea. Durham, NC: Duke University Press; 

2000: 227-240. (Ethnohistory; v. 47(1)). 

Note: [fw: Samukundi Abelam]. 

2. Scaglion, Richard. Chiefly Models in Papua New Guinea. Contemporary Pacific. 1996; 8: 1-31. 

Note: [from lit: numerous NG]. 

3. Scaglion, Richard. The "Coming" of Independence in Papua New Guinea: An Abelam View. Journal of the 

Polynesian Society. 1983; 92: 463-486. 

Note: [fw 1974-1976 (15 mos), 1979-1981: Neligum vill Abelam]. 

4. Scaglion, Richard B. A Critique of Aufenanger's The Passing Scene in North-East New Guinea (A 

Documentation). American Anthropologist. 1977; 79: 134-135. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Abelam]. 

5. Scaglion, Richard, Guest Editor. Customary Law and Legal Development in Papua New Guinea. n.p. [DeKalb]: 

n.p. [Northern Illinois University, Department of Anthropology]; 1987. [i], 125; [i], 154 pp. (The Journal of 

Anthropology, Special Issue; v. 6(1- 2)). 

6. Scaglion, Richard. The Effects of Mediation Styles on Successful Dispute Resolution: The Abelam Case. Windsor 

Yearbook of Access to Justice. 1983; 3: 256-269. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976, 1979, 1980, 1981: Samukundi Abelam]. 

7. Scaglion, Richard. Entropy and Convergence in Melanesian Studies. Reviews in Anthropology. 1992; 21: 245-253. 

Note: [from lit: Avatip Manambu, Kundagai Maring, Hides-O'Mally Patrol]. 

8. Scaglion, Richard. Ethnocentrism and the Abelam. In: DeVita, Philip R., Editor. The Humbled Anthropologist: 

Tales from the Pacific. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing Company; 1990: 29-34. (The Wadsworth Modern 

Anthropology Library). 

Note: [fw 1974: Abelam]. 

9. Scaglion, Richard. Ethnocentrism and the Abelam. Reprinted in: DeVita, Philip R., Editor. Stumbling Toward 

Truth: Anthropologists at Work. Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press, Inc.; 2000: 113-118. 

Note: [fw 1974: Abelam]. 

10. Scaglion, Richard. Female Plaintiffs and Sex-related Disputes in Rural Papua New Guinea. In: Toft, Susan, Editor. 

Domestic Violence in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 

1985: 120-133. (Monographs; v. 3). 


11. Scaglion, Richard. Formal and Informal Operations of a Village Court in Maprik. Melanesian Law Journal. 1979; 

7: 116- 129. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976: Samukundi Abelam]. 

12. Scaglion, Richard, Editor. Homicide Compensation in Papua New Guinea: Problems and Prospects. n.p. [Port 

Moresby]: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1981. [ii], 102 pp. + Frontispiece. (Monographs; 

v. 1). 

13. Scaglion, Richard. The Importance of Nighttime Observations in Time Allocation Studies. American Ethnologist. 

1986; 13: 537- 545. 

Note: [fw 1974-1976, 1979-1980, 1981, 1983: Neligum Abelam]. 

1

14. Scaglion, Richard. Juxtaposed Narratives: A New Guinea Big Man Encounters the Colonial Process. In: 

McPherson, Naomi, Editor. In Colonial New Guinea: Anthropological Perspectives. Pittsburgh: University of 

Pittsburgh Press; 2001: 151-170, 214- 215. (ASAO Monographs; v. 19). 

Note: [fw 1974-1976, 1983, 1988, 1990: Neligum Abelam]. 

15. Scaglion, Richard B. Keraki. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 112-114. 

(Encyclopedia of World Cultures; v. 2). 

Note: [from lit: Keraki]. 

16. Scaglion, Richard. Kiaps as Kings: Abelam Legal Change in Historical Perspective. In: Gewertz, Deborah; 

Schieffelin, Edward, Editors. History and Ethnohistory in Papua New Guinea. Sydney: University of Sydney; 

1985: 77-99. (Oceania Monographs; v. 28). 

Note: [fw: Neligum Abelam]. 

17. Scaglion, Richard. Law. In: Rapaport, Moshe, Editor. The Pacific Islands: Environment & Society. Honolulu: The 

Bess Press, Inc.; 1999: 221-233. 

Note: [Abelam; general NG]. 

18. Scaglion, Richard. Legal Adaptation in a Papua New Guinea Village Court. Ethnology. 1990; 29: 17-33. 

Note: [fw: Neligum, Samukundi Abelam]. 

19. Scaglion, Richard B. Orokolo. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 258-261. 


Note: [from lit: Orokolo]. 

20. Scaglion, Richard. Preface. In: Scaglion, Richard, Editor. Customary Law and Legal Development in Papua New 

Guinea. n.p. [DeKalb]: n.p. [Northern Illinois University, Department of Anthropology]; 1987: 1-5. (The 

Journal of Anthropology, Special Issue; v. 6(1)). 


21. Scaglion, Richard. Reconstructing First Contact: Some Local Effects of Labor Recruitment in the Sepik. In: 

Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, 

Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina 

Academic Press; 1990: 50-57. 


22. Scaglion, Richard. Ritual Art in Cultural Context: James Tobin's New Guinea Collection. In: Beloit College, 

Wright Museum of Art. Melanesian Images: The Virginia M. and James D. Tobin Collection: A Volume of 

Essays Published in Conjunction with the Exhibition, Melanesian Images at the Wright Musuem of Art, Beloit 

College. Beloit, WI: Beloit College; 1996: 8-18. 

Note: [exhibit: Abelam, Iatmul, Asmat]. 

23. Scaglion, Richard. Samukundi Abelam Conflict Management: Implications for Legal Planning in Papua New 

Guinea. Oceania. 1981; 52: 28-38. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976, 1979, 1980: Neligum, Samukundi Abelam]. 

24. Scaglion, Richard. The Samukundi Abelam of New Guinea. Carnegie Magazine. 1983; 56(11): 33-35, 37-38, 

40-43. 

Note: [fw: Samukundi Abelam]. 

25. Scaglion, Richard Bruce. Seasonal Patterns in Western Abelam Conflict Management Practices: The Ethnography 

of Law in the Maprik Sub-Province, East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Pittsburgh: 

University of Pittsburgh; 1976. xiv, 264 pp. 

Note: [fw 1974-1975 (12 mos): Neligum Abelam]. 

2

26. Scaglion, Richard. Seasonal Births in a Western Abelam Village, Papua New Guinea. Human Biology. 1978; 50: 

313-323. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976: Neligum Abelam]. 

27. Scaglion, Richard. Seasonal Births in a Western Abelam Village. Reprinted in: McDevitt, Thomas M., Editor. The 

Survey Under Difficult Conditions: Population Data Collection & Analysis in Papua New Guinea. New Haven: 

Human Relations Area Files, Inc.; 1987: 250-263. (HRAFlex Books, Ethnography Series; v. OJ1-006). 


28. Scaglion, Richard. Sexual Segregation and Ritual Pollution in Abelam Society. In: Whitehead, Tony Larry; 

Conaway, Mary Ellen, Editors. Self, Sex, and Gender in Cross-Cultural Fieldwork. Urbana: University of 

Illinois Press; 1986: 151-163. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976, 1979, 1980, 1981, 1983]. 

29. Scaglion, Richard. Spare the Rod and Spoil the Woman? Family Violence in Abelam Society. In: Counts, 

Dorothy Ayers, Guest Editor. Domestic Violence in Oceania. Laie, HI: Brigham Young University - Hawaii, 

The Institute for Polynesian Studies; 1990: 189-204. (Pacific Studies, Special Issue; v. 13(3)). 

Note: [fw: Neligum vill Abelam]. 

30. Scaglion, Richard B. Tangu. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 310-313. 


Note: [from lit: Tangu]. 

31. Scaglion, Richard. Then and Now: New Directions in Melanesian Research. Reviews in Anthropology. 2001; 30: 

145-155. 

Note: [from lit: Simbu, Ilahita Arapesh, Huli, Duna, Ipili]. 

32. Scaglion, Richard. Yam Cycles and Timeless Time in Melanesia. Ethnology. 1999; 38: 211-225. 

Note: [fw: Samakundi Abelam]. 

33. Scaglion, Richard; Condon, Richard G. Abelam Yam Beliefs and Socio-rhymicity: A Study in 

Chrono-Anthropology. Journal of Biosocial Science. 1979; 11: 17-25. 

Note: [fw Nov 1974 - Jan 1976: Neligum vill Abelam]. 

34. Scaglion, Richard; Hooe, Todd R. Tuber Transformations: The Impact of the Sweet Potato in the Indo-Pacific. 

In: Plotnicov, Leonard; Scaglion, Richard, Editors. Consequences of Cultivar Diffusion. Pittsburgh: University 

of Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 1999: 105-118. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 17). 


35. Scaglion, Richard; Norman, Marie. Where Resistance Falls Short: Rethinking Agency Through Biography. In: 

Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Identity Work: Constructing Pacific Lives. Pittsburgh: 

University of Pittsburgh Press; 2000: 121-138. (ASAO Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw (RS) 1983: Abelam]. 

36. Scaglion, Richard; Soto, Kimberly A. A Prehistoric Introduction of the Sweet Potato in New Guinea? In: 

Strathern, Andrew J.; Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele, Editors. Migration and Transformations: Regional 

Perspectives on New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 1994: 257-294. (Association for 

Social Anthropology in Oceania Monographs; v. 15). 


37. Scaglion, Richard; Whittingham, Rose. Female Plaintiffs and Sex-Related Disputes in Rural Papua New Guinea. 

In: Toft, S., Editor. Domestic Violence in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Law Reform Commission of 

Papua New Guinea; 1985: 120-133. (Monographs; v. 3). 

Note: [survey: general PNG]. 

3

38. Schaefer, Alfons. Christianised Ritual Pig-Killing. Catalyst. 1981; 11: 213-223. 

Note: [mission: Chimbu]. 

39. Schaefer, Alphonse. Cassowary of the Mountains: The Memoirs of a Pioneer Missionary in Papua New Guinea 

1930-1958. Romae: Apud Collegium Verbi Divini; 1991. 154 pp. (Analecta SVD; v. 69). Note: 

[mission 1930-1958: Bundi, Guyebi, Mingende, Denglagu, Minj, Koge, Nondugl, Banz, Kup, Neragaima, 

Dirima, Goglme, Kuno]. 

40. Schaefer, Alphons. Kavagl, "der Mann mit der Zaunpfahlkeule": Ein Beitrag zur Individuenforschung. Anthropos. 

1938; 33: 107-113. 


41. Schaefer, Alphonse. A Post Turns into the Cross. Worldmission. 1960; 11(4): 41-47. 

Note: [mission: PNGH]. 

42. Schaefer, Alphons. Zur Initiation im Wagi-Tal. Anthropos. 1938; 33: 401-423. 

Note: [mission: Bismarck Mts, lower Wahgi V, Chiambugla, Vaugla]. 

43. Schafroth, Marie M. Südsee-Welten vor den Großsen Krieg. Bern: Verlag von U. Francke; 1916. 146 pp. + 

Frontispiece + Map. 

Note: [travels 1914: Astrolabe Bay, Ragetta, Friedrich- Wilhelmshafen]. 

44. Schakels. De Bestuursambtenaar in het "gewone" werl (I en II). Schakels NNG. 1957; 26: 14-18, 19-23. 

Note: [Asmat, Mappi]. 

45. Schakels. De Bestuursambtenaar in de grote stad. Schakels NNG. 1957; 26: 24-27. 

Note: [general NNG]. 

46. Schakels. De "Pionier"-bestuursambtenaar. Schakels NNG. 1957; 26: 8-13. 


47. Schakels. Het binnenland. Schakels NNG. 1956; 21: 3-8. 

Note: [Mappi]. 

48. Schakels. Voorlichting aan de bevolking. Schakels NNG. 1957; 26: 3-7. 


49. Schamschula, R. G.; Adkins, B. L.; Barmes, G. E.; Charlton, G.; Davey, B. G. WHO Study of Dental Caries 

Etiology in Papua New Guinea. Geneva: World Health Organization; 1978. 199 pp. (WHO Offset Publications; 

v. 40). 

Note: [surveys 1960s-1970s: Latoma, Danyig, Yenitabak, Sikaium, Barapidgin, Iniai, Chimbut, Maramba, 

Tangambut, Amongabi, Kundiman, Manjamai, Sangriman, Kabriman, Mumeri, Mindimbit]. 

50. Schamshula, R. G.; Barmes, D. E.; Adkins, B. L. Caries Aetiology in Papua New Guinea: Associations of Tooth 

Size and Dental Arch Width. Australasian Dental Journal. 1972; 17: 188- 195. 

Note: [Karkar I, Lufa]. 

51. Schamshula, R. G.; Barmes, D. E. The Lactobacillus Flora of Saliva and Plaque in Primitive Peoples of Papua 

New Guinea. Australian Dental Journal. 1970; 15: 28-34. 


52. Schamshula, R. G.; Barmes, D. E.; Keyes, P. J.; Gulbinat, W. Prevalence and Inter-Relationships of Root Surface 

Caries in Lufa, Papua New Guinea. Community Dentistry and Oral Epidemiology. 1974; 2: 295-304. 

Note: [Lufa]. 

4

53. Schamshula, R. G.; Barmes, D. E. A Study of the Streptococcal Flora of Plaque in Caries-free and Caries-active 

Primitive Peoples. Australian Dental Journal. 1970; 15: 377-382. 


54. Schamshula, R. G.; Keyes, P. H.; Hornabrook, R. W. Root Surface Caries in Lufa, New Guinea. I. Clinical 

Observations. Journal of the American Dental Association. 1972; 85: 603-608. 

Note: [Lufa]. 

55. Schanfield, M. S.; Giles, Eugene; Gershowitz, H. Genetic Studies in the Markham Valley, Northeastern Papua 

New Guinea: Gamma Globulin (Gm and Inv), Group Specific Component (Gc) and Ceruloplasmin (Cp) 

Typing. American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 1975; 42: 1-7. 

Note: [fw: Awan, Intoap, Itsingats, Puguap, Singas, Yanuf, Yatsing, Siaga]. 

56. Schanfield, Melvin Samuel. Population Studies on the Gm and Inv Antigens in Asia and Oceania [Ph.D. 

Dissertation]. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan; 1971. x, 137 pp. 

Note: [Waffa, Yanggan (Fly R), Awin, Agats Asmat, Atsera]. 

57. Schäfer, A. Portrait of Kavagl, a Chimbu Despot. In: Whittaker, J. L.; Gash, N. G.; Hookey, J. E.; Lacey, R. J. 

Documents and Readings in New Guinea History. Milton, Qld: The Jacaranda Press; 1975: 91-94. 


58. Schäfer, Alfons. Die Zehn Gebote -- in Mingende. In: Steyler Missions-Chronik 1962. Kaldenkirchen: Steyler 

Verlagsbuchhandlung; 1962: 49-58. 


59. Schäfer, Alfons. Im Wagital, dem Paradies von Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 66: 29-33, 75-80. 


60. Schäfer, Alfons. "Kriegsidyll" aus unserer Südseemission. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 180-181. 


61. Schäfer, Alfons. Verschristliches Schweinopfer auf Neuguinea. In: Steyler Missions-Chronik 1959. 

Kaldenkirchen: Steyler Verlagsbuchhandlung; 1959: 40-47. 


62. Schäfer, Alfons. Vokabular der Chimbu-Sprache in Zentral- Neuguinea. Posieux/Fribourg (Switz.): 

Anthropos-Institut; 1953. 247 pp. (Micro-Bibliotheca Anthropos; v. 2). 


63. Schäfer, Alfons. Vom Wagi zur Küste in 80 Minuten. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 130-133. 

Note: [mission: Bundi, Chimbu]. 

64. Schäfer, Alfons; Tschauder, John J. (Translator); Twomey, Vincent Translator ). Christianised Ritual Pig-Killing. 

Catalyst. 1981; 11: 213-223. 

Note: [mission: Mingende]. 

65. Schäfer, Alphons. Ein Frauenbegräbnis bei den Korugu im Wagi-Tal, Zentral-Neuguinea. Ethnos. 1942; 7: 25-43. 

Note: [mission: Korugu Wahgi V]. 

66. Schäfer, Alphons. Haus und Siedlung in Zentral-Neuguinea. Ethnos. 1945; 10: 97-114. 

Note: [mission 10 yrs: Korugum, Waugla, Naruku Wahgi V]. 

67. Schebesta, J. Sprachengruppierung und Totemismus in der Potsdamhafen-Gruppe, Deutsch-Neuguinea. 

Anthropos. 1913; 8: 880- 881. 

5

Note: [mission: Asiawia, Tsepu]. 

68. Schebesta, Joseph. Ein paar erste Notizen über die Awarken in Neuguinea. Anthropos. 1940; 35-36: 978. 

Note: [mission: Awarken (lower Ramu)]. 

69. Schebesta, Josef. Ein Versuch, der ältesten Gottheit der Sepa in Neuguinea auf linguistischen Wege 

näherzukommen. Anthropos. 1938; 33: 659-663. 

Note: [mission: Sepa; from lit: Tumleo, Toto (Uligan), Murik, Yakamul, Ulau, Wogeo, Manam, Dagui, 

Monumbo, Ngaimbom, Bosngun, Watam, Mopu-Suaru, Wanami]. 

70. Schebesta, Josef. Ethnographische Miszellen von einer Dienstreise in der Mission von Alexishafen in Neuguinea. 

Anthropos. 1942; 37-40: 881-886. 

Note: [mission visit: Busiw, Simbine, Malala, Korak, Murukunam, Mugil-Rempi, Saruga, Biramur, Para, 

Erere, Amansar]. 

71. Schebesta, Joseph. Parak-Institution in Bogia-Distrikt unter den Sepa. Anthropos. 1921; 16-17: 1053-1055. 

Note: [mission: Sepa]. 

72. Schebesta, Joseph. Terms Expressing Relationship in the Languages of Dagoi and Bonaputa-Mopu, New Guinea. 

Anthropos. 1940; 35-36: 586-592. 

Note: [mission: Dagoi, Bonapua, Mopu]. 

73. Schebesta, Joseph. Totemismus bei den Ariawiai, Neuguinea. Anthropos. 1921; 16-17: 1055-1056. 

Note: [mission: Ariawiai]. 

74. Scheffler, H. W. Filiation and Affiliation. Man, N.S.. 1985; 20: 1-21. 

Note: [from lit: general PNGH]. 

75. Schefold, Reimar. Versuch einer Stilanalyse der Aufhängehaken von Mittleren Sepik in Neu-Guinea [Ph.D. 

Dissertation]. Basel: Universität Basel; 1965. 304 pp. 

Note: [from museum colls: Iniok, Washkuk, Suagab, Torembi, Middle Sepik, Chambri, mari, Blackwater R, 

Gavanamas, Yuat R, Upper Korewori R]. 

76. Schefold, Reimar. Versuch einer Stilanalyse der Aufhängehaken von Mittleren Sepik in Neu-Guinea. Basel: 

Pharos- Verlag Handsrudolf Schwabe AG; 1966. 304 pp. (Basler Beiträage zur Ethnologie; v. 4). 

Note: [from museum colls: Iniok, Washkuk, Suagab, Torembi, Middle Sepik, Chambri, Mari, Blackwater R, 

Gavanamas, Yuat R, Upper Korewori R]. 

77. Scheimann, Max. Motivations for Christianity: Satisfaction of Enga Needs. In: Brennan, Paul W., Editor. 

Exploring Enga Culture: Studies in Missionary Anthropology: Second Anthropological Conference of New 

Guinea Lutheran Mission -- 1970. Wapenamanda: Kristen Pres, Inc., Highlands Branch; 1970: 334-371. 

Note: [mission: Enga]. 

78. Schekatz, Herbert. Begegnung mit Indonesien. In die Welt für die Welt. 1974; 10(5): 87-95. 

Note: [mission: Angguruk Yali]. 

79. Schelfhorst, Tilly. En nu ... vrouwelijk Nieuw Guinea. In: Kamma, F. C. Kruis en korwar: Een hunderdjarig 

vraagstuk op Nieuw Guinea. Den Haag: J.N. Voorhoeve; 1953: 226-230. 

Note: [mission: general NNG]. 

80. Scheller, Andreas. Aufhängehaken aus Indonesien und der Südsee. Ethnologica. 1941; 5: 73-171. 

Note: [from museum colls: Sepik, Mid-Sepik, Kabriman, Kanengara, Vogelkopf, North Coast, Finschhafen, 

Kerondo, Korogu, Tami Is, Bukaua, Kerewa, Humboldt Bay, Sentani, Geelvink Bay, Jambun, Simbang, 

Medam, Karau, Lower Sepik, Sepik mouth, South-East Fluss, Byindugum, Maramba, Timbunke]. 

6

81. Schelling, Lien. Een onderwijzeres in Nieuw Guinea. Sint Antonius. 1952; 54: 42-44. 

Note: [Fak-Fak]. 

82. Schellong, O. Beiträge zur Anthropologie der Papua. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1891; 23: 156-230 + Tafeln III-VI. 

Note: [fw 1886-1888: Suam, Simbang, Kamlaua, Ssiu, Pojalim, Bussum, Gingala, Uoro-uoro Jabim; Anduh 

Tschingga, Kamumbang Kai; Komocka, Poum Poum; Tami]. 

83. Schellong, O. Das Barlum-Fest der Gegend Finschhafens, (Kaiserwilhelmsland): Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der 

Beschneidung der Melanesier. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1889; 2: 145-162. 

Note: [visit 1886, 1887: Kattega vill (Finshhafen)]. 

84. Schellong, O. Der Deutsche in Kaiser Wilhelmsland in seiner Stellungnahme zum Landeseingeborenen: Eine 

Kolonialpolitische Studie. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, N.F.. 1889; 2: 69-70, 74-75, 85-86. 


85. Schellong, O. Die erste Befahrung des Kaiserin- Augustaflusses am 5. und 6. April 1886. Zeitschrift für 

Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht und Kolonialwirtschaft. 1911; 13: 932-937. 

Note: [explor 1886: Sepik]. 

86. Schellong, O. Die Jábim-Sprache der Finschhafener Gegend (N.O. Neu-Guinea; Kaiser Wilhelmsland). Leipzig: 

Verlag von Wilhelm Friedrich; 1890. 128 pp. (Einzelbeiträge zur Allgemein und Vergleichenden 

Sorachwissenschaft; v. 7). 

Note: [January 1886 - April 1888: Finschhafen Jabim]. 

87. Schellong, O. Musik und Tanz der Papuas. Globus. 1889; 56: 81-87. 

Note: [Finschhafen]. 

88. Schellong, O. Ueber die Herstellung einiger Ethnographica der Gegend Finschhafen's (Kaiserwilhelmsland). 

Internationales Arcgiv für Ethnographie. 1888; 1: 220-222 + Tafel XIX. 


89. Schellong, O. Ueber Familienleben und Gebräuche der Papua's der Umgebung von Finschhafen (Kaiser 

Wilhelms-Land). Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1889; 21: 10-25. 

Note: [fw 1886-1888: Finschhafen]. 

90. Schellong, O.; Schmeltz, J. D. Notizen über das Zeichnen der Melanesier. Internationales Archiv für 

Ethnographie. 1895; 8: 57- 61 + Tafeln VIII-IX. 


91. Schellong, Otto. Alte Dokumente aus der Südsee: Zur Geschichte der Gründung einer Kolonie: Erlebtes und 

Eingeborenenstudien. Königsberg in Preussen: Kräfe und Unzer; 1934. 207 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [travels 1886-1888: Finschhafen, Hatzfeldthafen, Tami Is, Sepik]. 

92. Schendel, Daryl A. The Edge of Nowhere: Reaching the Remote Kobon People of Papua New Guinea. Kansas 

City, MO: Nazarene Publishing House; 1978. 79 pp. 

Note: [mission 1964, 1970-1978: Sangapi, Kudjip, Salemp vill Kobon]. 

93. Scheps, Birgit; Liedtke, Wolfgang. Bibliographie deutschsprachiger kolonialer Literatur zu Quellen der 

Ethnographie und Geschichte der Bevölkerung von Kaiser Wilhelms- Land, dem Bismarck-Archipel und den 

Deutschen Salomon Inseln 1880-1914, annotiert / Bibliography of German Colonial literature for References 

of Ethnology and History of the Population of Kaiser Wilhelms Land, the Bismarck Archipelago and the 

German Solomon Islands 1880-1914, Annotated. Dresden: Staatliches Museum für Völkerkunde, 

Forschungsstelle; 1992. 343 pp. (Ozeanien- Bibliographie; v. 1). 


7

94. Scheps, Leo. Chimbu Participation in the Pacific War. Journal of Pacific History. 1995; 30: 76-86. 

Note: [from lit & interviews: Chimbu]. 

95. Scherle, Fred A. Five Lutherans and 60,000 Kukukukus. Journal of the Morobe Province Historical Society. 1977; 

4(1-3): 36-41; 40-46; 47-53. 

Note: [mission: Menyamya]. 

96. Schiefenhövel, G.; Schiefenhövel, W. Eipo, Irian Jaya (West- Neuguinea): Vorgänge bei der Geburt eines 

Mädchens und Änderung der Infantizid-Absicht / Eipo, Irian Jaya (West New Guinea): Events during the Birth 

of a Baby-girl and Change of Plans for Infanticide. Homo. 1978; 29: 121-138. 

Note: [fw: Eipo]. 

97. Schiefenhövel, Grete. Forschungsprojekt Zahnmedizin. In: Koch, Gerd et al. Steinzeit - heute: Forschungen im 

Bergland von Neuguinea: Das interdisziplinäre West-Irian-Projekt: Sonderausstellung. Berlin: Staatliche 

Museen Preußischer Kulturbesitz, Museum für Völkerkunde, Abteilung Südsee; 1978: [2] pp. (Führungsblätter; 

v. 10). 

Note: [Eipo-Mek]. 

98. Schiefenhövel, Grete; Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Wie zeichnen unbeeinflußte Bewohner des Berglandes von 

Neuguinea? In: Daucher, Hans, Editor. Kinder denken in Bildern: Kunst von Kindern: Die schönsten Bilder 

aus dem größten Malwettbewerb der Welt. München: Piper; 1990: 219-227. 


99. Schiefenhövel, Siwanto; Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Am evolutionären Modell - Stillen und frühe Sozialisation bei den 

Trobriandern / Along the Evolutionary Model -- Breastfeeding and Early Socialization among Trobriand 

Islanders. In: Gottschalk- Batschkus, Christine E.; Schuler, Judith, Editors. Ethnomedizinische Perspektiven 

zur frühen Kindheit / Ethnomedical Perspectives on Early Childhood. Berlin: Verlag für Wissenschaft und 

Bildung; 1996: 263-282. (Curare, Sonderkund / Special Volume; v. 9). 

Note: [fw 1982, 1990: Tauwema Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

100. Schiefenhövel, W. Methoden ethnomedizinischer Feldforschung in Neuguinea und Aspekte der Integration 

traditioneller Elemente in ein modernes Gesundheitswesen in entwicklungsläandern. In: Rudnitzki, G.; 

Schiefenhövel, W.; Schröder, E., Editors. Ethnomedizin -- Beiträge zu einem Dialog zwischen Heilkunst und 

Völkerkunde. Barmstedt: Kurth Verlag; 1977: 12-25. 


101. Schiefenhövel, W. Stress Factors and Stress Coping among Inhabitants of New Guinea. In: Lolas, F.; Mayer, H., 

Editors. Perspectives on Stress and Stress-Related Topics. Berlin: Springer-Verlag; 1987: 33-43. 

Note: [fw: Roro, Kerewa, Pawaia, Kaluli, Bolivip Faiwol, Begua Zimakani, Aifat, Eipo]. 

102. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Aggression und Aggressionskontrolle am Beispiel der Eipo aus dem Hochland von 

West-Neuguinea. In: Steitencron, Heinrich von; Rüpke, Jörg, Editors. Töten im Krieg. München: Verlag Karl 

Alber; 1995: 339-362. (Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für historische Anthropologie E.V.; v. 6). 

Note: [fw 1984--: Eipo]. 

103. Schiefenhoevel, Wulf. Aspects of the Medical System of the Kaluli and Waragu Language-Group, Southern 

Highlands District. Mankind. 1971; 8: 141-145. 

Note: [fw August-September 1966: Kaluli, Waragu]. 

104. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Bauen ohne Architekt -- Siedlungen und Häuser in Melanesien. In: Prozesse der Entstehung 

und Veränderung ungeplanter Siedlungen I: Kolloquium des SFB 230. Stuttgart: Universität Stuttgart und 

Tübingen; 1986: 70-96. (Konzept SFB 230; v. 23). 

Note: [fw: Munggona vill Eipo; from lit: Sentani, Tauwema vill Trobriand Is, Kararau vill Iatmul, Roro, Kaluli, 

Maipua, Kikori R, Bewani Mts]. 

8

105. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Bauen ohne Architekt -- Siedlungen und Häuser in Melanesien. Arcus. 1986; 2: 77-83. 

Note: [fw: Wahaldak vill Eipo, Tauwema Trobriand Is; from lit: Omarakana, Kararau, Mailu, Vogelkop, 

Border Mts, Kaluli, Maipua]. 

106. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Bindung und Lösung -- Sozialisationspraktiken im Hochland von Neuguinea. In: Eggers, 

Christian, Editor. Bindungen und Besitzdenken beim Kleinkind. München: Urban & Schwarzenberg; 1984: 

51-80. 


107. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Cassia Alata -- Plädoyer für die Reaktivierung eines traditionellen Heilmittels im westlichen 

Pazifik. Curare. 1985; 8: 143-156. 

Note: [Biak, Waropen, Mantembu, Ambai, Tanah Merah, Waris, Wondama, Meibrat, Tehid, Inanwatan, 

Yelmek, Trobriand Is, Koiari, Roro, Begua]. 

108. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Das Heiler Koae Raubau (Neu Guinea). Curare. 1982; 5(3): ii + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [Arabure (Central Province)]. 

109. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Das Kind bei Naturvölkern und bei uns - - Gedanken zum Jahr des Kindes. Curare. 1979; 

2: 79-86. 


110. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Der Heilkundige Koae Raubau aus Arabure. Curare. 1980; 3(3): ii + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [Arabure (Central Province)]. 

111. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Der Witz als transkulturelles ästhetisches Phänomen -- Versuch einer biologischen 

Deutung. Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 1984; 114: 31-36. 


112. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die Anwendung von Heilpflanzen und die traditionelle Geburtenkontrolle bei Eingeborenen 

Neuguineas. Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch Medizinischen Sozietät zu Erlangen. 1970; 83-84: 114-133, 

179-182. 

Note: [fw 1966: Purome, Gope, Kerewo, Roro, Kaluli]. 

113. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die Eipo-Leute des Berglands von Indonesisch-Neuguinea: Kurzer Überblick über den 

Lebensraum und seine Menschen: Einführung zu den Eipo-Filmen des Humanethologischen Filmarchivs der 

Max-Planck-Gesellschaft / The Eipo, People of the Highlands of Irian-Jaya (Indonesian New- Guinea): A Short 

Description of the People and Their Environment: Introduction to the Eipo-Films of the Filmarchive for Human 

Ethology of the Max-Planck-Society. Homo. 1975; 26: 263-275. 


114. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die Eipo. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. Im Spiegel der 

Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk des Verhaltensforschers Irenäus Eibl- Eibesfeldt. München: Realis 

Verlags-GmbH; 1993: 26-35. 


115. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die Ethnomedizin will die traditionsreichen Therapieformen anderer Kulturen für die 

westliche Medizin nutzen. Ärztliche Praxis. 1981; 33: 692-695. 


116. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die Mek und ihre Nachbarn: Internationale Konferenz über Neuguinea-Forschungen. 

Wissenschaft und Fortschritt. 1991; 41(1): 21-25. 


117. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Die natürliche geburt -- Wie Eipo -- Kinder auf die Welt kommen. Neue Zürcher Zeitung. 

1982; 113(19 May): 33. 

9

Note: [Eipo]. 

118. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Eipo. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 55-59. 



119. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. The Eipo, Members of the Mek Group in the Highlands of Irian Jaya: A Short Introduction. 

Irian. 1978; 7(2): 47-67. 

Note: [fw June 1974 - November 1975, March-June 1976: Eipo]. 

120. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Eipo (West-Neuguinea, Zentrales Hochland) Wundbehandlung mit Schweinefett und durch 

Wärmeanwendung; Behandlung einer infizierten Wunde; Durchbohren der Nasenscheidewand; Durchbohren 

des Ohrläppchens. Filme E 2509-E 2512. Reprinted in: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie: 

Humanethologische Begleitpublikationen von I. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, H. Hass, V. Heeschen, A. Heymer und W. 

Schiefenhövel. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1998: 153-178. 

(Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sonderband; v. 9, 1994-1998). 

Note: [fw: Munggona, Malingdam Eipo Mek]. 

121. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Eipo (West-Neuguinea, Zentrales Hochland) Anfertigen eines Rückenschmucks ("Mum"). 

Film E 2437. Reprinted in: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie: Humanethologische 

Begleitpublikationen von I. Eibl- Eibesfeldt, H. Hass, V. Heeschen, A. Heymer und W. Schiefenhövel. 

Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1998: 129-149. (Publikationen zu 

Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sonderband; v. 9, 1994-1998). 

Note: [fw 1975: Eipo Mek]. 

122. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Eipo (West-Neuguinea, Zentrales Hochland) Geburten. Filme E 2680, E 2681, E 2831. 

Reprinted in: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie: Humanethologische Begleitpublikationen 

von I. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, H. Hass, V. Heeschen, A. Heymer und W. Schiefenhövel. Göttingen: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1998: 205- 252. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, 

Sonderband; v. 9, 1994-1998). 

Note: [fw 1975, 1980: Eipo Mek]. 

123. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Ergebnisse ethnomedizinischer Untersuchungen bei den Kaluli und Waragu in Neuguinea 

[Inaugural- Dissertation]. Erlangen-Nürnberg: Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg; 1970. [i], 122 pp. 

Note: [fw December 1965 - September 1966: Bona Kaluli, Waragu]. 

124. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Ethnomedizin: von Primitiven lernen: Erfahrungsschatz fremder Völker soll genutzt 

werden. Ärztliche Praxis. 1978; 30: 2416-2418. 


125. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Ethnomedical Film Documentation among the Eipo, Highlands of West New Guinea. 

Visual Anthropology. 1988; 1: 341-348. 


126. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Ethnomedizinische und verhaltensbiologische Beiträge zur pädiatrischen Versorgung. 

Curare. 1991; 14: 195-204. 

Note: [Eipo, Trobriand Is]. 

127. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Ethnomedizinische und evolutionsbiologische Befunde zur Geburt. Curare. 1993; 16: 179- 

188. 


128. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Extraktionszauber: Domäne der Heilkundigen. Curare. 1986; 9: 353-372. 

Note: [fw 1966: Kerewo; 1970: Pawaia, Kaluli, Waragu; 1985: Koma vill Trobriand Is]. 

10

129. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Forschungsprojekt Ethnomedizin. In: Koch, Gerd et al. Steinzeit - heute: Forschungen im 



v. 13). 


130. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Geburt bei den Eipo in West-Neuguinea. Sexualpädagogik und Familienplanung. 1984; 1: 

6-7. 


131. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Geburten bei den Eipo. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Sich, Dorothea, Editors. Die Geburt aus 

ethnomedizinischer Sicht: Beiträge und Nachträge zur IV. Internationalen Fachtagung der Arbeitsgemeinschaft 

Ethnomedizin über traditionelle Geburtshilfe und Gynäkologie in Göttingen 8.- 10.12.1978. 

Braunschweig/Wiesbaden: Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn; 1983: 41-56. (Curare; v. 1). 

Note: [fw July 1974 - June 1976 (21 mos), 1978, April-May 1980: Munggona vill Eipo]. 

132. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Geburtsbeobachtung bei einem Naturvolk. In: Evangelischen Akademie Tutzing. 

Geburtshilfe im Wandel? Tutzing: Evangelischen Akademie; 1984: 2-19. (Tutzinger Materialen; v. 13). 

Note: [fw: Munggona vill Eipo]. 

133. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Geburtsverhalten und reproduktive Strategien der Eipo: Ergebnisse humanethologischer 

und ethnomedizinischer Untersuchungen im zentralen Bergland von Irian Jata (West-Neuguinea), Indonesien. 

Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1988. [ii], 127 pp. (Mensch, Kultur und Umwelt im zentralen Bergland von 

West-Neuguinea, Beitrag zur Schriftenreihe; v. 16). 

Note: [fw July 1974 - November 1975, March-June 1976, May 1980: Eipomek; April 1980, October 1981: 

Kosarek]. 

134. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Höhepunkt des Lebens: Feiern und Feste zwischen Kult und Kalkül. In: Schiefenhövel, 

Wulf; Uher, Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. Im Spiegel der Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk des 

Verhaltensforschers Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt. München: Realis Verlags-GmbH; 1993: 196-201. 

Note: [fw: Eipo, Tauwema]. 

135. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Indoctrination among the Eipo of the Highlands of West-New Guinea. In: Eibl-Eibesfeldt, 

Irenäus; Salter, Frank Kemp, Editors. Indoctrinability, Ideology, and Warfare: Evolutionary Perspectives. New 

York: Berghahn Books; 1998: 109-132. 

Note: [fw 1974--: Munggona Eipo]. 

136. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Jugend zwischen Aggression und Anpassung -- Ergebnisse humanethologischer 

Feldforschung. In: Remschmidt, Helmut, Editor. Jugend und Gesellschaft: Realitäatsbewältigung, Krisen und 

Auswege. Stuttgart and Frankfurt: Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft MBH and U & M Umwelt & Medizin 

Verlagsgesellschaft; 1986: 67-80. 


137. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Kindliche Sexualität, Tabu und Schamgefühl bei "primitiven" Völkern. In: Hellbrügge, 

Theodor, Editor. Die Entwicklung der kindlichen Sexualität. München: Urban & Schwarzenberg; 1982: 

145-163. 


138. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Kulturvergleichende und verhaltensbiologische Überlegungen zur Geburt. In: Lepenies, 

Wolf, Editor. Wissenschaftskolleg zu Berlin Jahrbuch 1988/89. Berlin: Nicolaische Verlagsbuchhandlung; 

1990: 184-205. 


139. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. La agresión y el control de la agresión: un ejemplo de Nueva Guinea y algunas 

consideraciones generales sobre etologia humana. In: Sanmartín, J.; Simón, V.; García-Merita, Ma. L., Editors. 

11

La sociedad naturalizada: Genética y conducta. Valencia: Tirant lo Blanch; 1986: 309-327. 


140. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Medizinman: Magier und Arzt. Medass. 1969; 1(2): 20-24. 

Note: [fw 1966 (9 mos): Roro, Kaluli, Waragu, Purome, Kerewo]. 

141. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Methoden ethnomedizinischer Feldforschung. In: Rudnitzki, Gerhard; Schiefenhövel, Wulf; 

Schröder, Ekkehard, Editors. Ethnomedizin: Beiträge zu einem Dialog zwischen Heilkunst und Völkerkunde. 

Barmstadt: Verlag Detlev Kurth; 1977: 13-21. (Ethnologische Abhandlungen; v. 1). 

Note: [fw: Kaluli, Waragu, Eipo]. 

142. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Of Body and Soul -- About the Concept of Man among the Eipo, Mek Language Group, 

Highlands of Irian Jaya (West New Guinea). Bikmaus. 1983; 4(1): 87-93. 

Note: [fw 1974 -- : Eipo Mek]. 

143. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Populationsdynamische Homöostase bei den Eipo in West-Neuguinea. In: Kraus, O., Editor. 

Regulation, Manipulation und Explosion der Bevölkerungsdichte: Vorträge gehalten auf der Tagung der 

Joachim Jungius-Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften Hamburg am 15. und 16. November 1985. Göttingen: 

Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht; 1986: 53-72. 


144. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Preferential Female Infanticide and Other Mechanisms Regulating Population Size among 

the Eipo. In: Keyfitz, Nathan, Editor. Population and Biology: Bridge between Disciplines: Proceedings of a 

Conference. Liège: Ordina Editions; 1984: 169-192. 


145. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. "Primitive" Childbirth -- Anachronism or Challenge to "Modern" Obstetrics? In: Ballabriga, 

A.; Gallart, A., Editors. Proceedings of the 7th European Congress of Perinatal Medicine September 2th-5th, 

1980 Barcelona, Spain. Barcelona: n.p.; 1980: 40-49. 


146. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Reaction to Cultural Change among the Eipo in the Highlands of West-New Guinea. In: 

Joiris, Daou V.; Lavelye, Didier de, Editors. Les peuples des forêts tropicales: Systèmes traditionells et 

développement rural en Afrique équitoriale, grande Amazonie et Asie du sud-est. Bruxelles: Université Libre 

de Bruxelles, Institut de Sociologie; 1997: 220- 227. (Civilisations, Special Issue; v. 44(1-2)). 

Note: [fw 1974: Eipo]. 

147. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Reproduction and Sex-ratio Manipulation through Preferential Female Infanticide among 

the Eipo, in the Highlands of West New Guinea. In: Rasa, A.; Vogel, Ch.; Voland, E., Editors. Sociobiology 

of Reproductive Systems. London: Chapman & Hall; 1989: 170-193. 

Note: [fw 1974-1976 (17 mos), 1978, 1980 (4 mos): Eipomek V]. 

148. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Results of Ethnomedical Fieldwork among the Eipo, Daerah Jayawijaya, Irian Jaya, with 

Special Reference to Traditional Birthgiving. Medika. 1982; 11: 829-843. 


149. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Schön von innen und außen: Schmücken und Bemalen. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, 



Note: [fw: Eipo, Tauwema]. 

150. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Sterben und Tod bei den Eipo im Hochland von West-Neuguinea. Curare. 1985; 8: 

191-208. 

Note: [fw July 1974 - June 1976: Munggona vill Eipo]. 

12

151. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Streßfaktoren und Streßlösung in industrialisierten und traditionellen Gesellschaften: 

Beispiele aus Feldbeobachtungen in Neuguinea. Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 

1985; 115: 41-52. 

Note: [fw: Roro, Kerewa, Pawaia, Kaluli, Faiwol, Begua, Zimakani, Aifat, Mek]. 

152. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Verarbeitung von Schmerz und Krankheit bei den Eipo, Hochland von West-Neuguinea: 

Ethnomedizinische und humanethologische Aspekte. Medizinische Psychologie. 1980; 6: 219-234. 


153. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Von Geistern und Menschen: Expedition ins Land der Papuas. Medass. 1971; 3(9-10): 28, 

31-32; 28-30. 

Note: [fw July 1970 - February 1971: Roro, Kerewa, Purome, Pawaia, Zimakani, Olsobip Faiwol, Kaluli, 

Waragu]. 

154. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Weitere Informationen zur geburt auf den Trobriandinseln. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Sich, 

Dorothea, Editors. Die Geburt aus ethnomedizinischer Sicht: Beiträge und Nachträge zur IV. Internationalen 

Fachtagung der Arbeitsgemeinschaft Ethnomedizin über traditionelle Geburtshilfe und Gynäkologie in 

Göttingen 8.-10.12.1978. Braunschweig/ Wiesbaden: Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn; 1983: 143-150. (Curare; v. 1). 

Note: [fw: Losuia Trobriand Is]. 

155. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Wie Eipo-Kinder auf die Welt kommen. Neue Zürcher Zeitung. 1982; 113: 33. 


156. Schiefenhövel, Wulf. Zur Situation des Kindes in "Primitiven" Gesellschaften. In: Lipinski, Ch. G.; Müller- 

Breckwoldt, H.; Rudnitzki, G., Editors. Behinderte Kinder im Heim. München: E. Reinhardt; 1983: 22-42. 


157. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Bell-Krannhals, Ingrid. Of Harvests and Hierarchies: Securing Staple Food and Social 

Position in the Trobriand Islands. In: Wiessner, Polly; Schiefenhövel, Wulf, Editors. Food and the Status 

Quest: An Interdisciplinary Perspective. Providence, RI: Berghahn Books; 1996: 235-251. 

Note: [fw 1982-1992: Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

158. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Bell-Krannhals, Ingrid. Wer teilt, hat teil an der Macht: Systeme der Yams-Vergabe auf 

den Trobriand Inseln. Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 1986; 116: 19-39. 

Note: [fw 1982, 1984: Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

159. Schiefenhövel, Wulkf; Matsuoka, Etsuko. [Childbirth in Irian Jaya: Looking at Modern Managed Birth from 

Traditional Birth]. Japanese Journal for Midwives. 1991; 42(12): 60-68. 


160. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Prinz, Armin. Ethnomedizin und Ethnopharmakologie: Quellen wichtiger Arzneimittel. 

In: Czygan, Franz-C, Editor. Biogene Arzneistoffe: Entwicklungen auf dem Gebiet der Pharmazeutischen 

Biologie, Phytochemie und Phytotherapie. Wiesbaden: Vieweg Verlag Braunschweig; 1984: 223- 238. 

Note: [fw: Roro, Bagua, Misima, Biak, Serui, Sentani, Humboldt Bay, Tanah Merah, Sarmi, Sorong, Aifat, 

Fakfak, Merauke]. 

161. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Schiefenhövel, Grete. Das Kind auf die Erde legen: Gebären in Neuguinea. In: 

Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. Im Spiegel der Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk 

des Verhaltensforschers Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt. München: Realis Verlags-GmbH; 1993: 70-77. 

Note: [fw 1974-1975: Munggona Eipo]. 

162. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Schiefenhövel, Grete. Methoden ethnomedizinischer Feldforschung in Neuguinea und 

Aspekte der Integration traditioneller Elemente in ein modernes Gesundheitswesen in entwicklungsländern. 

In: Schröder, E., Editor. Ethnomedizin: Referate der Fachkonferenz in München 19. + 20.10.77. München: 

Institut für Geschichte der Medizin und Medizinischer Soziologie der Technischen Universität; 1974: 12- 25. 

13


163. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. Im Spiegel der Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk des 

Verhaltensforschers Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt. München: Realis Verlags-GmbH; 1993. 224 pp. + Endpaper 


164. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Vogel, Christian. Homizid im interkulturellen Vergleich: Eine evolutionsbiologische 

Perspektive. In: Molden, Otto, Editor. Geschichte und Gesetz: Europäisches Forum Alpbach 1989. Wien: 

Österreichisches College; 1989: 541-548. 


165. Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Wissenschaftskolleg zu Berlin. Ritualized Adult-Male/Adolescent-Male Sexual Behavior 

in Melanesia: An Anthropological and Ethological Perspective. In: Feierman, Jay R., Editor. Pedophilia: 

Biosocial Dimensions. New York: Springer-Verlag; 1990: 394-421. 

Note: [fw: Eipo, Faiwol, Trobriand Is; from lit: Wogeo, Orokaiva, Kiriwina, Keraki, Etoro, Kaluli, Onabasulu, 

Gebusi, Kimam, Jaquai]. 

166. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Ad�: A Sociolinguistic Analysis of a Relationship. In: Baugh, John; Sherzer, Joel, Editors. 

Language in Use: Readings in Sociolinguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall; 1984: 229-243. 

Note: [fw: Kaluli]. 

167. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Commentary: The Importance of Cultural Perspectives on Infant Care and Feeding. In: 

Marshall, Leslie B., Editor. Infant Care and Feeding in the South Pacific. New York: Gordon and Breach 

Science Publishers; 1985: 1-12. (Food and Nutrition in History and Anthropology; v. 3). 

Note: [from lit: Port Moresby, Amele, Vanatinai, Kaduwaga, Usino, Maisin, Murik]. 

168. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Creating Evidence: Making Sense of Written Words in Bosavi. In: Ochs, Elinor; Schegloff, 

Emanuel; Thompson, Sandra A., Editors. Interaction and Grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 

1996: 435-460. (Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics). 

Note: [fw 1967--: Kaluli]. 

169. Schieffelin, Bambi B. A Developmental Study of Pragmatic Appropriateness of Word Order and Case Marking 

in Kaluli. In: Deutsch, Werner, Editor. The Child's Construction of Language. London: Academic Press (Ltd), 

Inc.; 1981: 105-120. 


170. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Do Different Worlds Mean Different Words?: An Example from Papua New Guinea. In: 

Philips, Susan U.; Steele, Susan; Tanz, Christine, Editors. Language, Gender, and Sex in Comparative 

Perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1987: 249-260. (Studies in the Social and Cultural 

Foundations of Language; v. 4). 


171. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Getting It Together: An Ethnographic Approach to the Study of the Development of 

Communicative Competence. In: Ochs, Elinor; Schieffelin, Bambi B., Editors. Developmental Pragmatics. 

New York: Academic Press, Inc.; 1979: 73-108. 


172. Schieffelin, Bambi B. The Give and Take of Everyday Life: Language Socialization of Kaluli Children. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1990. viii, 278 pp. (Studies in the Social and Cultural Foundations 

of Language; v. 9). 

Note: [fw 1967-1968, 1975-1977: Sululib Kaluli]. 

173. Schieffelin, Bambi Bernhard. How Kaluli Children Learn What to Say, What to Do, and How to Feel: An 

Ethnographic Study of the Development of Communicative Competence [Ph.D. Dissertation]. New York: 

Columbia University; 1979. ix, 379 pp. 

14

Note: [fw 1967-1968 (14 mos), 1975 -- (18 mos): Bona vill Kaluli]. 

174. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Marking Time: The Dichotomizing Discourse of Multiple Temporalities. Current 

Anthropology. 2002; 43(Supplement): S5-S17. 

Note: [fw: Bosavi]. 

175. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Talking Like Birds: Soundplay in a Cultural Perspective. In: Loy, John W., Editor. The 

Paradoxes of Play: Proceedings of the 69th Annual Meeting of The Association for the Anthropological Study 

of Play. West Point, NY: Leisure Press; 1982: 160-166. 


176. Schieffelin, Bambi B. Talking Like Birds: Soundplay in a Cultural Perspective. Reprinted in: Ochs, Elinor; 

Schieffelin, Bambi B. Acquiring Conversational Competence. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul; 1983: 

177-184. 


177. Schieffelin, Bambi B.; Cochran-Smith, Marilyn. Learning to Read Culturally: Literacy Before Schooling. In: 

Goelman, Hillel; Oberg, Antoinette A.; Smith, Frank, Editors. Awakening to Literacy: The University of 

Victoria Symposium on Children's Response to a Literate Environment: Literacy Before Schooling. 

Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann Educational Books; 1984: 3-23. 


178. Schieffelin, Bambi B.; Eisenberg, Ann R. Cultural Variation in Children's Conversations. In: Schiefelbusch, 

Richard L.; Pickar, Joanne, Editors. The Acquisition of Communicative Competence. Baltimore: University 

Park Press; 1984: 377-420. (Language Intervention Series; v. 8). 


179. Schieffelin, Bambi B.; Feld, Steven. Bosavi-English-Tok Pisin Dictionary (Papua New Guinea) / Bosabi 

Towo:Liya: Ingilis Towo:Liya: Pisin Towo:Liya: Bugo: / Tok Ples Bosavi, Tok Inglis, Na Tok Pisin Dikisneli. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Asian and Pacific Studies; 1998. xx, 209 pp. 

(Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 153). 

Note: [fw 1975-1995: Bosavi]. 

180. Schieffelin, Bambi B.; Feld, Steven. Sociolinguistic Dimensions of Kaluli Relationship Terms. In: Pawley, 

Andrew, Editor. Man and a Half: Essays in Pacific Anthropology and Ethnobiology in Honour of Ralph 

Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian Society; 1991: 451-454. (Memoirs; v. 48). 

Note: [fw 1975-1977, 1982, 1984: Kaluli]. 

181. Schieffelin, E. L. History and the Fate of the Forest on the Papuan Plateau. In: Brown, Paula; Ploeg, Anton, Guest 

Editors. Change and Conflict in Papua New Guinea Land and Resource Rights. Perth: University of Western 

Australia, Department of Anthropology; 1997: 575-597. (Anthropological Forum; v. 7(4)). 

Note: [fw: Bosavi]. 

182. Schieffelin, E. L.; Kurita, Hiroyuki. The Phantom Patrol: Reconciling Native Narratives and Colonial Documents 

in Reconstructing the History of Exploration in Papua New Guinea. Journal of Pacific History. 1988; 23: 

52-69. 

Note: [fw ELS January-August 1984, June-August 1985: Kaluli; HK July 1982 - September 1983: Fasu]. 

183. Schieffelin, Edward L. Anger and Shame in the Tropical Forest: On Affect as a Cultural System in Papua New 

Guinea. Ethos. 1983; 11: 181-191. 


184. Schieffelin, Edward L. Anger, Grief, and Shame: Towards a Kaluli Ethnopsychology. In: White, Geoffrey M.; 

Kirkpatrick, John, Editors. Person, Self, and Experience: Exploring Pacific Ethnopsychologies. Berkeley: 

University of California Press; 1985: 168-182. 

15


185. Schieffelin, Edward L. The bau a Ceremonial Hunting Lodge: An Alternative to Initiation. In: Herdt, Gilbert H., 

Editor. Rituals of Manhood: Male Initiation in Papua New Guinea. Berkeley: University of California Press; 

1982: 155-200. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

186. Schieffelin, Edward L. The bau a Ceremonial Hunting Lodge: An Alternative to Initiation. In: Herdt, Gilbert H., 

Editor. Rituals of Manhood: Male Initiation in Papua New Guinea. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction 

Publishers; 1998: 155-200. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

187. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Cultural Dimensions of Alcohol Abuse in a South Pacific Nation. In: Marshall, Mac, 

Editor. Through A Glass Darkly: Beer and Modernization in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied 

Social and Economic Research; 1982: 49-55. (Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [from lit: Melpa; general PNG]. 

188. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Cultural Analysis of Depressive Affect: An Example from New Guinea. In: 

Kleinman, Arthur; Good, Byron, Editors. Culture and Depression: Studies in the Anthropology and 

Cross-Cultural Psychiatry of Affect and Disorder. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1985: 101- 133. 


189. Schieffelin, Edward L. Early Contact as Drama and Manipulation in the Southern Highlands of Papua New 

Guinea: Pacification as the Structure of the Conjuncture. Comparative Studies in Society and History. 1995; 

37: 555-580. 

Note: [Bosavi, Kaluli, Onabasulu, Fasu]. 

190. Schieffelin, Edward L. The End of Traditional Music, Dance and Body Decoration in Bosavi, Papua New Guinea. 

In: Gordon, Robert, Editor. The Plight of Peripheral People in Papua New Guinea, Volume I: The Inland 

Situation. Cambridge, MA: Cultural Survival, Inc.; 1981: 1-22. (Occasional Papers; v. 7). 

Note: [fw 1975-1977: Kaluli, Onabasulu]. 

191. Schieffelin, Edward L. Evangelical Rhetoric and the Transformation of Traditional Culture in Papua New Guinea. 

Comparative Studies in Society and History. 1981; 23: 150-156. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

192. Schieffelin, Edward L. Evil Spirit Sickness, the Christian Disease: The Innovation of a New Syndrome of Mental 

Derangement and Redemption in Papua New Guinea. Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry. 1996; 20: 1-39. 

Note: [fw 1975-1977, 1984-1985, 1989: Walagu Onabasulu, Bosavi]. 

193. Schieffelin, Edward L. Felling the Trees on Top of the Crop: European Contact and the Subsistence Ecology of 

the Great Papuan Plateau. Oceania. 1975; 46: 25-39. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968: Kaluli; from pc: Etoro, Onabasulu]. 

194. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Gisaro: Ceremonialism and Reciprocity in a New Guinea Tribe [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Chicago: University of Chicago; 1972. viii, 509 pp. 

Note: [fw October 1966 - December 1968 (23 mos): Sululip, Bono clan Kaluli]. 

195. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Great Papuan Plateau. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People 

You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 58-87. 

Note: [fw & from archives & lit: Hides-O'Malley patrol 1935, Etoro, Bosavi, Onabasulu]. 

196. Schieffelin, Edward L. Introduction. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a 

Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 1-13. 

Note: [Hides-O'Malley patrol 1935]. 

16

197. Schieffelin, Edward L. Legacy of the Strickland-Purari Patrol: For the Future. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; 

Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford 

University Press; 1991: 281- 283. 

Note: [Southern Highlands Province]. 

198. Schieffelin, Edward L. Legacy of the Strickland-Purari Patrol: The Great Papuan Plateau. In: Schieffelin, Edward 

L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: 

Stanford University Press; 1991: 262-268. 

Note: [Etoro, Kaluli, Onabasulu]. 

199. Schieffelin, Edward L. Mediators as Metaphors: Moving a Man to Tears in Papua, New Guinea. In: Becker, A. 

L.; Yengoyan, Aram A., Editors. The Imagination of Reality: Essays on Southeast Asian Coherence Systems. 

Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corporation; 1979: 127-144. 

Note: [fw October 1966 - November 1968: Sululip Kaluli]. 

200. Schieffelin, Edward L. On Failure and Performance: Throwing the Medium Out of the Seance. In: Laderman, 

Carol; Roseman, Marina, Editors. The Performance of Healing. New York: Routledge; 1996: 59-89. 


201. Schieffelin, Edward L. Performance and the Cultural Construction of Reality. American Ethnologist. 1985; 12: 

707-724. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

202. Schieffelin, Edward L. Performance and the Cultural Construction of Reality: A New Guinea Example. Reprinted 

in: Lavie, Smadar; Narayan, Kirin; Rosaldo, Renato, Editors. Creativity/Anthropology. Ithaca, NY: Cornell 



203. Schieffelin, Edward L. Problematizing Performance. In: Hughes-Freeland, Felicia, Editor. Ritual, Performance, 

Media. London: Routledge; 1998: 194-207. (ASA Monographs; v. 35). 


204. Schieffelin, Edward L. Reciprocity and the Construction of Reality. Man, N.S.. 1980; 15: 502-517. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

205. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Retaliation of the Animals: On the Cultural Construction of the Past in Papua New 

Guinea. Bikmaus. 1984; 5(4): 1-14. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

206. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Retaliation of the Animals: On the Cultural Construction of the Past in Papua New 

Guinea. In: Gewertz, Deborah; Schieffelin, Edward, Editors. History and Ethnohistory in Papua New Guinea. 

Sydney: University of Sydney; 1985: 40-57. (Oceania Monographs; v. 28). 

Note: [fw 1966-1968, 1975-1977: Kaluli]. 

207. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Sorrow of the Lonely and the Burning of the Dancers. In: Endo, Banri; Hoshi, 

Horoshi; Masuda, Shozo, Editors. Proceedings VIIIth International Congress of Anthropological and 

Ethnological Sciences 1968 Tokyo and Kyoto, Vol. II, Ethnology. Tokyo: Science Council of Japan; 1969: 

342- 345. 


208. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Sorrow of the Lonely and the Burning of the Dancers. New York: St. Martin's Press, 

Inc.; 1976. viii, [i], 243, [1] pp. 

Note: [fw 1966-1968: Sululib Kaluli]. 

17

209. Schieffelin, Edward L. The Unseen Influence: Tranced Mediums as Historical Innovators. Journal de la Société 

des Océanistes. 1977; 33(56-57): 169-178. 


210. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Aftermath and Reflections. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, 

Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University 

Press; 1991: 231-256. 


211. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Appendix A: The Origins of the Story of Walali. In: Schieffelin, 

Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. 

Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 295-300. 

Note: [fw: Kewa, Samberigi]. 

212. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Colonial Papua and the Tradition of Exploration. In: Schieffelin, 

Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. 

Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 13-43. 

Note: [general Papua, Macgregor explor, Staniforth Smith explor]. 

213. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert; Allen, Bryant; Frankel, Stephen; Josephides, Lisette; Schilz, Marc. 

The Historical Impact: Southern Highlands Epilogue. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like 

People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 

257-292. 

Note: [Great Papuan Plateau, Huli, Wola, Nembi, Kewa]. 

214. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan 

Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991. xviii, [i], 325 pp. + Plates. 


215. Schieffelin, Edward; Crittenden, Robert. Remembering First Contact: Realities and Romance. In: Borofsky, 

Robert, Editor. Remembrance of Pacific Pasts: An Invitation to Remake History. Honolulu: University of 

Hawai'i Press; 2000: 133-151. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Hides-O'Malley patrol, Huli, Etoro, Onabasulu]. 

216. Schieffelin, Edward; Crittenden, Robert. Remembering First Contact: Realities and Romance. In: Borofsky, 

Robert, Editor. Remembrance of Pacific Pasts: An Invitation to Remake History. Honolulu: University of 

Hawai'i Press; 2000: 133-151. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Hides-O'Malley patrol, Huli, Etoro, Onabasulu]. 

217. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Return to Kikori. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like 

People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 

13-43. 


218. Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. The Strickland- Purari Patrol: Starting Out. In: Schieffelin, Edward 

L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: 

Stanford University Press; 1991: 44-57. 


219. Schild, Ulla, Editor. Märchen aus Papua-Neuguinea. Düsseldorf: Eugen Diederichs Verlag; 1977. 269 pp. 

Note: [from pcs: Urat, Sugu Kagua, Elema, Enga, Koiari, Melpa, Kate, Toaripi, Karkar I; from lit: Orokolo, 

Ambunti, Nehan I, Siambuka Kamanuku, Siar, Bili Bili, Motu, Binandere, Sepik, Milne Bay, Hula, Gende, 

Mekeo, Wantoat, Simbai]. 

220. Schiller, Gregory. A Critical Evaluation of the Analytical Utility of Ortner's Nature-Culture-Gender Proposition 

18

in Relation to the Melpa. Catalyst. 1997; 27: 125-133. 

Note: [misison from lit: Buk, Kelua Melpa]. 

221. Schilz, Marc. Living Dangerously in Papua New Guinea. Anthropology Today. 1992; 8(1): 25-26. 


222. Schilz, Marc. Rascalism, Tradition and the State in Papua New Guinea. In: Toft, Susan, Editor. Domestic 

Violence in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1985: 

141-160. (Monographs; v. 3). 


223. Schilz, Marc. Review Article: New Guinea Ethnography and the African Mirage. Research in Melanesia. 1983; 

7(1-2): 95-103. 

Note: [from lit: PNGH]. 

224. Schilz, Marc. War, Peace and the Exercise of Power: Perspectives on Society, Gender, and the State in the New 

Guinea Highlands. Social Analysis. 1987; 21: 3-19. 

Note: [fw: Sugu V Kewa; from lit: Iatmul, Baruya, Tauade, Mekeo, Mendi, Purari, Mae Enga, Duna, Kuma, 

Siane, Melpa, Raiapu Enga, Kalauna]. 

225. Schilz, Marc; Josephides, Lisette. Current Problems and Prospects: View from the Sugu Valley, Southern 

Highlands Province. In: Walter, Michael A. H. B., Editor. What Do We Do About Plantations? Boroko: 

Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1981: 136-142. (Monographs; v. 15). 

Note: [fw: Sugu V Kewa]. 

226. Schindler, A. J. Land Use by Natives of Aiyura Village, Central Highlands, New Guinea. South Pacific. 1952; 

6(2): 302- 307. 

Note: [agr officer: Aiyura]. 

227. Schindlbeck, Markus. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) -- Töpferei. Film E 2796. In: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1998: 

213-229. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 20). 

Note: [fw (Schlenker) 1973-1974 & from archives: Aibom]. 

228. Schindlbeck, Markus. Aibom/Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Tauschmarket in Tingei. Film E 2342. In: 

Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. 

GmbH; 1992: 133-143. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 17). 

Note: [fw 1973: Aibom; Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

229. Schindlbeck, Markus. Aibom/Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Gewinning von Sago. Film E 2805. In: 



Note: [fw 1973: Aibom; Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

230. Schindlbeck, Markus. Cargo-Bewegung, Tradition und Migration: sozio-ökonomische Veränderungen bei den 

Sawos von Gaikorobi, Sepik-Gebiet, Papua-Neuguinea. Paideuma. 1984; 30: 275-298. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974, 1979-1981: Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

231. Schindlbeck, Markus. Deutsche wissenschaftliche Expeditionen und Forschungen in der Südsee bis 1914. In: 

Hiery, Hermann Joseph, Editor. Die Deutsch Südsee 1884-1914: Ein Handbuch. Paderborn: Ferdinand 

Schöningh; 2001: 132-155. 


232. Schindlbeck, Markus, Editor. Die ethnographische Linse: Photographien aus dem Museum für Völkerkunde 

Berlin. Berlin: Museum für Völkerkunde, Staatliche Museen Preußischer Kulturbesitz; 1989. 149 pp. 

19

(Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde Berlin, N.F.; v. 48). 

Note: [from museum colls: Timbunke, Wogamusch, Kumbe Marind- anim]. 

233. Schindlbeck, Markus. Formen mündlicher Überlieferung bei den Sawos. In: Hauser-Schäublin, Brigitta, Editor. 

Geschichte und mündliche Überlieferung in Ozeanien. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität Basel 

und Museum für Völkerkund Im Kommission bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1994: 5-14. (Basler Beiträge zur 

Ethnologie; v. 37). 

Note: [fw 1972-1974, 1979-1981: Sawos]. 

234. Schindlbeck, Markus. Gable Figure. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of African, 

Oceanic, and Indonesian Art from the Museum voor Volkenkunde, Rotterdam. New York: Rizzoli 

International Publications, Inc.; 1988: 154- 155. 

Note: [from museum colls: Torembi Sawos]. 

235. Schindlbeck, Markus. Gable Mask. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of African, 


International Publications, Inc.; 1988: 152-153. 

Note: [from museum colls: Middle Sepik]. 

236. Schindlbeck, Markus, Editor. Gestern und Heute -- Traditionen in der Südsee: Festschrift zum 75. Geburtstag 

von Gerd Koch. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer; 1997. xiv, 596 pp. (Baessler-Archiv, N.F.; v. 45(70)). 

237. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Auftritt der "mai"-Masken in Korogo. Film E 2346. 

In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, 

gem. GmbH; 1992: 121-130. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 17). 

Note: [fw 1973: Korogo Iatmul; from archives: Kararau, Mindimbit]. 

238. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Befragung des Ahnengeistes. Film E 2345. In: Institut 

für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. 


Note: [fw 1974: Palimbei Iatmul; Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

239. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Ernten von Areca-Nüssen für den Betelgenuß. Film 

E 2341. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen 

Film, gem. GmbH; 1992: 97- 106. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 17). 

Note: [fw 1973: Timbun Iatmul; Sawos]. 

240. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Sammeln, Rösten und Essen von Ameisen. Film E 

2549. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen 

Film, gem. GmbH; 1994: 1-11. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). 

Note: [fw October-November 1973: Palimbei Iatmul]. 

241. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Brennen und Löschen von Kalk zum Betelkauen. 

Film E 2710. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1994: 13-25. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). 

Note: [fw February 1974: Japanaut Iatmul; Sawos; from archives: Tambunum]. 

242. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Musik bei den Iatmul. Filme E 2343, E 2344, E 2365, 

E 2543. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen 


Note: [fw September 1973, October 1973, February 1974, March 1974: Palimbei Iatmul; Gaikorobi Sawos; 

from archives: Kaulagu (Korogo), Kubka, Lower Sepik, Kanganaman]. 

243. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Fertigstellung eines Lieder-Memorierstabes, Gesänge 

und Schlitztrommelschlagen bei einer Kanuweihe in Yindabu. Film E 2921. In: Institut für den 

20


29-41. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). Note: [fw October 1973: Yindabu Iatmul; 

Gaikorobi Sawos; from archives: Tambunum, Magem]. 

244. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Kinderspiele. Filme E 2544, E 2568. In: Institut für 

den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 

1995: 101-117. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). 

Note: [fw October 1973: Palimbei Iatmul; January 1974: Sapanaut Iatmul; Sawos; from archives: Timbunke, 

Kaulagu (Korogo)]. 

245. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Backen von Sagofladen. Film E 2340. In: Institut für 

den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 

1995: 85-97. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). 

Note: [fw October 1973: Palimbei Iatmul; Aibom, Sawos; from archives: Kararau]. 

246. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Fischen mit Speer. Film E 2339. In: Institut für den 



Note: [fw January 1974: Sapanaut Iatmul; from archives: Angerman, Tambunum, Kaulagu (Korogo)]. 

247. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Fest zur Kanueinweihung in Kanganamun: Auftritt 

von Waldgeistern und Ahnfrauen. Film E 2545. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. 

Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, gem. GmbH; 1995: 133-146. (Publikationen zu 

Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 19). 

Note: [fw November 1973: Kanganamun Iatmul; Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

248. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Vorschulunterricht. Film E 2292. In: Institut für den 



Note: [fw March 1974: Palimbei Iatmul]. 

249. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Kanuweihe in Palimbei. Filme E 2477, E 2859. In: 



Note: [fw October, Nobember 1973: Palimbei Iatmul; from archives: Kararau, Tambunum, Kaulagu (Korogo)]. 

250. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Nagwan erzählt die Mythe über die Geburt der 

Fischadler. Film E 2291. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den 


Note: [fw (Schlenker & Stanek) October 1973: Palimbei]. 

251. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Mythologische Diskussion im Männerhaus in 

Palimbei. Film E 2293. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den 


Note: [fw (Schlenker) February 1974: Palimbei; from archives: Kararau, Yensemangua]. 

252. Schindlbeck, Markus. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Matkwan erzählt über das Kopfjagdfest. Film E 2338. 

In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film, 

gem. GmbH; 1998: 361-379. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen; v. 20). 

Note: [fw: Gaikorobi, Palimbei; (Schlenker & Stanek) October 1973: Palimbei; from archives: Korogo]. 

253. Schindlbeck, Markus. The Importance of Relationships in Middle Sepik History. Reviews in Anthropology. 1985; 

12: 166-172. 

Note: [fw: Iatmul, Sawos; from lit: Chambri]. 

21

254. Schindlbeck, Markus. Jagdzauber der Sawos in Gaikorobi, Mittlerer Sepik, Papua-Neuguinea. Verhandlungen 

der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1978; 89: 25-40. 

Note: [fw 1974: Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

255. Schindlbeck, Markus. Kokospalme und Brotfruchtbaum: Siedlungs-Vorstellungen der Sawos und Kwanga, 

Sepik-Gebiet, Papua-Neuguinea. Geographica Helvetica. 1983; 38: 3-10. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974: Gaikorobi vill Sawos; 1979-1980: Bongos vill Kwanga]. 

256. Schindlbeck, Markus. Krankenheilung bei den Sawos. Baessler- Archiv, N.F.. 1988; 36: 117-144. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974, 1979-1981: Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

257. Schindlbeck, Markus. Male Figure. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of African, 



Note: [from museum colls: Karawari R]. 

258. Schindlbeck, Markus. Männerhaus und weibliche Giebelfigur am Mittelsepik, Papua-Neuguinea. 

Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1985; 33: 363-411. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974: Sawos; 1979-1981: Kwanga, Sawos; from museum colls: Palimbei, Kaulagu, Timbunke, 

Ambanoli, Nangusap, Torembi, Angerman, Gaikorobi, Mamsi]. 

259. Schindlbeck, Markus. Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik: Kopfjägertanz in Chambri aufgeführt von Touristen. Film E 

2711. In: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film. Ethnologie. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen 


Note: [fw 1974: Chambri; Gaikorobi Sawos; from archives: Aibom]. 

260. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sago bei den Sawos (Mittelsepik, Papua New Guinea): Untersuchungen über die 

Bedeutung von Sago in Wirtschaft, Sozialordnung und Religion [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Basel: Universität Basel; 

1978. xii, 566, [2], [55] pp. + Foldout Map. 

Note: [fw October 1972 - March 1974: Gaikorobi vill Sawos]. 

261. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sago bei den Sawos (Mittelsepik, Papua New Guinea): Untersuchungen über die 

Bedeutung von Sago in Wirtschaft, Sozialordnung und Religion. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der 

Universität und Museum für Völkerkunde; 1980. xii, 566, [2], [55] pp. + Foldout Map. (Basler Beiträge zur 

Ethnologie; v. 19). 

Note: [fw: October 1972 - March 1974: Gaikorobi vill Sawos]. 

262. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sawos (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Einbrennen von Mustern in die Haut. Film E2460. 

Göttingen: Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981. 17 pp. (Publikationen zu wissenschaftlichen Filmen, 

Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(3)). 

Note: [fw: Gaikorobi Sawos]. 

263. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sawos (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Yangendambui vertreibt Regen. Film E2461. 

Göttingen: Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981. 17 pp. (Publikationen zu wissenschaftlichen Filmen, 



264. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sawos (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Totenfest in Gaikorobi: Abschied von einem 

getötenen Schwein. Film E2480. Göttingen: Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981. 16 pp. 

(Publikationen zu wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(5)). 


265. Schindlbeck, Markus. Sawos (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Totenfest in Gaikorobi: Anrufung und Tanz der 

Ahnen, Gesänge und Flötenspiel. Film E2481. Göttingen: Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981. 24 

pp. (Publikationen zu wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(6)). 

22


266. Schindlbeck, Markus. Slit Gong. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of African, 


International Publications, Inc.; 1988: 142-143. 

Note: [from museum colls: Murik, Sarem Sawos]. 

267. Schindlbeck, Markus. Suspension Hook. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of 

African, Oceanic, and Indonesian Art from the Museum voor Volkenkunde, Rotterdam. New York: Rizzoli 


Note: [from museum colls: Torembi Sawos]. 

268. Schindlbeck, Markus. Suspension Hook. In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: Masterpieces of 

African, Oceanic, and Indonesian Art from the Museum voor Volkenkunde, Rotterdam. New York: Rizzoli 


Note: [from museum colls: Middle Sepik]. 

269. Schindlbeck, Markus. Tradition and Change in Kwanga Villages. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; 

Mitchell, William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: 

Tradition and Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 232-240. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974: Gaikorobi Sawos; 1979-1980: Bongos Kwanga]. 

270. Schindlbeck, Markus. Über den mythischen Ursprungsort der Sawos und Iatmul (Papua-Neuguinea). In: Kamber, 

Peter Heinrich; Moser, Rupert, Editors. Diachronica: Zum Verhältnis von Ethnologie, Geschichte und 

Geschwichtswissenschaft / Du rapport entre ethnologie, histoire et connaissance de l'histoire. Bern: 

Schweizerische Ethnologische Gesellschaft / Société Suisse d'Ethnologie; 1984: 153-160. (Ethnologica 

Helvetica; v. 8). 

Note: [fw 1971-1981 (18 mos): Gaikorobi Sawos; from lit: Nyaura]. 

271. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Das Haupthaar der Eingeborenen des Torricelligebirges in Neuguinea. Anthropos. 1962; 

57: 678-682. 

Note: [colls 1909: incls Torricellis, Paup, Tintejao, Akur, Apur, Afu]. 

272. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Die Stellung der Photographie in der anthropologischer Methodik und die Pygmäenfrage 

in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1915; 47: 53-58. 

Note: [from lit: Sattelberg]. 

273. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Eine ethnographische Sammlung vom Kaiserin-Augustafluss in Neuguinea. Abhandlungen 

und Berichte des Königl. Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographischen Museums zu Dresden. 1910; 

13(2): ii-iii, 1-74 + Tafeln 1-4. 

Note: [colls 1909: Potsdamhafen, Sigrin, Mangut, Jobanda, Olem, Pagem, Kambrini]. 

274. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Muliama: Zwei Jahre unter Südsee- Insulanern. Zürich: Orell Füssli Verlag; 1959. 212 pp. 

+ Plates + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [exped 1908: Kamba, Sigrin, Mangut, Kamburumdóu, Pagem, Matschir, Olem, Kambrini, Kopal, 

Muschu, Walis, Tumleo, Ali, Seleo, Angel, Eitapé, Walman, Poro, Akur, Akin, Apur, Paup, Malol, Leitere, 

Jakumul]. 

275. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Otto Reches Werk über den Kaiserin- Augusta-Fluß in Neuguinea. Dr. A. Petermanns 

Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt. 1913; 59(2): 199-200. 

Note: [explor Reche: Sepik]. 

276. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Pygmäen in Melanesien. Archives Suisses d'Anthropologie Générale (Genève). 1914; 1: 

37-42. 

Note: [from lit: Kamaweka, Tapiro, Jakumul, Arup, Leitere]. 

23

277. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Reisen in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland (Neuguinea). Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königl. 

Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographischen Museums zu Dresden. 1910; 13(1): 1-19 + Tafeln 1-3. 

Note: [explor July-November 1909: Friedrich-Wilhelmshafen, Kamba, Postdamhafen, up Sepik: Singrin, 

Mangut, Jobanda, Olem, Pagem, Kambrini; Eitape: Poro (Walman), Jakamul, Paup, Afu, Akur, Malol, Leitere, 

Sissano, Arup, Warapu, Wokau, Poro, Koroko, Warinagol]. 

278. Schlaginhaufen, Otto. Schädelperforationen Eingeborener vom Sepik in Neuguinea. Geographica Helvetica. 

1966; 21: 183-185. 

Note: [fw July-August 1909: Lower Sepik]. 

279. Schleidt, Margret. Hier bin ich -- wo bist Du? In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, Johanna; Krell, Renate, Editors. 

Im Spiegel der Anderen: Aus dem Lebenswerk des Verhaltensforschers Irenäus Eibl-Eibesfeldt. München: 

Realis Verlags-GmbH; 1993: 78- 91. 

Note: [Eipo, Tauwema]. 

280. Schleiermacher. Aus unserer Mission in Neu-Guinea. Stadt Gottes. 1899; 22; 24: 179-181, 211-214; 70-71. 

Note: [mission: Tamara Tumleo]. 

281. Schleiermacher, Ch. Aus unserer Mission in Neu-Guinea. Beilage zum Kleinen Herz-Jesu-Boten. 1899; 26: 

91-93. 

Note: [mission: Arop]. 

282. Schleiermacher, Chr. Der erste Besuch beim wilden Stamm der Anal (Neu-Guinea). Kleiner Herz-Jesu-Bote. 

1899; 27: 22-24, 35- 38. 

Note: [mission: Buldalu, Anal, Malol]. 

283. Schleiermacher, Chr. Ein Missionar von Pfeilschüssen der Wilden verfolgt. Kleiner Herz-Jesu-Bote. 1900; 27: 

106-108. 

Note: [mission: Valman]. 

284. Schleiermacher, Chr. Ein Streifzug ins Innere von Neu-Guinea zum Stamm der Buldalu. Kleiner Herz-Jesu-Bote. 

1899; 26: 167-169, 184-186. 

Note: [mission: Buldalu]. 

285. Schleiermacher, Chr. Land und Leute der Leming-Küste (Deutsch-Neuguinea). Kleiner Herz-Jesu-Bote. 1900; 

27: 78-80, 109, 123-125. 

Note: [mission: Tamara, Vokau, Malol]. 

286. Schleiermacher, Chr. Religiöse Anschauungen und Gebräuche der Bewohner von Berlinhafen 

(Deutsch-Neuguinea). Globus. 1900; 78: 4-7. 

Note: [mission: Tamara Tumleo, Valman]. 

287. Schleinitz, S. Freih v. Geographische und ethnographische Beobachtungen auf Neu-Guinea, dem Neu-Brittaniaund 

Salomons- Archipel, angestellt auf S.M.S. "Gazelle" bei ihrer Reise um die Erde 1874-76. Zeitschrift der 

Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin. 1877; 12: 230-266. 

Note: [explor 1874-1876: MacCluer Gulf, Salvatti, North Coast IJ]. 

288. Schlenker, Hermann. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Übermodellieren und Belamen eines Schädels. Film 

E 2905. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institute für den Wissenschaftlichen 

Film; 1988: 65-74. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 16(6)). 

Note: [Iatmul]. 

289. Schlenker, Hermann; Schindlbeck, Markus. Sawos (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Einsammeln von Larven des 

"Sagokäfers." Film E2459. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981. 15 pp. (Publikationen 

24

zu wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(2)). 


290. Schlesier, E. Kelelogeya -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Sagogewinnung. Film E 529. In: Wolf, G., Editor. 

Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1965: 445-457. 

Note: [fw 1962: Kelelogeya]. 

291. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Bespannen von Trommeln. Film E 531. Göttingen: 

Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1964. 8 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1962: Me'udana]. 

292. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Schnitzen eines Schmuckkammes. Film E 532. 

Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1964. 8 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 


293. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Fest zum Abschluß der trauerzeit (bwabware). Film E 

534. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1964. 11 pp. + Foldout Chart. (Encyclopaedia 

Cinematographica). 


294. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Zubereiten von Sagospeisen. Film E 530. In: Wolf, G., 

Editor. Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1965: 459-467. 


295. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) sagari-Tänze. Film E 535. In: Wolf, G., Editor. 

Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1967: 255-263. 


296. Schlesier, E. Me'udana -- Neuguinea (Normanby-Island) Flechten einer Schlafmatte. Film E 533. In: Wolf, G., 

Editor. Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1967: 247-254. 


297. Schlesier, E. The Me'udana. Boroko: National Cultural Council in association with Robert Brown & Associates 

(Aust.) Pty. Ltd.; 1980. [16] pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [Me'udana]. 

298. Schlesier, Erhard. Abo'agu Christopher Obedi Me'uyo: Eine Lebensgeschichte, aufgezeichnet in der 

Dobu-Sprache und übersetzt ins Deutsche. In: Carle, Rainer; Heinschke, Martina; Pink, Peter W.; Rost, 

Christel; Stadtlander, Karen, Editors. Gava': Studies in Austronesian Languages and Cultures / Studien zu 

austronesischen Sprachen und Kulturen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1982: 141-154. (Veröffentlichen des 

Seminars für Indonesische und Südseesprachen der Universität Hamburg; v. 17). 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975: Me'udana Normanby I, Dobu]. 

299. Schlesier, Erhard. Arbeitsmaterialen und Notizen zum Kulturwandel in Me'udanam M.B.P., Papua Neuguinea. 

Göttingen: Instituut und Sammlung für Völkerkunde der Universität zu Göttingen; 1991. [iii], 194 pp. + 5 pp. 

Plates. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975, 1976: Me'udana]. 

300. Schlesier, Erhard. Arbeits- und Tagebücher aus Me'udana 1961/62 und 1974/75. Göttingen: J. Kinzel; 1994. [i], 

304 pp. + [9] pp. Plates + [3] pp. Maps. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975: Me'udana]. 

301. Schlesier, Erhard. Der Hausbau in Me'udana, Normanby Island. Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1967; 15: 35-61. 

Note: [fw September-October 1961: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

25

302. Schlesier, Erhard. Der Stand der ethnographischen Erforschung Neuguineas. 's-Gravenhage: Mouton; 1955. 32 

pp. + Foldout Map. 


303. Schlesier, Erhard. Die Begriffe "Papua" und "Melanesier" in den anthropologischen Wissenschaften. Zeitschrift 

für Ethnologie. 1970; 95: 12-24. 


304. Schlesier, Erhard. Die Grundlagen der Klanbildung: Zwei Beiträge zur völkerkundlichen Materials. Göttingen: 

Musterschmidt-Verlag; 1956. 139, [2] pp. (Neue Ergebnisse der Biologie, Anthropologie und Medizin, Neue 

Forschung). 

Note: [fw: Normanby I; from lit: Rossel I, Iatmul, Dobu, Wogeo, D'Entrecasteaux Is (Goodenough I), Kiwai, 

Kapauku, Moni, Uhunduni, Western Dani, Trobriand Is, Je, Koita, Mekeo, Roro, Banaro, Mbowamb, 

Orokaiva, Keraki, Orokolo, Marind-anim, Gogodara, Mafulu]. 

305. Schlesier, Erhard. Die melanesischen Geheimkulte: Untersuchung über ein Grenzgebiet der ethnologischen 

Religions- und Gesellschaftsforschung und zur Siedlungsgeschichte Melanesiens. Göttingen: 

Musterschmidt-Verlag; 1958. 390 pp. + Map. 


306. Schlesier, Erhard. Die Quertrompeten am mittleren Sepik, Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1959; 7: 123-148. 

Note: [fw 1952 & from museum colls: Angoram, Kambrinum, Malu]. 

307. Schlesier, Erhard. Die Vorstellung vom schlimmen Tod in Me'udana. In: Schröder, E., Editor. Ethnomedizin: 

Referate der Fachkonferenz in München 19. + 20.10.77. München: Institut für Geschichte der Medizin und 

Medizinischer Soziologie der Technischen Universität; 1974: 40. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962: Me'udana]. 

308. Schlesier, Erhard. Eine ethnographische Sammlung aus Südost- Neuguinea. Göttingen: edition herodot GmbH; 

1986. 80 pp. + 30 pp. Plates. (Arbeiten aus dem Institut für Völkerkunde der Georg- August-Universität 

Göttingen; v. 20). 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975: Normanby I]. 

309. Schlesier, Erhard. Farbengewinnung in Me'udana, Normanby Island (SO-Neuguinea). Abhandlungen und 

Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde Dresden. 1965; 24(3): 165-172 + 6 pp. Plates. 

Note: [fw September 1961 - August 1962: Me'udana, Normanby I]. 

310. Schlesier, Erhard. Hamlet-Namen in Me'udana, Normanby Island. In: Haberland, Eike; Schuster, Meinhard; 

Straube, Helmut, Editors. Festschrift für Ad. E. Jensen, Teil II. München: Klaus Renner Verlag; 1964: 533-537. 

Note: [fw September 1961 - August 1962: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

311. Schlesier, Erhard. Me'udana (Südost-Neuguinea), Teil 1: Die soziale Struktur. Braunschweig: Albert Limbach 

Verlag; 1970. 93, [1] pp. + 4 pp. Plates + 22 Pocket Diagrams. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

312. Schlesier, Erhard. Me'udana (Südost-Neuguinea): Die Empfängnis-Theorie und ihre Auswirkungen. Curare. 1979; 

2(3): 97- 104. 

Note: [fw: Me'udana]. 

313. Schlesier, Erhard. Me'udana (Südost-Neuguinea), Teil 2: Das soziale Leben. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 

1983. 290 pp. + 10 pp. Plates. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

314. Schlesier, Erhard. Me'udana: Geschichte in mündlicher Überlieferung: Eine Zusammenfassung. In: 

Hauser-Schäublin, Brigitta, Editor. Geschichte und mündliche Überlieferung in Ozeanien. Basel: 

26

Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität Basel und Museum für Völkerkund Im Kommission bei Wepf & Co. 

AG Verlag; 1994: 107-109. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 37). 

Note: [fw 1961-1962, 1974-1975: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

315. Schlesier, Erhard. Re-Study of Me'udana (Papua New Guinea): A Preliminary Report. Bulletin of the 

International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research. 1977; 19: 89- 93. 

Note: [fw August 1974 - May 1975: Me'udana Normanby I]. 

316. Schlesier, Erhard. Sagogewinnung auf Normanby Island, Südost-Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1965; 13: 

1-39. 

Note: [fw September 1961 - August 1962: Kelelogeya, Me'udana, Weyoko, Sipupu, Dawada, Loboda, 

Marakwasia, Kurada, Sewa Bay, Sewataitai Bay Normanby I]. 

317. Schlesier, Erhard. Zum Bootbau auf Normanby Island, Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1968; 16: 129-135. 

Note: [fw 1961-1962: Kelelogeya Normanby I]. 

318. Schlesier, Erhard. Zum Problem einer sagoverwertenden Kulturschicht auf Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 

1961; 86: 223-233. 


319. Schlocker, Georges. Ozeanische Totenbeschwörung: Neunundzwanzig Bildtafeln. Frankfurt am Main: Erschienen 

im Insel-Verlag; 1965. 29, [15] pp. + Frontispiece. (Insel-Bücherei; v. 843). 

Note: [exhibition: Kabriman, Kararau, Kanduonum, Kaup, Potsdamhafen, Bongu, Seleo, Yuat R, Geelvink 

Bay, Purari Delta, Asmat, Yuaroma (Lower Sepik), Kanigara, Mindibit, Kanganuman, Torembi]. 

320. Schlüter. Stationsgründungen der Mission in Deutsch- Neuguinea. Gott will es!. 1909; 21: 88-95. 

Note: [mission: Dallmannhafen, Juo]. 

321. Schlüter, Theod. Aus Kaiser Wilhelmsland (Neu-Guinea). 2. Ein Marsch ins HInterland der Lemingküste. Gott 

will es!. 1904; 16: 81-84. 

Note: [mission: Tumleo, Kapoa, Raju R]. 

322. Schlüter, Theod. Vermischte Mitteilungen aus Neuguinea. 2. Ein Marsch ins Hinterland der Lemingküste. Steyler 

Missionsbote. 1903; 31: 74-75. 

Note: [mission: Tumleo, Kapoa, Raju R]. 

323. Schmalenbach, Werner. Kunst eller ikke kunst - det er sp�rgsmålet. In: Wallin, Hans Erik, Editor. Oceania: Kunst 

fra Melanesien. Humleboek (Denmark): Louisiana Revy; 1991: 4-9. (Louisiana Revy; v. 32(1)). 

Note: [Middle Sepik, Lower Sepik]. 

324. Schmalenbach, Werner. Plastik der Südsee. Stuttgart: Hans E. Günther Verlag; 1956. 16, [48] pp. (Die Sammlung 

Parthenon). 

Note: [exhibition: Tami Is, Sepik, Papuan Gulf]. 

325. Schmalenbach, Werner. Primitive Kunst: Eine Einführung in die Plastik Afrikas und der Südsee. München: Knorr 

& Hirth Verlag; 1959. 48 pp. 


326. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. I. Gegenstände von den Tugeri, Süd Neu-Guinea. 

Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1895; 8: 153-165 + Tafel XV. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tugeri]. 

327. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. II. Echidna in der Ornamentik von Neu-Guinea. 



27

328. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. III. Ceremonialgeräthe aus Britisch Neu-Guinea. 


Note: [from museum colls: British NG]. 

329. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. IV. Ueber Bogen von Neu-Guinea. Internationales 

Archiv für Ethnographie. 1895; 8: 238-241. 

Note: [from museum colls: Jamna]. 

330. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. V. Ueber eine Sammlung aus Konstantinhafen 

(Astrolabe-Bay). Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1895; 8: 241-244 + Tafel XVI. 

Note: [from museum colls: Konstantinhafen, Bongu]. 

331. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. VI. Ueber eine Sammlung aus Konstantinhafen, 

Astrolabebai, 2ter Theil: Die Waffen. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1896; 9: 113-125 + Tafeln 

VII-IX. 

Note: [from museum colls: Astrolabe Bay]. 

332. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. VII. Ueber Gegenstände aus Niederländisch 

Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1896; 9: 125-129 + Tafel IX. 

Note: [from museum colls: Humboldt Bay, Ansus, Jappen I, Geelvink Bay]. 

333. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. VIII. Die Stämme an der Südküste von 

Niederländisch Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1904; 16: 194-241 + Tafeln XI-XVI. 

Note: [from museum colls: South Coast NNG]. 

334. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. IX. Über einige Gegenstände von Nord 

Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1904; 16: 242-244 + Tafeln XI-XIV. 

Note: [from museum colls: Humboldt Bay, Ansus, Jamna, Witriwai]. 

335. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. X. Die Stämme in der Nachbarschaft des 

Merauke-Flusses. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1905; 17: 194-219 + Tafeln I-VI. 

Note: [from museum colls: Merauke]. 

336. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Beiträge zur Ethnographie von Neu-Guinea. XI. Beiträge zur Ethnographie der Neu Guinea 

Pfeile. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1905; 17: 219-220. 

Note: [from museum colls: Wakde I, Humboldt Bay]. 

337. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Ein Kanuzierrath von Süd-West-Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1897; 

10: 18-19. 

Note: [from museum colls: Utanata R]. 

338. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Human Sacrifice in Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1893; 6: 68. 

Note: [from lit (Edelfeldt): Motu-Motu]. 

339. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Masken in Niederländisch Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1893; 6: 

60-61. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tarfia, Utanata R, Roissy I]. 

340. Schmeltz, J. D. E. Steinerne Schläger für Tapabereitung von Ost Neu-Guinea. Internationales Archiv für 

Ethnographie. 1888; 1: 233. 

Note: [from museum colls: D'Entrecasteux Is]. 

341. Schmeltz, J. D. E.; Krause, R. Die ethnographisch- anthropologische Abtheilung des Museum Godeffroy in 

Hamburg: Ein Beitrag zur Kunde der Südsee-Völker. Hamburg: L. Friederichsen & Co.; 1881. xliii, 687 pp. 

28

+ 46 Tafeln + Foldout Table + Foldout Map. 

Note: [from museum colls: New Guinea]. 

342. Schmid, E.; Grüninger, I. The Formation of the Deposits at Kafiavana: The Results of a Sedimentary Analysis 

(with Comments by J.N. Jennings and R.M. Frank). In: White, J. Peter. Ol Tumbuna: Archaeological 

Excavations in the Eastern Central Highlands, Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University, 

Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1972: 162-167. (Terra Australis; v. 2). 

Note: [Kafiavana]. 

343. Schmid, Jurg; Kocher Schmid, Christin. Söhne des Krokodils: Männerhausrituale und Initiation in Yensan, 

Zentral-Iatmul, East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität und 

Museum für Völkerkunde Im Kommission bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1992. xii, 321, [2] pp. (Basler Beiträge 

zur Ethnologie; v. 36). 

Note: [fw October 1972 - June 1973: Yensan Iatmul]. 

344. Schmid, Jürg. The Response to Tourism in Yensan. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, 

William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and 

Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 241-244. 

Note: [fw 1972-1973, 1982-1983: Yensan Palimbei]. 

345. Schmidlin, J. Die katholischen Missionen in den deutschen Schutzgebieten. Münster in Westfalen: 

Aschendorffsche Verlagsbuchhandlung; 1913. xiv, 304 pp. 

Note: [mission: Tumleo, Walman, Monumbo, Bogia, Ali, Eitape, Alexishafen, Juo, Beukin, Matukar, Mugil, 

Malol, Megiar, Jakamul, Sissano, Arop, Waropu]. 

346. Schmidt, Andrea. Amboss und Gebläse: Ein historisches Photo aus Westneuguinea. Regio Basiliensis. 2000; 41: 

211-216. 

Note: [from archives: Manokwari]. 

347. Schmidt, Andrea. Ein eigener Blick auf die Welt: Die Fotografien des Völkerkundlers Paul Wirz. In: Basler 

Stadtbuch 2002. Basel: n.p.; 2002: 139-144. 

Note: [from archives & lit: Wirz, Marind-anim, Sentani, Panara V, Wapo]. 

348. Schmidt, Andrea E. In Search of "Men of Nature": Paul Wirz's Photography in New Guinea, 1916-1955. In: 

Quanchi, Max, Guest Editor. Imaging, Representation, and Photography of the Pacific Islands. Lai'e: Brigham 

Young University - Hawaii, Institute for Polynesian Studies; 1997: 35-50. 

Note: [from archives & lit: Wirz, Papuan Gulf, Marind-anim, Lake Sentani, Gogodara, Eastern Highlands, 

Sepik, Maprik]. 

349. Schmidt, Andrea Elisabeth. Leben und Werk des Ethnologen und Sammlers Paul Wirz (1892-1955): Ein 

Wanderer auf der Suche nach der "wahren Natur" [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Freiburg: Albert- Ludwigs-Universität 

Freiburg i.Br.; 1996. 377 pp. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Wirz, Marind-anim, Sentani, Swart V, Gogodala, Papuan Gulf, Chimbu, PNGH, 

Maprik]. 

350. Schmidt, Andrea E. Paul Wirz: Ein Wanderer auf der Suche nach der "wahren Natur". Basel: Ethnologisches 

Seminar der Universität und Museum der Kulturen Basel In Kommission bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1998. 

351 pp. + Foldout Map. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 39). 

Note: [from archives & lit: Paul Wirz, Marind-anim, Sentani, Western Dani, Gogodala, Papuan Gulf, Sepik, 

PNGH]. 

351. Schmidt, Andrea Elisabeth. Zur Mythologie der Asmat (Irian Jaya) [Magisterarbeit zur Erlangung der Würde des 

Magister Artium der Philosophischen Fakultäten [M.A. Thesis]]. Freiburg: Albert- Ludwigs-Universität zu 

Freiburg i. Br.; n.d. [1988]. 100 pp. 

Note: [from lit: Asmat]. 

29

352. Schmidt, E. W. Die Schildtypen von Kaiserin-Augusta-Fluß und eine Kritik der Deutung ihrer 

Gesichtsornamente. Baessler-Archiv. 1929; 13: 136-177. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tzimundo, Gorogopa, Potsdamhafen, Ramu mouth, Wattam, Hatzfeldthafen, 

Kumblamba, Kamboa, Kondimua or Kamidjim, Gidjimna, Giau, Kambringi, Kanduonum, Mutatungri, 

Mengoduma, Lidjuma, Timbunke, Palombai, Kararau, Jauandai, Jentschemangua, Tschesbandai, Malu, 

Kamberau, Jambun, Kara, Kubka, Vogumasch, Gabukai, April R, Jawun, May R, Mäaanderberg, North R, 

Manduguma, Kagnia, Bugendum, Takub, Burnaram, Augadji, Ramunga, Bunaro, Ningobadji, Arop, 

Berlinhafen, Angriffshafen, Tami mouth, Skoh, Sissanu]. 

353. Schmidt, Emil. Verzierte Papuanschädel. Globus. 1898; 73: 245-247. 

Note: [from lit: NG]. 

354. Schmidt, Josef. Die Ethnographie der Nor-Papua (Murik-Kaup- Karau) bei Dalmannhafen, Neu-Guinea. 

Anthropos. 1923; 18-19; 21: 700-732; 38-71 + Foldout Chart. 

Note: [mission: Murik, Kaup, Karau]. 

355. Schmidt, Jos. 'n dag, om grijs te worden. Die Katholieke Missiën. 1925; 50: 124-125. 

Note: [misison: Matoekar]. 

356. Schmidt, Josef. Neue Beiträge zur Ethnographie der Nor-Papua (Neuguinea). Anthropos. 1933; 28: 321-354 + 

Tafel I, 663-682 + Tafel II. 

Note: [mission: Murik, Kaup, Karau]. 

357. Schmidt, Joseph. Vokabular und Grammatik der Murik-Sprache in Nrdost-Neuguinea. Posieux/Fribourg (Switz.): 

Anthropos- Institut; 1953. 300 pp. (Micro-Bibliotheca Anthropos; v. 3). 

Note: [mission: Murik]. 

358. Schmidt, Joseph. Zur Aussenstation. Steyler Missionsbote. 1931; 59: 35-37. 

Note: [mission: Kis, Murik]. 

359. Schmidt, P. W. Beiträge zur Ethnographie des Gebietes von Potsdamhafen (Deutsch-Neuguinea). Globus. 1903; 

84: 76-81, 110- 113, 123-127. 

Note: [Cormann colls: Potsdamhafen]. 

360. Schmidt, P. W. Die Cambridge-Expedition nach der Torresstrasse. Globus. 1902; 81: 87-92. 

Note: [from lit: Torres Strait]. 

361. Schmidt, W. Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde. Heidelberg: Carl Winter's 

Universitätsbuchhandlung; 1926. xvi, 595, [1] pp. (Kulturgeschichte Bibliothek, 1; Reihe Ethnologische 

Bibliothek; v. 5). 


362. Schmidt, W. Lautwandel und Lautensprechungen. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen. 1905; 

8: 72-83. 

Note: [Ulau, Ali, Jakamul, Tumleo]. 

363. Schmidt, Wilhelm. Die geheime Jünglingsweihe der Karesau- Insulaner (Deutsch-Neuguinea). Anthropos. 1907; 

2: 1029-1056. 

Note: [mission: Karesau]. 

364. Schmidt, Wilhelm. Erklärung [of A. Lafeber, "Kritisch Prüfung von Georg Friederici's 'Untersuchungen über eine 

melanesische Wanderstraße'"]. Anthropos. 1914; 9: 282-286. 


30

365. Schmidt, Wilhelm. Ethnographisches von Berlinhafen, Deutsch- Neu-Guinea. Mitteilungen der 

Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien. 1899; 29: 13-29. 

Note: [from pc (Vormann): Leming, Tamara]. 

366. Schmidt, Wilhelm. Über das Vorkommen von Pygmäenstämmen in Neuguinea und dem übrigen Melanesien. 

Anthropos. 1914; 9: 1020- 1021. 


367. Schmidt, Wilhelm; Tschauder, John Translator ).; Brumm, Geoffrey Editor ). The Secret Initiation Ceremonies 

of the Karesau Islanders. Oral History. 1979; 7(2): 1-41. 

Note: [mission: Karesau I]. 

368. Schmidt, Wilhelm; Vormann, F. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Valman-Sprache. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1900; 

32: 87-104. 


369. Schmitt, L. H.; Harrison, G. A.; Hiorns, R. W. Genetic and Morphometric Variances in Three Human 

Populations. Annals of Human Genetics. 1988; 52: 145-149. 

Note: [Lufa, Karkar I]. 

370. Schmitz, C. A. Azera (Austro-Melanesier) -- NO-Neuguinea (Oberer Markham) Töpferei in Spiralwulsttechnik. 

Film E 184. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1959. 9 pp. (Encyclopaedia 

Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1956: Azera]. 

371. Schmitz, C. A. Die Initiation bei den Pasum am oberen Ramu, Nordost-Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 

1956; 81: 236-246. 

Note: [fw: Pasum]. 

372. Schmitz, C. A. Kambrambo - Neuguinea (Unterer Sepik) Riten bei der Knabeninitiation. Film E 502. Göttingen: 

Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1964. 8 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [from archives (Speiser 1930): Kambrambo]. 

373. Schmitz, C. A. Pasum (Papua) -- NO-Neuguinea (Oberer Rumu) Initiationsfest. Film E 185. Göttingen: Institut 

für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1959. 11 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1956-1957: Pasum]. 

374. Schmitz, C. A. Wantoat (Papua) -- NO-Neuguinea (Oberer Leron) Bau einer rechteckigen Giebeldachhütte. Film 

E 186. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1959. 7 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1956-1957: Wantoat]. 

375. Schmitz, C. A. Wantoat (Papua) -- NO-Neuguinea (Oberer Leron) Zauberische Krankenheilung. Filom E 187. 

Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1959. 5 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1956-1957: Wantoat]. 

376. Schmitz, Carl A. Beiträge zur Ethnographie des Wantoat Tales, Nordost Neuguinea. Köln: Kölner Universitäts 

Verlag; 1960. 225 pp. + Plates + Foldout Map. (Kölner Ethnologische Mitteilungen; v. 1). 

Note: [fw December 1955 - July 1956: Wantoat V]. 

377. Schmitz, Carl A. Bericht über das Basler Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde 

für das Jahr 1963. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1964; 75: 28-46 + Tafeln 1-6. 

Note: [from museum colls: Arapesh, May R, Yellow R, Imaneri, Tambunum, Washkuk, Torembi, Numbungai, 

Korewori R, Middle Ramu, Bismarck Mts, Upper Uruwa V, Kaiapit, Awara, Orokaiva, Teste I, Kerema, 

Asmat, Mimika, SW Coast IJ, Goroka, Kainantu, SH]. 

31

378. Schmitz, Carl A. Bericht über das Basler Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde 

für das Jahr 1964. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1965; 76: 29-58 + Tafeln 1-4. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tambunum, Kupkei, Murik, Lower Ramu, Keram R, Kanduonum, Lower Sepik, 

Yuat R, Korewori R, Blackwater R, Suagab, April R, Frieda R, Leonard-Schultze R, May R, Yellow R, Green 

R, Maprik, Fore, Maring]. 

379. Schmitz, Carl A. Comment [on Arthur Capell, "Oceanic Linguistics Today"]. Current Anthropology. 1962; 3: 

417-420. 


380. Schmitz, Carl A. Die Bedeutung der Schlange im tami-Stil von Nordost-Neuguinea. Paideuma. 1961; 7: 442-456. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tami Is, Wemo (Kai), Simbang, Geraged, Wampar]. 

381. Schmitz, Carl A. Die Jawik-Figuren der Pasum in Nordost-Neu- Guinea. Jahrbuch des Museum für Völkerkunde 

zu Leipzig. 1958; 17: 30-51. 

Note: [fw 1956: Pasum]. 

382. Schmitz, Carl A. Die Nackenstützen und Zeremonialstühle der Azera in Nordost-Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, 

N.F.. 1959; 7: 149- 163. 

Note: [from museum colls: Azera]. 

383. Schmitz, Carl A. Die Ornamentik der Komba auf Neu-Guinea. In: Fröhlich, W., Editor. Völkerkundliche 

Forschungen: Martin Heydrich zum 70. Geburtstag überreicht von Freunden und Schülern. Köln: E.J. Brill 

G.M.B.H.; 1960: 154-180. (Ethnologica, N.F.; v. 2). 

Note: [fw 1955-1956: Komba]. 

384. Schmitz, Carl A. Eine Liebeszauberfigur der Komba in Nordost-Neuguinea. In: Drost, Dietrich; König, 

Wolfgang, Editors. Beiträge zur Völkerforschung: Hans Damm zum 65, Geburtstag. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag; 

1961: 577-584. (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig; v. 11). 

Note: [from museum colls: Komba]. 

385. Schmitz, Carl A. Eine steinerne Spitzkeule aus Nordost- Neuguinea. Tribus. 1962; 11: 109-110. 

Note: [from museum colls: Markham V]. 

386. Schmitz, Carl A. Gesellschaftsordnung und Wandel in einer Bergbauern-kultur in Nordost-Neuguinea. Kölner 

Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie. 1957; 9: 258-282. 

Note: [fw: Wantoat]. 

387. Schmitz, Carl A. Historische Probleme in Nordost-Neuguinea: Huon Halbinsel. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag 

GMBH; 1960. vi, 441 pp. + Foldout Map. (Studien zur Kulturkunde; v. 16). 

Note: [fw & from lit: Huon Peninsula]. 

388. Schmitz, Carl A. Mythos und Kultus in Melanesien. In: Haberland, Eike; Schuster, Meinhard; Straube, Helmut, 

Editors. Festschrift für Ad. E. Jensen, Teil II. München: Klaus Renner Verlag; 1964: 539-558. 

Note: [from lit: Arapesh, Hagen]. 

389. Schmitz, Carl A. Oceanic Sculpture: Sculpture of Melanesia. Greenwich, CT: New York Graphic Society; 1962. 

iv, [i], 15 pp. + 33 Plates. (The Acanthus History of Sculpture). 

Note: [from museum colls: Kararau, Palimbai, Sepik, Lower Sepik, Tami Is, Lorentz R, Papuan Gulf, Torres 

Strait, Trobriand Is]. 

390. Schmitz, Carl A. Guterman, Norbert, Translator. Oceanic Art: Myth, Man, and Image in the South Seas. New 

York: Harry N. Abrams, Inc.; 1969. 405, [1] pp. 

Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, Manokwari, Biak, Waropen, Doreh Bay, Lake Sentani, Ayafo, Ifar, 

Osei, Tobadi, Sissano, Murik, Lower Ramu, Sepik mouth, Wallis I, Bogia, Aitape, Schouten Is, Manam I, 

32

Seleo, Awar, Numbungai (Maprik), Kalabu, Bogmuken (Maprik), Kwotmagum (Maprik), Wingei, Wambak 

(Maprik), Kwambigum (Maprik), Saulik (Maprik), Abelam, Singrin, Lower Sepik, Kanganaman, Nyauranggei, 

Korogo, Sawos, Mindimbit, Middle Sepik, Tambanum, Yambi-Yambi, Chambri, Kararau, Kanduanum, 

Kamindibit, Sangriman, Blackwater R, Kaningra, Kilimbit, Iatmul, Timbunke, Angriman, Nindugum, Yamok, 

Keram R, Yuat R, Bun, Mansuat, Kinakoton (Yuat R), Korewori R, Tschimbud (Upper Korewori), 

Amanggabi, Ambanoli, Washkuk, Seserman, Swagup, Kupkein, Green R, Kabriman, Yeshan, May R, 

Brolemavip, Siane, Bogadjim, Rook I, Bongu, Ragetta I, Siassi Is, Umboi I, Sio I, Sialum, Tami Is, Apo (Huon 

Gulf), Huon Gulf, Massim, Trpbriand Is, Purari R, Turama R, Gogodara, Marind-anim, Wapo, Lower Fly R, 

Trans-Fly, Kerewa, Torres Strait, Lorentz R, Asmat, Noordwest R, Casuarinen Coast, Eilanden R]. 

391. Schmitz, Carl A. Scham und Normenkontrolle in Melanesien. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1966; 91: 40-49. 

Note: [from lit: Tangu, Huli, Jabim, Kapauku, Melpa, Kutubu, Busama]. 

392. Schmitz, Carl A. Steinerne Schalenmörser, Pistille und Vogelfiguren aus Zentral-Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, 

N.F.. 1966; 14: 1-60. 

Note: [from museum colls: Kundiawa, Minj, Mt Hagen]. 

393. Schmitz, Carl A. Style Provinces and Style Elements: A Study in Method. Mankind. 1956; 5: 107-116. 


394. Schmitz, Carl A. Technologie frühzeitlicher Waffen: Führer durch das Museum für Völkerkunde und 

Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde Basel: Sonderausstellung vom 1. Juni bis 31. Dezember 1963. Basel: 

G. Krebs AG; 1963. 81 pp. 

Note: [exhibit: South NG, Sepik, May R, Northeast NG, Southwest NG]. 

395. Schmitz, Carl A. Todeszauber in Nordost-Neuguinea. Paideuma. 1959; 7: 35-67. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Tami I, Bukawac, Siwe, Wampar, Komba, Wantoat, Kâte, Selepet, Pasum, Azera, 

Selemben, Ambuk, Ulingan, Matepi, Mataro, Silopi, Autabag, Arear, Unahu, Banissai Jaur, Sanepi, Barik, 

Bagasin, Rempi, Jambara, Faigurup, Darafal, Subura, Analam, Bagan, Muin, Melaun, Matulon, Jabob, Bogia, 

Manam, Wogeo]. 

396. Schmitz, Carl A. Two "Prehistoric" Stone Objects from the Huon Peninsula. Mankind. 1956; 5: 127-128. 

Note: [colls 1912: Jabim]. 

397. Schmitz, Carl A. Verwandtschaftsnamen und Kulturschichten im Nordosten von Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für 

Ethnologie. 1960; 85: 1- 16. 

Note: [fw 1955-1956: Erawa, Nahu, Wantoat, Komba, Bongu; from lit: Wemo Kate, Jam Geraged, Azera, 

Gorima Biliau, Umboi I, Jabim]. 

398. Schmitz, Carl A. Vorwort. In: Kopfjäger und Kannibalen: Sonderausstellung von 2. Dezember 1961 bis 20. April 

1962: Führer durch das Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde Basel. Basel: 

G. Krebs AG; n.d. [1961]: 1-32. 

Note: [exhibition: Marind, Komba, Yuat R, Narbari vill (Yuat), Mansuat, Middle Sepik, Papuan Gulf, Lake 

Murray]. 

399. Schmitz, Carl A. Wantoat: Art and Religion of the Northeast New Guinea Papuans. The Hague: Motuon & Co, 

Publishers; 1963. 159 pp. + Frontispiece + Endpaper Illustrations. (Art In Its Context: Studies in 

Ethno-Aesthetics). 

Note: [fw: Wantoat]. 

400. Schmitz, Carl A. Zum Problem des Balum-Kultes in Nordost- Neuguinea. Paideuma. 1957; 6: 257-280. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Sek, Paeowati, Siar, Geraged, Jabob, Bilibili, Bogadjim, Bongu, Rimba, Mindiri, Singa, 

Rang-Tanggom, Suit, Jamas, Wab, Sauai, Mur, Sel, Malamai, Bonga, Yara]. 

401. Schmitz, Carl A. Zum Problem des Kannibalismus im nördlichen Neuguinea. Paideuma. 1958; 6: 381-410. 

33

Note: [fw 1955-1956 & from lit: Samap, Ulau, Arapesh, Monumbo, Biliau, Sio, Komba, Siwe, Wemo, 

Wampar, Azera, Vlisso (mid-Yuat), Iatmul, Bukawa', Kwoma]. 

402. Schmitz, Carl A. Zur Beurteilung kulturhistorischer Forschungen. Paideuma. 1961; 7: 408-413. 

Note: [Huon Peninsula]. 

403. Schmitz, Carl A. Zur Ethnographie der Huon-Halbinsel, Nordost-Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1955; 

80: 298-312. 

Note: [fw: Kate, Hube, Bulum, Wain, Ngain-Aschon, Lae-Womba, Labo, Azera, Gazub, Poum, Komba, 

Selepet, Galena, Arukna, Nukua (Notna, Not), Gamak]. 

404. Schmitz, Carl A. Zur Ethnologie der Rai-Küste in Neuguinea. Anthropos. 1959; 54: 27-56. 

Note: [from lit: Rai Coast, Kabenau to Karkar]. 

405. Schmitz, Carl A. Zur Soziologie des Moándo-Sprachgebietes. Anthropos. 1954; 49: 1105-1106. 

Note: [from lit: Dagoi, Bonaputa-Mopu, Moándo]. 

406. Schmitz, Carl A. Zwei Telum-Figuren aus der Astrolabe Bai in Nordost-Neuguinea. Tribus. 1959; 8: 57-65. 

Note: [from museum colls: Astrolabe Bay]. 

407. Schmitz, Carl A.; Wildhaber, Robert, Editors. Festschrift Alfred Bühler. Basel: Pharos-Verlag Hansrudolf 

Schwabe AG; 1965. 466 pp. + Plates. (Basler Beiträge zur Geographie und Ethnologie, Ethnologische Reihe; 

v. 2). 

408. Schmutterer, Gottfried. Europäer und Papua. Neuendettelsau: Freimund-Verlag; 1938. 12 pp. 

Note: [mission: Boana]. 

409. Schnee. Einiges über Sitten und Gebräuche der Eingeborenen Neu-Guineas. Verhandlungen der Berliner 

Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte 1900. 1900: 413-416. 

Note: [Bongu, Finschhafen Kai]. 

410. Schnee, Heinrich. Bilder aus der Südsee: Unter den kannibalischen Stämmes des Bismarck-Archipels. Berlin: 

Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen); 1904. xiii, 394 pp. + Frontispiece + 35 Plates + Foldout Map. 

Note: [travels 1898-1900: Berlinhafen, Tumleo, Seleo, Friedrich- Wilhelsmhafen, Erimahafen, Stephansort]. 

411. Schneebaum, Tobias. The Area of Asmat Artifacts. In: Hanson, Allan; Hanson, Louise, Editors. Art and Identity 

in Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press; 1990: 36-43. 

Note: [fw 1975-1983: Asmat]. 

412. Schneebaum, Tobias. Asmat. In: Wallin, Hans Erik, Editor. Oceania: Kunst fra Melanesien. Humleboek 

(Denmark): Louisiana Revy; 1991: 22-37. (Louisiana Revy; v. 32(1)). 

Note: [Lorentz R, Otsjanep, Ewta R, Fayit R, Faretsk R Asmat]. 

413. Schneebaum, Tobias. Asmat Images from the Collection of the Asmat Museum of Culture and Progress. 

Minneapolis, MN: Crosier Mission; 1985. 198 pp. 

Note: [from museum colls: Asmat]. 

414. Schneebaum, Tobias. A Basu Suangkus Feast. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 

7. Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 1980: 45-51. 

Note: [Jaosakor Asmat]. 

415. Schneebaum, Tobias. Change in Asmat Art. In: Minnesota Museum of Art. People of the River / People of the 

TRee: Change and Continuity in Sepik and Asmat Art. Saint Paul: Minnesota Museum of Art; 1989: 50-57. 

Note: [exhibition: Fayit R, Sawa vill, Casuarina Coast Asmat]. 

34

416. Schneebaum, Tobias. Collecting and Cataloguing for the Asmat Museum. Pacific Arts. 1994; 9-10: 71-75. 

Note: [Asmat]. 

417. Schneebaum, Tobias. Embodied Spirits: Ritual Carvings of the Asmat. Salem, MA: Peabody Museum of Salem; 

1990. 104 pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Asmat]. 

418. Schneebaum, Tobias. The Konrad Collection on Exhibit. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch 

Book No. 8. Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 1982: 123-125. 


419. Schneebaum, Tobias. MacCluer Gulf. Pacific Arts. 1994; 9-10: 42-47. 

Note: [visit 1993: MacCluer Gulf]. 

420. Schneebaum, Tobias. A Museum as a Focal Point in Acculturation: The Asmat Museum of Culture and Progress 

[M.A. Thesis]. n.p.: Goddard College; 1976. [v], 134 pp. + 37 pp. Plates + 4 Foldout Maps. 

Note: [September 1975 -- (1 yr): Agats, Otsjanep, Brazza R, Koroway]. 

421. Schneebaum, Tobias. Secret Places: My Life in New York and New Guinea. Madison: University of Wisconsin 

Press; 2000. xxv, 158 pp. (Living Out: Gay and Lesbian Autobiographies). 

Note: [travels: Asmat]. 

422. Schneebaum, Tobias. Some Thoughts on Tools and Changing Carvings in the Asmat. Pacific Arts Newsletter. 

1983; 16: 7-14. 


423. Schneebaum, Tobias. Touring Asmat. Pacific Arts. 1992; 7: 52-56. 

Note: [Ayam Asmat]. 

424. Schneebaum, Tobias. The Use and Significance of Colour in Asmat. Pacific Arts Newsletter. 1985; 20: 22-24. 


425. Schneebaum, Tobias. Where the Spirits Dwell: An Odyssey in the New Guinea Jungle. New York: Grove Press; 

1988. [iv], 211 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [travels 1973--: Asmat]. 

426. Schneider, Carel. Controleur Baliem (maart 1960 - februari 1962): Enige impressies. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. 

Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962: Ontwikkelingswerk in een periode van politieke onrust. 

Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1996: 117-127. 

Note: [admin 1960-1962: Baliem V]. 

427. Schneider, G. Proben der Nimboran-Sprache (Niederländisch- Neuguinea). Zeitschrift für 

Eingeborenen-Sprachen. 1927; 18: 128- 140. 

Note: [mission: Nimboran]. 

428. Schneider, Jürg. Farmer Practices and Sweetpotato [sic] Diversity in Highland New Guinea. In: Schneider, Jürg, 

Editor. Indigenous Knowledge in Conservation of Crop Genetic Resources: Proceedings of an International 

Workshop Held in Cisarua, Bogor, Indonesia January 30 - February 3, 1995. Bogor: CIP-ESEAP/CRIFC; 1995: 

63-70. 

Note: [fw 1992-1994: Baliem V, Ngalum; from lit: Kyaka Enga, Karam]. 

429. Schneuker, Carl L. Kâte Language Handbook. Madang: Lutheran Mission Press; 1962. [i], 167 pp. 

Note: [mission: Kâte]. 

430. Schodde, R. General Problems of Fauna Conservation in Relation to the Conservation of Vegetation in New 

35

Guinea. In: Costin, A. B.; Groves, R. H., Editors. Nature Conservation in the Pacific. Canberra: Australian 

National University Press; 1973: 123-144. 


431. Schoell, Hans-Martin, Editor. Environment and Development. Goroka: The Melanesian Institute; 1994. 365 pp. 

(Point Series; v. 18). 

432. Schofield, F. D.; Parkinson, A. D.; Kelly, A. Changes in Haemoglobin Values and Hepatosplenomegaly Produced 

by Control of Holoendemic Malaria. British Medical Journal. 1964; 1: 587-591. 

Note: [1959, 1960, 1961, 1962: Wingei CD, Wam]. 

433. Schofield, F. D.; Parkinson, A. D. Social Medicine in New Guinea: Beliefs and Practices Affecting Health among 

the Abelam and Wam Peoples of the Sepik District. Medical Journal of Australia. 1963; 1: 1-8, 29-33. 

Note: [med officer 1958-1961: Abelam, Wam; Maprik, Dreikikir hospitals]. 

434. Schofield, F. D.; Tucker, V. M.; Westbrook, G. R. Neonatal Tetanus in New Guinea: Effects of Active 

Immunization in Pregnancy. British Medical Journal. 1961; 2: 785-789. 

Note: [Maprik area]. 

435. Scholz, D. A. Sik Bilong Ples: The Social Consequences of Accidental Injury. Catalyst. 1977; 7: 16-23. 

Note: [mission: Madang District]. 

436. Schoonheyt, L. J. A. Boven-Digoel. Batavia: N.V. Koninklijke Drukkerij de Unie; n.d. [1936]. 280 pp. 

Note: [Tanah Merah]. 

437. Schoonheyt, L. J. A. Boven-Digoel: Het land van communisten en kannibalen. Amsterdam: G. Kolff & Co.; n.d. 

[1940]. 306 pp. 

Note: [Tanah Merah Camp, Kaoh, Madobo, Moejoe, Djaer, Mappi, Kaja-kaja]. 

438. Schoorl, Han sic ]. Culture Change among the Mejbrat of the Bird's Head, West Irian. Irian. n.d. [1972]; 1(1): 

59-63. 

Note: [fw July 1969 - February 1970, August 1970 - June 1971: Ajawasi Mejbrat]. 

439. Schoorl, J. W. The Anthropologist in Government Service. In: Jongmans, D. G.; Gutkind, P. C. W., Editors. 

Anthropologists in the Field. New York: Humanities Press Inc.; 1967: 170-192. 

Note: [fw: Muyu]. 

440. Schoorl, J. W. Culture and Change among the Muyu. Exel, G. J. van, Translator. Leiden: KITLV Press; 1993. 

xiv, [iii], 322 pp. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, Translation Series; v. 23). 

Note: [admin fw May-October 1954, 1955-1956: Kawangtet, Yibi Muyu]. 

441. Schoorl, J. W. Kultuur en kultuurveranderingen in het Moejoe-gebied [Proefschrift]. Leiden: Universiteit te 

Leiden; 1957. 298, [1] pp. 

Note: [fw 1954 (6 mos), admin 1955-1956: Kawangtet vill Muyu]. 

442. Schoorl, J. W. Mensen van de Ayfat: Ceremoniëlle ruil en sociale orde in Irian Jaya, Indonesia: Proefschrift, 

Katholieke Universiteit te Nijmegen, 1979. Nijmegen: Krips Repro.; 1979. 233 pp. 

Note: [fw August 1969 - February 1972: Ayfat]. 

443. Schoorl, J. W. Mobility and Migration in Muyu Culture. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 1988; 

144: 540-556. 

Note: [fw 1956: Muyu]. 

444. Schoorl, J. W. Mobility and Migration in Muyu Culture. In: Haenen, Paul; Pouwer, Jan, Editors. Peoples on the 

Move: Current Themes of Anthropological Research in New Guinea. Nijmegen: University of Nijmegen, 

36

Centre for Australian and Oceanic Studies; 1989: 31-56. 

Note: [fw 1954, 1955, 1956: Muyu]. 

445. Schoorl, J. W. (Pim). Muyu. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 227-230. 



446. Schoorl, J. W. Muyu Land Tenure. In: Ploeg, A., Editor and Translator. Land Tenure in West Irian. Canberra and 

Boroko: Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1970: 34-41. (New Guinea Research 

Bulletins; v. 38). 

Note: [fw 1954: Muyu]. 

447. Schoorl, J. W. Personen op Frederik-Hendrik-Eiland. In: Adatrechtbundels: Bezorgd door de Commissie voor 

het adatrecht en uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, XLV: 

Nieuw-Guinea. 's-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff; 1955: 430-431. 

Note: [admin 1953: Fredrik-Hendrik I]. 

448. Schoorl, J. W. Salvation Movements among the Muyu-Papuas of West-Irian. In: Beek, W. E. A. van; Scherer, 

J. H., Editors. Explorations in the Anthropology of Religion: Essays in Honour of Jan van Baal. The Hague: 

Martinus Nijhoff; 1975: 166-189. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en 

Volkenkunde; v. 74). 

Note: [fw 1953, 1954, 1955: Muyu]. 

449. Schoorl, J. W. Salvation Movements among the Muyu of Irian Jaya. Irian. 1978; 7(1): 3-35. 

Note: [fw 1953, 1954, 1955: Muyu]. 

450. Schoorl, J. W. Shell Capitalism among the Muyu People. Irian. 1976; 5(3): 3-78. 

Note: [fw 1954-1955: Muyu]. 

451. Schoorl, J. W. Verwantschap bij de bevolking van Frederik- Hendrik-eiland. In: Adatrechtbundels: Bezorgd door 

de Commissie voor het adatrecht en uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en 

Volkenkunde, XLV: Nieuw-Guinea. 's- Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff; 1955: 458-459. 

Note: [admin 1954: Fredrik-Hendrik I]. 

452. Schoorl, J. W. Wanneer verdwijnt de Ot, het Muyu- schelpengeld? Over een Papua geldsystem onder druk van 

een "modern" ruilmiddel. In: Borsboom, A.; Kommers, J.; Remie, C., Editors. Liber amicorum A.A. 

Trouwborst: Antropologische essays. Nijmegen: Katholiek Universiteit Nijmegen, Instituut voor Culturele en 

Sociale Antropologie; 1989: 369-394. (Sociaal Antropologische Cahiers; v. XXIII). 

Note: [Muyu]. 

453. Schoorl, J. W. Wetenschappelijke Expeditie naar het Sterrengebergte. Nieuw-Guinea Studiën. 1958; 2: 28-41. 

Note: [admin November-December 1955: Sibil V]. 

454. Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962: Ontwikkelingswerk in een periode van 

politieke onrust. Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1996. vii, 658 pp. 

455. Schoorl, Pim. De controleur BB als een agent van ontwikkeling op Nieuw-Guinea. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. 


Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1996: 7- 40. 

Note: [admin: Muyu, Sibil V]. 

456. Schoorl, Pim. De overval op Ihjan, de noordelijkste kampong in bestuurd Muyugebied. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. 



Note: [admin 1955: Mindiptana, Ihjan vill North Muyu]. 

37

457. Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Nieuw aandacht voor Nieuw-Guinea: Lezingen over Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 

1945-1962. Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1997. [i], 51 pp. 

458. Schoorl, Pim. Ontwikkelingsantropologie/sociologie. In: Wengen, G. D. van; Wassing, R. S.; Trouwborst, A. A., 

Editors. Waar Dromers Ontwaken: terugblik van oud-leden van het Leids Ethnologisch Dispuut W.D.O. op 

45 jaar culturele antropologie. Leiden: P.E. Bijvoet, uitgever; 1995: 85-98. 


459. Schoorl, Pim. "Opvoeding tot zelfstandigheid": De koloniale periode in Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. In: Offenberg, 

Gertrudis A. M., Editor. Papoea's, Paters en Politiek: Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. Den Haag: Sdu 

Uitgevers; 1998: 290-296. (Spiegel historiael, Special Issue; v. 8(7)). 

Note: [admin: general NNG]. 

460. Schoorl, Pim. Toespraak gehouden bij de uitreiking van het eerste exemplaar van Besturen in 

Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945- 1962 aan mevrouw H.L.M. van Baal-König. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Nieuw 

aandacht voor Nieuw-Guinea: Lezingen over Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. Leiden: 

KITLV Uitgeverij; 1997: 48-49. 


461. Schoot, Hein A. van der. De Asmat en de pax neerlandica. In: Offenberg, Gertrudis A. M., Editor. Papoea's, 

Paters en Politiek: Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. Den Haag: Sdu Uitgevers; 1998: 297-302. (Spiegel 

historiael, Special Issue; v. 8(7)). 


462. Schoot, Hein A. van der. Kamoro Up to the Sixties. In: Smidt, Dirk, Editor. Kamoro Art: Tradition and 

Innovation in a New Guinea Culture. Amsterdam & Leiden: KIT Publishers & Rijksmuseum voor 

Volkenkunde; 2003: 58-61. 

Note: [admin: Kamoro]. 

463. Schoot, Hein van der. Tussen vloedbos en bergketen: Bestuurservaringen in de Asmat. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. 



Note: [admin 1959: Asmat]. 

464. Schoot, Hein van der. Van Potoway tot Agimuga: Perikelen rondom transmigratie. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. 



Note: [admin: Potoway Mimika]. 

465. Schoot, Henricus Adrianus van der. Het Mimika- en Asmatgebied (West-Irian) voor en na de openlegging: 

Beleidsaspekten van een overgangssituatie / The Mimika and Asmat Area (West Irian) in Retrospect and in 

Prospect: Policy Aspects of Transition: Proefschrift, Katholieke Hogeschool te Tilburg. Tilburg: H. Gianotten; 

1969. xiii, 262 pp. + 2 Pocket Maps. 

Note: [from lit: Asmat, Mimika]. 

466. Schott, Lothar. Cannibalism as a Factor Favouring the Spreading of a Virus Disease. Anthropologie. 1983; 21: 

73-75. 

Note: [from lit: Fore, kuru]. 

467. Schott, Rüdiger. Die Eigentumsrechte der Trobriand-Insulaner in Nordwest-Melanesien. Anthropos. 1958; 53: 

88-132. 

Note: [from lit: Trobriand Is]. 

468. Schouwenberg, N. G. J. van. Een eeuw evangelie op Nieuw Guinea. Oegstgeest: Raad voor de zending van de 

38

Ned. Herv. kerk; 1955. 22 pp. + 16 pp. Plates. 

Note: [mission: general NNG]. 

469. Schönberg, Karin. Kwoma. In: Wallin, Hans Erik, Editor. Oceania: Kunst fra Melanesien. Humleboek 


Note: [Kwoma]. 

470. Schr., A. Neu Guinea. Berichte der Rheinischen Missions- Gesellschaft. 1886: 100-103. 

Note: [mission: German NG]. 

471. Schreven, Chr H. van. Verslag van den patrouilletocht onder leiding van den toenmaligen Commandant der 

gewapende politie in de Molukken van Steenkool (Masoei) via naar de Anggimeren en Wariap, loopende van 

15 Juli t/n 11 Augustus 1929. Tijdschrift "Nieuw-Guinea". 1940; 5: 136-150 + Map. 

Note: [admin 1929: Anggi Lakes, Wariap]. 

472. Schroeder, Roger. Initiation and Religion: A Case Study from the Wosera of Papua New Guinea. Freiburg: 

University Press Fribourg Switzerland; 1992. 326 pp. (Studia Instituti Anthropos; v. 46). 

Note: [mission 1980-1983, 1986: Wosera Abelam]. 

473. Schröter, Susanne. Hexen, Krieger, Kannibalinnen: Phantasie, Herrschaft und Geschlecht in Neuguinea. Münster: 

LIT Verlag; 1994. [iv], 372 pp. (Frauenkulturen-Männenkulturen; v. 3). 

Note: [from lit: Abelam, Ilahita Arapesh, Baruya, Bedamini, Bena Bena, Bimin-Kuskusmin, Chimbu, Etoro, 

Fore, Gimi, Hagen, Hua, Iatmul, Kaluli, Kimam, Kiwai, Marind-anim, Maring, Sambia]. 

474. Schubert, Rose. Mythen und Erzählungen. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer 

Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag und Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 317-327, 381-382. 


475. Schuchard, H. W. L. Our Neighbours in New Guinea: Craft and Craftsmen of Humboldt Bay. Walkabout. 1941; 

8(1): 29-31. 

Note: [Humboldt Bay]. 

476. Schug, Donald M. The Trade of Our Ancestors: Papuan Participation in the Early Torres Strait Marine Industry. 

Journal of Pacific History. 1996; 31(1): 58-71. 

Note: [from archives: Western Division]. 

477. Schuler, Judith Elisabeth. Infantizid -- Biologische und Soziale Aspekte: Eine Untersuchung anhand von 

Fallbeispielen aus Neuguinea. Münster: Lit Verlag; n.d. [1993]. [v], 194 pp. (Bremer Asien-Pazifik Studien 

(Bremen Asia-Pacific Studies; v. 12). 

Note: [from lit: Yafar, Kapauku, Eipo]. 

478. Schultze, Leonhard. Berichte der deutsch-holländischen Grenzexpedition. Globus. 1910; 98: 227, 376-377. 

Note: [explor: Sepik border]. 

479. Schultze, Leonhard. Berichte der deutsch-holländischen Grenzexpedition. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus 

Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt. 1910; 56: 309. 

Note: [explor: Sepik border]. 

480. Schultze Jena, Leonhard. Forschungen im Innern der Insel Neuguinea (Bericht des Führers über die 

wissenschaftlichen Ergebnisse der deutschen Grenzexpedition in das westliche Kaiser- Wilhelmsland 1910). 

Berlin: Ernst Siegfried Mittler und Sohn; 1914. iv, [i], 99, [1] pp. + 8 Foldout Figures + 57 Plates. (Mittelungen 

aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, Ergänzungsheft; v. 11). 

Note: [explor 1910-1911: Sko, Bewani Mts, Tami R, Mossu-Sekofro, Krissi, Mossu, Sae (Sko), Upper Sepik, 

Wutong, Mawu, Jamwoe, Moangri]. 

39

481. Schultze, Leonhard. Zur Kenntnis der Melanesiechen Sprache von der Insel Tumleo. Jena: Verlag von Gustav 

Fischer; 1911. [i], 96 pp. 

Note: [exped 1910: Tumleo]. 

482. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas G. Anthropological Research in the Western District of Papua, with Bibliography. 

Bulletin of the International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research. 1965; 7: 45-61. 

Note: [general Western District]. 

483. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas. Biologie des Friedens. München: Kindler Verlag; 1974. 278 pp. 

Note: [fw 1966: Kaluli, Waragu, Mbowamb]. 

484. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas. Die Papuaschildkröte aus Neuguinea. Natur und Museum. 1963; 93: 119-127. 

Note: [fw October 1959: Kikori Delta]. 

485. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas. Ergebnisse einer zoologisch- völkerkundlichen Expedition zu den Papuas. Umschau 

in Wissenschaft und Technik. 1968; 68: 295-300 + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [fw December 1965 - October 1966: Roro, Bosavi]. 

486. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas. Neu-Guinea: Papua -- Urwelt im Aufbruch. Bern: Kümmerly & Frey 

Geographischer Verlag; 1972. 196, [20] pp. + Map. 

Note: [fw 1959, 1966, 1971: Huli, Roro, Kikori R, Menyamya, Port Moresby, Hagen, Baimaru, Bosavi, 

Kerewo, Baravi, Gipi, Wowobo, Era R, Urama I, Kinomere, Epigau, Gihiteri, Maitori, Turama R, Gama R, 

Gope]. 

487. Schultze-Westrum, Thomas. Wasser- und Baumreptilien auf Neuguinea. Kosmos. 1961; 57: 247-252. 

Note: [fw October 1959: Kikori Delta]. 

488. Schultz, Wolfhart. Forschungsprojekt Zoologie 1. In: Koch, Gerd et al. Steinzeit - heute: Forschungen im 



v. 7). 


489. Schumacher, C. Exploratie. In: Klein, Ir W. C., Editor. Nieuw Guinea: de ontwikkeling op economisch, sociaal 

een cultureel gebied, in Nederlands en Australisch Nieuw Guinea. 's- Gravenhage: Staatsdrukkerij- en 

uitgeverijbedrijf; 1954; III: 1- 120 + 2 Pocket Maps. 


490. Schumacher, Ernst. Dorfhebammen in Papua Neuguinea: Versuch einer praktisch angewandten Ethnomedizin. 

Curare. 1989; 12(3): 71-76. 

Note: [1981-1985: Finschhafen]. 

491. Schumacher, Ernst. Village Midwife Training on the Huon Peninsula. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1987; 

30: 213-217. 

Note: [Finschhafen]. 

492. Schurig, Margarete. Die Südseetöpferei: Fak. Dissertation, Universitäts Leipzig. Leipzig: Antiquariat Dr. Bruno 

Schindler (Asia Major) in Leipzig; 1930. [xv], 229 pp. + 7 Plates + 2 Foldout Maps. 

Note: [from museum colls & lit: Mailu, Port Moresby, Teste, Murua, Holnicote Bay, Wanigela, Jaduna, 

Laukanu, Astrolabe Bay, Balai, Constantinhafen, Bilibili, Hilu, Gogol-Nuru-Ebene, Sepik, Ramu, Kombeo, 

Tumleo, Angriffshafen, Tupuselei, Manumanu, Mekeo, Kelana, Lae Womba, Jabob, Dallmann-Hafen, 

Humboldt Bay, Tobadi, Wandisiame, Collingwood Bay, Wari]. 

493. Schurr, Theodore G.; Wallace, Douglas C. Mitochondrial DNA Diversity in Southeast Asian Populations. In: 

Mitchell, R. J.; O'Rourke, D. H., Editors. Special Issue on Understanding the Population History of Southern 

40

Asia and Oceania: How Informative Are Genetic Studies on Contemporary Indigenous Populations? Detroit, 

MI: Wayne State University Press; 2002: 431-452. (Human Biology; v. 74(3)). 

Note: [from colls: Morupond (Eastern Highlands), Yagaria, Yabiyufa, Gahuku, Kamano, Benabena, Keiagana, 

Asaro, Tairora, Fore, Kondi-Hengana (Eastern Highlands), Goroka, Erave, Mendi, Huli, Kewa, Nipa, Kandep 

Enga, Lake Kopiago, Madang]. 

494. Schuster, Carl. Prehistoric Stone Objects from New Guinea and the Solomons. Mankind. 1946; 3: 247-251. 

Note: [from museum colls: Huon Gulf]. 

495. Schuster, Carl. V-Shaped Chest Markings: Distribution of a Design-Motive in and Around the Pacific. Anthropos. 

1952; 47: 99- 118. 

Note: [from lit & museum colls: incls Geelvink Bay, Kwoma, Motu, Torres Strait]. 

496. Schuster, Gisela. Aibom Genealogy as History. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William 

E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change 

in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 20-22. 

Note: [fw Aibom Iatmul]. 

497. Schuster, Gisela. Netztaschen der Zentral-Iatmul im Museum für Völkerkunde Basel. In: Engelbrecht, Beate; 

Gardi, Bernhard, Editors. Man Does Not Go Naked: Textilen und Handwerk aus afrikanischen und anderen 

Ländern. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität und Museum für Völkerkunde Im Kommission bei 

Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1989: 335-389. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 30). 

Note: [from museum colls: Iatmul]. 

498. Schuster, Gisela. Nutzung der Erde: Töpferei in Aibom. In: Münzel, Mark, Editor. Neuguinea: Nutzung und 

Deutung der Umwelt. Frankfurt am Main: Museum für Völkerkunde; 1987: 289-329, 403- 404. (Roter Faden 

zur Ausstellung; v. 12). 

Note: [Aibom]. 

499. Schuster, Gisela. Zur Musik der Iatmul am Mittelsepik. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur 

seit ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag und Umschau- Verlag; 1976: 163-167, 380-381. 

Note: [fw: Iatmul]. 

500. Schuster, M. Yatmül (Aibom) (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Verzieren eines Vorratstopfes. Film E 461. In: Wolf, 

G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1975: 24 pp. 

(Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). 


501. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Topfmarkt. Film E 1370. In: Wolf, G., 

Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1972: 12 pp. 



502. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Sago-Gewinnung. Film E 1375. In: Wolf, 

G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1974: 15 pp. 



503. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Kochen von Klößen (Sago mit Kokos). Film 

E 1376. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen 

Film; 1974: 15 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). Note: [Aibom]. 

504. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Zubereiten von Brei (Sago mit Kokos). Film 


Film; 1974: 15 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). Note: [Aibom]. 

41

505. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Zubereiten von Kuchen (Sago mit Kokos 

und Banane). Film E 1733. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1974: 15 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). 


506. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Backen von Sago-Fladen und Sago-Brocken. 

Film E 1734. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1974: 16 pp. (Encyclopaedia Cinematographica). 

Note: [fw 1966: Aibom]. 

507. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Töpferei (Backschale, Feuerschale, 

Sago-Vorratstopf). Film E 1368. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für 

den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1975: 26 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). 


508. Schuster, M.; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Bemalen eines Sago-Vorratstopfes. Film 


Film; 1975: 24 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie). 


509. Schuster, Meinhard. Aspects of the Aibom Concept of History. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; 



Note: [fw 1961, 1965-1967, 1972-1973, 1973: Aibom Iatmul]. 

510. Schuster, Meinhard. Das Männerhaus, Zentrum und Angelpunkt der Kunst am Mittelsepik. In: Greub, Suzanne, 

Editor. Kunst am Sepik: Ausdruck und Ornament: Bildwerke einer alten Tropenkultur in Papua-Neuguinea. 

Basel: Tribal Art Centre, Basel; 1985: 19-26. Note: [fw: Kanganaman]. 

511. Schuster, Meinhard. Der sterbende Initiand: Religionsethnologische Überlegungen zum Symbolbegriff. In: 

Benedetti, Gaetano; Rauchfleisch, Udo, Editors. Welt der Symbole: Interdisziplinäre Aspekte des 

Symbolverständnisses. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht; 1988: 87-100. (Sammlung Vandenhoeck). 


512. Schuster, Meinhard. Die Maler vom May River. Palette. 1969; 33: 2-19. 

Note: [fw November 1965 - January 1967: May R Iwam]. 

513. Schuster, Meinhard. Die Töpfergottheit von Aibom. Paideuma. 1969; 15: 140-159 + Tafeln IV-IX. 

Note: [fw November 1965 - January 1967: Aibom]. 

514. Schuster, Meinhard. Einführung. In: Ethnographische Kostbarkeiten: Aus dem Sammlungen von Alfred Bühler 

im Basler Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde. Basel: Museum für 

Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde; 1970: 1-13. 

Note: [from museum colls: Murik, Kanduonum, Mansuat, Biwat, Marienberg, Bun, Amanggabi, Konmei, 

Mensamei, Imanmeri, Kreimbit, Aibom, Tambunum, Kararau, Kamanebit, Timbunke, Chambri, Sangriman, 

Nyaurangei, Yamök Sawos, Torembi, Nunumoaka Wosera, Bogmukem, Kalabu, Maprik, Washkuk, Mari 

Korosmeri, Kupkei, Yeshan, Avatip, May R, Paikwei, Green R]. 

515. Schuster, Meinhard. Erziehung und Schulung in traditionalen Kulturen: das Beispiel Neuguinea. In: Prinz von 

Hohenzollern, Johann Georg; Krebs, Uwe; Liedtke, Max, Editors. Erziehung und Schule zwischen Tradition 

und Innovation: Kulturvergleichende und historische Aspekte. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt; 1992: 155- 

163. 


42

516. Schuster, Meinhard. Ethnologischen Feldforschung in Papua New Guinea. Geographica Helvetica. 1979; 34: 

171-180. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974: Iatmul]. 

517. Schuster, Meinhard. Ethnologische Feldforschung. Regio Basiliensis. 1990; 31: 237-238. 

Note: [Kwanga, Yupno, Wam, Trobriand Is]. 

518. Schuster, Meinhard. Farbe Motiv Funktion: Zur Malerei von Naturvölkern: Führer durch das Museum für 

Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volksunde Basel, Sonderausstellung vom 2. Juli 1968 bis 23. 

Februar 1969. Basel: G. Krebs AG; n.d. [1968]. 40 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [exhibition: Aibom, Kambrindo, Maprik, Kupkai, Aimi vill May R, MacCluer Gulf, Sio vill Wogamush, 

Begilam vill Kwoma, May R, Telefomin, Itelinu vill May R, Apiap vill L Schulzte R, Usage vill Mianmin, 

Uapuku vill Green R, Walio, Arai, Palu vill L Schultze R, April R, Tambunum, Waskuk vill, Kambot, 

Kanganaman, Bitara, Wouri vill Wogamush, Paupe, Matorafu vill Wogamush, Banggus vill Kwoma, Yassean, 

Korogo, Meno vill Kwoma, Kambrambo]. 

519. Schuster, Meinhard. Im Herzen Neuguineas: Die Eriptaman. Sandoz Bulletin. 1969; 14: 23-42. 

Note: [fw 1965-1967: Eriptaman]. 

520. Schuster, Meinhard. In the Heart of New Guinea: The Eriptaman. Sandoz Bulletin. 1969; 14: 19-38. 

Note: [fw 1965-1967: Eriptaman, Biltewip, Utemtekin]. 

521. Schuster, Meinhard. Introduction [to Part One: Concepts of the Past]. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, 

Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik 

Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 5-6. 

Note: [general Sepik]. 

522. Schuster, Meinhard. Introduction [to Part Two: Intercultural Connections]. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, 

Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik 

Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 69-70. 


523. Schuster, Meinhard. Mittelauf. In: Jensen, Ad. E. Sepik: Kunst aus Neuguinea: Aus den Sammlungen der 

Neuguinea-Expedition des Städt. Museums für Völkerkunde Frankfurt am Main. Frankfurt am Main: Städt. 

Museums für Völkerkunde; 1964: 36-85. 

Note: [fw: Kanganamun, Aibom, Yamök, Sangriwa, Kamanebit, Chambri, Torembi, Kararau, Sapandai, 

Kanduanum, Yauranges, Korogo, Koiwut, Kamangauwi, Yentschan, Kambrimdo, Uarangei, Tambunum]. 

524. Schuster, Meinhard. Mythen aus dem Sepik-Gebiet. In: Schmitz, Carl A.; Wildhaber, Robert, Editors. Festschrift 

Alfred Bühler. Basel: Pharos-Verlag Hansrudolf Schwabe AG; 1965: 369- 384. (Basler Beiträge zur 

Geographie und Ethnologie, Ethnologische Reihe; v. 2). 

Note: [fw 1961: Mohem vill, Chambri, Asangumot, Ulupu]. 

525. Schuster, Meinhard. The Painters of the May River. Palette. 1970; 33: 2-19. 

Note: [fw November 1965 - January 1967: May R Iwam]. 

526. Schuster, Meinhard. Prologue. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, 

Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New 

Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: xi-xii. 


527. Schuster, Meinhard. Symmetrische Formensprache auf Schilden aus dem Sepik-Gebiet. In: Krimmel, Bernd, 

Editor. Symmetrie in Kunst, Natur und Wissenchaft: Band 1 -- Texte. Darmstadt: Mathildenhöhe Darmstadt; 

1986: 129-136. 

Note: [exhibition: Lumi, Leonhard Schultze R, Black R, Korosemeri, Middle Sepik, Hansa-Bai, May R, Upper 

43

Sepik, Sepik mouth, Green R, Eripataman]. 

528. Schuster, Meinhard. Totemismus als Deutung der Umwelt. In: Münzel, Mark, Editor. Neuguinea: Nutzung und 

Deutung der Umwelt. Frankfurt am Main: Museum für Völkerkunde; 1987: 559-577, 686. (Roter Faden zur 

Ausstellung; v. 13). 


529. Schuster, Meinhard. Urzeit und Jenseits am mittleren Sepik. In: Menen, Bernhard, Editor. Jenseitsvorstellungen 

verschiedener Völker. Sankt Augustin: Akademie Völker und Kulturen; 1985: 83- 110. (Roter Faden zur 


Note: [fw: Aibom, Kanganaman, Palimbei]. 

530. Schuster, Meinhard. Vorläufiger Bericht über die Sepik- Expedition 1965-1967 des Museums für Völkerkunde 

zu Basel. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1967; 78: 268-281 + Tafeln 1-4. 

Note: [fw November 1965 - January 1967: Aibom, Meno, Kagiru April R, Aimi May R, Plantewip Eriptaman, 

Wagu Black R, Arai May R, Usage Mianmin]. 

531. Schuster, Meinhard. Zum Verständnis religiöser Phänomene der Naturvölker. Verhandlungen der 


Note: [fw 1966: Aibom]. 

532. Schuster, Meinhard. Zur Dorfgeschichte von Soatmeli. In: Tauchmann, Kurt, Editor. Festschrift zum 65. 

Geburtstag von Helmut Petri. Köln-Wien: Böhlau Verlag; 1973: 475-491. 

Note: [visit January 1973: Soatmeli]. 

533. Schuster, Meinhard. Zur Konstruction von Geschichte in Kulturen ohne Schrift. In: Ungern-Sternberg, Jürgen 

von; Reinau, Hausjörg, Editors. Vergangenheit in mündlerer Überlieferung. Stuttgart: Teubner; 1988: 57-71. 

(Colloquium Rauricum; v. 1). 

Note: [Aibom, Palimbei, Iatmul]. 

534. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Herstellen eines Einbaumes. Film 


Film; 1977. 17 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 7(35)). 


535. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Herstellen eines Frauen-Schurzes. 

Film E 1732. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1980. 15 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 

10(9)). 


536. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Gewinnen und Färben von 

Palmblattstreifen für einer Frauen-Schurz (Reservierungstechnik). Film E 1731. In: Wolf, G., Editor. 

Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1980: 16 pp. 

(Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 10(8)). 


537. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Gewinnen und Färben von Rindenbast 

-Streifen. Film E 1373. In: Wolf, G., Editor. Encyclopedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: Institute für den 

Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1981: 13 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 

11(20)). 


538. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Kalkbrennen und Betelkauen. Film 


44

Film; 1981: 18 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(22)). 


539. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Aibom (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik) Flechten einer Frauen-Haube. Film 


Film; 1981: 16 pp. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 11(21)). 


540. Schuster, Meinhard; Schuster, Gisela. Hakenfiguren der Behinemo (Nord-Neuguinea). Schweizerisches Archiv 

für Völkerkunde. 1972; 68-69: 628-639, 801-803. 

Note: [from museum colls: Wagu, Yigei, Gahom Bahinemo; Gris (Manek) Sanio; Bukabeki Sanio; Bitara, 

Matia Bahinemo]. 

541. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T. Epidemic Malaria in the Hyperendemic North Fly Region of Western Province, Papua 

New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1987; 30: 39-44. 

Note: [1984: Komopkin, Niogomban Camps]. 

542. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T. The Epidemiology of Malaria and Filariasis in the Ok Tedi Region of Western Province, 

Papua New Guinea. Tabubil: Ok Tedi Mining Limited, Medical Department (Public Health); 1992. xiv, 341 

pp. + Plates. 

Note: [1978--: Awin, Ningerum, Wopkaimin]. 

543. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T. The Min of the Papua New Guinea Star Mountains: A Look at Their Traditional Culture 

and Heritage. n.p. [Tabubil]: Ok Tedi Mining Limited; 1995. xiii, [i], 320 pp. + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [med officer 1993: Wopkaimin, Tifalmin, Telefomin, Miyanmin, Atbalmin, Faiwol, Sibilmin, Oksapmin, 

Bimin, Seltamanmin, Ningerum, Yonggom, Aekyom Awin]. 

544. Schuurkamp, Gerry. The Ok Tedi Public Health Liklik Piksa Buk. n.p.: Ok Tedi Mining Limited; n.d. [56] pp. 

+ Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [Mt Ok, Ok Tedi]. 

545. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J.; Bhatia, Kuldeep K.; Kereu, Richard K.; Bulungol, Peter K. Glucose-6-Phosphate 

Dehydrogenase Deficiency and Hereditary Ovalocytosis in the Ok Tedi Impact Region of Papua New Guinea. 

Human Biology. 1989; 61: 387-406. 

Note: [Oksapmin, Telefol, Tifal, Faiwol, S. Ningerum, Yonggom, S. Awin, Pa, Boazi, Morehead, Daru, 

Balimo]. 

546. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T.; Kereu, Richard K.; Bulungol, Peter K. Diethylcarbamazine in the Control of 

Bancroftian Filariasis in the Highly Endemic Ok Tedi Area of Papua New Guinea: Phase 1. Papua New Guinea 


Note: [Finalbin, Bultem, Wangbin, Migalsim Wopkaimin; Asikomban Ningerum]. 

547. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J.; Kereu, Richard K.; Bulungol, Peter K.; Kawereng, Aigol; Popon, William H.; Crane, Greg 

G.; Greenidge, Judy; Spicer, Paul E. Diethylcarbamazine in the Control of Splenomegaly Associated with 

Bancroftian Filariasis in the Ok Tedi Area of Papua New Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical 

Medicine and Hygiene. 1992; 86: 531-536. 

Note: [surveys 1989, 1990: Wopkaimin, Kamfaiwolmin, Faiwolmin, Awin, Ningerum]. 

548. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T.; Kereu, Richard K.; Bulungol, Peter K.; Kawereng, Aigol; Spicer, Paul E. 

Diethylcarbamazine in the Control of Bancroftian Filariasis in the Ok Tedi Area of Papua New Guinea: Phase 

2 -- Annual Single-dose Treatment. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1994; 37: 65-81. 

Note: [Finalbin, Bultem, Wangbin, Migalsim, Ok Ma, Atemkit, Kavorabip, Korkit, Derongo, Kumkit, 

Haidawogam Wopkaimin; NIngerum; Awin]. 

549. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T.; Kereu, Richard K. Resistance of Plasmodium falciparum to Chemotherapy with 

45

4-Aminoquinolines in the Ok Tedi Area of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1989; 32: 

33-44. 

Note: [surveys 1986-1987: Wopkaimin, Kamfaiwolmin, Faiwolmin, Ningerum, Kiunga, Oksapmin, Telefomin, 

Awin, Yonggom, Ok Tedi]. 

550. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J.; Matango, Matt; Napil, Joseph; Vergara, Roberto. Malaria Control and the Development 

of the Ok Tedi Mining Project in the Star Mountains of Papua New Guinea: The Initial Construction Phase. 

Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1987; 30: 27-38. 

Note: [1978-1985: Tabubil, Ok Tedi]. 

551. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T.; Matango, Matt; Kereu, Richard; Napil, Joseph. Malaria, Splenomegaly and Filariasis 

in the Ok Tedi Area of the Star Mountains, Papua New Guinea, Three Years After Residual DDT Spraying. 


Note: [surveys 1985, 1986: Wangbin, Bultem, Finalbin Wopkaimin; Migalsimbip Faiwol; Ok Tidetau, 

Asikomban Ningerum]. 

552. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J. T.; Paika, Raphael L.; Spicer, Paul E.; Kereu, Richard K. Congenital Malaria Due to 

Plasmodium vivax: A Case Study in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1986; 29: 

309-312. 

Note: [Manus woman at Tabubil]. 

553. Schuurkamp, Gerrit J.; Spicer, Paul E.; Kereu, Richard K.; Bulongol, Peter K.; Rieckmann, Karl H. 

Chloroquine-resistant Plasmodium vivax in Papua New Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical 


Note: [Tambul, Tabubil]. 

554. Schütte, Heinz. The Impact of Missionary Christianity upon the Population of Southern Madang Province in 

Papua New Guinea 1887-1914. In: Rubinstein, Donald H., Editor. Pacific History: Papers from the 8th Pacific 

History Association Conference. Mangilao, Guam: University of Guam Press & Micronesian Research Center; 

1992: 101-111. 

Note: [from lit: Southern Madang Province]. 

555. Schwab, I. Ein alter Haudegen. Steyler Missionsbote. 1940; 67: 259-260. 


556. Schwab, Ignaz. "Der Koch des Teufels". Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 236-237. 

Note: [mission: Kambot]. 

557. Schwab, Ignaz. Ein "Versehgang". Steyler Missionsbote. 1936; 63: 320-321. 


558. Schwab, Ignatius. Jagderlebnisse auf einer Missionsfahrt. Steyler Missionsbote. 1940; 67: 242-243. 


559. Schwab, Ignaz. Weihnacht bei ehemaligen Manschenjägern. Steyler Missionsbote. 1939; 66: 96-97. 

Note: [mission: Sepik]. 

560. Schwab, Ignaz. Wie ich meine erste Kirche baute. Steyler Missionsbote. 1937; 64: 87-88. 


561. Schwab, Ignaz. Winterfreuden in Moskitania. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 134-135. 


562. Schwab, Johann. Klan-Gliederung und Mythen im küstennahen Inland-Gebiet zwischen Sepik und Ramu 

(Nordost-Neuguinea). Anthropos. 1970; 65: 758-793. 

46

Note: [mission 4 yrs to 1950: Marienberg; 1959 visit: Bareti, Sanai, Porapora, Armenda, Ajerab]. 

563. Schwab, John; Gibbs, Philip Ed. ). The Sandalu Bachelor Ritual among the Laiapu Enga (Papua New Guinea). 

Anthropos. 1995; 90: 27-47. 

Note: [mission 1952-1987: Laiapu Enga]. 

564. Schwartz, Jessica; Brumbaugh, Robert C.; Chiu, Michael. Short Stature, Growth Hormone, Insulin-Like Growth 

Factors, and Serum Proteins in the Mountain Ok People of Papua New Guinea. Journal of Clinical 

Endocrinology and Metabolism. 1987; 65: 901- 905. 

Note: [fw January-February 1983: Telefomin]. 

565. Schwarz, Brian. Cargo Movements. In: Mantovani, Ennio, Editor. An Introduction to Melanesian Religions: A 

Handbook for Church Workers: Book Two of a Trilogy. Goroka: Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and 

Socio-Economic Service; 1984: 231-254. (Point Series; v. 6). 

Note: [mission: general NG]. 

566. Schwarz, Brian. Holy Spirit Movements. In: Mantovani, Ennio, Editor. An Introduction to Melanesian Religions: 

A Handbook for Church Workers: Book Two of a Trilogy. Goroka: Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and 

Socio-Economic Service; 1984: 255-278. (Point Series; v. 6). 


567. Schwarz, Brian, Editor. An Introduction to Ministry in Melanesia: A Handbook for Church Workers: Book Three 

of a Trilogy. Goroka: Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and Socio- Economic Service; 1985. x, 304 pp. (Point 

Series; v. 7). 


568. Schwarz, Guido. The Catholic Fellowship in the Mt Hagen Area. In: Flannery, Wendy, Special Editor. Religious 

Movements in Melanesia Today (2). Goroka: Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and Socio-Economic Service; 

1983: 72-92. (Point Series; v. 3). 

Note: [mission: Hagen]. 

569. Schweinfurth, Ulrich. Der Teeanbau in Neuguinea: Landschaftswandel und Raumplanung im östlichen Teil des 

Zentralgebirges der Tropeninsel. Erdkunde. 1970; 24: 220-229. 

Note: [fw 1967-1968: Hagen]. 

570. Schweinfurth, Ulrich. Man and Environment in the Central Cordillera of Eastern New Guinea: Pandanus, 

Casuarina, Ipomoea batatas. Erdwissenschaftliche Forschung. 1984; 18: 79-98. 

Note: [survey 1967-1968: Hagen, Sirunki, Lai V, Nebilyer V, Kaugel V]. 

571. Schweinfurth, Ulrich. Verbreitung und Bedeutung von Pandanus sp. in den hochtälern der Zentralkordillere im 

östlichen Neuguinea. Colloquium Geographicum. 1970; 12: 132-151. 

Note: [fw 1967-1968: Mt Hagen, Giluwe, Sirunki]. 

572. Schwidetzky, I. Papua und Melanesier nach anthropologischen Untersuchungen. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1970; 

95: 25-28. 


573. Schwidetzky, Ilse. Papua und Melanesier in Nordost-Neuguinea nach dem anthropologischen Material von Georg 

Höltker. Anthropos. 1962; 57: 748-756. 

Note: [colls 1936-1939: Manam, Boesa, Ubrub, Biem, Mikarew, Tanggum, Bosngun, Sepa-Wanami; from lit: 

Ayom, Ramu, Swart V]. 

574. Schwimmer, Erik. Aesthetics of the Aika. In: Mead, Sidney M., Editor. Exploring the Visual Art of Oceania: 

Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii; 1979: 287-292. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967, August-September 1970: Kikinonda, Poho, Siai vills Aika]. 

47

575. Schwimmer, Eric. The Anthropology of the Ritual Arts. In: Hanson, Allan; Hanson, Louise, Editors. Art and 

Identity in Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press; 1990: 5-14. 

Note: [fw: Orokaiva; from lit: Umeda]. 

576. Schwimmer, Eric. Betelnut: The Beer of the Orokaiva. In: Marshall, Mac, Editor. Through A Glass Darkly: Beer 

and Modernization in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1982: 

319-323. (Monographs; v. 18). Note: [fw: Orokaiva]. 

577. Schwimmer, Eric. The Ceremonial Self. In: Pawley, Andrew, Editor. Man and a Half: Essays in Pacific 

Anthropology and Ethnobiology in Honour of Ralph Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian Society; 1991: 

356-363. (Memoirs; v. 48). 

Note: [fw: Orokaiva]. 

578. Schwimmer, Eric G. Cultural Consequences of a Volcanic Eruption Experienced by the Mount Lamington 

Orokaiva. Eugene: University of Oregon, Department of Anthropology; 1969. vii, 228, 18 pp. + 14 Maps. 

(Reports; v. 9). 


579. Schwimmer, Erik Gabriel. Exchange in the Social Structure of the Orokaiva: A Study of Traditional and 

Emergent Ideologies in the Northern District of Papua [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Vancouver: University of British 

Columbia; 1970. xiii, 469, [37] pp. 

Note: [fw September 1966 - June 1967: Inonda, Hohorita, Direpe Orokaiva]. 

580. Schwimmer, Erik. Exchange in the Social Structure of the Orokaiva: Traditional and Emergent Ideologies in the 

Northern District of Papua. London and New York: Macmillan Limited and St. Martin's Press, Inc.; 1973. ix, 

244 pp. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967 (1 yr): Inonda, Hohorita, Sivepe Orokaiva]. 

581. Schwimmer, Eric G. Folklorists and Anthropology. Semiotica. 1976; 17: 267-289. 


582. Schwimmer, Erik, Editor. Francis Edgar Williams: "The Vailala Madness" and Other Essays. Honolulu: The 

University Press of Hawaii; 1977. 432 pp. + Frontispiece. 

Note: [F.E. Williams: numerous Papua]. 

583. Schwimmer, Erik. Friendship and Kinship: An Attempt to Relate Two Anthropological Concepts. In: Leyton, 

Elliott, Editor. The Compact: Selected Dimensions of Friendship. n.p. [St. John's]: Memorial University of 

Newfoundland, Institute of Social and Economic Research; 1974: 49-70. (Newfoundland Social and Economic 

Papers; v. 3). 

Note: [fw 1966-1967, 1970: Orokaiva; from lit: Telefolmin, Tangu, S Fore, Hagen]. 

584. Schwimmer, Eric. How Oro Province Societies Fit Godelier's Model. In: Godelier, Maurice; Strathern, Marilyn, 

Editors. Big Men and Great Men: Personifications of Power in Melanesia. Cambridge and Paris: Cambridge 

University Press and Editions de la Maison des Sciences de l'Homme; 1991: 142-155. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Orokaiva, Barai, Aomie]. 

585. Schwimmer, Eric G. Intimate Conversations in Herdt's House. Semiotica. 1993; 97: 199-208. 

Note: [from lit: Sambia]. 

586. Schwimmer, Erik G. Introduction: F.E. Williams as Ancestor and Rainmaker. In: Schwimmer, Erik, Editor. 

Francis Edgar Williams: "The Vailala Madness" and Other Essays. Honolulu: The University Press of Hawaii; 

1977: 11-47. 

Note: [F.E. Williams: Purari, Orokaiva, Keraki, Koiari, Elema, Foe, Keveri]. 

48

587. Schwimmer, Eric. Male Couples in New Guinea. In: Herdt, Gilbert H., Editor. Ritualized Homosexuality in 

Melanesia. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1984: 248-291. (Studies in Melanesian Anthropology; 

v. 2). 

Note: [fw: Aika Orokaiva]. 

588. Schwimmer, Eric. Modern Orokaiva Leadership. Journal of the Papua & New Guinea Society. 1967; 1(2): 52-60. 

Note: [fw 1 yr: Sivepe vill Orokaiva]. 

589. Schwimmer, Erik. Objects of Mediation: Myth and Praxis. In: Rossi, Ino, Editor. The Unconscious in Culture: 

The Structuralism of Claude Lévi-Strauss in Perspective. New York: E.P. Dutton & Co., Inc.; 1974: 209-237. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967 (1 yr), 1970 (3 mos): Orokaiva]. 

590. Schwimmer, Erik. Power, Silence and Secrecy. Toronto: Victoria University; 1980. i, 56 pp. (Toronto Semiotic 

Circle Monographs, Working Papers and Prepublications; v. 2). 

Note: [from lit: Baktaman, Hagen, Ngalum]. 

591. Schwimmer, Erik. Reciprocity and Structure: A Semiotic Analysis of Some Orokaiva Exchange Data. Man, N.S.. 

1979; 14: 271-285. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967, 1970: Sivepe vill Orokaiva]. 

592. Schwimmer, Erik. The Taste of Your Own Flesh. Semiotica. 1983; 46: 107-129. 

Note: [fw: Orokaiva; from lit: Sambia]. 

593. Schwimmer, Erik G. Virgin Birth. Man, N.S.. 1969; 4: 132- 133. 

Note: [fw 1966-1967: Orokaiva]. 

594. Schwimmer, Eric G. What Did the Eruption Mean? In: Lieber, Michael D., Editor. Exiles and Migrants in 

Oceania. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii; 1977: 296-341. (Association for Social Anthropologist in 

Oceania Monographs; v. 5). 

Note: [fw 1966-1967: Sivepe, Inonda, Hohorita Orokaiva]. 

49

Bibliography 

1. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G. Aesthetics: The Significance of Apprenticeship on Kitawa. Man, N.S.. 1982; 17: 74-91. 

Note: [fw June 1973 - August 1974, June-November 1976: Kitawa I]. 

2. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G. The "Golden Section" on Kitawa Island. In: Siikala, Jukka, Editor. Culture and History 

in the Pacific. Helsinki: The Finnish Anthropological Society; 1990: 233-266. (Transactions of the Finnish 

Anthropological Society; v. 27). 

Note: [fw: Kitawa I]. 

3. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G. Kitawa: A Linguistic and Aesthetic Analysis of Visual Art in Melanesia. Berlin: Mouton 

de Gruyter; 1990. viii, [ii], 457 pp. (Approaches to Semiotics; v. 83). 

Note: [fw: Nowau language Kitawa I]. 

4. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G. Kitawa Oral Poetry: An Example from Melanesia. Canberra: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1996. xviii, 416 pp. 

(Pacific Linguistics, Series D; v. 87). 

Note: [fw June 1973--: Kitawa I]. 

5. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G. The Use of "Metaphors" in Kitawa Culture, Northern Massim. Oceania. 1984; 55: 50-70. 

Note: [fw June 1973 - August 1974, June-December 1976: Kitawa]. 

6. Scoditti, Giancarlo M. G.; Leach, Jerry W. Kula on Kitava. In: Leach, Jerry W.; Leach, Edmund, Editors. The 

Kula: New Perspectives on Massim Exchange. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1983: 249-273. 

Note: [fw: Kitava]. 

7. Scofield, John. Australian New Guinea: Civilization Challenges the Stone Age. National Geographic. 1962; 

121(5): 604- 637. 

Note: [journalist: general PNG]. 

8. Scofield, John. Netherlands New Guinea: Bone of Contention in the South Pacific. National Geographic. 1962; 

121(5): 584-603. 

Note: [journalist: general NNG]. 

9. Scorza, David, Translator. Au. In: McElhanon, K. A., Editor. From the Mouths of Ancestors. Ukarumpa: Summer 

Institute of Linguistics; 1982: 24-40. 

Note: [SIL: au]. 

10. Scorza, David P. Au Social Relations ... and Please Behave. In: Shaw, R. Daniel, Editor. Kinship Studies in Papua 

New Guinea. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1974: 187-209. 

Note: [SIL 1968-1972: Tumentonik vill Au]. 

11. Scorza, David. Classification of Au Myths. Practical Anthropology. 1972; 19: 214-218. 

Note: [SIL: Au]. 

12. Scorza, David. Sentence Structures of the Au Language. In: Healey, Alan, Editor. Three Studies in Sentence 

Structure. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1973: 165-246. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 

Languages; v. 1). 

Note: [SIL July 1968 - June 1973: Tumentonik vill Au]. 

13. Scorza, David. A Sketch of Au Morphology and Syntax. In: Adams, Karen; Lauck, Linda et al. Papers in New 

Guinea Linguistics No. 22. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 


Note: [SIL 1968-1977: Tumentonik vill Au]. 

1

14. Scott, David. The Primitive Arts of the Sepik River New Guinea: from the Collection of Mr. Harry A. Franklin, 

Beverly Hills, California, at the Language Art Galleries, Scripps College, Claremont, California Oct. 18 - Dec. 

17, 1960. n.p. [Claremont, CA]: n.p. [Scripps College, Language Art Galleries]; n.d. [1960. [24] pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Kanganaman, Malol, Chambri, Tambanam, Lower Sepik, Murik, Boingiora, Aibom, 

Palamba]. 

15. Scott, G. K. Taking the Vernacular into Account. Papua and New Guinea Journal of Education. 1968; 5(5): 31-33. 

Note: [Fore]. 

16. Scott, G. A. J.; Pain, C. F. Land Potential. In: Carrad, Bruce; Lea, David A. M.; Talyaga, Kundapen K., Editors. 

Enga: Foundations for Development. Armidale, N.S.W.: University of New England, Department of 

Geography; 1982: 128-145. (Enga Yaaka Lasemana; v. 3). 

Note: [Enga Province]. 

17. Scott, George. The Cassowary. The Papuan Villager. 1938; 10(3): 22-23. 

Note: [Yule I]. 

18. Scott, George. The Dugong. The Papuan Villager. 1938; 10(8): 62-63. 

Note: [Yule I]. 

19. Scott, Graham K. The Dialects of Fore. Oceania. 1963; 33: 280-286. 

Note: [SIL survey 1962: Fore]. 

20. Scott, Graham. Discourse Cohesion in a Highland Language of P.N.G. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 

1983; 14(1-2): 150- 174. 

Note: [SIL: Fore]. 

21. Scott, Graham. Fore Dictionary. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 

Department of Linguistics; 1980. xi, [i], 243 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 62). 

Note: [SIL: Kasoru vill North Fore]. 

22. Scott, Graham. Fore Final Verbs. In: Voorhoeve, C. L. et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 8. Canberra: 

Australian National University; 1968: 45-62. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 16). 


23. Scott, Graham. The Fore Language of Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University, Research 

School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1978. xv, 210 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series B; v. 47). 

Note: [SIL 1961-1975: Karosu vill North Fore; from lit: Gende, Siane, Yabiyufa, Asaro, Gahuku, Gimi, 

Kamano, Yate, Yagaria, Benabena, Proto-East-Central Family]. 

24. Scott, Graham Kerr. The Fore Language of Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian 

National University; 1978. xvi, 244 pp. 

Note: [SIL 1961-1972, 1975: Kasoru North Fore]. 

25. Scott, Graham. Longacre, Robert E., Editor. Higher Levels of Fore Grammar. Canberra: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1973. x, 88 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, 

Series B; v. 23). 

Note: [SIL: North Fore]. 

26. Scott, Graham. Lexical Expansion in a Non-Austronesian Language of Papua New Guinea. In: Wurm, Stephen 

A., Editor. New Guinea and Neighboring Areas: A Sociolinguistic Laboratory. The Hague: Mouton Publishers; 

1979: 101-113. (Contributions to the Sociology of Language; v. 24). 


2

27. Scott, Graham. Linguistic Aspects of Fore Kinship. Kivung. 1975; 8(1): 39-55. 


28. Scott, Graham. On Ergativity in Fore and Other Papuan Languages. In: Laycock, D. C. et al. Papers in New 

Guinea Linguistics No. 24. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 



29. Scott, Nick; Pitzz, Karipe. The Administration of the Department of Enga Province. In: Carrad, Bruce; Lea, David 

A. M.; Talyaga, Kundapen K., Editors. Enga: Foundations for Development. Armidale, N.S.W.: University 

of New England, Department of Geography; 1982: 276-290. (Enga Yaaka Lasemana; v. 3). 


30. Scott, R. M.; Healy, P. A.; Humphreys, G. S. Land Units of Chimbu Province Papua New Guinea. Melbourne: 

Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization; 1985. [iv], 162 pp. + 2 Pocket Maps. (Natural 

Resources Series; v. 5). 

Note: [Chimbu Province]. 

31. Scott, Stuart D.; Segmen, Patricia K. Pottery from Melanesia: The Black Collection. Bulletin of the Buffalo 

Society of Natural Sciences. 1968; 24: 67-98. 

Note: [from museum colls: Gona Bay, Cape Nelson, Port Moresby, Fergusson I]. 

32. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Anglo-German Boundary in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1885; 1: 327. 


33. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Ascent of Mount Yule. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1891; 7: 445-446. 

Note: [Macgregor explor: Mt Yule]. 

34. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Augusta River. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 55. 

Note: [Sepik]. 

35. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 648-649. 

Note: [Edelfeldt, Couppé, Verjus explor: Mt Yule]. 


Note: [from lit (Romilly): Southeast Papua, Milne Bay]. 


Note: [Cameron explor: Yule I]. 


Note: [Macgregor explor 1888: St. Aignan I, Joannet I, Normanby I, Fergusson I, Goodenough I, Goulvain I, 

Welle I]. 

39. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British New Guinea: Owen Stanley Range. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1889; 5: 441-442. 

Note: [Macgregor explor: Owen Stanley Range]. 


Note: [Macgregor explor: Dyke Acland Bay, Cape Nelson, Collingwood Bay, Maisin, Goodenough Bay, Nada, 

Trobriand Is]. 

41. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1897; 13: 44. 

Note: [Macgregor explor: Mt Scratchley]. 

3

42. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British Expedition to Dutch New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1909; 25: 372-373. 

Note: [Goodfellow, Rawling explor: Dutch NG]. 

43. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British Expedition to Dutch New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1909; 25: 653-654. 

Note: [Goodfellow, Rawling, Wollaston explor: Dutch NG]. 

44. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1910; 26: 

150. 

Note: [Goodfellow, Rawling, Wollaston explor: Dutch NG]. 

45. Scottish Geographical Magazine. British Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1910; 26: 

377-378. 

Note: [from newspaper: Goodfellow, Rawling, Wollaston explor: Charles Louis Mts]. 

46. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Dampier Island. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1896; 12: 542-543. 

Note: [from lit: Kunze 1893: Karkar I]. 

47. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Development of British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1890; 

6: 214. 

Note: [Macgregor, British NG]. 

48. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Dr. Wollaston's Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1913; 29: 378-379. 

Note: [Wollaston explor: Utakwa R, Snow Mts]. 

49. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Dutch New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1899; 15: 155-156. 

Note: [from lit: St. Vraz: Mansinam, Andai, Arfak Mts]. 

50. Scottish Geographical Magazine. An Ethnographical Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1903; 19: 431-432. 

Note: [from lit: Seligmann, Strong, Papua]. 

51. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Expedition to British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1911; 27: 

548. 

Note: [Jenness, Goodenough I]. 

52. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration of the Amberno River, Northern New Guinea. Scottish 

Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 61-63. 

Note: [Powell explor: Pauwi, Kukunduri Kundambesu, Mawa vills Mamberamo R]. 

53. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Exploration of New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 460. 

Note: [Everill explor: Papua]. 

54. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 2: 247-248. 

Note: [from newspaper: Herald explor: Mai Kussa R, Katau R]. 

55. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Explorations in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 542. 

Note: [Hartmann & Hunter explor 1886: Rigo, Kemp Welsh, R, Saramogor Range]. 

56. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 599. 

Note: [from lit: Bevan explor, Papua]. 

4

57. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1905; 21: 

216-217. 

Note: [Pratt explor: Owen Stanley Range]. 

58. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration in Papua. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1913; 29: 658-659. 

Note: [Massey-Baker explor: Fly R, Strickland R]. 

59. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Exploration in Papua. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1914; 30: 375. 

Note: [Murray explor: Fly R, Strickland R, Alice R, Lake Murray]. 

60. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Finisterre Mountains in German New Guinea. Scottish Geographical 

Magazine. 1891; 7: 40- 41. 

Note: [from lit: Zöller explor: Finisterre Mts]. 

61. Scottish Geographical Magazine. German New Guinea and Dependencies. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 

1: 328. 

Note: [from lit: German NG]. 

62. Scottish Geographical Magazine. German New Guinea (Kaiser Wilhelms-Land). Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1886; 2: 502-506. 

Note: [from lit: Dalmann explor: Sepik; Hatzfeldthafen]. 

63. Scottish Geographical Magazine. German New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1888; 4: 275-276. 

Note: [from lit: Schrader explor: Sepik]. 

64. Scottish Geographical Magazine. German New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1888; 4: 494. 

Note: [from lit: explor Finschhafen coast]. 




Note: [from lit: Lauterbach explor: Gogol R]. 


Note: [from lit: Lauterbach explor: Gogol R]. 


Note: [from lit: Lauterbach explor: Gogol R, Bismarck Mts]. 


Note: [from lit: Cham, Suwain, Tarawai, Valise, Chagur, Meta I]. 

70. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Humboldt Bay and the Santani [sic] Lake. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1894; 10: 546. 

Note: [from lit: Bink 1893: Humboldt Bay, Sentani]. 

71. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Island Yamma, Masi-masi, and Moar. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1890; 6: 495-496. 

Note: [from lit: de Clercq explor: Yamma, Masimasi, Moar]. 

72. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Islands of Torres Straits. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 54-55. 

Note: [John Douglas, Torres Strait]. 

73. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Kaiser Wilhelms-Land and Bismarck Archipelago. Scottish Geographical 

5

Magazine. 1886; 2: 248. 

Note: [from lit: Schrader explor: German NG]. 

74. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Kaiser Wilhelm's Land Scientific Exploration Expedition. Scottish 


Note: [from lit: Hollrung explor: Finschhafen]. 

75. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Kaiserin Augusta River. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 2: 752-753. 

Note: [from lit: Sepik]. 

76. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Kaiser-Wilhelmsland (New Guinea). Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 

3: 204-206. 

Note: [from lit: Schleinitz explor 1886: North Coast]. 

77. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Louisiade Group. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1888; 4: 165-166. 

Note: [John Douglas explor: Louisiade Archipelago]. 

78. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Main Range, British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1902; 18: 

94. 

Note: [from lit: Francis Winter: Puneaburu]. 

79. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. Cuthbertson's Journey in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1888; 4: 57. 

Note: [Cuthbertson explor: Mt Obree, Owen Stanley Range]. 

80. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. Forbes' Proposed Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical 

Magazine. 1885; 1: 124. 

Note: [Forbes explor: Papua]. 

81. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. Forbes' Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 

1: 459-460. 


82. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. Forbes' Expedition. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 650. 


83. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. H.O. Forbes' Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1885; 1: 527. 


84. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. H.O. Forbes in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 2: 

119-122. 

Note: [Forbes explor: Sogere, Astrolabe Range]. 

85. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Mr. H.O. Forbes. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 2: 449-502. 

Note: [Forbes, Chalmers explor: Papua]. 


Note: [Forbes explor: Sogeri]. 



88. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea Exploration. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 265. 

Note: [Everill, Forbes explor: Papua]. 

6

89. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: Kaiser Wilhelms- Land. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 

1: 460-461. 


90. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 2: 54. 

Note: [Forbes explor: Sogere]. 

91. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: The Fly River Expedition. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1886; 

2: 122-124. 

Note: [from newspaper: Everill explor: Fly R, Strickland R]. 

92. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: The Australasian Geographical Society's Expedition. Scottish 


Note: [from newspaper: Haacke explor: Strickland R]. 


Note: [from newspaper: Forbes explor: Papua]. 

94. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: Huon Gulf. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 147-149. 

Note: [from lit: Schleinitz explor: Huon Gulf]. 

95. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 489-490. 

Note: [from lit: Clarkson & Hunter explor 1886: Kemp Welsh R, "Garier" tribe, Sarowah vill, Tahoro vill]. 


Note: [from newspaper: Cuthbertson explor: Mt Obree, Owen Stanley Range]. 

97. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: Recent Exploration by Mr. Forbes. Scottish Geographical 

Magazine. 1888; 4: 113-114. 

Note: [from newspaper: Forbes explor: Owen Stanley Range]. 


Note: [from lit: Cuthbertson explor: Mt Obree, Owen Stanley Range]. 


Note: [Hennessy explor: Vailala, Orokolo, Maipua]. 


Note: [Musgrave explor: Louisiade Archipelago, Goodenough Bay]. 


Note: [from lit: Schleinitz explor: Kabenau R, Hatzfeldthafen]. 

102. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea: Exploration of the Owen Stanley Range. Scottish Geographical 

Magazine. 1889; 5: 557-558. 

Note: [Macgregor explor: Vanapa R, Mt Owen Stanley]. 


Note: [Macgregor: Southeast Papua, Fly R]. 

104. Scottish Geographical Magazine. New Guinea -- Kiwai Island, Fly River. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1890; 

6: 383-385. 

Note: [Macgregor explor: Kiwai I, Odagositia, Fly R]. 

7


Note: [Macgregor explor: Daudai, Daru, Tureture, Muatta, Binature R, Mabudauan, Tugere, Mai Kussa R, 

Wassi Kussa R]. 


Note: [from newspaper: Macgregor explor: Mt Yule]. 

107. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Onin District, New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 390. 

Note: [from lit: Versteeg explor: Onin]. 

108. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Papua or Papuwa: Origin of the Name. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 

1: 63. 


109. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Papuan and Melanesian Affinities. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1885; 1: 

390-391. 

Note: [from lit: van der Aa explor: general NG]. 

110. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Proposed Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1917; 

32: 35. 

Note: [from lit: Mjoberg: Dutch NG]. 

111. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Proposed Expedition to New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 

1917; 32: 230-231. 

Note: [from lit: Mjoberg: Dutch NG]. 

112. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Recent New Guinea Exploration. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1887; 3: 

434-435. 

Note: [Bevan explor: Aird Delta, Jubilee R]. 

113. Scottish Geographical Magazine. Sir W. Macgregor's Discoveries in New Guinea. Scottish Geographical 

Magazine. 1890; 6: 245-254. 

Note: [from lit: Macgregor explor 1889: Vanapa R, Mt Musgrave, Mt Victoria]. 

114. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Voyage of the "Borneo" along the Coast of New Guinea. Scottish 

Geographical Magazine. 1895; 11: 485. 

Note: [from lit: Meyners d'Estrey: South Coast IJ]. 

115. Scottish Geographical Magazine. The Western Islands of Torres Straits. Scottish Geographical Magazine. 1890; 

6: 382-383. 

Note: [from lit (Haddon): Torres Strait]. 

116. Scoullar, B. B. Promoting Better Nutrition in Rural Areas of Papua New Guinea. Science in New Guinea. 1974; 

2(1): 39-44. 


117. Scragg, R. F. R. Health in the Papua and New Guinea Village. Medical Journal of Australia. 1962; 1: 389-395. 


118. Scragg, R. F. R. Life and Death in the Papua-New Guinea Village. In: Papua and New Guinea Scientific Society. 

Papua and New Guinea Scientific Society Annual Report and Proceedings, 1961. Port Moresby: Papua and 

New Guinea Scientific Society; 1961: 8-29. 


119. Scragg, R. F. R. Medical Demography. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. 

8

Carlton, Vic.: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea; 1972: 

740-746. 


120. Scragg, R. F. R. Medical tul-tul to Doctor of Medicine. In: Burton-Bradley, Burton G. A History of Medicine in 

Papua New Guinea: Vignettes of an Earlier Period. Kingsgrove, N.S.W.: Australasian Medical Publishing 

Company Limited; 1990: 15-46. 


121. Scragg, Roy. Historical Epidemiology in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1977; 20: 

102-109. 

Note: [from lit: Yule I, Mekeo, Fuyuge, Aitape]. 

122. Scragg, Walter. Kukukuku Walkabout: Four European's Nine-day Trek to Bring Christ to Cannibal Tribes in New 

Guinea. These Times. 1967; 76(10): 4-7. 

Note: [mission visit: Watama, Katanga vills]. 

123. Scrimgeour, E. M. Suspected Ross River Virus Encephalitis in Papua New Guinea. Australian and New Zealand 

Journal of Medicine. 1999; 29: 559. 

Note: [1981: Port Moresby General Hospital from Milne Bay Province]. 

124. Scrimgeour, E. M.; Kaven, J.; Gajdusek, D. C. Spinal Tuberculosis: The Commonest Cause of Non-Traumatic 

Paraplegia in Papua New Guinea. Tropical and Geographical Medicine. 1987; 39: 218-221. 

Note: [Goroka Base Hospital, Port Moresby General Hospital]. 

125. Scrimgeour, Euan M. Huntongton's Chorea in Papua. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1982; 25: 12-15. 

Note: [Gulf Province]. 

126. Scrimgeour, Euan M. Spread of Angiostrongylus cantonensis in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1985; 28: 63- 65. 

Note: [Manam I, Bogia District, Lae, Port Moresby, Madang]. 

127. Scrimgeour, Euan M.; Masters, Colin L.; Alpers, Michael P.; Kaven, Joseph; Gajdusek, D. Carleton. A 

Clinico-Pathological Study of a Case of Kuru. Journal of the Neurological Sciences. 1983; 59: 265-275. 

Note: [kuru, Fore]. 

128. Scrimgeour, Euan M.; Mastaglia, Frank L. Late-Childhood- Onset Spinal Muscular Atrophy in Three Melanesian 

Families in Papua New Guinea. American Journal of Medical Genetics. 1984; 19: 769-777. 


129. Scripps College, The Lang Art Galleries. The Primitive Arts of the Sepik River New Guinea from the Collection 

of Mr. Harry A. Franklin, Beverly Hills, California. Claremont, CA: Scripps College, The Lang Art Galleries; 

1960. [22] pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Kanganaman, Malol, Chambri, Tambanam, Maprik, Lower Sepik, Aibom, Palamba, Ramu, 

Massim]. 

9

Bibliography 

1. Seaton, R. A.; Trevett, A. J.; Wembri, J. P.; Nwokolo, N.; Naraqi, S.; Black, J.; Laurenson, I. F.; Keavu, I.; Saweri, 

A.; Lalloo, D. G.; Warrell, D. A. Randomized Comparison of Intramuscular Artemether and Intravenous 

Quinine in Adult, Melanesian Patients with Severe or Complicated, Plasmodium falciparum Malaria in Papua 

New Guinea. Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology. 1998; 92: 133-139. 


2. Sebeok, Thomas A., Editor. Current Trends in Linguistics, Vol. 8, Linguistics in Oceania. The Hague: Mouton & 

Co. N.V., Publishers; 1971. xv, 1381 pp. + Foldout Maps. 

3. Seda, Ery. Beberapa Catatan Mengenai Konfederasi dan Aliansi Pada Masyarakat Balim Di Lembah Balim Irian 

Jaya. In: Susanto- Sunario, Astrid S., Editor. Pembangunan Masyarakat Pedesaan: Suatu Telaah Analitis 

Masyarakat Wamena, Irian Jaya. Jakarta: Pustaka Sinar Harapan; 1994: 79-84. 

Note: [Balim V]. 

4. Seddon, Sally Bruce. Economic Activities of Women in the Oksapmin Subdistrict, West Sepik Province. n.p. [Port 

Moresby]: University of Papua New Guinea, Educational Research Unit; 1983. 34 pp. + Map. 

Note: [fw April-October 1982: Gaua, Teranap Oksapmin, Kusanap Tekin, Bak V, Bimin V]. 

5. Seddon, Sally Bruce. Women in Oksapmin Society. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea, Educational 

Research Unit; 1982. [ii], 85 pp. + Map. 

Note: [fw April-October 1982: Gaua, Teranap Oksapmin, Kusanap Tekin, Bak V, Bimin V]. 

6. Seesink, Terentianus. Baggerboer of missionaris? Sint Antonius. 1953; 55: 91-93. 

Note: [mission: Kugapa Moni]. 

7. Seia, N. Madang Province. Oral History. 1977; 5(6): 14-15. 

Note: [Madang]. 

8. Seib, Roland. Papua-Neuguinea zwischen isolierter Stammesgesellschaft und weltwirtschaftlicher Integration. 

Hamburg: Institut für Asienkunde; 1994. xiii, 358 pp. (Mitteilungen der Institutes für Asienkunde Hamburg; 

v. 227). 


9. Seib, Roland. Subsistensproduktion in papua-Neuguinea: Überfluß oder Mangel? Ein kritischer Nachvollzug der 

kontroverse über "subsistence affluence". Asien. 1990; 37: 21-32. 

Note: [from lit: Siane, Bomagai-Angoiang, Raiapu Enga, Orokaiva]. 

10. Seielstad, Mark T.; Hebert, Joan M.; Lin, Alice A.; Underhill, Peter A.; Ibrahim, Muntaser; Vollrath, Douglas; 

Cavalli-Sforza, L. Luca. Construction of Human Y-Chromosomal Haplotypes Using a New Polymorphic A 

to G Transition. Human Molecular Genetics. 1994; 3: 2159-2161. 

Note: [from colls: "NG"]. 

11. Seifert, William. Migration and Exchange Relationships: Adjustment to Urbanization in Papua New Guinea. 

Point. 1975; 1: 43-140. 

Note: [Konima Sinasina, Sinasina in Goroka and Lae]. 

12. Seijne Kok, J. Memorie van Overgave Afdeeling West Nieuw- Guinea, Fak-Fak. Reprinted in: Miedema, J.; 

Stokhof, W. A. L., Editors. Irian Jaya Source Materials No. 3, Series A: Memories van Overgave, No. 2: 

Afdeling West Nieuw-Guinea (Part I). Leiden- Jakarta: Leiden University, DSALCUL/IRIS [Department of 

Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania/Irian Jaya Studies Project]; 1992: 25-115. 

Note: [admin: Fak-Fak Division]. 

1

13. Seijne Kok, J. Vervolgmemorie op de Algemeene Memorie Betreffende de Afdeeling West Nieuw-Guinea. 

Reprinted in: Miedema, J.; Stokhof, W. A. L., Editors. Irian Jaya Source Materials No. 3, Series A: Memories 

van Overgave, No. 2: Afdeling West Nieuw-Guinea (Part I). Leiden-Jakarta: Leiden University, 

DSALCUL/IRIS [Department of Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania/Irian Jaya Studies 

Project]; 1992: 116-126. 

Note: [admin: Fak-Fak Division]. 

14. Seiler, Donald. Aspects of Movement and Socio-economic Development in the Maprik Sub-district of Papua-New 

Guinea [B.Econ. (Hons.) Thesis]. Brisbane: University of Queensland; 1972. xvi, 416 pp. 

Note: [fw 1971-1972 (3 mos): Maprik Sub-district]. 

15. Seiler, W. Imonda Part-of-Whole Marking. In: Ross, Malcolm et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 23. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 

1984: 273-283. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 69). 

Note: [fw: Imonda]. 

16. Seiler, W. The Lost Malay Language of Papua New Guinea. In: Collins, James T., Editor. Studies in Malay 

Dialects, Part II. Jakarta: Universitas AtmaJaya, Badan Penyelenggara Seri NUSA; 1983: 65-72. (NUSA: 

Linguistic Studies of Indonesian and Other Languages in Indonesia; v. 17). 

Note: [fw: Waris; from lit: Bewani Mts, North R, Green R, Yellow R, Bapi R]. 

17. Seiler, W. The Spread of Malay to Kaiser Wilhelmsland. In: Carle, Rainer; Heinschke, Martina; Pink, Peter W.; 

Rost, Christel; Stadtlander, Karen, Editors. Gava': Studies in Austronesian Languages and Cultures. Berlin: 

Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1982: 67-85. (Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Indonesische und Südseesprachen 

der Universität Hamburg; v. 17). 

Note: [from lit: North Coast IJ, general German NG]. 

18. Seiler, W. Topic Marking in the Papuan Language of Imonda. Oceanic Linguistics. 1983; 22-23(1-2): 151-173. 


19. Seiler, Walter J. The Acquisition of a Noun Classification System. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 1983; 

14(1-2): 76- 97. 

Note: [fw: Imonda vill Waris]. 

20. Seiler, Walter. From Verb Serialisation to Noun Classification. In: Laycock, D. C. et al. Papers in New Guinea 

Linguistics No. 24. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department 

of Linguistics; 1986: 11-19. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 70). 


21. Seiler, Walter. Imonda, a Papuan Language. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific 

Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1985. v, 236 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series B; v. 93). 

Note: [fw 10 mos: Imonda, Daonda, Simog, Waina (Punda, Sowanda)]. 

22. Seiler, Walter. The Main Structures of Imonda -- A Papuan Language [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian 

National University; 1984. xi, 372 pp. 

Note: [fw 10 mos: Imonda]. 

23. Seka, Awepa. The Mohuve of Benabena. Oral History. 1983; 11(3): 107-109. 

Note: [Benabena]. 

24. Sekhran, N. The Economics of Maintaining Papua New Guinea's Biodiversity. In: Sekhran, N.; Miller, S., Editors. 

Papua New Guinea Country Study on Biological Diversity. Waigani: The Department of Environment and 

Conservation, Conservation Resource Centre and the Africa Centre for Resources and Environment (ACRE); 

1994: 13-36. 


2

25. Sekhran, N.; Hedemark, M.; Levett, M.; Hyslop, E.; Gumoi, M.; Hill, L. The Indirect Use Values Derived from 

Biodiversity Services in Papua New Guinea. In: Sekhran, N.; Miller, S., Editors. Papua New Guinea Country 

Study on Biological Diversity. Waigani: The Department of Environment and Conservation, Conservation 

Resource Centre and the Africa Centre for Resources and Environment (ACRE); 1994: 273-298. 


26. Sekhran, N.; Jenkins, C. Human Health and Ecological Loss in Rural Papua New Guinea. In: Sekhran, N.; Miller, 

S., Editors. Papua New Guinea Country Study on Biological Diversity. Waigani: The Department of 

Environment and Conservation, Conservation Resource Centre and the Africa Centre for Resources and 

Environment (ACRE); 1994: 305-308. 


27. Sekhran, N.; Miller, S. Introduction and Summary. In: Sekhran, N.; Miller, S., Editors. Papua New Guinea 

Country Study on Biological Diversity. Waigani: The Department of Environment and Conservation, 

Conservation Resource Centre and the Africa Centre for Resources and Environment (ACRE); 1994: 1-12. 


28. Sekhran, N.; Miller, S., Editors. Papua New Guinea Country Study on Biological Diversity. Waigani: The 

Department of Environment and Conservation, Conservation Resource Centre and the Africa Centre for 

Resources and Environment (ACRE); 1994. xi, 438 pp. 

29. Sekhran, N.; Saulei, S.; Levett, M.; Gumoi, M. Direct Productive Use Values for Papua New Guinea's 

Biodiversity. In: Sekhran, N.; Miller, S., Editors. Papua New Guinea Country Study on Biological Diversity. 

Waigani: The Department of Environment and Conservation, Conservation Resource Centre and the Africa 

Centre for Resources and Environment (ACRE); 1994: 201-230. 


30. Selby, David. Itambu! Sydney: Currawong Publishing Co. Pty. Ltd.; 1963. [iii], 167 pp. + Frontispiece + Plates. 

Note: [admin 1961: Minj, Hagen, Baiyer V, Wabag, Wapenamanda, Goroka, Chuave, Nondugl, Mendi, Tari, 

Kagua Kewa]. 

31. Seligmann, C. G. Appendix. In: Haddon, A. C. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres 

Straits, Volume II, Physiology and Psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1901: 133-140. 

Note: [fw 1888-1889: Garia, Bulaa, Yule I, Waima, Motu, Sinaugolo, Sogeri, Tatibaro, Toaripi, Mekeo, 

Inawabui]. 

32. Seligmann, C. G. Birth and Childhood Customs. In: Haddon, A. C. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological 

Expedition to Torres Straits, Volume V, Sociology, Magic and Religion of the Western Islanders. Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press; 1904: 194-200. 

Note: [fw 1888-1889, 1898: Mabuiag, Saibai, Kiwai]. 

33. Seligman, C. G. Canoe Prow Ornaments from Netherlands New Guinea. Man. 1917; 17(30): 41-42 + Plate C. 


34. Seligmann, C. G. A Classification of the Natives of British New Guinea. Journal of the Royal Anthropological 

Institute. 1909; 39: 246-275 + Plates XVI-XXIII; 314-333 + Plates XXIV-XXXIII. 

Note: [fw 1898, 1904 & from pcs: Namau, Goaribari, Elema, Daudai, Kiwai, Sonana, Binandere, Massim, 

Nara, Toaripi, Jokea, Orokolo, Vailala, Masingara, Toro, Kairikairi, Mamba R, Okena, Kumusi R, Barigi, 

Adaua R, Fergusson I, Milne Bay, Sariba, Misima, Trobriand Is, Sabari, Panniet, Lakwaharu, Keapara, Keveri, 

Mailu, Roro, Mekeo, Pokao, Koiari, Kage, Garia, Kovio, Agaiambo, Motu, Gaile, Hohodai, Elevara, Hula, 

Aroma, Waima, Inawi Mekeo, Meroka Koiari, Kagi, Kuni, Inauvorene, Neneba]. 

35. Seligman, C. G. The Dubu and Steeple Houses of the Central District of British New Guinea. Jahrbuch für 

Prähistorische & Ethnographische Kunst. 1927: 177-192 + Plates 65-71. 

3

Note: [fw: Kapakapa, Kwalimarupu Sinaugolo, Tupuseleia, Kalo, Seremina, Diumana Nara, Hohodai Koitapu]. 

36. Seligmann, C. G. Filariasis in British New Guinea. Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology. 1901; 7: 308. 

Note: [Lower Fly, Waima (Maiva)]. 

37. Seligmann, C. G. Five Melanesian Vocabularies from British New Guinea. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen. 1912; 

3: 182-200. 

Note: [Sinaugolo, Ikoro, Wagawaga, Tubetube, Tikunu (Alcester I)]. 

38. Seligmann, C. G. Further Notes on the Progress of the Cook- Daniels Expedition to New Guinea. Man. 1905; 

5(29): 52-53. 

Note: [fw: Trobriand Is, Marshall Bennett Is, Murua, Wagawaga]. 

39. Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910. xxiii, 

[i], 766 pp. + Plates + Table + Foldout Map. 

Note: [fw 1898, 1904 & pcs: Koita, Roro, Mekeo, Southern Massim, Northern Massim, Louisiades]. 

40. Seligmann, C. G. Mr. Monckton's Journey across New Guinea. Geographical Journal. 1908; 32: 503-507 + Map. 

Note: [from pc: Monckton explor 1906-1907: Northeast British NG]. 

41. Seligmann, C. G. Note Concerning the Progress of the Cook- Daniels Expedition to New Guinea and the Solomon 

Islands. Man. 1904; 4(114): 180-181. 

Note: [fw: Strachan I, Bensbach R, Masingara, Yule I, Waima, Mekeo, Koitapu]. 

42. Seligmann, C. G. A Note on Albinism, with Especial Reference to Its Racial Characteristics among Melanesians 

and Polynesians. The Lancet. 1902; 2: 803-805. 

Note: [fw 1898: Bulaa, Sinaugolo, Torres Strait]. 

43. Seligmann, C. G. Note on a Painting on Bark from the Aird River Delta, British New Guinea. Man. 1905; 5(89): 

161 + Plate L. 

Note: [coll: Goaribari]. 

44. Seligmann, C. G. Note on a Skull Prepared for Purposes of Sorcery, from the Mekeo District, British New Guinea. 

Man. 1905; 5(27): 49 + Plate D. 

Note: [fw: Mekeo]. 

45. Seligmann, C. G. Note on Totemism in New Guinea, with Reference to "Man," 1908, 75 and 84. Man. 1908; 

8(89): 162-163. 

Note: [fw: Milne Bay, Tubetube, Trobriand Is, Wamira, Wedau, Gelaria]. 

46. Seligman, C. G. Note on an Obsidian Axe or Adze Blade from Papua. Man. 1915; 15(91): 161-162 + Plate M. 

Note: [coll: Yodda V]. 

47. Seligman, C. G. Note on a Wooden Horn or Trumpet from British New Guinea. Man. 1915; 15(11): 22-23. 

Note: [coll Strong 1909: Avaru, Kaura, Numba vills]. 

48. Seligmann, C. G. Notes on the Tugere Tribe, Netherlands New Guinea. Man. 1906; 6(42): 65-67 + Plate E. 

Note: [colls 1903: Merauke; fw 1904: Bensbach R Toro]. 

49. Seligmann, C. G. On the Occurrence of New Growths among the Natives of British New Guinea. In: Bashford, 

E. F., Editor. Third Scientific Report on the Investigations of the Imperial Cancer Research Fund. London: 

Taylor and Francis; 1908: 179-211. 

Note: [fw 1904 (11 mos): Akorogu (Port Moresby), Waima, Delena, Hulaa, Iwa, Mabuiag, Kiriwina]. 

50. Seligman, C. G. Rest and Work Periods of the Sinaugolo (Rigo District, British New Guinea). Man. 1927; 27(27): 

4

41-43 + Plate C. 

Note: [fw: Sinaugolo]. 

51. Seligmann, C. G. Sexual Taboos. In: Haddon, A. C. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to 

Torres Straits, Volume V, Sociology, Magic and Religion of the Western Islanders. Cambridge: Cambridge 

University Press; 1904: 271. 


52. Seligmann, C. G. Stone Adze Blades from Suloga (British New Guinea) as Chinese Antiquities. Man. 1912; 

12(38): 72. 

Note: [from museum colls: Suloga]. 

53. Seligmann, C. G. Torres Straits and New Guinea. In: Joyce, T. Athol; Thomas, N. W., Editors. Women of All 

Nations: A Record of Their Characteristics, Habits, Manners, Customs and Influence. New York: Metro 

Publications; 1942: 151-160. 

Note: [fw & from archives & lit: Torres Strait, Mabuiag, Merauke, Motu, Saibai, Fly R, Hood Peninsula, 

Central Division, Sinaugolo]. 

54. Seligmann, C. G. A Type of Canoe Ornament with Magical Significance from South-eastern British New Guinea. 

Man. 1909; 9(16): 33-35 + Plate C. 

Note: [fw: Murua]. 

55. Seligmann, C. G. Women's Puberty Customs. In: Haddon, A. C. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological 

Expedition to Torres Straits, Volume V, Sociology, Magic and Religion of the Western Islanders. Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press; 1904: 201-207 + Plate XII. 


56. Seligman, C. G.; Dickson, T. Elder. "Tajim" and "Tabuya" of the D'Entrecasteaux Group. Man. 1946; 46(112): 

129-134 + Plate F. 

Note: [from museum colls: Morima, Duau, Sipipu vill, Boasitoroba vill Normanby I]. 

57. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Chieftainship: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British New 

Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 455-458. 

Note: [fw & mission: Bartle Bay, Wedau, Wamira, Gelaria]. 

58. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Clans and Totems: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British 

New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 446-452. 


59. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Courtship and Betrothal: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of 

British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 503-504. 


60. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Death and Burial: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British 


Note: [fw & mission: Bartle Bay]. 

61. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Geographical Relations and History: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The 

Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 430-434 + Plate LII. 


62. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Initiation Ceremonies: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of 



5

63. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Kimta and Eriam: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British 



64. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Marriage: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British New 

Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 505-506. 


65. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Mourning Feasts: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British 


Note: [fw & mission & pc (Newton): Bartle Bay]. 

66. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. The Southern Massim: Folk Tales. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of 


Note: [fw & mission: Wagawaga, Taupota, Awaiama, Wedau, Wamira]. 

67. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. The Walaga Feast and the Cult of the Mango: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. 

The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1910: 589-599. 

Note: [fw & mission: Bartle Bay]. 

68. Seligmann, C. G.; Giblin, E. L. Wapa Ceremony: Bartle Bay. In: Seligmann, C. G. The Melanesians of British 


Note: [fw & mission & pc (Newton): Bartle Bay]. 

69. Seligmann, C. G.; Haddon, A. C. Fire Signals in Torres Straits. In: Ray, Sidney H. Reports of the Cambridge 

Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, Vol. III, Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 

1907: 263. 

Note: [fw: Mabuiag, Miriam]. 

70. Seligmann, C. G.; Joyce, T. A. On Prehistoric Objects in British New Guinea. In: Anthropological Essays 

Presented to Edward Burnett Tylor in Honour of His 75th Birthday Oct. 2 1907. Oxford: Clarendon Press; 

1907: 325-341 + Plates VIII-XIII. 

Note: [Misima, Yodda V, Rainu, Goodenough I, Port Moresby, Murua]. 

71. Seligmann, C. G.; Strong, W. Mersh. Anthropogeographical Investigations in British New Guinea. Geographical 

Journal. 1906; 27: 225-242, 347-369 + Map. 

Note: [survey: Toro tribe, Tivi vill (Bensbach R), Roro, Mekeo, Pokao, Kabadi, Lapeka, Kuni, Kamaweka, 

Nara, Tubetube, Murua, Suloga, Gawa, Iwa, Bartle Bay, Wamera]. 

72. Seligmann, C. G.; Wilkin, A. The Gesture Language of the Western Islanders. In: Ray, Sidney H. Reports of the 

Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, Vol. III, Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge 

University Press; 1907: 255- 260. 

Note: [fw: Mabuiag]. 

73. Seligmann, Charles G. A Classification of the Natives of British New Guinea. Journal of the Royal 

Anthropological Institute. 1909; 39: 246-275 + Plates XVI-XXIII. 

Note: [fw & from lit: general British NG]. 

74. Seligmann, Charles Gabriel. The Hunterian Lectures on the Physical Anthropology and Ethnology of British New 

Guinea. The Lancet. 1906; 1: 421-429. 

Note: [fw 1898: Koriki, Goaribari, Purari, Orokolo, Toaripi, Jokea, Lese, Masingara, Kiwai, Bugi, Toro 

(Bensbach R), Binandere, Korafi, Arifama, Kokoda, Mailu, Cloudy Bay, Koiari, Sinaugolo, Garia, Kuni, 

Kamaweka, Goodenough I, Fergusson I, Normanby I, East Cape, Engineer Group]. 

75. Seligmann, Charles G. The Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery of the Sinaugolo. Journal of the Royal 

6

Anthropological Institute. 1902; 32: 297-304 + Plate XXIII. 

Note: [fw: Sinaugolo]. 

76. Selve, Billy P.; Bwadua, Sioni; Misa, Michael; James, Kanimo; Usurup, Jethro P.; Turner, Paul; Melrose, Wayne; 

Yad, Wame; Samuel, Ruta; Eddie, Cathy. Community Empowerment in the Control of Lymphatic Filariasis 

in Misima, Milne Bay Province Using Diethylcarbamazine in Combination with Albendazole. Papua New 

Guinea Medical Journal. 2000; 43: 183-187. 

Note: [Misima I]. 

77. Semayer, Vilibáld. Beschreibende Catalog der ethnographischen Sammlung Ludwig Biró's aus 

Deutsch-Neu-Guinea (Astrolabe-Bai). Budapest: Kaiserl. und Königliche Horbuchdruckerei Victor 

Hornyánszky; 1901. 199 pp. + 22 Tafeln. (Ethnographische Sammlungen des Ung. Nationalmuseums; v. 3). 

Note: [from museum colls: Bilibili, Gorima, Bogadji, Male, Korrendu-Bongu, Thiar I, Graget, Kasskai, Erima, 

Balaj, Bawag]. 

78. Semese, Malaifeupe. An Old Papuan Tale. The Papuan Villager. 1941; 13(2): 16. 

Note: [Iokea]. 

79. Semese, Ope. The First Cuscus. The Papuan Villager. 1939; 11(2): 15-16. 

Note: [Iokea]. 

80. Semesevita, Posu. The Story of a Man and the Dog. The Papuan Villager. 1931; 3(12): 95-96. 

Note: [Fife Bay]. 

81. Semon, Richard. In the Australian Bush and on the Coast of the Coral Sea: Being the Experiences and 

Observations of a Naturalist in Australia, New Guinea and the Moluccas. London: Macmillan and Co., 

Limited; 1899. xv, 552 pp. + 4 Foldout Maps. 

Note: [travels 1892: Thursday I, Torres Strait, Yule I, Pinupaka (St. Joseph's R), Mou, OM, Hula, Aroma, 

South Cape, Gara R, Suau, Samarai, Bou]. 

82. Semple, N. M.; Simmons, R. T.; Graydon, J. J.; Randmae, George; Jamieson, D. Blood Group Frequencies in 

Natives of the Central Highlands of New Guinea, and in the Bainings of New Britain. Medical Journal of 

Australia. 1956; 2: 365-371. 

Note: [colls 1950-1951: Chimbu, Nondugl, Mt Hagen, Goroka]. 

83. Seneca, M. Pottery in Boera Village. Oral History. 1976; 4(3): 4-11. 

Note: [Boera vill]. 

84. Senft, Barbara; Senft, Gunter. Mwasama: Spiel und Spaß bei den Trobriandern. In: Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Uher, 



Note: [fw: Tauwema]. 

85. Senft, Barbara; Senft, Gunter. Ninikula: Fadenspiele auf den Trobriand-Inseln, Papua-Neuguinea: Untersuchungen 

zum Spiele- Repertoire unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Spiel- begleitenden Texte. Baessler-Archiv, 

N.F.. 1986; 34: 93-235. 

Note: [fw: Tauwema Trobriand Is]. 

86. Senft, Gunter. Ain't Misbehavin'? Trobriand Pragmatics and the Field Researcher's Opportunity to Put His (or 

Her) Foot in It. Oceanic Linguistics. 1995; 34(1): 211-226. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993 (23 mos): Tauwema vill Trobriand Is]. 

87. Senft, Gunter. Apropos "The Whole and Its Parts": Classificatory Particles in Kilivila. In: Koch, Walter A., Editor. 

Das Ganze und seine Teile / The Whole and Its Parts: Internationales und Interdisziplinäres Symposium 17. 

- 19. Dezember 1987 an der Ruhr-Universität Bochum. Bochum: Studienverlag Dr. Norbert Brockmeyer; 1989. 

7

(Bochum Publications in Evolutionary Cultural Semiotics; v. 19). 

Note: [fw: Tauwema Kilivila]. 

88. Senft, Gunter. "As Time Goes By ...": Changes Observed in Trobriand Islanders' Culture and Language, Milne 

Bay Province, Papua New Guinea. In: Dutton, Tom, Editor. Culture Change, Language Change: Case Studies 

from Melanesia. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department 

of Linguistics; 1992: 67-89. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 120). 

Note: [fw 1989: Kilivila]. 

89. Senft, Gunter. "Bakabilisi Biga" -- "We Can 'Turn' the Language" -- Or: What Happens to English Words in the 

Kilivila Language? In: Bahner, Erner; Schmidt, Joachim; Viehweger, Dieter, Editors. Proceedings of the 

Fourteenth International Congress of Linguistics, Berlin/GDR, August 10 - August 15, 1987, Vol. II. Berlin: 

Akademie Verlag; 1991: 1743-1746. 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Kilivila]. 

90. Senft, Gunter. "Bakavilisi Biga" or What Happens to English Words in the Kilivila Language? Language and 

Linguistics in Melanesia. 1992; 23(1): 13-50. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989 (19 mos): Kilivila]. 

91. Senft, Gunter. Body and Mind in the Trobriand Islands. Ethos. 1998; 26: 73-104. 

Note: [fw 1982, 1983, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994 (26 mos): Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

92. Senft, Gunter. Classificatory Particles in Kilivila. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 1996. xvii, 377 pp. (Oxford 

Studies in Anthropological Linguistics). 

Note: [fw 1982-1983 (15 mos), 1989 (4 mos): Tauwema Kilivila]. 

93. Senft, Gunter. "Come" and "Go" in Kilivila. In: Palmer, Bill; Geraghty, Paul, Editors. SICOL: Proceedings of the 

Second International Conference on Oceanic Linguistics: Vol. 2. Historical and Descriptive Studies. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Pacific Linguistics; 2000: 

105-136. (Pacific Linguistics; v. 505). 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 (26 mos): Kilivila]. 

94. Senft, Gunter. "Crime and Custom ..." auf den Trobriand Inseln: Der Fall Tokurasi. Anthropos. 1995; 90: 17-25. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993 (23 mos): Trobriand Is]. 

95. Senft, Gunter. Darum gehet hin und lehret alle Völker ... Mission, Kultur- und Sprachwandel am Beispiel der 

Trobriand- Insulaner von Papua-Neuguinea. In: Stüben, Peter E., Editor. Seelenfischer: Mission, 

Stammesvölker und Ökologie. Gießen: Focus Verlag; 1994: 71-91. (Focus: Ökozid extra; v. 4). 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993 (23 mos): Trobriand Is]. 

96. Senft, Gunter. Emic or Etic or Just Another Catch 22? A Repartee to Hartmut Haberland. Journal of Pragmatics. 

1985; 9: 845. 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema vill, Kaileuna Kilivila]. 

97. Senft, Gunter. Enter and Exit in Kilivila. Studies in Language. 1999; 23: 1-23. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 (29 mos): Tauwema]. 

98. Senft, Gunter. Frames of Spatial Reference in Kilivila. Studies in Language. 2001; 25: 521-555. 

Note: [fw: Kilivila]. 

99. Senft, Gunter. Grammaticalisation of Body-Part Terms in Kilivila. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 1994; 

25(1): 98- 99. 


100. Senft, Gunter. How to Tell -- and Understand -- a Dirty Joke in Kilivila. Journal of Pragmatics. 1985; 9: 815-834. 

8


101. Senft, Gunter. "Kevalikuliku": Earthwuake Magic form the Trobriand Islands (for Unshakeables). In: Pawley, 

Andrew; Ross, Malcolm; Tryon, Darrell, Editors. The Boy from Bundaberg: Studies in Melanesian Linguistics 

in Honour of Tom Dutton. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian 

Studies, Pacific Linguistics; 2001: 261-300. (Pacific Linguistics; v. 514). 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992-1997 (29 mos): Kilivila]. 

102. Senft, Gunter. Kilivila: The Language of the Trobriand Islanders. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter; 1986. xiii, 599 pp. 

(Mouton Grammar Library; v. 3). 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema Kilivila]. 

103. Senft, Gunter. Kilivila Color Terms. Studies in Language. 1987; 11: 313-346. 

Note: [fw: Tauwema vill Kaileuna Kilivila]. 

104. Senft, Gunter. Klassifikationspartikel im Kilivila: Glossen zu ihrer morphologischen Rolle, ihrem Inventar und 

ihrer Funktion in Satz und Diskurs. Linguistische Berichte. 1985; 99: 373-393. 

Note: [fw: Keileuna Kilivila]. 

105. Senft, Gunter. Magic, Missionaries and Relgion: Some Observations from the Trobriand Islands. In: Otto, Ton; 

Borsboom, Ad, Editors. Cultural Dynamics of Religious Change in Oceania. Leiden: KITLV Press; 1997: 

45-58. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde; v. 176). 

Note: [fw 1982, 1983, 1989, 1992 (22 mos): Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

106. Senft, Gunter. Magical Conversation on the Trobriand Islands. Anthropos. 1997; 92: 369-391. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 (28 mos): Tauwena]. 

107. Senft, Gunter. Mahnreden auf den Trobriand Inseln: Eine Fallstudie. In: Flader, Dieter, Editor. Verbale 

Interaktion. Stuttgart: J.B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung; 1991: 27-49. (Studien zur Empirie und 

Methodologie der Pragmatik). 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema Kaile'una]. 

108. Senft, Gunter. Nanam'sa Bwena -- Gutes Denken: Eine ethnolinguistische Fallstudie über eine Dorfversammlung 

auf den Trobriand Inseln Papua Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1987; 112: 181-222. 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema vill, Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

109. Senft, Gunter. Network Models to Describe the Kilivila Classifier System. Oceanic Linguistics. 1991; 30(2): 

131-155. 

Note: [fw 19 mos: Tauwema vill Kilivila]. 

110. Senft, Gunter. "Noble Savages" and "The Islands of Love": Trobriand Islanders in "Popular Publications". In: 

Baak, Connie; Bakker, Mary; Meij, Dick van der, Editors. Tales from a Concave World: Liber Amicorum Bert 

Voorhoeve. Leiden: Leiden University, Department of Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and 

Oceania, Projects Division; 1995: 480-510. 

Note: [fw 1982 (5 mos), 1983 (11 mos), 1989 (4 mos), 1992 (2 mos), 1993 (1 1/2 mos), 1994 (1 1/2 mos): 

Tauwema vill Trobriand Is]. 

111. Senft, Gunter. "Noble Savages" and the "Islands of Love": Trobriand Islanders in "Popular Publications". In: 

Wassmann, Jürg, Editor. Pacific Answers to Western Hegemony: Cultural Practices of Identity Construction. 

Oxford: Berg; 1998: 119-140. (Explorations in Anthropology). 

Note: [fw 1982, 1983, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 (25 mos): Trobriand Is]. 

112. Senft, Gunter. Past is Present -- Present Is Past: Time and the Harvest Rituals on the Trobriand Islands. 

Anthropos. 1996; 91: 381-389. 

Note: [fw 23 mos: Kilivila]. 

9

113. Senft, Gunter. The Presentation of Self in Touristic Encounters: A Case Study from the Trobriand Islands. 

Anthropos. 1999; 94: 21-33. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989-1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 (30 mos): Tauwema]. 

114. Senft, Gunter, Editor. Referring to Space: Studies in Austronesian and Papuan Languages. Oxford: Clarendon 

Press; 1997. x, 324 pp. (Oxford Studies in Anthropological Linguistics; v. 11). 

115. Senft, Gunter. Rituelle Kommunikation auf den Trobriand Inseln. In: Klein, Wolfgang, Editor. Sprache und 

Ritual. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht; 1987: 105-130. (Zeitschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und 

Linguistik; v. 65). 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema Kaileuna]. 

116. Senft, Gunter. Spatial Reference in Kilivila: The Tinkertoy Matching Games -- A Case Study. Language and 


Note: [fw 1982-1983, 1989, 1992 (22 mos): Tauwena vill Kilivila]. 

117. Senft, Gunter. The System of Classificatory Particles in Kilivila Reconsidered. Language and Linguistics in 

Melanesia. 1987; 16(1-2): 100-125. 


118. Senft, Gunter. These "Procrustean" Feelings ...: Some of My Problems in Describing Kilivila. In: Reesink, Ger 

P., Editor. Topics in Descriptive Austronesian Linguistics. Leiden: Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden, Vakgroep Talen 

en Culturen van Zuidoost-Azië en Oceanië; 1993: 87-105. (Semaian; v. 11). 


119. Senft, Gunter. Trauer auf Trobriand: Eine ethnologische/ linguistische Fallstudie. Anthropos. 1985; 80: 471-492. 

Note: [fw 1982-1983 (15 mos): Kilivila]. 

120. Senft, Gunter. Weyeis Wettermagie: Eine ethnolinguistische Untersuchung von fünf magischen Formeln eines 

Wettermagiers auf den Trobriand Inseln. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1985; 10: 67- 90. 


121. Senft, Gunter. Weyeis Wettermagie: Eine ethnolinguistische Untersuchung von fünfe magischen Formeln eines 

Wettermagiers auf den Trobriand Inseln. Reprinted in: Flader, D., Editor. Verbale Interaktion: Studien zur 

Empirie und Methodologie der Pragmatik. Stuttgart: Metzler; 1991: 27-49. 

Note: [fw 15 mos: Tauwema vill, Kaileuna I Kilivila]. 

122. Senft, Gunter. What Happened to "The Fearless Tailor" in Kilivila: A European Fairy Tale -- from the South Seas. 

Anthropos. 1992; 87: 407-421. 

Note: [fw 1981 -- (19 mos): Kilivila]. 

123. Sengiromo, M. Trapping Pigs at Wautogik. Oral History. 1974; 2(10): 39-40. 

Note: [Dagua vill East Sepik District]. 

124. Sengo, John. Making the Concept of Conservation Relevant to Local Communities: Community versus Individual 

Incentives for Conservation: The Lakekamu Experiences. In: Saulei, Simon M.; Ellils, Julie-Ann, Editors. The 

Motupore Conference: ICAD Practitioners' Views from the Field: A Report of the Presentations of the Second 

ICAD [Integrated Conservation and Development] Conference Motupore Island (University of Papua New 

Guinea), Papua New Guinea 1-5 September, 1997. Waigani: Department of Environment and Conservation, 

PNG/UN Development Programme PNG/93/G31, Biodiversity Conservation & Resource Manangement; 1998: 

127-132. 

Note: [Lakekamu Basin]. 

125. SenGupta, Amitabha; Auto, James; Pawape, Gibson. Unexplained Pulmonary Hypertension in Children in the 

10

Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1995; 38: 45-51. 

Note: [Goroka Base Hospital]. 

126. Sengupta, S. K.; Das, N. Donovanosis Affecting Cervix, Uterus, and Adnexae. American Journal of Tropical 


Note: [Chimbu, Eeastern Highlands, Western Highlands, Southern Highlands, Gulf, Morobe, Madang, Oro, 

Central, East Sepik provinces]. 

127. SenGupta, S. K.; Naraqi, S. The Brain in Cerebral Malaria: A Pathological Study of 24 Fatal Cases in Papua New 

Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1992; 35: 270-274. 


128. SenGupta, S. K.; Sinha, S. N. An Analysis of Gastrointestinal Malignancies in Papua New Guinea: A 27-Year 

Study (1958-1984). Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1988; 31: 235-241. 


129. Seo, Leo. Fishing on Vokeo Island. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1991; 1(2): 27-32. 

Note: [Vokeo]. 

130. Sepoe, Orovu. Women in the Election: Casualties of Papua New Guinea Political Culture. In: Saffu, Yaw, Editor. 

The 1992 Papua New Guinea Election: Change and Continuity in Electoral Politics. Canberra: Australian 

National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Political and Social Change; 

1996: 105-121. (Political and Social Change Monographs; v. 23). 


131. Sere, J. G. Lea Lea, Port Moresby Sub-district, Central District. Oral History. 1975; 3(3): 80-86. 

Note: [interviews: Koita, Motu]. 

132. Serjeantson, S. W. HLA and Disease in Oceania. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1989; 32: 241-249. 

Note: [PNGH, PNG Coast]. 

133. Serjeantson, S. W. HLA Genes and Antigens. In: Hill, Adrian V. S.; Serjeantson, Susan W., Editors. The 

Colonization of the Pacific: A Genetic Trail. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 1989: 120-173. (Research 

Monographs on Human Population Biology; v. 7). Note: [from lit: PNGH, Upper Watut, W. Schrader Mts, 

PNG coast]. 

134. Serjeantson, S. W. Migration and Admixture in the Pacific: Insights Provided by Human Leukocyte Antigens. 


Note: [from colls: Asaro, Fore, Dani, PNG Coast]. 

135. Serjeantson, S. W. Migration and Admixture in the Pacific: Insights Provided by Human Leukocyte Antigens. 

In: Kirk, Robert; Szathmary, Emöke, Editors. Out of Asia: Peopling the Americas and the Pacific. Canberra: 

Australian National University, The Journal of Pacific History; 1985: 133-145. 

Note: [from colls: Asaro, Fore, Dani, PNG Coast]. 

136. Serjeantson, S. W. A Selective Advantage for the Gerbich- Negative Phenotype in Malarious Areas of Papua New 


Note: [Gogol V]. 

137. Serjeantson, S.; Bryson, K.; Amato, D.; Babona, D. Malaria and Hereditary Ovalocytosis. Human Genetics. 1977; 

37: 161-167. 

Note: [Karkar I, Gogol V]. 

138. Serjeantson, S. W.; Crane, G. G. Analysis of the Patterns of Inheritance of Splenomegaly and Serum IgM Levels 

in the Watut of Papua New Guinea. Human Biology. 1991; 63: 115-128. 

11

Note: [Upper Watut Hamtai Anga]. 

139. Serjeantson, S. W.; Gao, X. Homo sapiens Is An Evolving Species: Origins of the Austronesians. In: Bellwood, 

Peter; Fox, James J.; Tryon, Darrell, Editors. The Austronesians: Historical and Comparative Perspectives. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of 

Anthropology; 1995: 165-180. 

Note: [PNGH, Madang]. 

140. Serjeantson, S. W.; Hill, A. V. S. The Colonization of the Pacific: The Genetic Evidence. In: Hill, Adrian V. S.; 

Serjeantson, Susan W., Editors. The Colonization of the Pacific: A Genetic Trail. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press; 1989: 286-294. (Research Monographs on Human Population Biology; v. 7). 


141. Serjeantson, S.; Hornabrook, R. W.; Booth, P. B.; Kirk, R. L.; Kelly, A. Genetic Variation and Caries Experience 

in Papua New Guinea. In: Schamschula, R. G.; Adkins, B. L.; Barmes, D. E.; Charlton, G.; Davey, B. G. WHO 

Study of Dental Caries Etiology in Papua New Guinea. Geneva: World Health Organization; 1978: 188- 199. 

(WHO Offset Publications; v. 40). 

Note: [survey 1971: Mindimbit Iatmul, Sumariup, Barapidgin Alamblak, Yenitabak Alamblak, Danyig 

Alamblak, Amongabi Alamblak, Meingenda Alamblak, Kapriman, Sangriman Kapriman, Manjamai Karawari, 

Kundiman Karawari]. 

142. Serjeantson, S. W.; Kirk, R. L.; Booth, P. B. Linguistic and Genetic Differentiation in New Guinea. Journal of 

Human Evolution. 1983; 12: 77-92. 

Note: [Munit, Sehan, Ham, Amaimon, Bemal, Takia, Saki, Pila, Tani, Pay, Monumbo, Mikarew, Manam, 

Kovai, Mangap, Lokep, Waskia]. 

143. Serjeantson, S.; Lai, L. Y. C.; Baumgarten, A.; Curtain, C. C. Blood Group, Erythrocyte Acid Phospatase, Serum 

group Specific Component, Haptoglobin and Transferrin Gene Frequencies amongst the Gogodara (Balimo), 

Kuman (Minj) and Enga (Laiagam) Peoples of New Guinea. Human Biology in Oceania. 1973; 2: 139-146. 

Note: [surveys: Balimo, Minj, Laiagam; from lit: Kiwai, Kikori, Gulf]. 

144. Serjeantson, S.; Lai, L. Y. C. The Population Genetic Structure of Kiunga Subdistrict Papua New Guinea. Human 

Biology in Oceania. 1973; 2: 128-138. 

Note: [surveys 1969, 1970: Kiunga Awin, Yonggom]. 

145. Serjeantson, S. W.; Ryan, D. P.; Thompson, A. R. The Colonization of the Pacific: The Story According to 

Human Leukocyte Antigens. American Journal of Human Genetics. 1982; 34: 904-918. 

Note: [from colls: PNGH, Fore, Baiyer R Enga, PNG Coastal]. 

146. Serjeantson, S. W.; White, B. S.; Jazwinska, E. C.; Yenchitsomanus, P. T.; Mickleson, K. N. P.; Trent, R. J. 

HLA-DR and -DQ DNA Polymorphisms: New Linkage Relationships Established by RFLP Genomic Typing 

in Polynesians and Melanesians. Human Immunology. 1987; 20: 145-153. 

Note: [Gahuku]. 

147. Serjeantson, Susan. Marriage Patterns and Fertility in Three Papua New Guinean Populations. Human Biology. 

1975; 47: 399-413. 

Note: [Kiunga (Awin, Yonggom), Madanga area (Gum, Kabenau, Mindjim), Madang town]. 

148. Serjeantson, Susan W.; Board, Philip G.; Bhatia, Kuldeep K. Population Genetics in Papua New Guinea: A 

Perspective on Human Evolution. In: Attenborough, Robert D.; Alpers, Michael P., Editors. Human Biology 

in Papua New Guinea: The Small Cosmos. Oxford: Clarendon Press; 1992: 198-233. (Research Monographs 

on Human Population Biology). 


149. Serpenti, L. M. Cultivators in the Swamps: Social Structure and Horticulture in a New Guinea Society 

12

(Frederik-Hendrik Island West New Guinea). : Assen; Van Gorcum & Comp. N.V.; c1965. [vii], 308 pp. + 

Foldout Glossary + Foldout Map + Plates. (Samenlevingen buiten Europa; v. 5). 

Note: [fw October 1960 - October 1961, January-June 1962: Bamol vill Kimaam]. 

150. Serpenti, L. M. Enkele sociale aspecten van het wati-gebruik op het Frederik Hendrik-eiland 

(Zuid-Nieuw-Guinea). Nieuw-Guinea Studiën. 1962; 6: 43-60. 

Note: [fw: Fredrik Hendrik I]. 

151. Serpenti, L. M. Headhunting and Magic on Kolepom (Frederik- Hendrik Island, Irian Barat). Tropical Man. 1968; 

1: 116-139. 

Note: [fw: Bamol vill Kolepom]. 

152. Serpenti, L. M. On the Social Significance of an Intoxicant. Tropical Man. 1969; 2: 31-44. 

Note: [fw: Kolepom]. 

153. Serpenti, Laurent M. Cultivating the Dead: Symbols in Myth and Ritual on Kolépom (Irian-Jaya). In: Grijp, Paul 

van der; Lemaire, Ton; Trouwborst, Albert, Editors. Sporen in de antropologie: Liber Amicorum Jan Pouwer. 

Nijmegen: Katholieke Universiteit, Instituut voor Kulturele en Sociale Antropologie; 1987: 265-279. 

Note: [fw: Kimam]. 

154. Serpenti, Laurent M. Ndambu, The Feast of Competitive Giving: Frederik-Hendrik Island Irian-Barat. Tropical 

Man. 1972; 5: 162-187. 

Note: [fw: Bamol, Kalwa vills Kimam]. 

155. Serpenti, Laurent. The Ritual Meaning of Homosexuality and Pedophilia among the Kimam-Papuans of South 

Irian Jaya. In: Herdt, Gilbert H., Editor. Ritualized Homosexuality in Melanesia. Berkeley: University of 

California Press; 1984: 292-317. (Studies in Melanesian Anthropology; v. 2). 

Note: [fw: Kimam]. 

156. Serra, Eudald; Folch, Alberto. The Art of Papua and New Guinea. Barcelona: Ediciones Polígrafa, S.A.; 1977. 

21, 216 pp. + Foldout Map. 

Note: [colls 1964-1972: numerous PNG]. 

157. Serra Güell, Eudald; Rusiñol. The Art of Papua and New Guinea. New York: Rizzoli; 1977. 21, 216 pp. + 

Foldout Map. 

Note: [colls 1964-1972: numerous PNG]. 

158. Serrurier, L. Die Korware oder Ahnenbilder Neu-Guinea's: ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der bildenden Kunst. 

Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 1898; 40: 287-316 + 2 Foldout Figures + Foldout Map. 

Note: [from museum colls: Wiak, Doreh, Ansus Japen, Surui Japen, Amberno (Pawoi), Amberbaken]. 

159. Serrurier, L. Versuch einer Systematik der Neu Guinea Pfeile. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1888; 1: 

1-22 + Tafeln 1-2. 

Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, Humboldt Bay, Soutwest Coast NNG, Doreh, Biak, Lakahia, Cape 

Cretin, Utanata R, North Coast IJ]. 

160. Sesiguo, Arenao K. Life Story of Kamuna Huva as a Policeman. Yagl-Ambu. 1977; 4: 221-237. 

Note: [Taylor-Black Patrol]. 

161. Setae, Miri. East Sepik Province. Harvest. 1976; 3: 67-73. 

Note: [agr officer: East Sepik Province]. 

162. Seton, Walter; Bitton, Nelson. Chalmers of New Guinea and Griffith John of China: The Story of Their Lives. 

London: The Sunday School Union; n.d. [ii], 122, 143 pp. + Frontispiece. 

Note: [Chalmers, Papuan Gulf, Southeast British NG]. 

13

163. Seveau, Arnoult; Fage, Luc-Henri. La mémoire des brumes: Traversée interdite chez les Papous de 

Nouvelle-Guinée. Paris: Canal+ éditions; 1992. 301, [2] pp. + Plates. 

Note: [travels November 1990 - February 1991: Agats, Steenboom R, Siretsj R, Korawai, Senggo, Mabul 

(Eilanden R), Seradela, Lukun, Sangulme Una, Eipomek, Botakne, Lulup, Naufrage, Wimor, Haluatas, 

Aurinas, Wusku, Senggi]. 

164. Sexton, Lorraine. "Eating" Money in Highland Papua New Guinea. In: Kahn, Miriam; Sexton, Lorraine, Editors. 

Continuity and Change in Pacific Foodways. London: Harwood Academic Publishers; 1988: 119-142. (Food 

and Foodways, Special Issue; v. 3(1-2)). 

Note: [fw: Yamiyufa, Asaro, Siane]. 

165. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. From Pigs and Pearlshells to Coffee and Cash: Socioeconomic Change and Sex Roles 

in the Daulo Region, Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Philadelphia: Temple University; 1980. xv, 348 

pp. 

Note: [fw November 1976 - February 1978: Kiyamunga vill Yamiyufa, Wok Meri]. 

166. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. Little Women and Big Men in Business: A Gorokan Development Project and Social 

Stratification. Oceania. 1983; 54: 133-150. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978, 1980-1981: Goroka V]. 

167. Sexton, Lorraine. Marriage as the Model for a New Initiation Ritual. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy C.; Roscoe, Paul B., 

Editors. Gender Rituals: Female Initiation in Melanesia. New York: Routledge; 1995: 205-216. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978, 1980-1981: Daulo]. 

168. Sexton, Lorraine. Mothers of Money, Daughters of Coffee: The Wok Meri Movement. Ann Arbor: UMI Research 

Press; 1986. xvi, 179 pp. (Studies in Cultural Anthropology; v. 10). 

Note: [fw 1976-1978, 1980-1981: Kiyamunga vill Yamiyufa]. 

169. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. New Beer in Old Bottles: An Innovative Community Club and Politics as Usual in the 

Eastern Highlands. In: Marshall, Mac, Editor. Through A Glass Darkly: Beer and Modernization in Papua New 

Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1982: 105-118. (Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw 1976-1978, 1980-1981: Daulo]. 

170. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. Pigs, Pearlshells, and "Women's Work": Collective Response to Change in Highland 

Papua New Guinea. In: O'Brien, Denise; Tiffany, Sharon W., Editors. Rethinking Women's Roles: Perspectives 

from the Pacific. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1984: 120-152. 

Note: [fw October 1976 - February 1978: Daulo Yamiyufa]. 

171. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. Pigs, Pearlshells, and "Women's Work": Collective Response to Change in Highland 

Papua New Guinea. Reprinted in: Lockwood, Victoria S.; Harding, Thomas G.; Wallace, Ben J., Editors. 

Contemporary Pacific Societies: Studies in Development and Change. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 

Inc.; 1993: 117-134. 

Note: [fw October 1976 - February 1978, October 1980 - May 1981: Daulo Yamiyufa]. 

172. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. Responding to Grass-roots Movements. Catalyst. 1981; 11: 54-63. 

Note: [Wok Meri]. 

173. Sexton, Lorraine. The Social Construction of Card Playing among the Daulo. Oceania. 1987; 58: 38-46. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978, 1980-1981: Kiyamunga vill Daulo]. 

174. Sexton, Lorraine Dusak. Wok Meri: A Women's Savings and Exchange System in Highland Papua New Guinea. 

Oceania. 1982; 52: 167-198. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978: Goroka District]. 

14

175. Seyfarth, Siegfried. Betelkauen in Melanesien. In: Völger, Gisela, Editor. Rausch und Realität: Drogen im 

Kulturvergleich. Köln: Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museums der Stadt Köln; 1981: 560-566. (Ethnologica, N.F.; v. 

9). 


176. Seyfarth, Siegfried. War and Hunting Spirit (Yipwon). In: Greub, Suzanne, Editor. Expressions of Belief: 

Masterpieces of African, Oceanic, and Indonesian Art from the Museum voor Volkenkunde, Rotterdam. New 

York: Rizzoli International Publications, Inc.; 1988: 144-145. 

Note: [from museum colls: Yimar]. 

177. Seyne Kok, J. Rapport over de Mimika-kunststrook: en vergelijkende Lijst van Woorden gebruikt te Mimika, 

Oeta en Merauke. In: Kon. Ned. Aardrijkskundig Genootschap. De Zuidwest Nieuw-Guinea-Expeditie 1904/5 

van het Kon. Ned. Aardrijkskundig Genootschap. Leiden: E.J. Brill; 1908: 461-496. 

Note: [explor 1904-1905: Mimika, Oetanata, Merauke]. 

178. Seyne Kok, J. Rapport over de Mimika-kuststrook, en vergelijkende Lijst van Woorden gebrukty te Mimika, Oeta 

en Merauke. In: Kon. Ned. Arradrijkskundig Genootschap. De zuidwest Nieuw-Guinea-Expeditie 1904/5 van 

het Kon. Ned. Arradrijkskundig Genootschap. Leiden: E.J. Brill; 1908: 461-496. 

Note: [Marind, Mimika]. 

179. Shack, Kathryn Wetherell. Effects of Agricultural Development and Resettlement on Nutritional Status and 

Dietary Intakes of Mothers and Children: A Study of Three Ethnic Groups in Lowland Papua New Guinea 

[Ph.D. Dissertation]. Davis: University of California, Davis; 1988. xiii, 168 pp. 

Note: [fw November 1985 - September 1986: Wom, Maundu Wosera, Tambanum and Gavien]. 

180. Shack, Kathryn W.; Dewey, Kathryn G.; Grivetti, Louis E. Effects of Resettlement on the Dietary Intakes of 

Mothers and Children in Lowland Papua New Guinea. Ecology of Food and Nutrition. 1990; 24: 55-70. 

Note: [fw November 1985 - September 1986: Gavien, Wom, Maundu, Tambanum]. 

181. Shack, Kathryn W.; Grivetti, Louis E.; Dewey, Kathryn G. Cash Cropping, Subsistence Agriculture, and 

Nutritional Status among Mothers and Children in Lowland Papua New Guinea. Social Science and Medicine. 

1990; 31: 61-68. 

Note: [survey: Gavien]. 

182. Shack, Kathryn W.; Grivetti, Louis E.; Dewey, Kathryn G. Effects of Resettlement on Nutritional Status of 

Mothers and Children in Lowland Papua New Guinea. Ecology of Food and Nutrition. 1990; 24: 37-54. 

Note: [fw 1986: Gavien, Wom, Maundu (Wosera), Tambanum]. 

183. Shack, William A. The Kula: A Bronislaw Malinowski Centennial Exhibition. Berkeley: University of California, 

Robert H. Lowie Museum of Anthropology; 1985. 95, [1] pp. + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [exhibition: Trobriand Is]. 

184. Shadbolt, Maurice; Ruhen, Olaf. Isles of the South Pacific. Washington, DC: National Geographic Society; 1968. 

211 pp. + Endpaper Maps. 


185. Shanahan, M. W. Report of the Assistant Resident Magistrate for the Mambare District. In: British New Guinea. 

Annual Report on British New Guinea from 1st July, 1897, to 30th June, 1898. Brisbane: Government Printer; 

1898: Appendix P, pp. 102-105. 

Note: [admin 1897-1898: Mambare District]. 

186. Shand, Mark; McCullin, Don. Skullduggery. London: Jonathan Cape Ltd.; 1987. viii, [i], 145, [2] pp. + Plates 

+ Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [adventurers: Brazza R, Kolff R, Asmat, Jaosokor, Awok, Waganu, Woowi, Senggo, Mbinamzein, 

Bourbis, Piramanak, Pattitipi, Wortu, Samosir]. 

15

187. [Shand, R. T. ]. Coffee Industry. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. 

Carlton, Vic: Melbourne University Press in association with The University of Papua and New Guinea; 1972: 

192-195. 


188. Shand, R. T. Nutrition and Economic Progress in the Chimbu. In: Hipsley, E. H., Editor. An Integrated Approach 

to Nutrition and Society: The Case of the Chimbu. Canberra and Port Moresby: Australian National University, 

New Guinea Research Unit; 1966: 67-84. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 9). 

Note: [Chimbu]. 

189. Shand, R. T. Opportunities for Research in Papua-New Guinea and Irian Barat. In: Reeves, Susan C.; Dudley, 

May. New Guinea Social Science Field Research and Publications 1962-67. Canberra and Port Moresby: 

Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1969: 203. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 

32). Note: [general NG]. 

190. [Shand, R. T. ]. Tea Industry. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. Carlton, 

Vic: Melbourne University Press in association with The University of Papua and New Guinea; 1972: 

1119-1120. 


191. Shand, R. T. Trade Prospects for the Rural Sector. In: Fisk, E. K., Editor. New Guinea on the Threshold: Aspects 

of Social, Political, and Economic Development. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1966: 

80-102. 


192. Shand, R. T.; Straatmans, W. Transition from Subsistence: Cash Crop Development in Papua New Guinea. Port 

Moresby and Canberra: Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1974. xii, 198, [1] pp. 

(New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 54). 

Note: [fw 3 1/2 yrs: Boana (Wain C.D.), Sinasina, Karkar I, Maprik]. 

193. Shand, Richard; Straatmans, Pim. Custom and Change in a Highland Village. Hemisphere. 1964; 8(8): 22-27. 

Note: [Yobakogl Sinasina]. 

194. Shankman, Paul. Culture Contact, Cultural Ecology, and Dani Warfare. Man, N.S.. 1991; 26: 299-321. 

Note: [from lit: Dugum Dani, Ilaga Dani]. 

195. Shankman, Paul. Ecology, Warfare, and Politics in the New Guinea Highlands. Reviews in Anthropology. 1978; 

5: 381-388. 

Note: [from lit: Mae Enga]. 

196. Shankman, Paul. Warfare, Western Intrusion and Ecology in Melanesia. Man, N.S.. 1992; 27: 401-403. 

Note: [from lit: Dugum Dani, Ilaga Dani]. 

197. Shann, F.; Germer, S. Childhood Pneumonia at Goroka Hospital. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1979; 

22(4): 72-75. 


198. Shann, F.; Gratten, M.; Germer, S.; Linnemann, V.; Hazlett, D.; Payne, R. Aetiology of Pneumonia in Children 

in Goroka Hospital, Papua New Guinea. The Lancet. 1984; 2: 537-541. 

Note: [1978-1981: Goroka Base Hospital]. 

199. Shann, Frank. Pneumonia in Children in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1987(30). 

ISSN: 143-149. 

[general PNG]. 

16

200. Shann, Frank; Germer, Stephanie. Leukaemoid Reaction in Eastern Highlands Children. Papua New Guinea 



201. Shantzis, Steven B.; Behrens, William W. III. Population Control Mechanisms in a Primitive Agricultural 

Society. In: Meadows, Dennis L.; Meadows, Donella H., Editors. Toward Global Equilibrium: Collected 

Papers. Cambridge, MA: Wright-Allen Press; 1973: 257-288. 

Note: [from lit: Tsembaga Maring]. 

202. Shapiro, Harry L. Faces and Figures: Pacific Island Art from the Collection of Jay C. Leff. New York: American 

Museum of Natural History; n.d. [16] pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Sepik, Tami Is, Torres Strait, Sentani, Yuat R, Middle Sepik, Kwoma, Asmat]. 

203. Shapiro, Warren. Sex, Violence and "Cultural Constructionism". Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 

N.S.. 1995; 1: 625-626. 

Note: [from lit: Yangoru Boiken, Trobriand Is]. 

204. Sharp, Andrew. The Voyages of Abel Janszoon Tasman. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 1968. xii, 375 pp. + 

Plates. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Tasman travels 1643: Jamna I, Moa I, Arimoa I, Insumani I (Wakde), Biak, Supiori, 

Waigeo I, Umboi I, Tolokiwa I, Bagabag I, Karkar I, Manam I, Bam I, Vokeo I, Kairiru I, Tumleo, Ali, Seleo]. 

205. Sharp, H. H. Gumakari People of the Suki Creek, New Guinea. Man. 1934; 34(125): 97-98 + Plate G. 

Note: [med officer: Gumakari Suki]. 

206. Sharp, N. D.; Smith, M. A., Compilers. Late Pleistocene Archaeological Sites in Auistralia, New Guinea and 

Island Melanesia. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service; 1991. v, 71 pp. (Australian Heritage 

Commission Bibliographical Series; v. 6). 

Note: [Batari, Fortification Point (Huon Peninsula), Jo's Creek (Huon Peninsula), Kafiavana, Kiowa, Kosipe, 

Nombe, Yuku]. 

207. Sharp, Peter T. Ghosts, Witches, Sickness and Death: The Traditional Interpretation of Injury and Disease in a 

Rural Area of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1982; 25: 108-115. 

Note: [med officer & from lit: Nete, Lagaip Enga, Lake Kopiago Duna, Ipili Porgera, Paiela, Hewa, Penale, 

Sau Enga]. 

208. Sharp, Peter T. Highlands Malaria: Malaria in Enga Province of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1982; 25: 253-260. 

Note: [med officer 1976-1980: Enga Province]. 

209. Sharp, Peter T. "Pierced by the Arrows of This Ghostly World": A Review of Arrow Wounds in Enga Province. 


Note: [med officer 1976-1980: Laiagam Enga]. 

210. Sharp, Peter T. The Searching Sun: The Lyeime Movement -- Crisis, Tragic Events and Folie a deux in the Papua 

New Guinea Highlands. Transcultural Psychiatric Research. 1990; 27: 225-227. 

Note: [med officer 1975-1980: Taro Enga]. 

211. Sharp, Peter T. The Searching Sun: The Lyeime Movement -- Crisis, Tragic Events and Folie à Deux in the Papua 

New Guinea Highlands. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1990; 33: 111-120. 

Note: [med officer 1975-1980: Taro Enga]. 

212. Sharp, Peter; Cooke, Robin. Chestcutters of the Lagaip. Medical Journal of Australia. 1980; 2: 707-709. 

Note: [Laiagam]. 

17

213. Sharp, Peter T.; Harvey, Philip. Malaria and Growth Stunting in Young Children of the Highlands of Papua New 


Note: [Sau V, Lagaip V]. 

214. Shaw, Barry. Agriculture in the Papua New Guinea Economy. Port Moresby: Institute of National Affairs Inc.; 

1985. v, 183 pp. (Discussion Papers; v. 20). 


215. Shaw, Barry. The Children of Kyaka Enga: Culture, Diet, Environment, and Health in a Papua New Guinea 

Highland Society. In: Manderson, Lenore, Editor. Shared Wealth and Symbol: Food, Culture, and Society in 

Oceania and Southeast Asia. Cambridge and Paris: Cambridge University Press and Editions de la Maison des 

Sciences de l'Homme; 1986: 191-217. 

Note: [from lit: Baiyer R Kyaka Enga, Mae Enga, Raiapu Enga, Yandapu Enga]. 

216. Shaw, Barry. Options for Feeding People in Papua New Guinea: Policy and Nutritive Implications. In: Bourke, 

R. M.; Kesavan, V., Editors. Proceedings of the Second Papua New Guinea Food Crops Conference. Port 

Moresby: Department of Primary Industry, Publications Section; 1982: 13-32. 


217. Shaw, Bob. The Smoked Corpses of Aseki. Paradise. 1983; 39: 31-34. 

Note: [Aseki]. 

218. Shaw, Daniel. Samo Sibling Terminology. Oceania. 1974; 44: 233-239. 

Note: [SIL February 1970 --: Samo]. 

219. Shaw, Dorothy E. Fungi. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. Carlton, Vic.: 

Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea; 1972: 472-474. 


220. Shaw, Dorothy E.; Brown, J. S.; Cunningham, A. Fungi Isolated from Stored and Waste Foodstuffs in Papua New 


Note: [1970, 1971: Asaro V, Chuave, Madang]. 

221. Shaw, Karen. Grammatical Notes on Samo. In: Franklin, Karl, Editor. The Linguistic Situation in the Gulf 

District and Adjacent Areas, Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School 

of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1973: 204-213. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 26). 

Note: [SIL: Samo]. 

222. Shaw, R. Daniel. The Bosavi Language Family. In: Laycock, D. C. et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 

24. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 


Note: [SIL survey December 1979 - June 1981: Konai, Agala, Samo, Kalamo, Hesif, Bedamini, Etoro, 

Onabasulu, Kaluli, Sunia, Kasua, Aimele, Kamula, Doso, Bainapi, Bogaya, Duna, Pare, Namumi, Bamu Kiwai, 

Kubo, Honibo, Oibae, Gebusi]. 

223. Shaw, R. Daniel. Comment [on Roger M. Keesing, "Exotic Readings of Cultural Texts"]. Current Anthropology. 

1989; 30: 475. 

Note: [Samo]. 

224. Shaw, R. Daniel. Culture and Evangelism: A Model for Missiological Strategy. Missiology. 1990; 18: 291-304. 


225. Shaw, R. Daniel. Every Person a Shaman. Missiology. 1981; 9: 359-365. 


18

226. Shaw, R. Daniel. From Longhouse to Village: Samo Social Change. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace College 

Publishers; 1996. xii, 148 pp. (Case Studies in Cultural Anthropology). 

Note: [SIL 1969-1982: Kwobi Samo]. 

227. Shaw, R. Daniel. The Geographical Distribution of Samo Relationship Terms: Where Have All the Women 

Gone? In: Shaw, R. Daniel, Editor. Kinship Studies in Papua New Guinea. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of 

Linguistics; 1974: 223-246. 


228. Shaw, R. Daniel. Introduction. In: Shaw, R. Daniel, Editor. Kinship Studies in Papua New Guinea. Ukarumpa: 

Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1974: 11-21. 

Note: [SIL: Samo; from lit: Korafe, Barai, Kunimaipa, Waffa, Baruya, Awa, Usarufa, Bena Bena, Alamblak, 

Au, Sepik Iwam]. 

229. Shaw, R. Daniel. Kandila: Samo Ceremonialism and Interpersonal Relationships. Ann Arbor: University of 

Michigan Press; 1990. viii, [iii], 227 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [SIL 1969-1982: Kwobi Samo]. 

230. Shaw, R. Daniel, Editor. Kinship Studies in Papua New Guinea. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 

1974. 246 pp. 

231. Shaw, R. Daniel. Narcotics, Vitality and Honor: The Use of Narcotic Drink among the Samo of Papua New 

Guinea. Notes on Anthropology. 1985; 1: 6-11. 


232. Shaw, R. Daniel. Samo House Styles and Social Change. In: Rensel, Jan; Rodman, Margaret, Editors. Home in 

the Islands: Housing and Social Change in the Pacific. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press; 1997: 55-78. 

Note: [SIL 1969-1981: Kwobi vill Samo]. 

233. Shaw, R. Daniel. Samo Initiation: Its Context and Its Meaning. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1982; 91: 

417-434. 


234. Shaw, R. Daniel. Samo Social Structure: A Socio-linguistic Approach to Understanding Interpersonal 

Relationships [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea; 1975. xvii, 439, 10 pp. 

Note: [SIL February 1970 -- : Kwobi vill Samo]. 

235. Shaw, R. Daniel. The Structure of Myth and Bible Translation. Practical Anthropology. 1972; 19: 129-132. 

Note: [from pc: Bahinemo]. 

236. Shaw, R. Daniel. A Tentative Classification of the Languages of the Mt. Bosavi Region. In: Franklin, Karl, 

Editor. The Linguistic Situation in the Gulf District and Adjacent Areas, Papua New Guinea. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1973: 189-215. 


Note: [SIL survey 1971: Agala, Konai, Kubo, Samo, Honibo, Bibo; from lit & pcs: Biami, Etoro, Onabasulu, 

Kaluli, Kasua]. 

237. Shaw, R. Daniel. Three-Day Visitors: The Samo Response to Colonialism in Western Province, Papua New 

Guinea. In: McPherson, Naomi, Editor. In Colonial New Guinea: Anthropological Perspectives. Pittsburgh: 

University of Pittsburgh Press; 2001: 171-193, 215-219. (ASAO Monographs; v. 19). 

Note: [SIL 1970-- (12 yrs): Kwobi Samo]. 

238. Shaw, R. Daniel; Shaw, Karen A. Location: A Linguistic and Cultural Focus in Samo. Kivung. 1973; 6(3): 

158-172. 

19

Note: [SIL February 1970 --: Kwobi vill Samo]. 

239. Shaw, R. Daniel; Shaw, Karen A. Samo Phonemes. In: Loving, Richard, Editor. Phonologies of Five P.N.G. 

Languages. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 97-135. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 



240. Shea, John. Conservation in Community School Children in Papua New Guinea. In: Lancy, David F., Editor. The 

Indigenous Mathematics Project. Konedobu: Papua New Guinea Department of Education; 1978: 143-168. 

(Papua New Guinea Journal of Education, Special Issue; v. 14). 

Note: [fw: Graged, Siwea Dedua, Nunzen Ono, Ialibu Kewa, Imbonggu, Jimi V, Samarai, Sibala/Logeau 

Suau]. 

241. Shea, John D. Studies of Cognitive Development in Papua New Guinea. International Journal of Psychology. 

1985; 20: 33-61. 


242. Shea, John. The Study of Cognitive Development in PNG. In: Lancy, David F., Editor. The Indigenous 

Mathematics Project. Konedobu: Papua New Guinea Department of Education; 1978: 85-112. (Papua New 

Guinea Journal of Education, Special Issue; v. 14). 


243. Shea, John D.; Ogaiea, Mundea; Bagara, Bernadette. Conservation in Community School hildren from the 

Madang, Southern Highlands, and North Solomons Provinces of Papua New Guinea. International Journal of 

Psychology. 1983; 18: 203-214. 

Note: [Imbonggu, Kewa, Graged]. 

244. Shea, John D. C.; Yerua, Godfrey. Conservation in Community School Children in Papua New Guinea. 

International Journal of Psychology. 1980; 15: 11-25. 

Note: [Minj-Banz area]. 

245. Shearman, Phil. The Sepik River: A Natural History. Suva: WWW World Wide Fund for Nature, South Pacific 

Program; 1999. 76 pp. 

Note: [East Sepik, West Sepik provinces]. 

246. Sheldon, C. R. In Dutch New Guinea: A New Mountain and New People. Pacific Islands Monthly. 1937; 7(11): 

55-56. 

Note: [Colijn explor: Kaiboes R, Kapauko]. 

247. Shelly, Reg. Ahuia Ova: New Insights into the Life of a Prominent Papuan. Oceania. 1978; 48: 202-206. 

Note: [Hanuabada]. 

248. Shen, Peidong; Wang, Frank; Underhill, Peter A.; Franco, Claudia; Yang, Wei-Hsien; Roxas, Adriane; Sung, 

Raphael; Lin, Alice A.; Hyman, Richard W.; Vollrath, Douglas; Davis, Ronald W.; Cavalli-Sforza, L. Luca; 

Oefner, Peter J. Population Genetic Implications from Sequence Variation in Four Y Chromosome Genes. 

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA. 2000; 97: 7354-7359. 


249. Shepard, Charles C. Experimental Chemotherapy of Mycobacterium Leprae Infection: Recent Developments and 

Their Application of Man. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1973; 16: 93-99. 

Note: [Karimui]. 

250. Shepherd, A. Clinical Features and Operative Treatment of Pigbel: Enteritis Necroticans. Papua New Guinea 

Medical Journal. 1979; 22: 18-23 + 4 pp. Plates. 

Note: [PNGH]. 

20

251. Shepherd, A. R. Pig Bel. In: Bell, C. O., Editor. The Diseases and Health Services of Papua New Guinea: A Basis 

for National Health Planning. Port Moresby: Department of Public Health; 1973: 264-270. 


252. Shepherd, Alan. Acute Duodenal Ulceration in Children. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1980; 23: 77-79. 


253. Shepherd, Ernie. Akmana: A New Name in the Continuing Story of New Guinea Exploration. Pacific Islands 

Monthly. 1971; 42(4): 40, 41-45, 47, 49. 

Note: [prospectors 1929-1930: Arrabundio, Maramuni, Baiyer R]. 

254. Shepherd, M. J. The 1965 Star Mountains Expedition. Niugini Caver. 1974; 2(4): 240-243. 

Note: [Telefomin, Kauwolabip]. 

255. Sheret, B. A Collection of Highland Arrows -- J.K. McCarthy Museum, Goroka, E.H.P. Oral History. 1976; 4(9): 

2-23b. 

Note: [from museum colls: Goroka, Wabag, Wapenamanda, Henganofi, Koroba, Asaro, Chimbu, Agarabi, 

Kainantu, Marawaka, Gembogl, Bena Bena, Kundiawa, Watabung, Okapa, Lufa, Minj, Banz]. 

256. Sheridan, R. J. Music (2). In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. Carlton, 

Vic.: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea; 1972: 817-821. 


257. Sheridan, R. J. Songs and Musical Instruments of Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific. 1949; 3: 213-216, 

237-239. 


258. Sherman, Michael P.; Saksena, Nitin K.; Dube, Dipak K.; Yanagihara, Richard; Poiesz, Bernard J. Evolutionary 

Insights on the Origin of Human T-Cell Lymphoma/Leukemia Virus Type I (HTLV- I) Derived from Sequence 

Analysis of a New HTLV-I Variant from Papua New Guinea. Journal of Virology. 1992; 66: 2556-2563. 

Note: [Hagahai]. 

259. Sherry, Stephen T.; Rogers, Alan R.; Harpending, Henry; Soodyall, Himla; Jenkins, Trefor; Stoneking, Mark. 

Mismatch Distributions of mtDNA Reveal Recent Human Population Expansions. Human Biology. 1994; 66: 

761-775. 

Note: [from lit: incls PNGH (Vigilant et al 91, Stoneking et al 92, PNG (Stoneking et al 90)]. 

260. Sherry, Stephen T.; Rogers, Alan R.; Harpending, Henry; Soodyall, Himla; Jenkins, Trevor; Stoneking, Mark. 

Mismatch Distributions of mtDNA Reveal Recent Human Population Expansions. Human Biology. 1994; 66: 

761-775. 



Enga, Kairiru, Misima, Sepa, Terebu, Malol Sissano, Hawaiin, Sassoya, Bam Is, Yabim, Murik, Yangoru, 

Kadovar I Laminin, Boikin, Baiyer R Enga, Lae Ajerah, Passam, Wokeo I, Maprik, Samarai, Lae, Elema, 

Orokolo, Mailu, Keapara, Pinu, Fuyuge, Motu, Port Moresby]. 

261. Sherwin, V. H. Ancient Carved Stone Objects, Watut River, Territory of New Guinea. Man. 1938; 38(69): 70-73. 

Note: [colls: Namie Creek, Watut R, Surprise Creek, Slate Creek]. 

262. Shi, Ya-Ping; Alpers, Michael P.; Povoa, Marinette M.; Lal, Altaf A. Diversity in the Immunodominant 

Determinants of the Circumsporozoite Protein of Plasmodium falciparum Parasites from Malaria-endemic 

Regions of Papua New Guinea and Brazil. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 1992; 47: 

844-851. 

Note: [Madang]. 

21

263. Shield, Jennifer M. Hookworm, Strongyloides and Other Intestinal Helminths in Children Admitted to Hospital 

in Lae, Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1986; 29: 225-231. 

Note: [January-December 1981: Angau Memorial Hospital Lae]. 

264. Shield, Jennifer; Anian, Geoka; Ostwald, Rosemarie; Arnhold, Rainer. Reinfection with Intestinal Helminths after 

Treatment with Mebendazole and Fluctuations in Individual Ascaris lumbricoides Infections with Time. Papua 


Note: [Lufa]. 

265. Shield, Jennifer M.; Hide, Robin L.; Harvey, Philip W. J.; Vrbova, Helena; Tulloch, James. Hookworm (Necator 

americanus) and Strongyloides fulleborni-like Prevalence and Egg Count with Age in Highlands Fringe People 

of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1987; 30: 21-26. 

Note: [survey 1981: Noru, Masi, Negabo vills Daribi CD; Yuro, Noruai, Peria Karimui CD]. 

266. Shield, Jennifer; Karr, Margaret; Kimber, Richard; Casey, Graeme; Dreosti, Ivor. Intestinal Helminthiasis and 

Nutritional Status Including Iron, Zinc and Copper in Papua New Guinea Urban Children Aged 1 to 5 Years 

and Effect of Antihelmintic Intervention. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1986; 29: 317- 331. 

Note: [Lae]. 

267. Shield, Jennifer M.; Scrimgeour, E. M.; Vaterlaws, A. L. Intestinal Helminths in an Adult Hospital Population 

in the Eastern Highlands of Papua New Guinea: Relationship with Anaemia, Eosinophilia and Asthma. Papua 



268. Shield, Jennifer M.; Smith, David; Heywood, Peter. The Prevalence of Alimentary Helminthiasis and Its 

Association with Nutritional Status in Children Under Five Years Old in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. 


Note: [Tari]. 

269. Shield, Jennifer M.; Vaterlaws, A. L.; Kimber, R. J.; Payne, R.; Casey, G. J.; Blunden, R. W.; Kutkaite, Dana. 

The Relationship of Hookworm Infection, Anaemia and Iron Status in a Papua New Guinea Highland 

Population and the Response to Treatment with Iron and Mebendazole. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 

1981; 24: 19-34. 

Note: [Bihute Corrective Institution, Goroka]. 

270. Shields, E. D.; Décary, F.; Russell, A. D. Genetic Distance: Probing the Origin of a Papua New Guinea Isolate. 

International Journal of Anthropology. 1986; 1: 307-322. 

Note: [Kikori, Nondugl, Minj, Dadibi, Mendi, Lake Kutuu, Chimbu, Goroka, Gembogl, Lufa, S Fore, Gulf, 

Kiwai, Balimo, Kerema, Kiunga, Tari, Kopiago, Laiagam, N Fore, Gimi, Tudahwe, Keiagana, Yagaria, Kamea, 

Weme]. 

271. Shields, Edward D.; Russell, Douglas A.; Pericak-Vance, Margaret A. Genetic Epidemiology of the Susceptibility 

to Leprosy. Journal of Clinical Investigation. 1987; 79: 1139-1143. 

Note: [Karimui]. 

272. Shimoda, Hiroyuki; Power, Anthony Patrick. Investigation into Development and Utilization of Sago Palm Forest 

in the East Sepik Region, Papua New Guinea. In: Yamada, Noboru; Kainuma, Keiji, Editors. Sago-'85 Tokyo, 

Japan May 20-23: The Third International Sago Symposium. Tokyo: The Sago Palm Research Fund; 1986: 

94-104. 

Note: [fw 1982-1984: Imbuando; survey: Magendo to Majop Canal]. 

273. Shiota, Mitsuki. Reunited with Anima: The Female Spirit Cult Reconsidered. In: Yamaji, Katsuhiko, Editor. 

Gender and Fertility in Melanesia. Nishinomiya (Japan): Kwansei Gakuin University, Department of 

Anthropology; 1994: 129-144. 

22

Note: [fw 1991, 1992: Kumunge vill Imbong'gu]. 

274. Shlimovitz, Nathan. Leprosy: A Report of Nine Cases among Natives of the Mount Hagen Area in New Guinea. 

Medical Journal of Australia. 1946; 1: 369-370. 

Note: [Army med officer 1944: Hagen area]. 

275. Shlomowitz, Ralph. The Internal Labour Trade in Papua (1884- 1941) and New Guinea (1920-1941): An 

Economic Analysis. Journal de la Société des Océanistes. 1986; 42(82-83): 177-187. 


276. Shlomowitz, Ralph. Mortality and Indentured Labour in Papua (1885-1941) and New Guinea (1920-1941). 



277. Shnukal, Anna. N.N. Miklouho-Maclay in Torres Strait. Australian Aboriginal Studies 1998. 1998; 2: 35-50. 

Note: [Miklouho-Maclay travels 1880: Erub, Mer, Dauan, Saibai, Mabuiag, Waiben]. 

278. Shore, Bradd. Ritual Frames of Mind. Reviews in Anthropology. 1990; 15: 225-237. 

Note: [from lit: Boiken]. 

279. Short, Lillian Mary Theakston. The Phonetics and Grammar of the Hula Language with Vocabulary and 

Translation and Notes of Other Dialects of the Hood Bay District [M.A. Thesis]. Adelaide: University of 

Adelaide; 1963. 122, [10] pp. 

Note: [Hula, Keapara, Kalo, Kamali, Makirupu, Babaka]. 

280. Shott, Michael J.; Sillitoe, Paul. The Mortality of Things: Correlates of Use Life in Wola Material Culture Using 

Age-at- Census Data. Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory. 2001; 8: 269-302. 

Note: [fw 1977-1978: Wola]. 

281. Shuji, Yoshida; Matthews, Peter J., Editors. Vegeculture in Eastern Asia and Oceania. Osaka: National Museum 

of Ethnology, The Japan Center for Area Studies; 2002. v, 335 pp. (JCAS Symposium Series; v. 16). 

282. Shulman, Neville. Zen Explorations in Remotest New Guinea: Adventures in the Jungles and Mountains of Irian 

Jaya. Boston: Tuttle Publishing; 1997. 159 pp. 

Note: [travels: Ilaga, Carstensz Pyramid]. 

283. Shurcliff, Sidney Nichols. Jungle Islands: The "Illyria" in the South Seas. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons; 1930. 

xv, 298 pp. + Frontispiece + 92 Plates + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [Crane Pacific Expedition May 1929: Der Buab (Murik), Bien, Marienberg, Ambot, Gologopa, 

Magendo, Tambunum, Timbunke, Angerman, Ambunti, Wogumasch, Kubka, Mai R (may R)]. 

284. Shutler, Dick Jr. Melanesia. Asian Perspectives. 1957; 1: 144-150. 


285. Shutler, Mary Elizabeth; Shutler, Richard Jr. Origins of the Melanesians. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology 

in Oceania. 1967; 2: 91-99. 

Note: [from lit: Kiowa, Yuku]. 

286. Shutler, Mary Elizabeth; Shutler, Richard Jr. Origins of the Melanesians. Reprinted in: Harding, Thomas G.; 

Wallace, Ben J., Editors. Cultures of the Pacific: Selected Readings. New York: The Free Press; 1970: 39-46, 

434-435. 


287. Shutler, Richard Jr. Melanesia. Asian Perspectives. 1961; 5: 95-97. 

Note: [from pcs: Kiowa, Yuku]. 

23

288. Shutler, Richard Jr. Melanesia 1966-1967. Asian Perspectives. 1967; 10: 123-124. 


289. Shutler, Richard Jr. Pacific Island Radiocarbon Dates, An Over-view. In: Green, R. C.; Kelly, M., Editors. Studies 

in Oceanic Culture History, Volume 2. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Department of Anthropology; 

1971: 13-27. (Pacific Anthropological Records; v. 12). 

Note: [from lit: Kiowa, Kafiavana, Kosipe, Hagen]. 

290. Shutler, Richard Jr. Radiocarbon Dating and Oceanic Prehistory. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in 

Oceania. 1978; 13: 215-228. 

Note: [from lit: Kosipe, Kafiavana, Kiowa, Wahgi V]. 

291. Shutler, Richard Jr.; Marck, Jeffrey C. On the Dispersal of the Austronesian Horticulturalists. Archaeology & 

Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1975; 10: 81-113. 


292. Shutler, Richard Jr.; Shutler, Mary Elizabeth. Oceanic Prehistory. Menlo Park, CA: Cummings Publishing 

Company; 1975. [iv], 125 pp. (Cummings Modular Program in Anthropology). 


24

Bibliography 

1. Sialis, L.; Wiyawa, S.; Thomason, J. Rural Health Services in Papua New Guinea. In: Heywood, Peter; Hudson, 

Bernard, Editors. Rural Health Services in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Papua New Guinea Department of 

Health; 1987: 10-20. (Monographs; v. 5). Note: [general PNG]. 

2. Siaoa, Christopher. Lese Oalai. In: Conroy, John; Skeldon, Grania, Editors. The Rural Survey 1975. Boroko: Papua 

New Guinea Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research in association with the University of Papua 

New Guinea; 1977: 161-179. (Special Issue, Yagl-Ambu; v. Supplement to Volume 4). 

Note: [survey 1975: Lese Oalai vill Toaripi]. 

3. Sickman, Laurence. Africa, Mediterranean, Oceania: Ethnic Art from the Collection of Mr. and Mrs. Herbert 

Baker. Kansas City, MO: Nelson Gallery -- Atkins Museum; 1966. 36 pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Sepik, Aibom, Maprik, Tchambuli, Arambak, Trobriand Is, Geelvink Bay, Sentani, Asmat, 

Marind]. 

4. Sider, Karen Blu. Affinity and the Role of the Father in the Trobriands. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology. 

1967; 23: 90- 109. 


5. Siegel, Jeff. Introduction to the Labu Language. In: Ross, Malcolm et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 



Note: [fw 1977-1981: Labubutu vill Labu]. 

6. Siegel, Jeff. Traditional Bridges of Papua New Guinea. Lae: The Papua New Guinea University of Technology, 

The Appropriate Technology Development Institute; 1982. [iii], 137 pp. (Traditional Technology Series; v. 

1). 

Note: [fw 1977-1981: Ialibu: Kada, Pulumita, Kapolame, Kumunge; Mendi: Was; Tambul: Kopemel; 

Kompiam: Yawang, Malipin, Mamunda; Lagaip: Saimanda; Olsobip: Loubip, Kongabip; Telefomin: 

Kobrenmin, Urapmin; Atbalmin: Iamdelmin; Yapsei; Boana: Gumbum; Sukurum; Garaina: Tiaura; Biawaria: 

Tewa, Bakeri]. 

7. Siegfried, Walter. Dance, the Fugitive Form of Art Aesthetics as Behavior. In: Rentschler, Ingo; Herzberger, 

Barbara; Epstein, David, Editors. Beauty and the Brain: Biological Aspects of Aesthetics. Basel: Birkhäuser 

Verlag; 1988: 117-145. 

Note: [Eipo]. 

8. Siegmund, Renate; Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Tittel, Matthias. Time Patterns in Infants -- Activity, Rest and 

Mother-Child Interactions in Crosscultural Comparison / Interkultureller Vergleich von Zeitmustern im 

Aktivitäts- und Ruheverhalten bei Säuglingen. In: Gottschalk-Batschkus, Christine E.; Schuler, Judith, Editors. 

Ethnomedizinische Perspektiven zur frühen Kindheit / Ethnomedical Perspectives on Early Childhood. Berlin: 

Verlag für Wissenschaft und Bildung; 1996: 293-299. (Curare, Sonderkund / Special Volume; v. 9). 

Note: [fw June, July 1992: Tauwema Kaileuna Trobriand Is]. 

9. Siemers, William. An Inland Journey (1927). Northeast New Guinea. 1979; 1(2): 31-36. 

Note: [mission explor 1927: Barum, Kasua, Sumai, Kodoba, Kerrub, Undange, Garamarie, Amele]. 

10. Sierat, Joop. Rapádaba: Mensen aan de Wisselmeren, Irian Jaya. Bergen (Neth.): Bonneville; 1999. 415 pp. 

Note: [travels 1995, 1996, 1999: Mimika, Ekagi]. 

11. Siers, James. Papua New Guinea. Wellington (NZ): Millwood Press Ltd; 1981. vii, [i], 128 pp. 


1

12. Sievers, Wilhelm. Australien und Ozeanien: Eine allgemeine Landeskunde. Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut; 

1895. viii, 521 pp. + 25 Plates. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Motumotu, Koita, Southeast Papua, Moresby I, Port Moresby, general British NG, 

general German NG]. 

13. Siikala, Jukka, Editor. Culture and History in the Pacific. Helsinki: The Finnish Anthropological Society; 1990. 

282 pp. (Transactions of the Finnish Anthropological Society; v. 27). 

14. Silas, Ellis. A Primitive Arcadia: Being the Impressions of an Artist in Papua. Boston: Little, Brown, and 

Company; 1926. 230 pp. + Frontispiece + 28 Plates + Foldout Map. 

Note: [artist: Port Moresby, Samarai, Trobriand Is]. 

15. Sillitoe, P. Warfare in New Guinea: A Comparative Study [M.A. Thesis]. Durham (UK): University of Durham; 

1972. xi, 420 pp. 

Note: [from lit: Abelam, Arapesh, Asmat, Bena Bena, Bokondini Dani, Chimbu, Fore, Gahuku, Grand Valley 

Dani, Huli, Iatmul, Ilaga Dani, Jalé, Jate, Kamano, Usurufa, Kapauku, Kiwai, Kuma, Mae Enga, Marind-anim, 

Maring, Markham V (Ngarawapum), Melpa, Mendi, Orokaiva, Siane, Trans-Fly, Waropen]. 

16. Sillitoe, Paul. After the "Affluent Society": Cost of Living in the Papua New Guinea Highlands According to Time 

and Energy Expenditure-Income. Journal of Biosocial Science. 2002; 34: 433- 461. 

Note: [fw: Wola]. 

17. Sillitoe, Paul. Always Been Farmer-Foragers? Hunting and Gathering in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. 

Anthropological Forum. 2002; 12: 45-76. 

Note: [fw 1977-1978: Wola]. 

18. Sillitoe, Paul. Archaic Crop or Awkward Crop? Taro Cultivation in the Southern Highlands Province of Papua 

New Guinea. In: Shuji, Yoshida; Matthews, Peter J., Editors. Vegeculture in Eastern Asia and Oceania. Osaka: 

National Museum of Ethnology, The Japan Center for Area Studies; 2002: 165-194. (JCAS Symposium Series; 

v. 16). 


19. Sillitoe, Paul. The Art of War: Wola Shield Designs. Man, N.S.. 1980; 15: 483-501. 

Note: [fw: Was V Wola]. 

20. Sillitoe, Paul. Beating the Boundaries: Land Tenure and Identity in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Journal of 

Anthropological Research. 1999; 55: 331-360. 


21. Sillitoe, Paul. Big Men and War in New Guinea. Man, N.S.. 1978; 13: 252-271. 

Note: [from lit: Abelam, Arapesh, Asmat, Bena Bena, Bokondini Dani, Chimbu, Fore, Gahuku Gama, Grand 

Valley Dani, Huli, Iatmul, Ilaga Dani, Jalé, KUJF, Kapauku, Kiwai, Kuma, Mae Enga, Marind- anim, Maring, 

Markham V, Melpa, Mendi, Orokaiva, Siane, Trans- Fly, Waropen]. 

22. Sillitoe, Paul. Black Snake Bridges. Australian Natural History. 1984; 21: 160-163. 


23. Sillitoe, Paul. A Blend of Cultures: The Bogaia of the Southern Highlands. In: Biersack, Aletta, Editor. Papuan 

Borderlands: Huli, Duna, and Ipili Perspectives on the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Ann Arbor: University 

of Michigan Press; 1995: 173-198. 

Note: [fw June-August 1984: Bogaia]. 

24. Sillitoe, Paul. The Bogaia of the Muller Ranges, Papua New Guinea: Land Use, Agriculture and Society of a 

Vulnerable Population. Sydney: University of Sydney; 1994. iii, 129 pp. (Oceania Monographs; v. 44). 

Note: [fw June-August 1984: Bogaia]. 

2

25. Sillitoe, Paul. Ceremonial Exchange and Trade: Two Contexts in Which Objects Change Hands in the Highlands 

of Papua New Guinea. In: Specht, Jim; White, J. Peter, Editors. Trade and Exchange in Oceania and Australia. 

Sydney: Sydney University Press; 1978: 265-275. (Mankind; v. 11(3)). 

Note: fw: Wola]. 

26. Sillitoe, Paul. Confusions in the Classifications: How the Wola Name Their Plants. Ethnos. 1980; 45: 133-156. 


27. Sillitoe, Paul. Contested Knowledge, Contingent Classification: Animals in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. 

American Anthropologist. 2002; 104: 1162-1171. 


28. Sillitoe, Paul. Cosmetics from Trees: An Underrated Trade in Papua New Guinea. Australian Natural History. 

1979; 19: 292-297 + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [fw: Wola; visit: Foi]. 

29. Sillitoe, Paul. Dance with the Cassowaries. Geographical Magazine. 1981; 53: 534, 537-538. 

Note: [Wola]. 

30. Sillitoe, Paul. Decorating to Communicate. The Artefact. 1985; 10: 15-26. 


31. Sillitoe, Paul. The Development of Indigenous Knowledge: A New Applied Anthropology. Current Anthropology. 

1998; 39: 223- 252. 


32. Sillitoe, Paul. Divide and No One Rules: The Implications of Sexual Divisions of Labour in the Papua New 

Guinea Highlands. Man, N.S.. 1985; 20: 494-522. 

Note: [fw: Was V Wola]. 

33. Sillitoe, Paul. Doing the Bird ... Dance Routines in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Australian Natural History. 

1986; 21: 549-552. 


34. Sillitoe, Paul. An Ethnobotanical Account of the Plant Resources of the Wola Region, Southern Highlands 

Province, Papua New Guinea. Journal of Ethnobiology. 1995; 15: 201-235. 


35. Sillitoe, Paul. An Ethnobotanical Account of the Vegetation Communities of the Wola Region, Southern 

Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea. Journal of Ethnobiology. 1998; 18: 103-128. 


36. Sillitoe, Paul. Ethnoscientific Observations on Entomology and Mycology in the Southern Highlands of Papua 

New Guinea. Science in New Guinea. 1995; 21: 3-26. 


37. Sillitoe, Paul. The Exchange of Wealth and the Achievement of Renown in Wola Society [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University; 1975. xx, 335 pp. 

Note: [fw July 1973 - September 1974: Haelaelinja Wola]. 

38. Sillitoe, Paul. Exchange in Melanesian Society. Ethnos. 1978; 43: 7-29. 

Note: [from lit: Baktaman, KUJF, Mejbrat, Abelam, Umeda, Bena Bena, Trobriand Is, Gahuku, Kuma, 

Orokaiva, Melpa, Kalauna]. 

3

39. Sillitoe, Paul. Fallow and Fertility Under Subsistence Cultivation in the Papua New Guinea Highlands: I. Fallow 

Successions. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography. 1995; 16: 82-100. 


40. Sillitoe, Paul. Fallow and Fertility Under Subsistence Cultivation in the Papua New Guinea Highlands: II. Soil 

Fertility. Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography. 1995; 16: 82- 100. ISSN: 101-115. 


41. Sillitoe, Paul. Forest and Demons in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Australian Journal of Anthropology. 1993; 

4: 220-232. 


42. Sillitoe, Paul. From Head-dresses to Head-messages: The Art of Self-decoration in the Highlands of Papua New 

Guinea. Man, N.S.. 1988; 23: 298-318 + Plates. 


43. Sillitoe, Paul. From the Waga Furari to the Wen. In: Schieffelin, Edward L.; Crittenden, Robert. Like People You 

See in a Dream: First Contact in Six Papuan Societies. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1991: 147-167. 

Note: [fw & from archives & lit: Hides-O'Malley patrol 1935, Wola]. 

44. Sillitoe, Paul. Garden at ganonkiyba: Agriculture in the Papua New Guinea Highlands: A Case Study of 

Cultivation Practices. In: Sillitoe, Paul; Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Horticulture in Papua New 

Guinea: Case Studies from the Southern and Western Highlands. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, 

Department of Anthropology; 2002: 1-197. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 18). 


45. Sillitoe, Paul. The Gender of Crops in the New Guinea Highlands. Ethnology. 1981; 20: 1-14. 


46. Sillitoe, Paul. Give and Take: Exchange in Wola Society. New York: St. Martin's Press, Inc.; 1979. xiv, [vi], 316 

pp. + Plates. 

Note: [fw July 1973 - September 1974, 1976-1977: Haelaelinja Wage V Wola]. 

47. Sillitoe, Paul. Hunting for Conservation in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Ethnos. 2001; 66: 365-393. 

Note: [fw: Nipa Basin Wola]. 

48. Sillitoe, Paul. An Introduction to the Anthropology of Melanesia: Culture and Tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge 

University Press; 1998. xxiii, 254 pp. 

Note: [fw: Wola; from lit: Gidra, Korowai, Maring, Massim, Anga, Melpa, Kapauku, Dobu, Grand Valley 

Dani, Iatmul, Orokaiva, Baktaman]. 

49. Sillitoe, Paul. Land Shortage and War in New Guinea. Ethnology. 1977; 16: 71-81. 


50. Sillitoe, Paul. The Lithic Technology of a Papua New Guinea Highland People. The Artefact. 1982; 7(3-4): 19-38. 


51. Sillitoe, Paul. Local Awareness of the Soil Environment in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. In: Milton, Kay, 

Editor. Environmentalism: The View from Anthropology. London: Routledge; 1993: 160-173. (Association 

of Social Anthropologists Monographs; v. 32). 


52. Sillitoe, Paul. Losing Ground? Soil Loss and Erosion in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Land Degradation 

& Rehabilitation. 1993; 4: 143-166. 

Note: [Wola]. 

4

53. Sillitoe, Paul. Made in Niugini: Technology in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. London: British Museum 

Publications in association with the University of Durham Publications Board; 1988. xvi, 636 pp. 

Note: [fw July 1973 - September 1974, December 1975 - July 1976, December 1981 - February 1982, 

November 1982 - February 1983, June 1984, September 1984: Haelaelinja Wola]. 

54. Sillitoe, Paul. Man-Eating Women: Fears of Sexual Pollution in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Journal of the 



55. Sillitoe, Paul. The Menstruating Tree. Cambridge Anthropology. 1979; 5(2): 32-47. 

Note: [fw: Foi, Wola]. 

56. Sillitoe, Paul. Natural Resources Exploited by the Wola in the Manufacture of Artifacts. Science in New Guinea. 

1983; 10: 111-132. 


57. Sillitoe, Paul. On Sticks and Stones, Vines and Bones: Some Notes on the Scope, History and Future of 

Technology Studies in Anthropology. Journal of Museum Ethnography. 1996; 5: 1-22. 


58. Sillitoe, Paul. Pacific Values and the Economics of Land Use: A Response to Bayliss-Smith. In: Burt, Ben; Clerk, 

Christian, Editors. Environment and Development in the Pacific Islands. Canberra and Port Moresby: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, National Centre for 

Development Studies, and University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1997: 171-184. (Pacific Policy Papers; v. 

25). 


59. Sillitoe, Paul. Pig Men and Women, Big Men and Women: Gender and Production in the New Guinea Highlands. 

Ethnology. 2001; 40: 171-192. 


60. Sillitoe, Paul. Pigs in Disputes. Oceania. 1981; 51: 256- 265. 


61. Sillitoe, Paul. A Place Against Time: Land and Environment in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Amsterdam: 

Harwood Academic Publishers; 1996. xxv, 438 pp. (Studies in Environmental Anthropology; v. 1). 


62. Sillitoe, Paul. Property Ownership in the New Guinea Highlands. Research in Melanesia. 1986; 10: 1-11. 


63. Sillitoe, Paul. A Ritual Response to Climatic Perturbations in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Ethnology. 

1993; 32: 169- 185. 


64. Sillitoe, Paul. Roots of the Earth: Crops in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Manchester: Manchester 

University Press; 1983. xvi, [i], 285 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [fw July 1973 - September 1974, December 1976 - July 1978: Haelaelinja Wola]. 

65. Sillitoe, Paul. Salt Users of the Papua New Guinea Highlands. The Artefact. 1984; 8(3-4): 11-22. 


66. Sillitoe, Paul. "Signs of Development?": Nipa-Kutubu Open. In: Hegarty, David, Editor. Electoral Politics in 

Papua New Guinea: Studies on the 1977 Elections. n.p.: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1983: 

5

196-215. 

Note: [Nipa, Lake Kutubu]. 

67. Sillitoe, Paul. Social Status and Potential Garden Site Productivity among Subsistence Cultivators in the New 

Guinea Highlands: The Absence of Correlations. Journal of Anthropological Research. 1993; 49: 237-254. 


68. Sillitoe, Paul. Social Change in Melanesia: Development and History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 

2000. xx, 264 pp. Note: [fw: Wola; from lit: Siane, Goroka, Krisa, Hanuabada]. 

69. Sillitoe, Paul. Soil and Cultivation in the Papua New Guinea Highlands: I. Indigenous Appraisal of the Variable 

Agricultural Potential of Soils. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. 1993; 36(1): 

86-94. 


70. Sillitoe, Paul. Soil and Cultivation in the Papua New Guinea Highlands: II. A Comparison of Indigenous and 

Scientific Perspectives. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. 1993; 36(2): 1-21. 


71. Sillitoe, Paul. Some More on War: A Wola Pespective. In: Scaglion, Richard, Editor. Homicide Compensation 

in Papua New Guinea: Problems and Prospects. n.p. [Port Moresby]: Law Reform Commission of Papua New 

Guinea; 1981: 70-81. (Monographs; v. 1). 


72. Sillitoe, Paul. Sorcery Divination among the Wola. In: Stephen, Michele, Editor. Sorcerer and Witch in Melanesia. 

New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1987: 121-146 + Plates. 


73. Sillitoe, Paul. Stone Versus Steel. Mankind. 1979; 12: 151- 161. 


74. Sillitoe, Paul. Thunder Woman's Bird. Paradise. 1978; 14: 11-14. 

Note: [Wola]. 

75. Sillitoe, Paul. Traditional Co-operation and Development in the Wola Region. Yagl-Ambu. 1982; 9: 1-15. 


76. Sillitoe, Paul. Where to Next?: Garden Site Selection in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Oceania. 1999; 69: 

184-208. 


77. Sillitoe, Paul. Whether Rain or Shine: Weather Regimes from a New Guinea Perspective. Oceania. 1994; 64: 

246-270. 


78. Sillitoe, Paul. Why String Figures? Cambridge Anthropology. 1976; 3(1): 13-26. 

Note: [Wola]. 

79. Sillitoe, Paul. Worms That Bite and Other Aspects of Wola Soil Lore. In: Pawley, Andrew, Editor. Man and a 

Half: Essays in Pacific Anthropology and Ethnobiology in Honour of Ralph Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian 

Society; 1991: 152-163. (Memoirs; v. 48). 


80. Sillitoe, Paul; Shiel, R. S. Soil Fertility Under Shifting and Semi-continuous Cultivation in the Southern 

Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Soil Use and Management. 1999; 15: 49-55. 

6

Note: [fw 1987: Haelaelinja Wola]. 

81. Sillitoe, Paul; Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Horticulture in Papua New Guinea: Case Studies from the 

Southern and Western Highlands. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 2002. 

xxiii, 338 pp. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 18). 

82. Silovo, Ron. The Study of Sources on the History of TRade in Mailu. Yagl-Ambu. 1977; 4: 284-293. 

Note: [Mailu]. 

83. Silvapulle, Paramsothy. An Investigation of Lymphocytotoxins in Leprosy and Hepatitis Patients in Papua New 

Guinea [M.Sc. Thesis]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1982. vi, 57 pp. 

Note: [colls: PNG]. 

84. Silverman, Eric Kline. The Art of Papua New Guinea: Cultural Traditions of the Sepik River: Selections from the 

Marion and Samuel Spring Collection October 2 - October 30, 1988. Gainesville: University of Florida, 

University Gallery; 1988: 48 pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Abelam, Kwoma, Sawos, Iatmul, Ramu R, Keram R, Murik, Guam R, Lower Sepik, 

Karawari R, Blackwater R, Hunstein Mts, Yuat R, Mameri vill Korosameri R, Kaningra]. 

85. Silverman, Eric Kline. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: James F. Weiner, The Lost Drum: The Myth of 

Sexuality in Papua New Guinea and Beyond. Pacific Studies. 2001; 24(1-2): 89-102. 

Note: [from lit: Foi]. 

86. Silverman, Eric Kline. From Totemic Space to Cyberspace: Transformations in Sepik River and Aboriginal 

Australian Myth, Knowledge, and Art. In: Rumsey, Alan; Weiner, James, Editors. Emplaced Myth: Space, 

Narrative, and Knowledge in Aboriginal Australia and Papua New Guinea. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i 

Press; 2001: 189-214. 

Note: [fw 1988-1990, 1994: Tambunun Iatmul]. 

87. Silverman, Eric Kline. The Gender of the Cosmos: Totemism, Society, and Embodiment in the Sepik River. 

Oceania. 1996; 67: 30-49. 

Note: [fw 1988-1990, June-August 1994: Tambunum vill Iatmul]. 

88. Silverman, Eric Kline. Masculinity, Motherhood, and Mockery: Psychoanalyzing Culture and the Iatmul Naven 

Rite in New Guinea. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 2001. xiii, [i], 243 pp. Note: [fw 

1988-1990, 1994: Tambunum Iatmul]. 

89. Silverman, Eric Kline. Politics, Gender, and Time in Melanesia and Aboriginal Australia. Ethnology. 1997; 36: 

101-121. 

Note: [fw 1988-1990, June-August 1994: Tambunum Iatmul]. 

90. Silverman, Eric Kline. Scent and Psyche: Andamanese Cosmology and Psychodynamic Perspectives on Sepik 

Ritual. Reviews in Anthropology. 2001; 29: 379-395. 

Note: [from lit: Umeda, Yafar]. 

91. Silverman, Eric K. Tambunum: New Perspectives on Eastern Iatmul (Sepik River, Papua New Guinea) Kinship, 

Marriage, and Society [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota; 1993. xiii, 568 pp. 

Note: [fw: Tambunum Iatmul]. 

92. Silverman, Eric Kline. Tourist Art as the Crafting of Identity in the Sepik River (Papua New Guinea). In: Phillips, 

Ruth B.; Steiner, Christopher B., Editors. Unpacking Culture: Art and Commodity in Colonial and Postcolonial 

Worlds. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1999: 51-66, 358-359. 

Note: [fw 1988-1990, June-August 1994: Tambunum Iatmul]. 

93. Silverman, Eric Kline. Traditional Cartography in Papua New Guinea. In: Woodward, David; Lewis, G. Malcolm, 

7

Editors. The History of Cartography, Volume Two, Book Three: Cartography in the Traditional African, 

American, Arctic, Australian, and Pacific Societies. Chicago: University of Chicago Press; 1998: 423-442. 

Note: [fw 1988-1990, 1994: Tambunum Iatmul; from lit: Mt Ok, Trobriand Is, Sio, Wopkaimin, Huli, Daribi, 

Kaluli, Tubetube, Mejprat, Yupno, Chambri, Umeda, Foi]. 

94. Silzer, Peter James. Ambai: An Austronesian Language of Irian Jaya [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian 

National University; 1983. xv, 292 pp. 

Note: [SIL 1977 --: Ambai]. 

95. Silzer, Peter J. Kepentingan Lingguistik Diakronis Bagi Penelitian Sinkronis Dalam Bahasa Ambai di Irian Jaya. 

Workpapers in Indonesian Linguistics. 1982; 1: 6-13. 

Note: [SIL 1977--: Ambai; from pc: Wandamen]. 

96. Silzer, Peter. A Six-week Phonemic Analysis of Air Mati with a Tentative Orthography. In: Suharno, Ignatius; 

Pike, Kenneth L., Editors. From Baudi to Indonesian: Studies in Linguistics from the 1975 UNCEN-SIL 

Workshop, Danau Bira, Irian Jaya. n.p. [Jayapura]: Cenderawasih University and Summer Institute of 

Linguistics; 1976: 192-201. 

Note: [SIL: Air Mati]. 

97. Silzer, Peter J.; Clouse, Heljä Heikkinen, Compilers. Index of Irian Jaya Languages. Second ed. n.p. [Jayapura]: 

Program Kerjasama Universitas Cenderawasih dan Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1991. v, 114 pp. + 10 

Foldout Maps. (Irian: Bulletin of Irian Jaya, Special Publications). 

Note: [general IJ]. 

98. Silzer, Peter J.; Heikkinen, Heljä. Index of Irian Jaya Languages. Jayapura: University of Cenderawasih; 1984. 

v, 125 pp. + 11 Foldout Maps. (Irian; v. 12). 

Note: [SIL: general IJ]. 

99. Silzer, Sheryl. Six Weeks to an Over-view of the Grammar of a Pre-literate Language: From Discourse to 

Morpheme in Air Mati (Irian Jaya). In: Suharno, Ignatius; Pike, Kenneth L., Editors. From Baudi to Indonesian: 

Studies in Linguistics from the 1975 UNCEN-SIL Workshop, Danau Bira, Irian Jaya. n.p. [Jayapura]: 

Cenderawasih University and Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1976: 15-28. 

Note: [SIL: Air Mati]. 

100. Silzer, Sheryl. Some Figure and Ground Functions in Ambai Narrative. Irian. 1979; 8(1): 33-52. 

Note: [SIL: Ambai vill]. 

101. Simantujak, Truman. Review of the Prehistory of Irian Jaya. In: Miedema, Jelle; Odé, Cecilia; Dam, Rien A. C.; 

Baak, Connie, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference, 

Leiden, 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Editions Rodopi B.V.; 1998: 941-950. 

Note: [from lit: general IJ]. 

102. Simeon, André V. Listing of the M. Blanding Collection of South Seas Primitives in the Birth of Art. Altadena, 

CA: M. Blanding; n.d. [27] pp. 

Note: [Massim]. 

103. Simeon, George J. The Ethnomedicine of the Torres Strait Islanders. In: Oehser, Paul H.; Lea, John S.; Powars, 

Nancy Link, Compilers & Editors. National Geographic Research Reports, Volume 15: Research and 

Exploration Projects Supported by the National Geographic Society, for Which an Initial Grant or Continuing 

Support Was Provided in the Years 1971, 1973, or 1974. Washington, DC: National Geographic Society; 1983: 

577-581. 

Note: [fw 1974 (6 mos): Thursday I]. 

104. Simmons, R. T. Blood Group Genes in Polynesians and Comparisons with Other Pacific Peoples. Reprinted in: 

Vayda, Andrew P., Editor. Peoples and Cultures of the Pacific: An Anthropological Reader. Garden City: 

8

Natural History Press; 1968: 45-62. 

Note: [from colls: general NG]. 

105. Simmons, R. T. A Report on Blood Group Genetical Surveys in Eastern Asia, Indonesia, Melanesia, Micronesia, 

Polynesia and Australia in the Study of Man. Anthropos. 1956; 51: 500-512. 

Note: [from lit: NG]. 

106. Simmons, R. T.; Booth, P. B. A Compendium of Melanesian Genetic Data. I. A1BO, MNSs and Rh Blood 

Groups. Parkville, Vic.: Commonwealth Serum Laboratories; 1971. 19 pp. (Publications; v. 546). 

Note: [from lit & colls: Western District, Gulf District, Milne Bay District, Balimo, Kiunga, Kikori, Motu, 

Koita, Goilala, Tapini, Pari, Mailu, Ewa Ge, Orokaiva, Binandere, Korafe, Kiwai, Erema, Roro, Rigo, Hula, 

Marshall Lagoon, Louisiade Archipelago, D'Entrecasteaux Is, Trobriand Is, Misima, Lake Murray, Northern 

District, Central District, Middle Sepik, Telefolmin, Eliptamin, Maprik, Oksapmin, May R, Wapei, Namie, 

Wewak, North Coast PNG, Au, Aiome, Madang, Rao, Breri, Kire, Karkar I, Takia, Bundi, Kukukuku, 

Moraei-Simbnari, Menyamya, Waffa, Bulolo, Markham V, Bampa-Antir-Siats, Binumarien, Chivasing, 

Gnarowein, Gurakor, Guruf, Kaiapit, Kusing, Kwasang, Labubutu, Mamanban, Narumonke, Omisuan, 

Onga-Naruboin, Sukurum-Dumlinan, Tsile Tsile, Tumbuna, Wankum, Wompul, Dantap (Yaros), Atzera, 

Amari, Ho'op, Lae-Womba, Bukawa, Yanga, Wagang, Buhalu, Butibum, Kamkumum, Onga, Awan, Intoap, 

Itsingants, Puguap, Singas, Yanuf, Yatsing, Siaga, Nondugl, Mt Hagen, Upper Ambun V, Lower Ambun V, 

Jimi V, Upper Lai V, Wapenamanda, Cherunki, Tsak V, Welya, Yaramanda, Tumundan, Papayuk, Yugonda, 

Kundip, Laiagam, Kompiam, Muriraga, Minj, Lake Kopiago, Murapin, Chimbu-Chuave-Hagen, Karimui, 

Mendi, Tari, Mendi-Pole-Huli, Pole-Wiru, Huli, Lake Kutubu, Irakei, Damayu, Hegisu, Fiwaga, Wasemi, 

Chimbu, Goroka, Kainantu, Gahuku-Kamano, Gembogl, Lufa, N Fore, S Fore]. 

107. Simmons, R. T.; Booth, P. B. A Compendium of Melanesian Genetic Data. II. Blood Group Antigens and Some 

Genetic Characteristics Other Than A1BO, MNS and Rh. Parkville, Vic.: Commonwealth Serum Laboratories; 

1971. 14 pp. (Publications; v. 547). 

Note: [from lit & colls: Western District, Gulf District, Central District, Balimo, Kiunga, Lake Murray, Pari 

Motu, Goilala, Mailu, Ewa Ge, Orokaiva, Binandere, Korafe, Northern District, Milne Bay District, 

D'Entrecasteaux Is, Trobriand Is, Misima, Woodlark I, Sudest I, Cape Vogel, Daga, Telefomin, Wapei, 

Wapei-Palei, Namie, Middle Sepik, Kire, Madang, Karkar I, Takia, Bundi, Bampa-Antir-Siats, Binumarien, 

Chivasing, Gnarowein, Gurakor, Guruf, Kaiapit, Kusing, Kwasang, Labubutu, Mamanban, Narumonke, 

Omisuan, Onga-Naruboin, Sukurum-Dumlinan, Tsile Tsile, Tumbuna, Wankum, Wompul, Menyamya, 

Markham V, Amari, Bukawa, Atzera, Lake Kopiago, Laiagam, Mt Hagen, Murapin Enga, Nondugl, Jimi V, 

Mendi-Pole-Huli, Mendi, Pole-Wiru, Huli, Lake Kutubu, Wasemi, Hegisu, Fiwaga, Irakei, Damayu, Chimbu, 

Goroka, Kainantu, Wenaio, So'o, Iudo, Karimui, Mogiagi, N Fore, S Fore, Sepik District, Western Highlands 

District, Southern Highlands District, Eastern Highlands District, Au, Middle Sepik, Gembogl, Lufa, Atzera, 

Amari, Yaros, Ho'op, Lae-Womba, Labu, Gusap, Finschhafen, Umboi I, Sio, Kuon Peninsula, Salamaua 

(Kela), Garaina, Kiwai, Erema, Marshall Lagoon, Hula, Rigo, Motu, Koita, Roro, Tufi, Esa'ala, Samarai, Nuku, 

Upper Sepik, Namie, Ambunti, Maprik, Yilui, Kwieftim, Aitape, Vanimo, Wewak, Angoram, Serang, Karkar 

I, Wasamapal, Bilabil (Gogol V), Jimi V, Mendi, tari, Lake Kutubu, Chimbu District, Kerema, Kairuku, 

Goilala, Motu, Northern District, East Sepik District, Madang District, Morobe District, Kiunga, Kire]. 

108. Simmons, R. T.; Booth, P. B. A Compendium of Melanesian Genetic Data. III. Sickle Cell Trait (S.C.T.), 

Beta-thalassaemia Trait, Abnormal Haemoglobins, Haptoglobins (Hp), Transferrins (Tf), Glucose-6-phosphate 

Dehydrogenase (G6PD), Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH), Adenylate Kinase (AK), and Malate Dehydrogenase 

(MDH) Enzyme Groups, Together with Placental Alkaline Phosphatase Types (Pl), Red Cell Acdid 

Phosphatase Types (P) and Serum Albumin Variants. Parkville, Vic.: Commonwealth Serum Laboratories; 

1971. 17 pp. (Publications; v. 548). 

Note: [from lit & colls: Port Moresby, Chimbu, Gimi-Mani, Awa, Kukukuku, West NG, Eastern Highlands, 

Rigo, Kerema, Milne Bay, Abau, Oro Bay, Wewak, Asmat, Merauke, Mulia, Bukawa, Wamopur, Mumeng, 

Sause, Abelam, Gadsup, Tairora, Auyana, Fore, Yate, Kamano, Gimi, Usurufa, Enga, Markham V, Megier, 

Watut, Lae, Orokolo, Sepik District, Eastern Highlands District, Southern Highlands District, Western 

Highlands District, Labubutu, Kwasang, Gurakor, Chivasing, Tsile Tsile, Atsera, Kundiawa, Oksapmin, 

Trobriand Is, Kairuku, Karimui, Popondetta, Rossel I, Uinba (Western Highlands), Murapin Enga, 

9

D'Entrecasteaux Is, Misima, Kire, Northern District, Fore, Morobe District, Gulf District, Western District, 

Central District, Simbai V, Ewa Ge, Pari, Mailu, Kerema]. 

109. Simmons, R. T.; Booth, P. B. A Compendium of Melanesian Genetic Data. IV. Colour-blindness, 

Dermatoglyphics, Skin Pigmentation, Heights and Weights and Miscellaneous Reports. Parkville, Vic.: 

Commonwealth Serum Laboratories; 1971. 4 pp. (Publications; v. 549). 

Note: [from lit & colls: general PNG]. 

110. Simmons, R. T.; Gajdusek, D. C. Blood Group Genetical Studies on Kuru-Afflicted Natives of the Eastern 

Highlands of New Guinea, and Comparisons with Unaffected Neighboring Tribes in Papua-New Guinea. 

Bibliotheca Haematologica. 1962; 13: 255-259. 

Note: [colls: Agarabe, Auyana, Awa, Fore, Gadsup, Ganati, Gimi, Kamano, Kanite, Keigana, Pawaia, Simbari, 

Sinasina, Tairora, Usarufa]. 

111. Simmons, R. T.; Gajdusek, D. C.; Nicholson, M. K. Blood Group Genetic Variations in Inhabitants of West New 

Guinea, with a Map of the Villages and Linguistic Groups of South West New Guinea. American Journal of 

Physical Anthropology. 1967; 27: 277- 302 + Map. 

Note: [colls 1960, 1963: Asmat, Sauwi, Aikut-Sinipit-Kabigir, Kayagar, Khogir, Auyu, Jaqai, Mandobo, Muju, 

Marind-anim, Yei- anim, Kimaam, W Dani, Uhunduni, Mungai, Nimboran, Sentani]. 

112. Simmons, R. T.; Gajdusek, D. C.; Gorman, J. G.; Kidson, Chev; Hornabrook, R. W. Presence of the Duffy Blood 

Group Gene Fy(1b) Demonstrated in Melanesians. Nature. 1967; 213: 1148-1149. 

Note: [from colls: Nondugl, Hagen, Okapa, Enga, Kapauku, Dani, Mulia Dani, PM, Goroka, Fore, Orokaiva, 

Biak, Sorong, Asmat, Sentani, Sepik, Kukukuku]. 

113. Simmons, R. T.; Graydon, J. J.; Gajdusek, D. C.; Schofield, F. D.; Parkinson, A. D. Blood Group Genetic Data 

from the Maprik Area of the Sepik District, New Guinea. Oceania. 1965; 35: 218- 232. 

Note: [survey: Yambes, Wam, Abelam, Boiken]. 

114. Simmons, R. T.; Graydon, J. J.; Curtain, C. C.; Baumgarten, A. Blood Group Genetic Studies in Laiagam, and 

Mt. Hagen (Lepers), New Guinea. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1968; 3: 49-54. 

Note: [colls 1966: Laiagam, Mt Hagen Leper Hospital; from lit: Chimbu to Hagen, Enga]. 

115. Simmons, R. T.; Graydon, J. J.; Woods, E. F.; Smith, W. A. Hugh; Lancaster, O. Further Observations on the Rh 

and Hr Factors, and the Blood Group Frequencies in Papuans. Medical Journal of Australia. 1946; 1: 537-539. 

Note: [survey: Daru, Kikori, Kerema]. 

116. Simmons, R. T.; Graydon, J. J.; Gajdusek, D. C.; Alpers, M. P.; Hornabrook, R. W. Genetic Studies in Relation 

to Kuru. II. Blood-Group Genetic Patterns in Kuru Patients and Populations of the Eastern Highlands of New 

Guinea. American Journal of Human Genetics. 1972; 24(6,2): S39-S71. 

Note: [surveys: N Fore, S Fore, Auyana, Gimi, Kamano, Kanite, Usurufa, Agarabi, Awa, Gadsup, Genatei, 

Gumine, Pawaian, Tairora]. 

117. Simmons, Roy T. The Biological Origin of Australian Aboriginals: An Examination of Blood Group Genes and 

Gene Frequencies for Possible Evidence in Populations from Australia to Eurasia. In: Kirk, R. L.; Thorne, A. 

G., Editors. The Origin of the Australians. Canberra: Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies; 1976: 307-328. 

(Human Biology Series; v. 6). 

Note: [from colls: numerous NG]. 

118. Simmons, Roy T. Blood Group Genetic Patterns and Heterogeneity in New Guinea. Human Biology in Oceania. 

1973; 2: 63-71. 


119. Simmons, Roy T.; Graydon, John J.; Zigas, Vincent; Baker, Lois Larkin; Gajdusek, D. Carleton. Studies on Kuru 

V. A Blood Group Genetical Survey of the Kuru region and Other Parts of Papua-New Guinea. American 

10

Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 1961; 10: 639-664. 

Note: [surveys & from lit: Fore, Gimi, Keiagana, kanite, Usurufa, Kamano, Auyana, Agarebi, Awa, Chimbu, 

Gadsup, Moreaei- Simbari, Menyamya, Tairora, Yar Pavaian, Enga, Mulia Dani, Wam, Luwaite-Wam, 

Abelam, Orokaiva, Asmat, Frederik Hendrik I, Sentani, Nimboran, southern Papua, Motu, Koita, Goilala, 

Kikori, Hagen, Goroka, Bulolo, Aiome, Biak, Sekori, Sarmi, Marind-anim, Asmat, Djar, Mandobo, Moejoe, 

Wissel Lakes, Star Mts, Tiom Dani, Wamena Dani, Kapauku]. 

120. Simmons, Roy T.; Graydon, John J.; Zigas, Vincent; Baker, Lois Larkin; Gajdusek, D. Carleton. Studies on Kuru 

VI. Blood Groups in Kuru. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 1961; 10: 665-668. 

Note: [surveys: Fore, Eastern Highlands, Kukukuku]. 

121. Simms, Robert. Magic, Sorcery, Medicine. Paradise. 1991; 86: 33-35. 

Note: [Godonova vill Goroka V]. 

122. Simon, Artur. Ethnomusicological Research in the Central Highlands of Irian Jaya (West New Guinea). In: 

Moyle, Alice Marshall, Editor. Music and Dance of Aboriginal Australia and the South Pacific: The Effects 

of Documentation on the Living Tradition. Sydney: University of Sydney; 1992: 40-58. (Oceania Monographs; 

v. 41). 

Note: [fw 1974-1976: Eipo]. 

123. Simon, Artur. Feldforschungen im östlichen Hochland von West-Irian (Neuguinea). Mitteilungen der Deutschen 

Gesellschaft für Musik des Orients. 1977; 14: 91-94. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Eipo]. 

124. Simon, Artur. Forschungsprojekt Musikethnologie. In: Koch, Gerd et al. Steinzeit - heute: Forschungen im 



v. 25ab). 


125. Simon, Artur. A Highland People: The Eipo. In: Kaeppler, Adrienne L.; Love, J. W., Editors. The Garland 

Encyclopedia of World Music, Volume 9: Australia and the Pacific Islands. New York: Garland Publishing, 

Inc.; 1998: 591-594. 

Note: [Eipomek]. 

126. Simon, Artur. Musik aus dem Bergland West-Neuguineas: Irian Jaya. Berlin: M f V.; 1993. 180 pp. + 22 Plates 

+ 22 Music Transcriptions + 6 Compact Discs. (Museum für Völkerkunde, Abteilung Musikethnologie, 

Arnimallee 27; v. D-14195). 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Eipo]. 

127. Simon, Artur. Some Possibilities and Limitations of Historical Studies in Music Cultures with Oral/Aural 

Traditions. In: Yosihiko, Tokumaru; Osamu, Yamaguti, Editors. The Oral and the Literate in Music. Tokyo: 

Academia Music Ltd.; 1986: 440-452. Note: [fw 1975-1976: Eipo]. 

128. Simon, Artur. Types and Functions of Music in the Eastern Highlands of West Irian. Ethnomusicology. 1978; 

22: 441-455. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Eipo, Yali]. 

129. Simon, Artur. Über einige ethnomusikologische Zusammenhänge von Typus, Funktion und Struktur. 

Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1985; 33: 431-452. 

Note: [fw: Eipo-Mek]. 

130. Simon, Franz. Die Kleidung der Eipo. In: Koenig, Otto, Editor. Verhaltens Forschung in Österreich: Konrad 

Lorenz 80 Jahre. Wien-Heidelberg: Verlag Carl Ueberreuter; 1983: 471-481. 


11

131. Simon, Franz. Eipo (West-Neuguinea, Zentrales Hochland) Herstellen eines Perlenbandes in Halbwebtechnik. 

Film E 2595. In: Galle, H. K.; Burkert, D. G.; Fuchs, P., Editors. Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. Göttingen: 

Institut für den Wissenschaftlichen Film; 1989: 225-236. (Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen, 


Note: [fw 1976: Malingdam Eipo]. 

132. Simon, Franz. Forschungsprojekte Ethnologie: Filmdokumentation. In: Koch, Gerd et al. Steinzeit - heute: 

Forschungen im Bergland von Neuguinea: Das interdisziplinäre West-Irian-Projekt: Sonderausstellung. Berlin: 

Staatliche Museen Preußischer Kulturbesitz, Museum für Völkerkunde, Abteilung Südsee; 1978: [2] pp. 

(Führungsblätter; v. 24). 


133. Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation and Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 

1977. 350 pp. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages; v. 21). 

134. Simons, Gary. Phonostatistic Methods. In: Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation and Survey Techniques. 

Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 155-185. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages; 

v. 21). 

Note: [from lit: Gadsup, Kanite, Gahuku, Siane, Chimbu, Duna]. 

135. Simons, Gary. Principles of Multidialectal Orthography Design. In: Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation 

and Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 325- 342. (Workpapers in Papua 

New Guinea Languages; v. 21). 

Note: [fw: Biliau; from lit: Western Dani, Grand Valley Dani]. 

136. Simons, Gary. Recognizing Patterns of Divergence and Convergence in a Matrix of Lexicostatistical Relations. 

In: Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation and Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of 

Linguistics; 1977: 107-134. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea Languages; v. 21). 

Note: [fw: Biliau; from lit: Island Kiwai, Wabuda, Sisiame, Pirupiru, Kerewo, Southern Kiwai, Ngala, Nyaura, 

Manambu, Yelogu, Yangoru, Kwusaun, Maprik, Wosera]. 

137. Simons, Gary. Tables of Significance for Lexicostatistics. In: Simons, Gary, Editor. Language Variation and 

Survey Techniques. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 75- 106. (Workpapers in Papua New 

Guinea Languages; v. 21). 

Note: [from lit: Waia, Bainapi, Tao-Suamoto]. 

138. Simons, M. J. HLA Genetics, Immunity and Disease. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1978; 21: 56-64. 

Note: [Dani, Fore, Asaro, Bena Bena, Waskia]. 

139. Simons, M. J.; Binns, C. W.; Malcolm, L. A.; Yap, E. H. Australia Antigen Frequencies in Two Groups of 

Highland New Guineans. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1972; 15: 91-97. 

Note: [Wapenamanda, Bundi]. 

140. Simoons, Frederick J.; Baldwin, James A. Breast-Feeding of Animals by Women: Its Socio-Cultural Context and 

Geographic Occurrence. Anthropos. 1982; 77: 421-448. 

Note: [fw JAB 1975-1976: Gogodala; from lit: Huon Peninsula, Motu, Kiwai, Tangu, Turama, Mae Enga, 

Melpa, Chimbu, Fore, Agarabi, Kutubu, Tauade, Arfak Mts, Heve, Madik, Kaowerawedj, Grand Valley Dani]. 

141. Simpelaere, Paul. Chez les Asmat: Papous de Nouvelle-Guinée Occidentale (Irian Jaya): 

Esquisses-parallèles-souvenirs. Tielt (Belg.): Les Editions Lannoo; 1983. 399 pp. 

Note: [biologist coll 1973: Asmat]. 

142. Simpson, Colin. Adam in Plumes. Sydney: Angus and Robertson; 1954. xvii, 268 pp. + Frontispiece + Plates + 

Endpaper Illustrations. 

12

Note: [journalist 1953: general PNGH, Goroka, Gahuku, Benabena, Chimbu, Mingende, Nondugl, Minj, Mt 

Hagen, Banz]. 

143. Simpson, Colin. Adam with Arrows: Inside New Guinea. Sydney: Angus & Robertson; 1953. [vii], 240 pp. + 

Frontispiece + Plates + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [journalist: Kukukuku, Menyamya, Pinata, Chirunki, Telefomin]. 

144. Simpson, Colin. Islands of Men: Inside Melanesia. Sydney: Angus & Robertson; 1955. [iv], 248 pp. + 


Note: [journalist 1953, 1954: Torres Strait, Maprik, Ambunti, Malu, Kanganaman, Mindimbit, Kanduonam, 

Angoram, Tari, Lavani V]. 

145. Simpson, Colin. Plumes and Arrows: Inside New Guinea. Sydney: Angus & Robertson; 1962. viii, 421 pp. + 


Note: [journalist 1953, 1954: Kukukuku, Menyamya, Pinata, Chirunki, Telefomin, Goroka, Benabena, Gahuku, 

Chimbu, Mingende, Nondugl, Minj, Mt Hagen, Banz, Tari, Lavani V]. 

146. Simpson, D. A.; Lander, H.; Robson, H. N. Observations on Kuru. II. Clinical Features. Australasian Annals of 

Medicine. 1959; 8: 8-15. 


147. Simpson, Gary. Factors Affecting the Delivery of Extension Services in the Southern Highlands Province. 

Yagl-Ambu. 1980; 7: 1-6. 

Note: [Southern Highlands Province]. 

148. Simpson, Gary. The Mulim: A Case Study of the Potential and Limitations for Rural Development in a Marginal 

Agricultural Area, Southern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea [B.A.(Hons.) Thesis]. Port Moresby: 

University of Papua New Guinea; 1978. viii, 172 pp. 

Note: [fw July 1976 - May 1977: Mulim clan (north of Mendi)]. 

149. Simpson, S. Rowton. Land Problems in Papua-New Guinea. In: Simpson, S. Rowton; Hide, R. L.; Healy, A. M.; 

Kinyanjui, J. K. Land Tenure and Economic Development: Problems and Policies in Papua-New Guinea and 

Kenya. Canberra and Boroko: Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1971: 1-36. (New 

Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 40). 


150. Simpson, S. Rowton; Hide, R. L.; Healy, A. M.; Kinyanjui, J. K. Land Tenure and Economic Development: 

Problems and Policies in Papua-New Guinea and Kenya. Canberra and Boroko: Australian National University, 

New Guinea Research Unit; 1971. x, 144 pp. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 40). 

151. Sims, Andrew. Ketengban Kinship. Irian. 1986; 14: 14-45. 

Note: [SIL February 1981 - September 1983: Omban vill Ketengban]. 

152. Sims, Andrew. Of Red Men and Rituals: The Ketengban of Eastern Irian Jaya. Irian. 1991; 19: 38-90. 

Note: [SIL January 1981 -- (9 yrs): Ketengban]. 

153. Sims, Andrew. Of Red Men and Rituals. Reprinted in: Sims, Andrew; Sims, Anne. Ritual and Relationships in 

the Valley of the Sun. Jayapura and Dallas, Tx: Cenderawasih University and International Museum of 

Cultures; 1992: 1-89. (International Museum of Cultures, Publications; v. 30). 

Note: [SIL 1989: Ketengban]. 

154. Sims, Andrew. The Use of Tense and Aspect in Foregrounding and Backgrounding in Ketengban Narrative 

Discourse. Summer Institute of Linguistics Workpapers in Indonesian Languages and Culture. 1986; 2: 1-36. 

Note: [SIL February 1981 - August 1982: Omban vill Ketengban]. 

13

155. Sims, Andrew; Sims, Anne. Ketengban Phonology. Workpapers in Indonesian Linguistics. 1982; 1: 50-74. 

Note: [SIL: Omban Ketengban]. 

156. Sims, Andrew; Sims, Anne. Ritual and Relationships in the Valley of the Sun. Jayapura and Dallas, Tx: 

Cenderawasih University and International Museum of Cultures; 1992. x, 161 pp. (International Museum of 

Cultures, Publications; v. 30). 

Note: [SIL 1981-1992: Ketengban]. 

157. Sims, Andrew; Sterner, Joyce. The Clans That Birthed Me: Ketengban Kinship. In: Sims, Andrew; Sims, Anne. 

Ritual and Relationships in the Valley of the Sun. Jayapura and Dallas, Tx: Cenderawasih University and 

International Museum of Cultures; 1992: 117-161. (International Museum of Cultures, Publications; v. 30). 

Note: [SIL February 1981 - September 1983: Omban vill Ketengban]. 

158. Sims, Anne. Myth and Metaphor in Ketengban Pregnancy and Childbirth Practices. Irian. 1991; 19: 91-106. 

Note: [SIL January 1981 - July 1989: Ketengban]. 

159. Sims, Anne. Myth and Metaphor in Ketengban Pregnancy and Childbirth Practices. In: Sims, Andrew; Sims, 

Anne. Ritual and Relationships in the Valley of the Sun. Jayapura and Dallas, Tx: Cenderawasih University 

and International Museum of Cultures; 1992: 91-116. (International Museum of Cultures, Publications; v. 30). 

Note: [SIL 1989: Ketengban]. 

160. Sims, Anne; Jones, Linda. Participant Reference in Ketengban Narrative Folktales. Summer Institute of 

Linguistics Workpapers in Indonesian Languages and Culture. 1986; 2: 37-56. 

Note: [SIL June-August 1982: Omban vill Ketengban]. 

161. Sims, R. W. Birds Collected by Mr. F. Shaw-Mayer in the Central Highlands of New Guinea 1950-1951. Bulletin 

of the British Museum (Natural History). 1956; 3: 387-438 + 2 Plates. 

Note: [colls 1950-1951: Wahgi V, Mt Giluwe]. 

162. Simuavai, Boanere. The Papuan Water-Baby. The Papuan Villager. 1930; 2(1): 7. 

Note: [Fife Bay]. 

163. Simulabai, Italuvi. Gomwa-Begasi Village, Milne Bay Province. In: Law Reform Commission of Papua New 

Guinea. Marriage in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1986: 

20-33. (Monographs; v. 4). 

Note: [Gomwa-Begasi Dobu]. 

164. Sinade, Raymond. Economics of Education in the Kainantu Area. In: Powell, John P.; Wilson, Michael, Editors. 

Education and Rural Development in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: University of Papua 

New Guinea; 1974: 41-43. 

Note: [1972: Kainantu]. 

165. Sinclair, Barbara Y.; Cameron, D. A.; Goldsworthy, N. E.; Jones, Pamela B. Observations on Dental Conditions 

among Native Peoples in Papua-New Guinea, with a Short Note on the Fluorine Content of Selected Waters. 

In: Hipsley, E. H.; Clements, F. W., Editors. Report of the New Guinea Nutrition Survey Expedition 1947. 

Sydney: A.H. Pettifer, Government Printer; n.d. [1950]: 217-268. 

Note: [survey 1947: Patep, Kavataria, Koravagi, Mapos]. 

166. Sinclair, J. P. Behind the Ranges: Patrolling in New Guinea. Carlton, Vic.: Melbourne University Press; 1966. 

xvii, 230 pp. + Plates + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [admin 1949-1960s: Mumeng, Tauri R, Siaga Waffa, Banir R, Menyamya, Katsiong, Tari, Batiya, 

Marawaka, Tagari, Poru R, Tumbudu V, Kopiago, Koroba, Om Lagaip Hewa, Lagaip, Paiela, Porgera, 

Laiagam, Wage R, Mendi]. 

167. Sinclair, J. P. Patrolling in the Restricted Areas of Papua and New Guinea. Australian Outlook. 1954; 8: 129-145. 

14


168. Sinclair, J. P. Patrolling in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea. Australian Territories. 1961; 1(4): 26-33. 

Note: [admin: general PNG]. 

169. Sinclair, James. Balus: The Aeroplane in Papua New Guinea. Bathurst, N.S.W.: Robert Brown & Associates 

(Aust) Pty, Ltd; 1986. x, 296 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 


170. Sinclair, James P. Chimbu District. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. 

Carlton, Vic.: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea; 1972: 

164-170. 

Note: [Chimbu District]. 

171. Sinclair, James. Colourful Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Robert Brown and Associates; 1977. [40] pp. + 

Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [numerous PNG]. 

172. Sinclair, James. Dan Leahy: His Past Is Part of Today. In: Inder, Stuart, Editor. Tales of New Guinea. Roseville, 

N.S.W.: Retired Officers' Association of Papua New Guinea Inc.; 2001: 52- 53. 

Note: [Dan Leahy, PNGH]. 

173. Sinclair, James P. The Duna People of the Papuan Highlands: Their Discovery and Gradual Civilizing. 

Walkabout. 1958; 24(10): 32-34, 37-38. 

Note: [admin 1954: Duna, Koroba]. 

174. Sinclair, James P. The Duna People of the Papuan Highlands: Their Way of Life. Walkabout. 1958; 24(11): 

30-32. 

Note: [admin 1954: Duna, Koroba]. 

175. Sinclair, James. Faces of New Guinea. Milton, Qld: Jacaranda Press; 1973. [vi], 88 pp. 


176. Sinclair, James. Golden Gateway: Lae & The Province of Morobe. Bathurst, N.S.W.: Crawford House Publishing 

Pty Ltd; 1998. xv, 470 pp. 

Note: [Lae, Morobe Province]. 

177. Sinclair, James. The Highlanders. Milton, Qld: Jacaranda Press Pty Ltd; 1971. xx, 125 pp. + Endpaper 


Note: [numerous PNGH]. 

178. Sinclair, James. Kiap: Australia's Patrol Officers in Papua New Guinea. Sydney: Pacific Publications (Aust) Pty. 

Ltd.; 1978. 295 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [Port Moresby, Morobe District, Wau, Kaiapit, Mumeng, Kukukuku, Northern District, Telefolmin, 

Southern Highlands, Duna, Finschhafen, Lae, Eastern Highlands]. 

179. Sinclair, James. Last Frontiers: The Explorations of Ivan Champion of Papua: A Record of Geographical 

Exploration in Australia's Territory of Papua between 1926 and 1940. Gold Coast, Qld: Pacific Press 

(Queensland); 1988. xii, [i], 307 pp. + Frontispiece + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [admin explor Champion 1926-1940: Kunimaipa, Kambisi, Ononghe, Woitape, Fly R, Awin, Bolivip, 

Palmer R, Takin V, Goilala, Ioma, Misima, Strickland-Purari Patrol, Bamu-Purari Patrol, Bamu R, Leonard 

Murray Mts (Bosavi), Lake Kutubu, Tive Plateau, Poru Plateau, Kagole V, Wela V, Kikori R, Mubi R, Tari, 

Wage V]. 

180. Sinclair, James. A Nation's Capital. Port Moresby: Robert Brown and Associates; 1975. [32] pp. + Endpaper 

15

Map. (Land and People Series; v. 2). 


181. Sinclair, James. The Outside Man: Jack Hides of Papua. Melbourne: Lansdowne Press Pty Ltd; 1969. xiii, 271 

pp. + Frontispiece + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [Hides biog: Kambisi, Kunimaipa, Kukuku, Suki, Misima, Great Papuan Plateau, Tari, Waga, Kewa, 

Purari R, Strickland R]. 

182. Sinclair, James. Papua New Guinea -- A Colourful Land. Port Moresby: Robert Brown and Associates; 1975. [32] 

pp. 

Note: [Asaro, Fore, Kukukuku, Kanganaman, Chimbu V, Chambri, Okapa, Marawaka, Tauri hw, Vailala hw, 

Gimi, Benabena]. 

183. Sinclair, James. Papua New Guinea: The First 100 Years. Bathurst, N.S.W.: Robert Brown and Associates (Aust) 

Pty. Ltd; 1985. xi, [i], 187 pp. 


184. Sinclair, James. Sepik Pilot: Wing Commander Bobby Gibbes, D.S.O., D.F.C. Port Moresby: Robert Brown; 

1971. 189 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [numerous Sepik, Southern Highlands Province, Telefomin]. 

185. Sinclair, James. To Find a Lath: The Life and Times of the Royal Pacific Islands Regiment, Volume 1 -- 

Yesterday's Heroes 1885-1950. Gold Coast, Qld: Boolarong Publications; 1990. viii, 310 pp. + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [general German NG, TNG, Papua]. 

186. Sinclair, James. Wigmen of Papua. Milton, Qld: Jacaranda Press Pty Ltd; 1973. xiii, 104 pp. 

Note: [Suna, Huli, Strickland Gorge, Koi'angi, Hewa, Pai'ela, Porgera]. 

187. Sinclair, James. Wings of Gold: How the Aeroplane Developed New Guinea. Sydney: Pacific Publications; 1978. 

viii, 326 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 


188. Sinclair, Ruta Siniva. Anthropologists and Understanding the Relationship between Traditional and Western 

Medicine in Papua New Guinea. In: Stratigos, Susan; Hughes, Philip J., Editors. The Ethics of Development, 

Vol. 2: Justice and the Distribution of Health Care. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 

1987: 44-65. 

Note: [from lit: Dobu, Huli, Gimi, Sissano, Chimbu, Bena Bena, Gnau, Ommura, Enga, Abelam, Wam, Rao, 

Melpa, Ningerum]. 

189. Sinclair, Ruta. Anthropological Understanding of the Relationship between Traditional and Western Medicine 

in Papua New Guinea. Research in Melanesia. 1987; 11-12: 40-65. 

Note: [from lit: Gimi, Rao-Breri, Gnau, Nekematigi, Huli, Ommura, Maindorin Sissano, Ningerum]. 

190. Sinclair, Ruta. Samoans in Papua. In: Crocombe, Ron; Crocombe, Marjorie, Editors. Polynesian Missions in 

Melanesia: From Samoa, Cook Islands and Tonga to Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia. Suva: University 

of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies; 1982: 17-38. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Papua]. 

191. Singer, Rolf. A Russula Provoking Hysteria in New Guinea. Mycopathologia et Mycologia Applicata. 1958; 9: 

275-279. 

Note: [Minj]. 

192. Singh, Sardool. The Dermatoglyphics of Two Groups of Indigenes in New Guinea -- Kundiawa (Chimbu) and 

Lake Kopiago. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1968; 3: 116-122. 

Note: [colls 1963, 1965: Kundiawa, Lake Kopiago; from lit: Hanuabada, Hula]. 

16

193. Singh, Sumer. Co-operatives in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby and Canberra: Australian National University, 

New Guinea Research Unit; 1974. xv, 203, [1] pp. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 58). 

Note: [fw: Kukipi (Elema), Finschhafen, Atzera, Lake Murray, Chimbu]. 

194. Singu, Benny. Mameri (Mumeri) Village. Oral History. 1977; 5(8): 94. 

Note: [Mameri vill Korasameri R]. 

195. Sinha, D. P. Planned Socio-Cultural Change: Myth, Possibility or Reality; A Case Study from the New Guinea 

Highlands. In: Endo, Banri; Hoshi, Horoshi; Masuda, Shozo, Editors. Proceedings VIIIth International 

Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences 1968 Tokyo and Kyoto, Vol. III, Ethnology and 

Archaeology. Tokyo: Science Council of Japan; 1969: 384-387. 

Note: [fw: Wurup]. 

196. Sinha, D. P. The Wurup Project in New Guinea Highlands: Strategies in Planned Change. Oceania. 1969; 39: 

290-297. 

Note: [fw Summer, 1967, January-October 1968: Wurup Hagen]. 

197. Sinnett, P. F. Assessment of Nutritional Status in a New Guinea Highland Population. Science in New Guinea. 

1974; 2(1): 15-21. 

Note: [fw 1966 -- : Tukisenta Enga]. 

198. Sinnett, P. Heart Disease, Obesity, Diabetes and Cancer. In: Bell, C. O., Editor. The Diseases and Health Services 

of Papua New Guinea: A Basis for National Health Planning. Port Moresby: Department of Public Health; 

1973: 392-396. 


199. Sinnett, P.; Blake, N. M.; Kirk, R. L.; Lai, L. Y. C.; Walsh, R. J. Blood, Serum Protein and Enzyme Groups 

among Enga- Speaking People of the Western Highlands, New Guinea, with an Estimate of Genetic Distance 

between Clans. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1970; 5: 236-252. 

Note: [fw: Murapin phratry, Lagaip sub-district, Yandapu Enga]. 

200. Sinnett, P. F.; Whyte, H. M. Epidemiological Studies in a Highland Population of New Guinea: Environment, 

Culture, and Health Status. Human Ecology. 1973; 1: 245-277. 

Note: [fw October 1966 - April 1967, April-July 1968, January 1970: Tukisenta vill, Murapin phratry, Enga]. 

201. Sinnett, P. F.; Whyte, H. M. Epidemiological Studies in a Total Highland Population, Tukisenta, New Guinea: 

Cardiovascular Disease and Relevant Clinical, Electrocardiographic, Radiological and Biochemical Findings. 

Journal of Chronic Diseases. 1973; 26: 265-290. 

Note: [fw October 1966 - April 1967, April-July 1968: Murapin phratry Yandapu Enga]. 

202. Sinnett, P. F.; Whyte, Malcolm. Lifestyle, Health and Disease: A Comparison between Papua New Guinea and 

Australia. Medical Journal of Australia. 1978; 1: 1-5. 

Note: [PNG]. 

203. Sinnett, Peter. Nutrition in a New Guinea Highland Community. Human Biology in Oceania. 1972; 1: 299-305. 

Note: [Tukisenta]. 

204. Sinnett, Peter F. Nutritional Adaptation among the Enga. In: Bayliss-Smith, Timothy P.; Feachem, Richard G., 

Editors. Subsistence and Survival: Rural Ecology in the Pacific. London: Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 

1977: 63-90. 

Note: [fw: Tukisenta vill, Murapin phratry, Yandapu Enga]. 

205. Sinnett, Peter F. The People of Murapin. Goroka and Faringdon, Oxon. (U.K.): Papua New Guinea Institute of 

Medical Research and E.W. Classey Ltd; 1977. xii, 208 pp. + Plates. (Institute of Medical Research, 

17

Monograph Series; v. 4). 

Note: [fw 1966-1967, 1968, 1970: Tukisenta Enga]. 

206. Sinnett, Peter; Buck, Lesley. Coronary Heart Disease in Papua New Guinea: Present and Future. Papua New 


Note: [Tukisenta Enga]. 

207. Sinnett, Peter; Keig, Gael; Craig, William. Nutrition and Age-Related Changes in the Body Build of Adults: 

Studies in a New Guinea Highland Community. Human Biology in Oceania. 1973; 2: 50- 62. 

Note: [Tukisenta]. 

208. Sinnett, Peter F.; Kevau, Isi H.; Tyson, Daniel. Social Change and the Emergence of Degenerative Cardiovascular 

Disease in Papua New Guinea. In: Attenborough, Robert D.; Alpers, Michael P., Editors. Human Biology in 

Papua New Guinea: The Small Cosmos. Oxford: Clarendon Press; 1992: 373-386. (Research Monographs on 

Human Population Biology). 


209. Sinnett, Peter; Solomon, Albert. Physical Fitness in a New Guinea Highland Population. Papua and New Guinea 


Note: [fw October 1966 - April 1967: Tukisenta, Pipigungus, Torenam, Sirunki Enga]. 

210. Sinnett, Peter; Whyte, Malcolm. Lifestyle, Health and Disease: A Comparison between Papua New Guinea and 

Australia. Medical Journal of Australia. 1978; 1: 1-5. 

Note: [fw: Tukisenta Enga]. 

211. Sinnett, Peter F.; Whyte, Malcolm. Papua New Guinea. In: Trowell, H. C.; Burkitt, D. P., Editors. Western 

Diseases: Their Emergence and Prevention. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press; 1981: 171-187. 

Note: [survey 1966: Tukisenta hamlet Murapin Yandapu Enga]. 

212. Sint Antonius. Avonturen van P. Kammerer. Sint Antonius. 1953; 55: 30-32, 63-64, 94-95, 126-127, 158-159, 

190-191. 

Note: [Kammerer mission explor: Wissel Lakes, Moni, Uhunduni, Ilaga V]. 

213. Sint Antonius. De Papua als mens. Sint Antonius. 1952; 54: 101-107. 

Note: [Wembi]. 

214. Sint Antonius. Derde Orde-zusters in Epoòtopoea's. Sint Antonius. 1952; 54: 45-49. 

Note: [Enarotali]]. 

215. Sint Antonius. Een nieuwe missiepost in het centrale bergland van Nieuw-Guinea. Sint Antonius. 1957; 59: 

108-109. 

Note: [mission: Amungme]. 

216. Sint Antonius. Expeditie van Pater Misaël Kammerer. Sint Antonius. 1952; 54: 176-186. 

Note: [Kammerer mission explor: Wissel Lakes, Kugapa, Uhunduni]. 

217. Sint Antonius. Houtsnijders en houtsnijwerk aan de Mimika. Sint Antonius. 1958; 60: 9-11. 

Note: [mission: Mimika]. 

218. Sint Antonius. Huwelijksgebruiken bij de Papoea's. Sint Antonius. 1952; 54: 13-17. 


219. Sint Antonius. Naar de Oegoendoeni. Sint Antonius. 1953; 55: 172-175. 

Note: [mission: Uhunduni]. 

18

220. Sint Antonius. Naar de Oegoendoeni: Verslag van de tocht van pater Kammerer. Sint Antonius. 1954; 56: 43-44. 

Note: [Kammerer mission explor: Oegoendoeni]. 

221. Sippo, W. G. Pushing Back the Frontier. Australian Territories. 1962; 2(4): 4-9. 

Note: [admin: Huli]. 

222. Siregar, Leo. Ambaidiru: An Introduction. In: Howard, Michael C.; Sanggenata, Naffi, Editors. Papers on Applied 

Anthropology in Irian Jaya 1. Jayapura: Cenderawasih University, Department of Anthropology; 1997: 94-96. 

Note: [survey July 1995: Ambaidiru Yapen]. 

223. Siserta, Senga A. Mumuni Village, Oro Province. In: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea. Marriage 

in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1986: 34-40. (Monographs; 

v. 4). 

Note: [Mumuni Orokaiva]. 

224. Sitter-Koomans, C. M. de. Petrografisch onderzoek der stenen bijlen en messen van Nieuw-Guinea. In: Roux, 

C. C. F. M. le. De bergpapoea's van Nieuw-Guinea en hun woongebied, Tweede deel. Leiden: E.J. Brill; 1950: 

914-920 + Plates 108-109. 

Note: [colls le Roux: Weyland Mts, Nassau Mts]. 

225. Sjoblom, Tom. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: Harvey Whitehouse, Arguments and Icons: Divergent 

Modes of Religiosity. Journal of Ritual Studies. 2002; 16(2): 34-39. 

Note: [from lit: Baktaman]. 

226. Skeldon, Grania H. F. 1976 Supplement to a Bibliography of Medicine and Human Biology of Papua New 

Guinea. Faringdon, Oxfordshire (U.K.): E.W. Classey Ltd.; 1977. xii, 36 pp. 


227. Skeldon, Ronald, Editor. The Demography of Papua New Guinea: Analyses from the 1971 Census. Boroko: 

Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1979. xv, 159 pp. + Foldout Map. (Monographs; v. 11). 


228. Skeldon, Ronald. Family Planning in the Goroka Area of the Eastern Highlands. Boroko: Institute of Applied 

Social and Economic Research; 1977. 17 pp. (Discussion Papers; v. 10). 

Note: [1976: Goroka Base Hospital]. 

229. Skeldon, Ronald. The Growth of Goroka: Towards an Interpretation of the Past and a Warning for the Future. 

Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1976. 46 pp. (Discussion Papers; v. 6). 

Note: [1966-1976: Goroka]. 

230. Skeldon, Ronald. Internal Migration. In: Skeldon, Ronald, Editor. The Demography of Papua New Guinea: 

Analyses from the 1971 Census. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1979: 77-110. 

(Monographs; v. 11). 


231. Skeldon, Ronald. Introduction to the Demography of Papua New Guinea. In: Skeldon, Ronald, Editor. The 

Demography of Papua New Guinea: Analyses from the 1971 Census. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and 

Economic Research; 1979: 1-9 + Foldout Map. (Monographs; v. 11). 


232. Skeldon, Ronald. Migration Tables. In: Skeldon, Ronald, Editor. The Demography of Papua New Guinea: 

Analyses from the 1971 Census. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1979: 111-145. 

(Monographs; v. 11). 


19

233. Skeldon, Ronald. Population Mobility in Developing Countries: A Reinterpretation. London: Belhaven Press; 

1990. x, 273 pp. 


234. Skeldon, Ronald. Recent Urban Growth in Papua New Guinea. Australian Geographer. 1980; 14: 267-277. 

Note: [Port Moresby, Lae, Madang, Wewak, Daru, Goroka, Popondetta]. 

235. Skeldon, Ronald. Regional Associations among Urban Migrants in Papua New Guinea. Oceania. 1980; 50: 

248-272. 

Note: [fw 1976: Goroka, Lae]. 

236. Skeldon, Ronald. Some Methodological Aspects of Census Enumeration in Papua New Guinea. In: McDevitt, 

Thomas M., Editor. The Survey Under Difficult Conditions: Population Data Collection & Analysis in Papua 

New Guinea. New Haven: Human Relations Area Files, Inc.; 1987: 29-43. (HRAFlex Books, Ethnography 

Series; v. OJ1-006). 


237. Skeldon, Ronald. Volcanic Ash, Hailstorms and Crops: Oral History from the Eastern Highlands of Papua New 

Guinea. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1977; 86: 403-409. 

Note: [fw: Gahuku Gama]. 

238. Skelly, E. C. Report of a Patrol Made by A.R.M. Skelly and P.O. Miles to the Kuku-kuku Country in the Nabo 

and Albert Mountains, Commencing from Kerema, from 15th November to 30th December, 1916. In: 

Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1916-17. Melbourne: Government 

Printer; 1917: Appendix D, pp. 68-76. 

Note: [admin November-December 1916: Hawoiu, Dohiti, Papikava, Karauwi, Aroawi, Matupi]. 

239. Skelly, E. C. Report of a Patrol Made by Acting Assistant Resident Magistrate, Upoia, to the Albert Mountains 

(Ivori Valley) from the 20th October to 9th November, 1917. In: Commonwealth of Australia. Papua: Annual 

Report for the Year 1917-18. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1919: Appendix C, pp. 68- 74 + Map. 

Note: [admin October-November 1917: Paku, Keki, Ivori R, Swanson R]. 

240. Skingle, D. C. Some Medicinal Herbs Used by the Natives of New Guinea. Mankind. 1969; 7: 223-225. 

Note: [fw 1967: Faiwolmin, Oksapmin, Pari, Zimakani]. 

241. Skinner, David. 8 Barbed Fighting Arrows (Nos 1-4, 6-9) and One "Punishment" Arrow (No. 5). In: Beran, Harry, 

Editor. Oceanic and Indonesian Art: Collectors' Choice: An Exhibition of 102 Works from 90 Private 

Australian Collections at Nomadic Rug Traders, Sydney, 18 July to 14 August 1998. Bathurst and Wollahra: 

Crawford House Publishing Pty Ltd in association with Oceanic Art Society; 1998: 95-97. 

Note: [exhibition: Simbu, Bena Bena, Kamano, Kainantu, Gadsup]. 

242. Skinner, David. Archery of Melanesia Part I. Journal of the Society of Archer-Antiquaries. 1965; 8: 14-19. 

Note: [from lit: Wiram, Marind-anim, Toro, Keraki]. 

243. Skinner, David. Archery of Melanesia Part II: The Kukukuku. Journal of the Society of Archer-Antiquaries. 1966; 

9: 10-13. 

Note: [from lit: Kukukuku (Blackwood)]. 

244. Skinner, David. Arrows from New Guinea. Journal of the Society of Archer-Antiquaries. 1964; 7: 20-23. 

Note: [from museum colls (?): Chimbu, Siane, Asaro, Agaria, Bena-Bena, Kamano, Agarabi, Gadsup, Taiora]. 

245. Skinner, David. Arrows of Melanesia: Neglected Art Form. World of Tribal Arts. 2000; 6(2): 86-99. 

Note: [from museum colls: Kamano, Black R, Frieda R, Mendi, Nomad R, Telefomin, Southwest NG, 

Mianmin, Tari, Biami, Amanab, Kainantu, Asaro]. 

20

246. Skjerdal, Karl. Steinalder i atomtiden: Tre år blaut papuanerne i Ny-Guinea. Oslo: J.W. Cappelens Forlag A.S.; 

1977. 187 pp. 

Note: [travels 1973-1976: Asmat, Baliem V]. 

247. Slamet, Ina E. Kehidupan Suku-Suku Irian Barat. Djakarta: Bhratara; 1964. 49 pp. 

Note: [from lit: Ekagi, Moni]. 

248. Slamet-Velsink, Ina E. Emerging Hierarchies: Processes of Stratification and Early State Formation in the 

Indonesian Archipelago: Prehistory and the Ethnographic Present. Leiden: KITLV Press; 1995. vi, [iii], 279 

pp. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, Verhandelingen; v. 166). 

Note: [from lit: Asmat, Marind-anim, Mejbrat, Mimika, Oriomo, Waropen]. 

249. Sloan, William N. Valuables and Vegetables: An Alliance Theory Investigation of Trobriand Society. Journal 

of Symbolic Anthropology. 1973; 2: 99-126. 


250. Slobodniuk, Ray; Naraqi, Sirus. Cryptococcal Meningitis in the Central Province of Papua New Guinea. Papua 


Note: [1972-1978: Port Moresby General Hospital]. 

251. Slump, F. West Nieuw-Guinea na de oorlog. In: Kamma, F. C. Kruis en korwar: Een honderdjarig vraagstuk op 

Nieuw Guinea. Den Haag: J.N. Voorhoeve; 1953: 110-117. 

Note: [mission: Vogelkop]. 

21

Bibliography 

1. Small, Alexander. Chalmers of New Guinea. London: Hodder and Stoughton Limited; 1923. ix, 176 pp. + 

Frontispiece + 3 Plates. 

Note: [Chalmers, Papuan Gulf, Southeast Papua]. 

2. Smallwood, P. C. Some Clinical Laboratory Values for New Guinea Highlanders. Papua New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1975; 18: 53-55. 

Note: [Goroka, Asaro, Chimbu, Banz, Henganofi, Kainantu, Bena Bena, Okapa, Marawaka]. 

3. Smark, Peter. The Dunas of the Papua-New Guinea Highlands Fight for Fun. Pacific Islands Monthly. 1959; 30(2): 

61, 63. 

Note: [Lavani V Duna]. 

4. Smedts, M. Geen tabak, geen Alleluja. Sint Antonius. 1954; 56: 24-25, 28. 

Note: [mission: Kapauku, Moni]. 

5. Smedts, Mathieu. Geen tabak geen hallelujah: Het leven van de laatste mensen uit de steentijd. n.p.: Het 

Parelsnoer; n.d. 188, [2] pp. + Plates. 

Note: [journalist: Kapauku]. 

6. Smedts, Matthew. No Tobacco No Hallelujah: A Tale of a Vist to the Stone Age Capaukoos. London: William 

Kimber and Co. Limited; 1955. i-xii, 13-204 pp. + Frontispiece + Plates. 

Note: [journalist: Kapauku, Moni, Baliem V]. 

7. Smee, Ian. Serological Tests for Syphilis in Clinically Normal Papua New Guineans. Papua New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1972; 15: 142-144. 

Note: [PNG]. 

8. Smidt, D. Aibom. In: Egloff, Brian, Senior Editor. Pottery of Papua New Guinea: The National Collection. Port 

Moresby: Papua New Guinea National Museum and Art Gallery; 1977: 52-55. 

Note: [fw 1971 & from museum colls: Aibom]. 

9. Smidt, D. A. M. Asmat schilden en sculpturen Zuidwest Nieuw- Guinea (Irian Jaya). Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor 

Volkenkunde; 1990. [8] pp. + Endpaper Map + Endpaper Bibliography. 

Note: [exhibit: Asmat]. 

10. Smidt, D. A. M. Birth in New Guinea. In: Dongen, P. L. F. van; Leyenaar, Th. J. J.; Vos, K., Editors. The Seasons 

of Humankind. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1987: 17-23. 

Note: [Maprik, Akrukay, Marind Anim, Kominimung, Asmat, Jaoer (Geelvink Bay), Mimika, Serui-Ambai]. 

11. Smidt, D. A. M. Death and the Asmat. In: Dongen, P. L. F. van; Leyenaar, Th. J. J.; Vos, K., Editors. The Seasons 

of Humankind. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1987: 73-80. 


12. Smidt, D. A. M. Initiation: Introduction. In: Dongen, P. L. F. van; Leyenaar, Th. J. J.; Vos, K., Editors. The 

Seasons of Humankind. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1987: 24-25. 

Note: [Abelam]. 

13. Smidt, D. A. M. Initiation Rituals in New Guinea and New Britain. In: Dongen, P. L. F. van; Leyenaar, Th. J. J.; 

Vos, K., Editors. The Seasons of Humankind. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1987: 26-36. 

Note: [Abelam, Korogo, Kominimung, Mandok, Mimika]. 

14. Smidt, D. A. M. Schilders van Kambot. verre naasten naderbij. 1976; 3: 65-84. 

1

Note: [fw 1971: Kambot]. 

15. Smidt, D. Verzamelreis Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde in Papua New Guinea. Centrum voor Studies van 

Australie en Oceania Nieuwsbrief. 1988; 5: 9-10. 

Note: [fw July-Sep 1987: Apangai Abelam]. 

16. Smidt, D. A. Voorouderpalen uit West Nieuw-Guinea. verre naasten naderbij. 1970; 4: 86-100. 


17. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Art in Dutch Public Collections: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden. In: Greub, Suzanne. 

Art of Northwest New Guinea: From Geelvink Bay, Humboldt Bay, and Lake Sentani. New York: Rizzoli 

International Publications, INc.; 1992: 190-207. 

Note: [from museum colls: Humboldt Bay, Dore Bay, Lake Sentani, Korido vill, Waropen, Schouten Is, Siebu 

Jaur]. 

18. Smidt, Dirk, Editor. Asmat Art: Woodcarvings of Southwest New Guinea. Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus 

Editions and the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden, in association with C. Zwartenkot; 1993. i-xiii, 

14-160 pp. 

19. Smidt, Dirk A. M. The Asmat: Life, Death and the Ancestors [In]. Smidt, Dirk: Editor. Asmat Art: Woodcarvings 

of Southwest New Guinea. Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus Editions and the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, 

Leiden, in association with C. Zwartenkot; 1993: 14-25. 


20. Smidt, Dirk. Asmat: Life and Art Out of Death. In: Holsbeke, Mireille, Editor. The Object as Mediator: On the 

Transcendental Meaning of Art in Traditional Cultures. Antwerp: Etnografisch Museum Antwerp; 1996: 48-59. 

Note: [from musum colls: Siretch (Eilanden) R, Pirimapun, Pomatsj (Northwest) R, Sawa, Sjuru, Agats, 

Yepem, Unir (Lorentz) R, Atjamets, Amanamkai]. 

21. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Boombastdoek / Bark cloth. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, 

Editors. Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces from the National Museum of 

Ethnology. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 254-255. 

Note: [from museum colls: Sentani]. 

22. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Catalog of Woodcarvings [In]. Smidt, Dirk: Editor. Asmat Art: Woodcarvings of Southwest 

New Guinea. Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus Editions and the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden, in 

association with C. Zwartenkot; 1993: 70- 113. 


23. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Dansschild / Danceshield. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, 



Note: [from museum colls: Massim]. 

24. Smidt, Dirk. Establishing Museums in Developing Countries: The Case of Papua New Guinea. In: Mead, Sidney 

M., Editor. Exploring the Visual Art of Oceania: Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia. Honolulu: 

University Press of Hawaii; 1979: 392-404. 

Note: [from museum colls: Murik, Papuan Gulf, Nyaurengai vill Iatmul, Balimo Gogodala]. 

25. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Gestileerde figuur / Stylized figure. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem 

R. van, Editors. Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces from the National Museum 

of Ethnology. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 262-263. 

Note: [from museum colls: Awehima Marind-anim]. 

26. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Helmmasker / Helmet-mask. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, 

2



Note: [from museum colls: Orokolo]. 

27. Smidt, Dirk. Het kunstenaarschap in Melanesië / The Artist in Melanesia. In: Kooten, Toos van; Heuvel, Gerard 

van den, Editors. Sculptuur uit Afrika en Oceanië / Sculpture from Africa and Oceania: Een keuze uit de 

collecties van leden van de Vereniging Vrienden van Ethnografica / A Choice from the Collections of Members 

of teh Association of Friends of Ethnographica. Otterlo: Rijkmuseum Kröller-Müller; 1990: 185-217. Noet: 

[exhibit: Abelam, Elema, Kwoma, Trobriand Is, Kanganaman, Korogo, Apangai, Walimo, Musa R, 

Kominimung, Murik, Kalabu, Kambot, Asmat]. 

28. Smidt, Dirk. History of Collecting Kamoro Art. In: Smidt, Dirk, Editor. Kamoro Art: Tradition and Innovation 

in a New Guinea Culture. Amsterdam & Leiden: KIT Publishers & Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 2003: 

14-19. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Kamoro]. 

29. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Hoofdtooi / Head-dress. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, 



Note: [from museum colls: Tsira Roro]. 

30. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Introduction [In]. Smidt, Dirk: Editor. Asmat Art: Woodcarvings of Southwest New Guinea. 

Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus Editions and the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden, in association with 

C. Zwartenkot; 1993: ix- xiii. 


31. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Irian Jaya. In: Newton, Douglas, Editor. Arts of the South Seas: Island Southeast Asia, 

Melanesia, Polynesia,Micronesia: The Collections of the Musée Barbier- Mueller. Munich: Prestel; 1999: 

172-187, 365. 

Note: [from museum colls: Biak, Kaipuri Kurudu, Yapen, Cenderawasih Bay, Sarmi, Sentani, Mimika, Asmat, 

Marind-anim]. 

32. Smidt, Dirk, Editor. Kamoro Art: Tradition and Innovation in a New Guinea Culture. Amsterdam & Leiden: KIT 

Publishers & Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 2003. 157 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [exhibition: Kamoro]. 

33. Smidt, Dirk. Kominimung Shields. In: Mead, Sidney M.; Kernot, Bernie, Editors. Art and Artists of Oceania. 

Palmerston North (N.Z.) and Mill Valley, CA: The Dunmore Press Limited and Ethnographic Arts 

Publications; 1983: 137-161. 

Note: [fw Oct 1976 - May 1977: Kominimung]. 

34. Smidt, Dirk. Kominimung One-Legged Figures: Creative Process and Symbolic Function. In: Hanson, Allan; 

Hanson, Louise, Editors. Art and Identity in Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press; 1990: 15-35. 

Note: [fw: Kominimung]. 

35. Smidt, Dirk. Kominimung Sacred Woodcarvings (Papua New Guinea): Symbolic Meaning and Social Context. 

In: Keurs, Pieter ter; Smidt, Dirk, Editors. The Language of Things: Studies in Ethnocommunication in Honour 

of Professor Adrian A. Gerbrands. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1990: 77-112. (Mededelingen 

van het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde Leiden). 

Note: [fw 1976-1980 (8 mos): Kominimung]. 

36. Smidt, Dirk. Korwar: Powerful Images of the Dead. Arts & Cultures. 2003; 4: 140-161. 

Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, Biak, Waigeo I, Rumberpon I, Raja Empat Is, Kaipuri I, Yapen I]. 

37. Smidt, Dirk. Korwars: Speaking Images as Intermediaries between the Living and the Dead. In: Holsbeke, 

3

Mireille, Editor. The Object as Mediator: On the Transcendental Meaning of Art in Traditional Cultures. 

Antwerp: Etnografisch Museum Antwerp; 1996: 68-77. 

Note: [from musum colls: Wandamen, Geelvink Bay]. 

38. Smidt, Dirk. Kunstneren i Melanesien. In: Wallin, Hans Erik, Editor. Oceania: Kunst fra Melanesien. Humleboek 


Note: [Abelam, Goam R, Kominimung, Asmat]. 

39. Smidt, Dirk A. M. L'Irian Jaya. In: Newton, Douglas, Director. Arts des Mers du Sud: Insulinde, Mélanésie, 

Polynésie, Micronésie: Collections du musée Barbier-Mueller. Paris: Adam Biro; 1998: 172-187. 

Note: [from mcs: Biak, Kaipuri Kurudu, Yapen?, Cenderawasih Bay, Humboldt Bay, Sentani, Marind-anim, 

Lorentz R, Asmat, Otsjanep, Mimika]. 

40. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Masker / mask. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, Editors. 

Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces from the National Museum of Ethnology. 

Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 264-265. 

Note: [from museum colls: Wogeo]. 

41. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Mensfiguur / Human figure. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, 



Note: [from museum colls: Bongu]. 

42. Smidt, Dirk. Museumantropologie in papoea Nieuw-Guinea en de rol van Nederland. In: Bakel, Martin van; 

Borsboom, Ad; Dagmar, Hans, Editors. Traditie in Verandering: Nederlandse bijdragen aan antropologisch 

onderzoek in Oceanië. Leiden: DSWO Press; 1986: 245-273. (Sociaal Antropologische Studiën; v. 4). 


43. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Neue Entwicklungen in der Kunst der Asmat und ihre Darstellung in Museen. In: Konrad, 

Gunter; Konrad, Ursula, Editors. Asmat: Mythen und Rituale Inspiration der Kunst. Venezia: Erizzo Editrice; 

1995: 436-450. 


44. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Schedel korwar / Skull korwar. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. 

van, Editors. Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces from the National Museum 

of Ethnology. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 252-253. 

Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay]. 

45. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Schild / shield. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, Editors. 

Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces from the National Museum of Ethnology. 

Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 260-261. 


46. Smidt, Dirk. The Seized Collections of the Papua New Guinea Museum. University: University of Papua New 

Guinea, Creative Arts Centre; 1975. 101 pp. 

Note: [exhibit: Goaribari, Wapo, Urama, Era R, Purari Delta, Orokolo, Karam, Pangia, Enga, Murik, Watam, 

Manam, Lower Ramu, Iatmul, Sawos, Kaninggara, Aibom, Ewa, Kwoma, Abelam, Kanganaman, Kamangawi 

Sawos, Minagoiravi, Kinomere, Mapaio (Purari Delta), Baimuru, Vaiamu (Era R), Gipi (Wapo), Kaimari, 

Gauri (Gope), Pirimi (Baimuru), Karau, Mendam, Dongali Manam, Dugulaba Manam, Mangansangut Sawos, 

Torembi, Blackwater R, Danyig (Upper Korewori), Inyai, Latoma, Amaki (Nukuma), Naualu (Warasei), 

Asawurr (Warasei), Kwaga (Nukuma), Weiawos (Nukuma), Yaungget (Warasei), Yasyin, Washkuk, Wingei 

Abelam, Rao, Romkum Breri]. 

47. Smidt, Dirk. Sepik Art: Supernatural Support in Earthly Situations. In: Holsbeke, Mireille, Editor. The Object as 

Mediator: On the Transcendental Meaning of Art in Traditional Cultures. Antwerp: Etnografisch Museum 

4

Antwerp; 1996: 60-67. 

Note: [from musum colls: Kanganaman, Damur (Lower Ramu)]. 

48. Smidt, Dirk. Symbolic Meaning in Kominimung Masks. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, 

William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and 

Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 510-522. 

Note: [fw 1976-1980 (8 mos): Kominimung]. 

49. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Vrouwelijke voorouderfiguur / Female ancestor figure. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; Forrer, 

Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, Editors. Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / Masterpieces 

from the National Museum of Ethnology. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National Musem of 

Ethnology; 1987: 258-259. 


50. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Vrouwenfiguur met twee hoofden / Female figure with two heads. In: Dongen, Paul L. F. van; 

Forrer, Matthi; Gulik, Willem R. van, Editors. Topstukken uit het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / 

Masterpieces from the National Museum of Ethnology. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde / National 

Musem of Ethnology; 1987: 256-257. 

Note: [from museum colls: Tinapuka Mimika]. 

51. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Woodcarving Art: Style Regions and Motifs [In]. Smidt, Dirk: Editor. Asmat Art: 

Woodcarvings of Southwest New Guinea. Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus Editions and the Rijksmuseum 

voor Volkenkunde, Leiden, in association with C. Zwartenkot; 1993: 52-61. 

Note: [North West Asmat, Unir (Lorentz) R, Central Asmat, Citak Asmat (Wildeman R), Brazza R Asmat]. 

52. Smidt, Dirk A. M. Wowipitsj: The Asmat Woodcarver [In]. Smidt, Dirk: Editor. Asmat Art: Woodcarvings of 

Southwest New Guinea. Leiden and Amsterdam: Periplus Editions and the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, 

Leiden, in association with C. Zwartenkot; 1993: 46-51. 

Note: [Amanamkai Asmat]. 

53. Smidt, Dirk; Eoe, Soroi Marepo. A Festival to Honour the Dead and Revitalise Society: Masks and Prestige in 

a Gamei Community (Lower Ramu, Papua New Guinea). In: Craig, Barry; Kernot, Bernie; Anderson, 

Christopher, Editors. Art and Performance in Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press; 1999: 107-139, 

305-307 + Plates 3-5. 

Note: [visit 1979: Damur Gamei]. 

54. Smidt, Dirk A. M.; Keurs, Pieter ter; Trouwborst, Albert, Editors. Pacific Material Culture: Essays in Honour of 

Dr. Simon Kooijman on the Occasion of His 80th Birthday. Leiden: Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde; 1995. 

336 pp. (Mededelingen van het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden; v. 28). 

55. Smidt, Dirk; McGuigan, Noel. An Emic and Etic Role for Abelam Art (Papua New Guinea): The Context of a 

Collecting Trip on Behalf of the Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden. In: Dark, Philip J. C.; Rose, Roger 

G., Editors. Artistic Heritage in a Changing Pacific. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press; 1993: 121-141. 

Note: [fw 1986-1987: Apangai vill Abelam; from museum colls: Ulupu, Kuminibus, Chiginambu, Maprik, 

Neligum, Kalabu, Bongiora, Sunuhu (Kwanga), Kimbangwa, Saragum Abelam]. 

56. Smit, Hein; Voorhoeve, Henk W. A. Obstetrics and Childbirth at the Aitape Health Centre, Papua New Guinea. 


Note: [1986, 1988, 1989: Aitape]. 

57. Smith, David. Changing Patterns of Tobacco Use in Papua New Guinea. In: Smith, D. E.; Alpers, M. P., Editors. 

Cigarette Smoking in Papua New Guinea. Goroka: Papua New Guinea Institute of Medical Research; 1984: 

19-23. (Monographs; v. 7). 

Note: [surveys: 1973 Lufa, 1981 AsaroEHP 1973-1981]. 

5

58. Smith, David. Mortality from Pig-Bel (Enteritis Necroticans) in Children in tari 1971 to 1976. In: Lawrence, G. 

W.; Murrell, T. G. C.; Walker, P. D., Editors. Pig-Bel. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea; 1979: 

74-78. (Papua New Guinea Medical Journal; v. 22(1)). 

Note: [Tari]. 

59. Smith, David. Mortality from Pig-Bel (Enteritis Necroticans) in Children in Tari 1971 to 1976. Papua New Guinea 


Note: [1971-1976: Tari]. 

60. Smith, David. Otitis Media in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1981; 

24: 214-216. 

Note: [Asaro V]. 

61. Smith, David. Suicide in a Remote Preliterate Society in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea 


Note: [Tari; from lit: Kyaka Enga, Melpa, Chimbu]. 

62. Smith, Frank. Gastric Surgery in the Highlands. Papua and New Guinea Medical Journal. 1967; 10: 25-26. 


63. Smith, G. E. Population Growth and Education Planning in Papua New Guinea. In: Ward, Marion W., Editor. 

Population Growth and Socio-economic Change: Papers from the Second Demography Seminar, Port Moresby 

1970. Canberra and Boroko: Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1971: 58-80. (New 

Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 42). 


64. Smith, Geoff. Counting and Classification on Kiwai Island. In: Lancy, David F., Editor. The Indigenous 

Mathematics Project. Konedobu: Papua New Guinea Department of Education; 1978: 53-68. (Papua New 

Guinea Journal of Education, Special Issue; v. 14). 

Note: [fw Dec 1976 - Jan 1977: Sepe vill Island Kiwai]. 

65. Smith, Geoff P. Counting and Culture Contact in North-east New Guinea. In: Geraghty, Paul; Carrington, Lois; 

Wurm, S. A., Editors. FOCAL II: Papers from the Fourth International Conference on Austronesian 

Linguistics. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of 

Linguistics; 1986: 343-349. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 94). 

Note: [fw & from lit: Morobe Province]. 

66. Smith, Geoff. Language Obsolescence in Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea: Two Contrasting Case Studies. 

In: Dutton, Tom, Editor. Culture Change, Language Change: Case Studies from Melanesia. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1992: 115- 121. 


Note: [fw: Susuami, Musom]. 

67. Smith, Geoffrey P. Morobe Counting Systems. In: Smith, Geoffrey P. et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 



Note: [fw & from lit: Morobe Province]. 

68. Smith, Geoff P. Survival and Susuami: A Ten Year Perspective. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 1992; 

23(1): 51-56. 

Note: [fw 1978, 1980, 1990: Susuami]. 

69. Smith, Geoffrey P.; Dutton, Tom; Voorhoeve, C. L.; Schooling, Stephen; Schooling, Janice; Conrad, Robert; 

Lewis, Ron; Wurm, S. A.; Baumann, T. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 26. Canberra: Australian 

National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1988. iv, 288 pp. (Pacific 

6

Linguistics, Series A; v. 76). 

70. Smith, Graham. Mendi Memories. Melbourne: Thomas Nelson (Australia) Limited; 1974. viii, 152 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [mission 1963--: Mendi]. 

71. Smith, Greg. Tapa Tradition. Paradise. 1990; 81: 35-37. 

Note: [Killerton, Oro Province]. 

72. Smith, I. E. Obsidian Sources in Papua-New Guinea. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1974; 

9: 18-25. 

Note: [fw: D'Entrecasteaux Is (Fergusson, Dobu, Sanaroa)]. 

73. Smith, I. E. M.; Ward, G. K.; Ambrose, W. R. Geographic Distribution and the Characterization of Volcanic 

Glasses in Oceania. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1977; 12: 173-201. 

Note: [from lit: incls Dobu, Fergusson I, Sanaroa]. 

74. Smith, J. M. B. An Ecological Comparison of Two Tropical High Mountains. Journal of Tropical Geography. 

1977; 44: 71-80. 

Note: [Mt Wilhelm]. 

75. Smith, J. M. B. Environmental Change on Mt. Wilhelm. Science in New Guinea. 1990; 16: 13-21. 

Note: [fw 1971-1972, 1989: Pindaunde V]. 

76. Smith, J. M. B. Mountain Grasslands of New Guinea. Journal of Biogeography. 1975; 2: 27-44. 

Note: [fw 1972: Imbukum V (Wilhelm), Mt Sigal Mugal (Kubors), Kuraglumba (Upper Chimbu), Pindaunde 

V (Wilhelm)]. 

77. Smith, Janetta. Accommodation and Tourism. In: Ward, R. Gerard; Lea, David A. M., Editors. An Atlas of Papua 

and New Guinea. Port Moresby and Glasgow: University of Papua and New Guinea and Collins-Longman; 

1970: 92. 


78. Smith, Janetta. The Potter of Yabob. Australian Territories. 1967; 7(1-3): 9-13. 

Note: [Yabob]. 

79. Smith, Jean. Mianmin Sentence Structure. In: Loving, Richard, Editor. Miscellaneous Papers in P.N.G. 

Linguistics. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1977: 5-53. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 


Note: [SIL Oct 1969 - Aug 1975: Mianmin]. 

80. Smith, Jean; Weston, Pam. Mianmin Phonemes and Tonemes. In: Loving, Richard, Editor. Studies in Languages 

of the Ok Family. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1974: 5-33. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 


Note: [SIL 2 1/2 yrs: Sokabib vill Mianmin]. 

81. Smith, Jean; Weston, Pam. Notes on Mianmin Grammar. In: Loving, Richard, Editor. Studies in Languages of 

the Ok Family. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1974: 35-142. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 


Note: [SIL 15 mos: Sokabib vill Mianmin]. 

82. Smith, Jeremy M. B. Man's Impact upon Some New Guinea Mountain Ecosystems. In: Bayliss-Smith, Timothy 

P.; Feachem, Richard G., Editors. Subsistence and Survival: Rural Ecology in the Pacific. London: Academic 

Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 1977: 185-214. 

Note: [fw: Upper Chimbu V, Mt Wilhelm]. 

7

83. Smith, Jeremy Michael Bayliss. Origins and Ecology of the Non-forest Flora of Mt Wilhelm, New Guinea [Ph.D. 

Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1974. x, 270 pp. 

Note: [fw: Mt Wilhelm, Pindaunde V, Imbukum V, Kuraglumba, Wilekuki]. 

84. Smith, Jeremy M. B. Vegetation Patterns in Response to Environmental Stress and Disturbance in the Papua New 

Guinea Highlands. Mountain Research and Development. 1985; 5: 329-338. 

Note: [Mt Wilhelm]. 

85. Smith, M. Staniforth, Compiler. Handbook on Territory of Papua. Second edition ed. Melbourne: J. Kemp, 

Government Printer; 1909. 163 pp. + [22] pp. Plates + 1 Pocket Map. 

Note: [admin: Papua]. 

86. Smith, M. A.; Sharp, N. D. Pleistocene Sites in Australia, New Guinea and Island Melanesia: Geographic and 

Temporal Structure of the Archaeological Record. In: Smith, M. A.; Spriggs, M.; Fankhauser, B., Editors. 

Sahul in Review: Pleistocene Archaeology in Australia, New Guinea and Island Melanesia. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1993: 37-59. 

(Occasional Papers in Prehistory; v. 24). 

Note: [from lit: Batari, Kafiavana, Kiowa, Nombe, Yuku, Wanlek, NFX, Fortification Point, Kosipe, Kuk, 

Seraba]. 

87. Smith, M. A.; Sharp, N. D. A Revised Bibliography of Pleistocene Archaeological Sites in Australia, New Guinea 

and Island Melanesia. In: Smith, M. A.; Spriggs, M.; Fankhauser, B., Editors. Sahul in Review: Pleistocene 

Archaeology in Australia, New Guinea and Island Melanesia. Canberra: Australian National University, 

Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1993: 283-312. (Occasional Papers in 

Prehistory; v. 24). 


88. Smith, M.; Smith, F. S. The Problem of Vesico-Vaginal Fistula in the New Guinea Highlands. Papua and New 


Note: [Goroka Hospital]. 

89. Smith, M. A.; Spriggs, M.; Fankhauser, B., Editors. Sahul in Review: Pleistocene Archaeology in Australia, New 

Guinea and Island Melanesia. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 

Department of Prehistory; 1993. vii, [i], 312 pp. (Occasional Papers in Prehistory; v. 24). 

90. Smith, Marian W. Additional Materials on Mount Hagen, New Guinea. American Anthropologist. 1950; 52: 282. 

Note: [from pc: Ogelbeng]. 

91. Smith, Michael French. Androgynous Melanesians and Theoretical Dilemmas. Anthropological Quarterly. 1990; 

63: 183- 185. 


92. Smith, Michael French. Bloody Time and Bloody Scarcity: Capitalism, Authority, and the Transformation of 

Temporal Experience in a Papua New Guinea Village. American Ethnologist. 1982; 9: 503-518. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Koragur vill, Kairiru I]. 

93. Smith, Michael French. Business and the Romance of Community Cooperation on Kairiru Island. In: Lutkehaus, 

Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, 

Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 

1990: 212-220. 

Note: [fw Nov 1975 - Dec 1976, Apr-May 1981: Kragur vill, Kairiru I]. 

94. Smith, Michael F. The Catholic Ethic and the Spirit of Alcohol Use in an East Sepik Village. In: Marshall, Mac, 

Editor. Through A Glass Darkly: Beer and Modernization in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied 

Social and Economic Research; 1982: 271-288. (Monographs; v. 18). 

8

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Koragur Kairiru]. 

95. Smith, Michael French. The Cultural Politics of Co- operation: An American Corporation and a Papua New 

Guinea Village. Ethnology. 1995; 34: 191-199. 

Note: [fw: Kragur vill, Kairiru I]. 

96. Smith, Michael F. From Heathen to Atheist: Changing Views of Catholicism in a Papua New Guinea Village. 

Oceania. 1980; 51: 40- 52. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Koragur vill, Kairiru I]. 

97. Smith, Michael French. Good Men Face Hard Times in Koragur: Ideology and Social Change in a New Guinea 

Village [Ph.D. Dissertation]. La Jolla: University of California, San Diego; 1978. xiii, 406 pp. 

Note: [fw December 1975 - December 1976: Koragur vill Kairiru I]. 

98. Smith, Michael French. Hard Times on Kairiru Island: Poverty, Development, and Morality in a Papua New 

Guinea Village. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press; 1994. viii, [ii], 278 pp. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976, 1981: Kragur vill, Kairiru I]. 

99. Smith, Miles Staniforth. Exploration in Papua. Geographical Journal. 1912; 39: 313-334 + Map. 

Note: [admin 1911-1912: Kikori R, Sambregi]. 

100. Smith, R. M. Christ, Keysser and Culture: Lutheran Evangelistic Policy and Practice in the Highlands of Papua 

New Guinea. Canberra Anthropology. 1979; 2(1): 78-97. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978 (21 mos): Kiseveloka]. 

101. Smith, Richard A. The Rift in Village-School Relations: Discontinuity in Education at Wankung. Point. 1974; 

2: 4-23. 

Note: [Wankung Amari]. 

102. Smith, Richard A. The School at Wankung: An Anthropological Study of Western Education in Rural Papua New 

Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Brisbane: University of Queensland; 1973. x, 499 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [fw May 1970, Dec 1970 - Nov 1971, May 1972: Wankung vill Amari District Adzera]. 

103. Smith, Richard A.; Carss, Brian W. Cultural Variation in Amari, Papua New Guinea. Human Relations. 1978; 

31: 489-506. 

Note: [fw 1970-1971: Wankung vill Amari]. 

104. Smith, Robert Millard. Conversion and Continuity: Response to Missionization in the Papua New Guinea 

Highlands [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1981. [v], 443 pp. + 10 Maps. 

Note: [fw 1976-1978: Kiseveloka Yagaria]. 

105. Smith, Robert M. The Time That Ethnography Forgot. Canberra Anthropology. 1980; 3(2): 81-94. 

Note: [from lit: Wola]. 

106. Smith, Robin; Willey, Keith. New Guinea: A Journey Through 10,000 Years. Melbourne: Lansdowne Press Pty 

Ltd; 1969. [iv], 168 pp. 


107. Smith, S. [Divisional Reports] [South-eastern Division] (C) Woodlark Island. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 

Parliament. Territory of Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1924-1925. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1926: 

38. 

Note: [admin 1924-1925: Woodlark I]. 

108. Smith, S. [Divisional Reports] [South-eastern Division] (C) Woodlark Island. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 


9

48-49. 


109. Smith, S. [Magisterial Reports] [South-eastern Division] (c) Woodlark Island. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 


47. 


110. Smith, T.; Heywood, P. Mid-uuper-arm Circumference (MUAC) in Relation to Other Indices of Nutritional 

Status in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1991; 34: 26-34. 

Note: [survey: PNG]. 

111. Smith, Tom; Bhatia, Kuldeep; Prasad, Madhuri; Koki, George; Alpers, Michael. Altitude, Language, and Class 

I HLA Allele Frequencies in Papua New Guinea. American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 1994; 95: 

155-168. 

Note: [colls: incls Abelam, Adzera, Agarabi, Amele, Ampale, Asaro, Awin, Benabena, Boiken, Fore, Gahuku, 

Gainj, Ganja, Garuh, Garus, Gedaged, Gende, Gogodala, Hagahai, Hamtai, Haruai, Huli, Kalam, Kamano, 

Kauwol, Kobon, Kuman, Maring, Mikaru, Ningerum, Oksapmin, Pawaia, Pinai, Rempi, Siane, Simbari, 

Sinasina, Tairora, Telefol, Urim, Wahgi, Wangbin, Wanigela, Yabiyufa, Yagaria, Yoidik]. 

112. Smith, Tom; Earland, Jane; Bhatia, Kuldeep; Heywood, Peter; Singleton, Nicola. Linear Growth of Children in 

Papua New Guinea in Relation to Dietary, Environmental and Genetic factors. Ecology of Food and Nutrition. 

1993; 31: 1-25. 

Note: [survey 1982-1983: Abelam, Adzera, Agarabi, Amele, Asaro, Awin, Benabena, Boiken, Fore, Gahuku, 

Ganja, Gende, Gogodala, Hamtai, Huli, Kalam, Kamano, Kobon, Mareng, Ningerum, Oksapmin, Siane, 

Tairora, Telefol, Wahgi, Yagaria]. 

113. Smith, Tom A.; Lehmann, Deborah; Coakley, Chris; Spooner, Veronica; Alpers, Michael P. Relationships 

between Growth and Acute Lower-Respiratory Infections in Children Aged

117. Smits, L.; Voorhoeve, C. L., Editors. The J.C. Anceaux Collection of Wordlists of Irian Jaya, B: 

Non-Austronesian (Papuan) Languages (Part I). Leiden-Jakarta: Leiden University, DSALCUL/IRIS 

[Department of Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania/Irian Jaya Studies Project]; 1994. vi, 

279 pp. (Irian Jaya Source Materials, Series B; v. 9; 3). 

Note: [JCA fw 1954-1962 & from pcs & archives: Sko, Tumawo, Sekou, Seko, Sangke, Awyi, Awye, Nyao, 

Taikat, Arso, Manem, Wembi, Skofro, Yeti, Waris, Daonda, Imonda, Senggi, Findi, Waina, Sowanda, Dera, 

Yafi, Wargarindem, Emumu, Kiamerop, Imimkal, Dubu, Towei, Morwap, Tabu, Janggu, Sawa, Molof, Ampas, 

Usku, Tofamna, Kaure, Narau, Sause, Sentani, Nafri, Tanah Merah, Yakari, Tabla, Tepera, Tabi, Demta, 

Muris, Kamtuk, Kemtuk, Gresi, Gresik, Kwansu, Bonggrang, Nimboran, Nambrong, Mekwei, Munggai, 

Moire, Waipu, Waibron, Uria, Orya, Mawes, Nerik, Upper Tor, Bonerif, Beneraf, Mander, Itik, Betef, 

Kwesten]. 

118. Smits, L.; Voorhoeve, C. L., Editors. The J.C. Anceaux Collection of Wordlists of Irian Jaya, B: 

Non-Austronesian (Papuan) Languages (Part II). Leiden-Jakarta: Leiden University, DSALCUL/IRIS [Projects 

Division of the Department of Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania/Irian Jaya Studies: A 

Programme for Interdisciplinary Research]; 1998. vi, 243 pp. (Irian Jaya Source Materials, Series B; v. 10; 4). 

Note: [JCA fw 1954-1962 & from pcs & archives: Kwerba, Isirawa/ Saberi, Samarokena, Airoran, 

Taurap/Burmeso, Warenbori, Dabra, Taworta, Weretai/Waritai, Yawa/Turu, Tarunggare/Tunggare, Baropasi, 

Borai, Hatam, Meax, Mantion/Manikion, Amberbaken/Kebar, Karon Pantai/Madik, Karon Dori, Brat, Moraid, 

Moi, Seget, Kalabra, Tehit, Donad/Dema, Duriankere, Yahadian, Kampung Baru/ Kais, Puragi, Inanwatan, 

Kasuweri/Tarof, Arandai/Barau, Tanah Merah, Mor, Baham, Iha, Karas]. 

119. Smouse, Peter E.; Wood, James W. The Genetic Demography of the Gainj of Papua New Guinea: Functional 

Models of Migration and Their Genetic Implications. In: Chepko-Sade, B. Diane; Halpin, Zuleyma Tang, 

Editors. Mammalian Dispersal Patterns: The Effects of Social Structure on Population Genetics. Chicago: 

University of Chicago Press; 1987: 211-224. 

Note: [fw: Takwi V Gainj]. 

120. Smythe, W. E. Population Dynamics of the Kikuya of Fergusson Island. Papua and New Guinea Medical Journal. 

1966; 9: 135-140. 

Note: [Kikuya, Fergusson I]. 

121. Sneep, J. De Frans-Nederlandse expeditie in Nederlands- Nieuw-Guinea September 1959 - April 1960. 

Nederlands Nieuw- Guinea. 1961; 9-10(4-6; 1): 6-9, 6-9, 6-9; 2-5, 7. 

Note: [admin explor September 1959 - April 1960: Kepi, Oba R, Eilanden R, Steenboom R, Goliath]. 

122. Snelleman, Joh F. De Volken der Aarde, Deel I. Amsterdam: Scheltema & Holkena's Boekhandel; n.d. [1903]. 

[iv], 388 pp. 

Note: [from archives: Siar, Koitaba, Toegeri, Ansoes, Ron I, Arfak, Wooi, Tanah Merah]. 

123. Snelleman, Joh F., Editor. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch- Indië. Volume 4. 'sGravenhage & Leiden: Martinus 

Nijhoff; E.J. Brill; 1895. viii, [ii], 848 pp. 


124. Snowden, Catherine. Co-operative Societies: Putting Money in the "Government". In: Latukefu, Sione, Editor. 

Papua New Guinea: A Century of Colonial Impact 1884-1984. Port Moresby: The National Research Institute 

and the University of Papua New Guinea in association with the PNG Centennial Commission; 1989: 357-368. 


125. Snowden, Catherine. Copra Co-operatives. In: Denoon, Donald; Snowden, Catherine, Editors. A Time to Plant 

and a Time to Uproot: A History of Agriculture in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Papua New Guinea 

Studies; n.d. [1981]: 185-204. 


11

126. Snyder, David Michael. Lexicography in Papuan Tip Cluster Languages: Where Will It Lead? Language and 


Note: [fw: Papuan Tip]. 

127. Soaba, Russell. The Coconut in Papua New Guinea Folklore. Oral History. 1977; 5(7): 84-88. 


128. Soedjatminah, Sri; Abdullah, Yunus; Sumule, Agus. Pola-Pola Pewarisan Lahan pada Masyarakat Hatam. In: 

Masinambouw, E. K. M.; Haenen, Paul, Editors. Kebudayaan dan Pembangunan di Irian Jaya. Jakarta: 

LIPI-RUL [Lembaga Ilmu Pengetabuan Indonesia - Leiden University]; 1994: 181-188. (Seri LIPI-RUL; v. 3). 

Note: [Hatam]. 

129. Soejono, P. S. Prehistori Irian Barat. In: Koentjaraningrat; Bachtiar, Harsja W., Editors. Penduduk Irian Barat: 

Disusun oleh para mahasiswa dan dosen Djurusan Antropologi, Universitas Indonesia. n.p.: P.T. Penerbitan 

Universitas; 1963: 39-54. (Projek Penelitan Universitas Indonesia; v. C11). 

Note: [Humboldt Bay, Sentani, Manokwari, Koor R, Batanta, Aimaru, Kokas, Berau Bay, Weyland Mts, Mt 

Carstensz]. 

130. Soejono, R. P. Prasejarah Irian Jaya. In: Koentajaraningrat, Editor. Irian Jaya: Membangun Masyarakat Majemuk. 

Jakarta: Penerbit Djambatan; 1994: 23-43. (Seri Etnografi Indonesia; v. 5). 

Note: [Tiahnuh, Sentani, Padwa (Biak), Ajambori (Manokwari), Hufmare (Sumgai Koor), Maibrat, Mekbon 

(Sorong), Jambekaki (Batanta), Dudemunir (Berau), Tabulatin (Kokas), Misigura (Kaimana), Weyland Mts, 

Ngoto (Sudirman)]. 

131. Soemardjan, Selo. Merintis Pembangunan Suku-Suku di Pedalaman Irian Jaya. In: Masinambouw, E. K. M.; 

Haenen, Paul, Editors. Kebudayaan dan Pembangunan di Irian Jaya. Jakarta: LIPI- RUL [Lembaga Ilmu 

Pengetabuan Indonesia - Leiden University]; 1994: 29-37. (Seri LIPI-RUL; v. 3). 


132. Soenarto. An Agro-ecological Analysis of wen-tinak, a Sustainable Sweet Potato Wetland Production System 

in the Baliem Valley, Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Science in New Guinea. 1997; 23: 55-66. 

Note: [fw June-September 1986: Baliem V]. 

133. Soer, Kiwai. Possibilities for Sustainable Development in Eastern Highlands. In: Gladman, Darren; Mowbray, 

Dabid; Duguman, John, Editors. From Rio to Rai: Environment and Development in Papua New Guinea up 

to 2000 and Beyond, Volume 1: From Hearts and Minds. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea 

Press; 1996: 31-34. 

Note: [Lufa, Marawaka, Okapa, Kainantu]. 

134. Sofjan, Anrini. Penduduk Teluk Humboldt. In: Koentjaraningrat; Bachtiar, Harsja W., Editors. Penduduk Irian 

Barat: Disusun oleh para mahasiswa dan dosen Djurusan Antropologi, Universitas Indonesia. n.p.: P.T. 

Penerbitan Universitas; 1963: 193-215. (Projek Penelitan Universitas Indonesia; v. C11). 

Note: [from lit: Humboldt Bay]. 

135. Sokoy, Frederik. Tourism Development and the Village of Opraref. In: Howard, Michael C.; Sanggenata, Naffi, 

Editors. Papers on Applied Anthropology in Irian Jaya 1. Jayapura: Cenderawasih University, Department of 

Anthropology; 1997: 66-74. Note: [survey July 1994: Opraref Biak]. 

136. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II. Further Relationships of the Sa- Juynh-Kalanay Pottery Tradition. Asian Perspectives. 

1964; 8(1): 196-211 + Plates I-VII. 

Note: [from lit: Geelvink Bay, Mailu, Port Moresby]. 

137. Solheim, Wilhelm II. Irian Jaya Origins. Australian Natural History. 1979; 19: 324-327. 

Note: [survey: Padwa Biak, gag I, Kaimana, Lake Sentani, Kwadawari]. 

12

138. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II. Korwar of the Biak. In: Feldman, Jerome, Editor. The Eloquent Dead: Ancestral 

Sculpture of Indonesia and Southeast Asia. Los Angeles: University of California, Museum of Cultural History; 

1985: 147-160. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976 & from museum colls: Biak]. 

139. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II. Movement of the Malayo-Polynesians: 1500 B.C. to A.D. 500: Pottery and the 

Malayo-Polynesians. Current Anthropology. 1964; 5: 360, 386-384, 400-403. 


140. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II. Preliminary Report on Makbon Archaeology, the Bird's Head, Irian Jaya. In: Bartstra, 

Gert-Jan, Editor. Bird's Head Approaches: Irian Jaya Studies -- A Programme for Interdisciplinary Research. 

Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema; 1998: 29-40 + 4 pp. Plates. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976, 1990: Makbon]. 

141. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II. Some Potsherds from New Guinea. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1958; 67: 

155-157. 

Note: [colls Galis: Humboldt Bay, Awaar]. 

142. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II; Ap, Arnold C. Pottery Manufacture in Abar, Lake Sentani, Irian Jaya. Irian. 1977; 6(1): 

52-70. 

Note: [Abar, Lake Sentani]. 

143. Solheim, Wilhelm G. II; Mansoben, Johsz. Pottery Manufacture in Mansinam, Manokwari, Irian Jaya. Irian. 1977; 

6(1): 46-51. 

Note: [fw September 1975: Mansinam]. 

144. Sollewijn Gelpke, Frits. Biak aan het begin van de jet age. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Besturen in 

Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962: Ontwikkelingswerk in een periode van politieke onrust. Leiden: KITLV 

Uitgeverij; 1996: 466-484. 

Note: [admin 1957: Biak]. 

145. Sollewijn Gelpke, Frits. Over de evolutie van het Binnenlands Bestuur. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Besturen in 

Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962: Ontwikkelingswerk in een periode van politieke onrust. Leiden: KITLV 

Uitgeverij; 1996: 603-614. 


146. Sollewijn Gelpke, Frits. Prehistorie en protohistorie van Nieuw-Guinea. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Nieuw aandacht 

voor Nieuw-Guinea: Lezingen over Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. Leiden: KITLV 

Uitgeverij; 1997: 6-14. 


147. Sollewijn Gelpke, J. H. F. On the Origin of the Name Papua. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, land- en Volkenkkunde. 

1993; 149: 318- 332. 


148. Sollewijn Gelpke, J. H. F. The Report of Miguel Roxo de Brito of His Voyage in 1581-1582 to the Raja Ampat, 

the MacCluer Gulf and Seram. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, land- en Volkenkkunde. 1994; 150: 123-145. 

Note: [from archives: Waigeo, Misool, Onin]. 

149. Soltis, Joseph; Boyd, Robert; Richerson, Peter J. Can Group- functional Behaviors Evolve by Cultural Group 

Selection?: An Empirical Test. Current Anthropology. 1995; 36: 473-494. 

Note: [from lit: KUJF, Mae Enga, Maring, Mendi, Tor, Huli, Melpa, Raiapu Enga, Wola, Mt Ok, Kuma, 

Chimbu, Auyana, Kukukuku, Gahuku, Ilahita Arapesh, Abelam, Mailu, Kiwai, Dugum Dani, Ilaga Dani, 

Bokondini Dani, Jale, Kapauku, Jaqai, Marind-Anim, Bena Bena, Faiwolmin]. 

13

150. Somare, Michael. In a Japanese School. Journal of the Papua and New Guinea Society. 1970; 4(1): 29-32. 

Note: [Karau Murik]. 

151. Somare, Michael. Initiation at Murik Lakes. Gigibori. 1974; 1(1): 30-33. 

Note: [Murik]. 

152. Somare, Michael. Sana: An Autobiography of Michael Somare. Port Moresby: Niugini Press Pty Ltd; 1975. vii, 

152 pp. + Plates. Note: [biog Somare: Murik]. 

153. Sonke, G. J. Niet-inheemse muziek. Schakels NNG. 1959; 32: 5-8. 

Note: [from museum colls: Ajamaroe, Mimika, Sentani]. 

154. Sonnerat, M. Voyage a la Nouvelle Guinée, Dans lequel on trouve la description des Lieux, des Observations 

physiques & morales, & des détails relatifs à l'Histoire Naturelle dans la Regne Animal & le Regne Végétal. 

Paris: Ruault; 1776. xii, [iv], 206 pp. + Frontispiece + 120 Plates. 

Note: [travels 1771-1772: Dutch NG]. 

155. Sopade, P. A. Sago Starch, Food Security and Nutrition in PNG. In: Bourke, R. M.; Allen, M. G.; Salisbury, J. 

G., Editors. Food Security for Papua New Guinea: Proceedings of the Papua New Guinea Food and Nutrition 

2000 Conference, PNG University of Technology, Lae 26-30 June 2000. Canberra: Australian Centre for 

International Agricultural Research; 2001: 825-833. (ACIAR Proceedings; v. 99). 


156. Sopade, P. A.; Kauri, K. E. Selected Sago-based Traditional Food of Papua New Guinea. Harvest. 2000; 21: 7-12. 

Note: [survey 1992-1998: Central, East Sepik, West Sepik province students at Lae University of Technology]. 

157. Sopade, Peter Adeoye, Editor. Sago Starch and Food Security in Papua New Guinea: The Proceedings of the First 

National Sago Conference. Lae: University of Technology, Department of Applied Sciences; 1999. xviii, 139 

pp. 

158. Sora, Leo Makita. A Study of the Marriage Customs of the People in the Ialibu Area. Oral History. 1978; 6(3): 

2-35. 

Note: [Imbongu, Kewa]. 

159. Sorenson, E. Richard. Anthropological Film: A Scientific and Humanistic Resource. Science. 1974; 186: 

1079-1085. 

Note: [fw: Fore]. 

160. Sorenson, E. Richard. Cooperation and Freedom among the Fore of New Guinea: A Non-Aggressive Expression 

of Human Adaptation Which Altered as Settled Agriculture Emerged. In: Montagu, Ashley, Editor. Learning 

Non-Aggression: The Experience of Non- LIterate Societies. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 1978: 12-30. 

Note: [fw: South Fore]. 

161. Sorenson, E. Richard. Culture and the Expression of Emotion. In: Williams, Thomas R., Editor. Psychological 

Anthropology. The Hague: Mouton & Co.; 1975: 361-372 + Plates. (World Anthropology). 

Note: [fw: Yagarabe Fore, Wasui Lagoon (Wagu), Muli Bahinemo]. 

162. Sorenson, E. Richard. Early Tactile Communication and the Patterning of Human Organization: A New Guinea 

Case Study. In: Bullowa, Margaret, Editor. Before Speech: The Beginning of Interpersonal Communication. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1979: 289-305. 

Note: [fw 1963-1964: Waisa, Yagareba vills S Fore]. 

163. Sorenson, E. Richard. The Edge of the Forest: Land, Childhood and Change in a New Guinea Protoagricultural 

Society. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press; 1976. 278 pp. 


14

164. Sorenson, E. Richard. The Evolving Fore: A Study of Socialization and Cultural Change in the New Guinea 

Highlands [Stanford]. Stanford University: 1971; c0639. 

Note: [fw 1963-1970 (1 1/2 yrs): Yagareba and Waisa Fore]. 

165. Sorenson, E. Richard. Growing Up as a Fore Is to Be "In Touch" and Free. Smithsonian. 1977; 8(2): 106-110, 

112, 114-115. 


166. Sorenson, E. Richard. In Quest of the Expressions of Human Kind: The National Human Studies Film Center. 

RAIN [Royal Anthropological Institute News]. 1982(50): 12-16. 


167. Sorenson, E. Richard. A Research Film Program in the Study of Changing Man: Research Filmed Material as a 

Foundation for Continued Study of Non-recurring Human Events. Current Anthropology. 1967; 8: 443-469. 

Note: [fw: Fore, Gimi, Kukukuku]. 

168. Sorenson, E. Richard. Research Filming and the Study of Culturally Specific Patterns of Behavior. PIEF [Program 

in Ethnographic Film] Newsletter. 1973; 4(3): 3-4. 

Note: [fw 1963-1964: Fore]. 

169. Sorenson, E. Richard. Socio-Ecological Change among the Fore of New Guinea. Current Anthropology. 1972; 

13: 349-383. 

Note: [fw: South Fore]. 

170. Sorenson, E. Richard; Gajdusek, D. Carleton. Nutrition in the Kuru Region I: Gardening, Food Handling, and 

Diet of the Fore People. Acta Tropica. 1969; 26: 281-330. 


171. Sorenson, E. Richard; Gajudsek, D. Carleton. The Study of Child Behavior and Development in Primitive 

Cultures: A Research Archive for Ethnopaediatric Film Investigations of Styles in the Patterning of the 

Nervous System. Pediatrics. 1966; 37(1,2): i- iii, 149-243. 

Note: [fw 1957-1965: Casuarina Coast Asmat, Fore, Awa, Kukukuku, Western Dani, Tjitak, Mitak, Gimi, 

Keiagana, Genatei, Tairora, Yar-Pawaia, Auyana, Kapauku, Kayagar]. 

172. Sorenson, E. Richard; Kenmore, Peter E. Proto-Agricultural Movements in the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea. 

Current Anthropology. 1974; 15: 67-73. 

Note: [fw & from lit: N Fore, Gimi, Keiagana, Awa, Kamano, Kanite, Usurufa, Agarabi, Gadsup, Genatei, 

Labogai Gimi, Pawaian, Tairora, Anga]. 

173. Souter, Gavin. New Guinea: The Last Unknown. Sydney: Angus & Robertson Ltd; 1963. [viii], 296 pp. + Plates 

& Endpaper Illustrations. 


174. South Huntington Public Library. The Art of Oceania: An Exhibition from the Collection of the Museum of 

Primitive Art, New York City, at the South Huntington Public Library, February 1 - March 25, 1972. New 

York: South Huntington Public Library; 1972. [4] pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Sepik Coast, Papuan Gulf, Tami I, Mimika, Abelam, Geelvink Bay, Eilanden R, Arambak, 

Kebiang Sawos, Wanigela, Collingwood Bay, Wildeman R, Turama R, Tobadi, Asmat, Wapo Creek, Krosmeri 

R, Bahinemo, Leonard Schultze R, Iatmul, Wogumas, Mt Ok, Kwoma, Lumi, Massim, Murik]. 

175. South Pacific Commission. Chimbu Legends. South Pacific Bulletin. 1975; 25(2): 52-53. 

Note: [from Walterskirchen: Chimbu]. 

176. South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin. Dutch Expedition to Explore Star Mountains. South Pacific 

15

Commission Quarterly Bulletin. 1958; 8(2): 45-46. 

Note: [Star Mts]. 

177. South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin. Sago Making in Swamplands of Western Papua. South Pacific 

Commission Quarterly Bulletin. 1960; 10(1): 57, 62. 

Note: [Oriomo]. 

178. Southern, R. J. The Transport System of the Papua New Guinean Highlands: Some Implications for Rural 

Development. In: Ward, Marion W., Editor. Change and Development in Rural Melanesia: Papers Delivered 

at the Fifth Waigani Seminar Sponsored Jointly by The University of Papua and New Guinea, The Australian 

National University, the Administrative College of Papua and New Guinea, the Council on New Guinea 

Affairs, and The Papua and New Guinea Society, Held at Port Moresby 14-20 May 1971. Canberra and Port 

Moresby: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, and The University of Papua 

and New Guinea; 1972: 431-446. 

Note: [general PNGH]. 

179. Southern, Roger. Hagenkofi: An Episode of Enterprise in the New Guinea Highland Coffee Industry. Yagl-Ambu. 

1974; 1: 39-53. 

Note: [Hagen]. 

180. Southern, Roger. Mount Hagen. In: Jackson, Richard, Editor. An Introduction to the Urban Geography of Papua 

New Guinea. n.p.: University of Papua New Guinea, Department of Geography; 1976: 187-208. (Occasional 

Papers; v. 13). 

Note: [Mount Hagen]. 

181. Southern, Roger J. The New Guinea Scene No. 3: The Highlands Highway. Australian Geographer. 1972; 12: 

140-142. 

Note: [PNGH]. 

182. Southern, Roger. Road Transport in the New Guinea Highlands. n.p.: University of Papua New Guinea, 

Department of Geography; 1973. xiv, 104, [4] pp. (Occasional Papers; v. 6). 

Note: [fw 1970: Mt Hagen, Baiyer V, general PNGH]. 

183. Southern, Roger J. Road Transport in the New Guinea Highlands [M.Sci. Thesis]. Bristol (U.K.): University of 

Bristol; 1973. x, 102 pp. + 8 Plates. 

Note: [fw 1970-1972: PNGH]. 

184. Sowada, A.; Schneebaum, Tobias. A Comparative Word List of the Brazza, Keendok (Sawa), Keendakap 

(Yaosakor) and the Kewanak (Sengo). In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. 

Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 1980: 111-112. 

Note: [Brazza, Keendok, Keendakap, Kewanak Asmat]. 

185. Sowada, Alphonse. An Appeal for Justice: "The Ayam Revolt": Period: August 1975-July 1977. In: 

Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 1980: 3-35. 

Note: [mission: Ayam Asmat]. 

186. Sowada, Alphonse A. Bi pokomban -- Maskenfest. In: Konrad, Gunter; Konrad, Ursula, Editors. Asmat: Mythen 

und Rituale Inspiration der Kunst. Venezia: Erizzo Editrice; 1995: 214-225. 


187. Sowada, Alphonse. Bisere and the Flying Foxes Related by Kunep (age 60+) in Jipawer to Bishop Alphonse 

Sowada. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 

1980: 71-72. 

Note: [mission: Jipawer Asmat]. 

16

188. Sowada, Alphonse. The Epic of Beorpitsj Narrated by Primbu of Biwar Laut (Age 65) to Bishop Alphonse 


1980: 57-59. 

Note: [mission: Biwar Laut Asmat]. 

189. Sowada, Alphonse. The Epic of Two Women: Bunar and Jipawer Narrated by Kunep (age 60+) of Jipawer to 

Bishop Alphonse Sowada. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. Hastings, NE: 

Crosier Missions; 1980: 77-80. 


190. Sowada, Alphonse. The Experiences of Bewirpitsj and Mimitewerawutsj Narrated at Village Sjuru by Ben 

Buarmin (Age 32) to Bishop Alphonse Sowada. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book 

No. 7. Hastings, NE: Crosier Missions; 1980: 73-76. 

Note: [mission: Sjuru Asmat]. 

191. Sowada, Alphonse. New Guinea's Fierce Asmat: A Heritage of Headhunting. In: Breeden, Robert L., Editor. 

Vanishing Peoples of the Earth. Washington, DC: National Geographic Society; 1968: 186-203. 

Note: [mission: Erma, Saowa Asmat]. 

192. Sowada, Alphonse A. Primary Asmat Religious and Philosophical Concepts. In: Schneebaum, Tobias. Embodied 

Spirits: Ritual Carvings of the Asmat. Salem, MA: Peabody Museum of Salem; 1990: 65-70. 

Note: [mission: Asmat]. 

193. Sowada, Alphonse A. Religiöse und philosophische Grundkonzepte der Asmat. In: Konrad, Gunter; Konrad, 

Ursula, Editors. Asmat: Mythen und Rituale Inspiration der Kunst. Venezia: Erizzo Editrice; 1995: 64-71. 


194. Sowada, Alphonse. The Saga of Fimereo-Ipitsj of Biwar Laut Narrated by Primbu (age 65) to Bishop Alphonse 


1980: 63-65. 


195. Sowada, Alphonse. The Saga of Tjawotsj-Biwar, The Founder of Biwar Laut Narrated by Pirimbu (Age 65) to 

Bishop Alphonse Sowada. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. Hastings, NE: 

Crosier Missions; 1980: 67-69. 


196. Sowada, Alphonse A. Sago und Sagolarven im Ritual. In: Konrad, Gunter; Konrad, Ursula, Editors. Asmat: 

Mythen und Rituale Inspiration der Kunst. Venezia: Erizzo Editrice; 1995: 90-103. 


197. Sowada, Alphonse. Socio-Economic Survey of the Asmat Peoples of Southwestern New Guinea [M.A. Thesis]. 

Washington, DC: The Catholic University of America; 1961. v, 75 pp. 

Note: [from lit & pcs: Asmat]. 

198. Sowada, Alphonse. A Story of Beorpitsj Narrated by Justinus Dawak (Age 40) of the Village of Yow to Bishop 

Alphonse Sowada 2 May 1979. In: Trenkenschuh, Frank A., Editor. An Asmat Sketch Book No. 7. Hastings, 

NE: Crosier Missions; 1980: 55-56. 

Note: [mission: Yow Asmat]. 

199. Sowada, Alphonse. The Story of Beorpit Narrated by Kunep (Aged 60+) in Jipawer Village to Bishop Alphonse 


1980: 61-62. 


17

200. Söderström, Jan. Die Figurstühle vom Sepik-Fluss auf Neu- Guinea. Stockholm: Statens Etnografiska Museum 

(Das Staatliche ethnographische Museum, Stockholm); 1941. 59 pp. + 4 pp. Plates. (Statens Etnografiska 

Museum, Smärre Meddelanden; v. 18). 

Note: [from museum colls: Tchessbandai, Angerman, Kambringi, Kaulagu]. 

201. Söderström, Jan. Zwei Zeremonialstühle oder Rednerpulte von Sepik. Ethnos. 1942; 7: 149-155. 

Note: [colls Höltker: Sepik]. 

202. Spat, C. Koninklijke Militaire Academie: Ethnographische Verzameling. Indisch Militair Tijdschrift. 1909; 2: 

1297-1298. 

Note: [from museum colls: general NNG]. 

203. Spate, O. H. K. Education and Its Problems. In: Fisk, E. K., Editor. New Guinea on the Threshold: Aspects of 

Social, Political, and Economic Development. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1966: 117-134. 


204. Spate, O. H. K. Improving Native Living Standards in the South Seas: The Work of the South Pacific 

Commission. Walkabout. 1956; 22(7): 29-30. 

Note: [Kewieng]. 

205. Spaulding, Craig; Spaulding, Pat. Phonology and Grammar of Nankina. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of 

Linguistics; 1994. vii, 259 pp. (Data Papers on Papua New Guinea Languages; v. 41). 

Note: [SIL December 1981 - January 1986: Sepmbong Nankina; 1988: Bambu Nankina]. 

206. Spearritt, Gordon Donald. Iatmul. In: Kaeppler, Adrienne L.; Love, J. W., Editors. The Garland Encyclopedia 

of World Music, Volume 9: Australia and the Pacific Islands. New York: Garland Publishing, Inc.; 1998: 

552-557. 


207. Spearritt, Gordon D. Instrumental Music of the Middle Sepik (New Guinea). University of Queensland Alumni 

News. 1974; 6(2): 4-7. 

Note: [visit December 1972: Iatmul]. 

208. Spearritt, Gordon D. Logical Musical Systems in Papua New Guinea. In: Heartz, Daniel; Wade, Bonnie, Editors. 

International Musicological Society: Report of the Twelfth Congress, Berkeley, 1977. Kassel: Bärenreiter; 

1981: 123-127. 

Note: [fw: Aibom, Kandangai Iatmul]. 

209. Spearritt, Gordon D. The Music of the Iatmul People of the Middle Sepik River (Papua New Guinea) with Special 

Reference to Instumental Music at Kandangai and Aibom [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Brisbane: University of 

Queensland; 1979. 3 Volumes: xxxii, pp. 1-459 + Foldout Map; pp. 460-799, [55] pp.; 3 Audio Cassettes. 

Note: [fw 1974: Kandangai, Aibom]. 

210. Spearritt, Gordon D. The Musical Ingenuity of the Men of the Sepik River (New Guinea). In: Callaway, Frank, 

Editor. Challenges in Music Education: Proceedings of the XIth International Conference of the International 

Society for Music Education. Perth: University of Western Australia; 1976: 399-403. 

Note: [fw: Kandingai vill Iatmul]. 

211. Spearritt, Gordon D. The Pairing of Musicians and Instruments in Iatmul Society. Yearbook for Traditional 

Music. 1982; 14: 106-125. 


212. Spearritt, Gordon D. Problems in Transcription: Drum Rhythms and Flute Music of Papua New Guinea. In: 

Kassler, Jamie C.; Stubington, Jill, Editors. Problems & Solutions: Occasional Essays in Musicology Presented 

to Alice M. Moyle. Sydney: Hale & Iremonger Pty Limited; 1984: 32-50. 

18

Note: [fw: Kandangai, Aibom Iatmul]. 

213. Spearritt, Gordon D. The Yumanwusmangge Ceremony at Aibom. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; 



Note: [fw December 1972: Aibom]. 

214. Specht, J.; Ball, E. E.; Blong, R. J.; Egloff, B. J.; Hughes, I. M.; McKee, C. O.; Pain, C. F. Long Island, Papua 

New Guinea: Introduction. Records of the Australian Museum. 1982; 34: 407-417. 

Note: [Long I]. 

215. Specht, James. Huon Peninsula. In: Egloff, Brian, Senior Editor. Pottery of Papua New Guinea: The National 

Collection. Port Moresby: Papua New Guinea National Museum and Art Gallery; 1977: 36-37. 

Note: [from museum colls: Gitua]. 

216. Specht, Jim. Archaeology in Melanesia: A Suggested Procedure. Mankind. 1967; 6: 493-498. 


217. Specht, Jim. An Archaeological Site at Obu Plantation, Central District, Papua. Records of the Papua New 

Guinea Public Museum and Art Gallery. 1974; 4: 44-52. 

Note: [visit 1966: Obu Plantation (Nara)]. 

218. Specht, Jim. Comments on R.J. Coffman's "Voyagers of the Pacific". Rock Art Research. 2002; 19: 98-100. 


219. Specht, Jim. On New Guinea Hunters and Gatherers. Current Anthropology. 2003; 44: 269-271. 

Note: [from lit: Sepik-Ramu Basin, Papuan Gulf]. 

220. Specht, Jim. Pieces of Paradise. Sydney: The Australian Museum Trust; 1988. 48 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

(Australian Natural History, Supplements; v. 1). 

Note: [from museum colls: Andua Yuat, Mai Kussa R, Kitava, Kiriwina, Annaberg, Olsobip, Baktamin, Wonia 

(Western P), Girua R, Watut, Baiyer R, Wahgi V, Gogodala, Wanigela, Orokolo, Epiri (Gulf), Ningil, 

Korohopa (Keram), Watam, Parimomo (Gulf), Kambot, Keram R, Murik, Iatmul, Kraimbit Karawari, Dimiri, 

Singarin, Jangimut Murik]. 

221. Specht, Jim. Prehistory Poses Many Problems. Australian Natural History. 1973; 17: 445-451. 

Note: [from lit: Kosipe, Manton, Port Moresby, Collingwood Bay, Aitape]. 

222. Specht, Jim. Rock Art in the Western Pacific. In: Mead, Sidney M., Editor. Exploring the Visual Art of Oceania: 

Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii; 1979: 58-82. 

Note: [from museum colls, lit & pcs: Moa I, Badu, Dauan, Murray I, Pulu I, Keriri, Mindimbit, Ulopu, Saraba, 

Ivieg Green R, Wopkeimin, Kaboibus, Kunimaipa, Lake Kutubu, Kovun Jimmi V, Kum Kekugumugl, Ipkauch 

Kum R, Tumbudu V, Manim Creek Wurup V, Upper Lai V, Kundiawa, Chimbu Gorge, Singganigl V, Kwinigl 

V, Kiowa Chuave, Nombi Chuave, Kwi R, Nambaiyufa Chuave, Obura, Kafiavana, Niobe Chuave, Asaro V, 

Korofeigu, Kainantu, Arona V, Rouna Laloki V, Bomana, Isakerikeri Nahatana, Yaritari Musgrave Creek, 

Eriama, Omani, Subitana Goldie R, Boesa I, Boianai-Radava-Meitepana, Wedau-Wamira, Sewa Bay, Kitava 

I, Goodenough I, Normanby I, Fergusson I, Hapao Gao R, Sialum, Buang, Barim Umboi I, Tainda IJ, Jegriffi, 

Cape Soeadje Cenderawasih, Moemamoeram Geelvink Bay, Dojo Lake Sentani, Baliem V, Mt Juliana, 

Jarubaga Swart V, MacCluer Gulf]. 

223. Specht, Jim; Fields, John. Frank Hurley in Papua: Photographs of the 1920-1923 Expeditions. Bathurst, N.S.A.: 

Robert Brown and Associates in association with the Australian Museum Trust; 1984. vi, 193 pp. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Frank Hurley: Hanuabada, Elevala, Tubusereia, Gabone, Vilirupu, Hula, Mailu, 

Boianai, Mukawa, Komabun Wanigela, Ubir, Awanen, Wonari, Binandere, Emo, Eroro, Ambasi, Buna, Dilava, 

Ononge, Mondo, Inawaia, Lake Murray, Adulu, Sumogi I, Totani (Aramia R), Uladu, Morigio, Goaribari, 

19

Dopima, Babai, Urama I, Kinomere, Kaimari]. 

224. Specht, Jim; Holzknecht, Hartmut. Some Archaeological Sites in the Upper Markham Valley, Morobe District. 

Records of the Papua and New Guinea Museum. 1971; 1(2): 52-73. 

Note: [survey 1969: Waritsian vill Amari]. 

225. Specht, Jim; White, J. Peter, Editors. Trade and Exchange in Oceania and Australia. Sydney: Sydney University 

Press; 1978. [ii], 161-435. (Mankind; v. 11(3)). 

226. Speck, O. I. Fish-Traps. Walkabout. 1951; 17(5): 14-15. 

Note: [Ambunti]. 

227. Speck, O. I. The Saksak Story. Walkabout. 1951; 17(7): 41- 43. 

Note: [Sepik]. 

228. Speece, Richard F. Phonological Processes Affecting Segments in Angave. Language and Linguistics in 

Melanesia. 1988; 17(1-2): 1-139. 

Note: [SIL October 1978 - March 1981: Angai vill Angave]. 

229. Speiser, F. Bericht über das Basler Museum für Völkerkunde für das Jahr 1942. Verhandlungen der 


Note: [from museum colls: Wahgi V, Ramu V, Bismarck Mts, Schrader Mts]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Lower Ramu]. 



Note: [from museum colls: East Cape]. 

232. Speiser, F. Bericht über das Basler Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerische Museum für Volkskunde für 

das Jahr 1945. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1946; 57: 183-198. 

Note: [from museum colls: Trobriand Is, Aird Delta]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Lower Ramu, PNGH]. 



Note: [from museum colls: Southeast NG, Gogodara]. 

235. Speiser, Felix. Art Styles in the Pacific. In: Fraser, Douglas, Editor. The Many Faces of Primitive Art: A Critical 

Anthology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:: Prentice-Hall, Inc.; 1941: 132- 160. 

Note: [from museum colls: Papuan Gulf, Lorentz R, Sepik, Sentani, Biak, Tami Is, Northwest coast IJ]. 

236. Speiser, Felix. Die Frau als Erfinderin von Kultgeräten in Melanesien. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Psychologie 

und ihre Anwendungen. 1944; 3: 46-54. 

Note: [from lit: Huon Gulf, Manam, Marind, Kiwai, Keraki, Manam, Papuan Gulf, Sentani]. 

237. Speiser, Felix. Eine Initiationszeremonie in Kambrambo am Sepik Neuguinea. Ethnologischer Anzeiger. 1937; 

4: 153-157 + Tafeln III-IV. 

Note: [fw November 1930: Kambrambo]. 

20

238. Speiser, Felix. Kunststile in der Südsee: Führer durch das Museum für Völkerkunde Basel. Basel: G. Krebs; 1941. 

Note: [from museum colls: Sepik, Lorentz R, Sentani, Biak, Sepik mouth, Tami Is]. 

239. Speiser, Felix. Malereien aus Nord-Neu-Guinea im Museum für Völkerkunde in Basel. Phoebus. 1946; 1: 3-15. 

Note: [fw 1930: Kambrambo, Awar; from museum colls: Urimo]. 

240. Speiser, Felix. Schlange, Phallus und Feuer in der Mythologie Australiens und Melanesiens. Verhandlungen der 


Note: [Koita, Massim, Kai]. 

241. Speiser, Felix. Über Initiationen in Australien und Neu- Guinea. Verhandlungen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 

in Basel. 1928; 40: 53-258. 

Note: [from lit: Torres Strait, Kiwai, Marind, Kabiri, Purari, Ipi, Mafulu, Hood Peninsula, Mailu, Bartle Bay, 

Koko, Bukaua, Jabim, Kai, Tami Is, Huon Gulf, Monumbo, Sepik, Karesau, Nor, Lake Sentani]. 

242. Speiser, Felix. Über keulenformen in Melanesia. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1932; 64: 74-105. 

Note: [from museum colls: Sepik, Marind, Umboi, Astrolabe Bay, Trobriand Is, Kemp Welsh R, Mt Victory, 

Mambare R]. 

243. Speiser, Felix. Über Kunststile in Melanesien. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1936; 68: 304-369. 

Note: [from museum colls: Biak, Geelvink Bay, Manokwari, Trobriand Is, Sepik, Sentani, Massim, Mailu, 

Papuan Gulf, Torres Strait, Kiwai, Marind, Tami Is]. 

244. Speiser, Felix. Über Schutzwaffen in Melanesien. Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. 1941; 40: 81-121. 

Note: [from museum colls: Mt Wilhelmina, Utakwa R, Tapiro, Mimika, Marind, Kiwai, Purari, Papuan Gulf, 

Astrolabe Bay, Ramu, Upper Sepik, Mt Hagen, Central Highlands PNG, Torricelli Mts, Sissanu, Lorentz R, 

Eilanden R, Digul R, Cape Possession, mafulu, East Cape, D'Entrecasteaux Is, Louisiade Archipelago, 

Trobriand Is, Huon Gulf, Huon Peninsula, Karkar, Lower Sepik]. 

245. Spenceley, A. P. Garden and Fallow Plants of the Nembi Plateau. Science in New Guinea. 1980; 7: 47-56. 

Note: [survey 1978: Puit clan, Nembi Plateau]. 

246. Spencer, Margaret. Doctor's Wife in New Guinea. Sydney: Angus & Robertson Ltd; 1959. [iii], 189 pp. + 

Frontispiece + Plates. 

Note: [1954-1955: Middle Wahgi, Minj, Nondugl, Kondambi, Gorumbel, Banz]. 

247. Spencer, Margaret. The History of Malaria Control in the Southwest Pacific Region, with Particular Reference 

to Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1992; 35: 33-66. 


248. Spencer, Peter S.; Palmer, Valerie S.; Herman, Adam; Asmedi, Ahmed. Cycad Use and Motor-Neurone Disease 

in Irian Jaya. Lancet. 1987; 2(8570): 1273-1274. 

Note: [Geturki, Homidikia, Kobeta, Asset, Osso and Bosuma Auyu]. 

249. Spencer, T. E. T. Haemoglobin Levels in the D'Entrecasteaux Islands in Relation to Malaria and Nutrition. 

Medical Journal of Australia. 1966; 2: 1093-1097. 

Note: [surveys 1956-1959: Goodenough I, Fergusson I, Normanby I]. 

250. Spencer, T. E. T.; Spencer, Margaret; Jamesen, M. T.; Tommerup, J. W. J. Malaria in the Mount Hagen Area. 

Papua and New Guinea Medical Journal. 1956; 1: 110-113. 

Note: [admin July 1955: Koge, Rugi, Togaba Mt Hagen]. 

251. Spencer, Terence E. T. Indigenous Malaria in the D'Entrecasteaux Islands, Papua New Guinea. Papua New 


Note: [survey: Belebela and Mataita Goodenough I; Gomwa and Begasi Fergusson I; Saidowai and Sibonai 

21

Normanby I]. 

252. Spencer, Tim; Heywood, Peter. Seasonality, Subsistence Agriculture and Nutrition in a Lowlands Community 

of Papua New Guinea. Ecology of Food and Nutrition. 1983; 13: 221-229. 

Note: [fw 1980-1981: Negiri vill Girawa]. 

253. Sperlich, Wolfgang. Review Article: Hans Fischer, Sound- Producing Instruments in Oceania. Journal of the 



254. Sperling, Irene. Beiträge zur Länderkunde von Niederländisch-Neuguinea: Das Hinterland von Merauke mit der 

Frederik-Hendrik-Insel und die Aroe-Inseln. Frankfurt am Main: n.p.; 1936. 164 pp. + 4 Maps. (Frankfurter 

Geographische Hefte; v. 1). 

Note: [from lit: Fredrik-Hendrik I, Marind]. 

255. Spethmann, Hans. Nachrichten von der Deutschen Neuguinea- Expedition. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für 

Erdkunde zu Berlin. 1912: 377-379, 457-459; 138-145, 298-301, 561-563, 638-640; 54- 56, 791-798. 

Note: [Behrmann explor: Sepik]. 

256. Spicer, Paul E.; Lucena, Glenn. X-Ray Survey for Pulmonary Tuberculosis and Chest Diseases in the Ok Tedi 

Region of Western Province, Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1998; 41: 137-140. 

Note: [survey: Upper North Fly, Ok Tedi]. 

257. Spiegel, E. v. Meere Inseln Menschen: Vom Seekadetter zum U- Boot-Kommandanten. Berlin: August Scherl; 

1934. [i], 225 pp. + Frontispiece + 44 Plates. 

Note: ["Cormoran" November 1909: Kopar, Imbandon, Kararau]. 

258. Spiegel, H. Soul-Boats in Melanesia: A Study in Diffusion. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 

1971; 6: 34-43 + Plates I-II. 

Note: [from museum colls: Trobriand Is, Asmat, Sepik, Maprik, Sentani]. 

259. Spiegel, Hedwig. The Chalk Figures of Southern New Ireland and the Gazelle Peninsula and Their Relationship 

to Other South Pacific Areas. In: Cordwell, Justine M., Editor. The Visual Arts: Plastic and Graphic. The 

Hague: Mouton Publishers; 1979: 351-363. (World Anthropology). 

Note: [from museum colls: Geelvink Bay, Mt Hagen, Ramu V]. 

260. Spiegel, Hedwig. A Sculpture from the Maprik District in the Australian Museum. Mankind. 1967; 6: 510-514 

+ Plates I-II. 

Note: [from museum colls: Maprik]. 

261. Spijker, J. J. Het donkere Zuiden: een beroep op Nederlands plicht. Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea. 1953; 1(2): 3-4. 

Note: [Wissel Lakes]. 

262. Spijker, J. J. Tegen kannibalisme en koppensnellen. Oost en West. 1954; 47(1): 6. 

Note: [Southwest NNG]. 

263. Spijker, J. J. Toverstenen: Terreur van bijgeloof en maj magic. Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea. 1956; 4(5): 18-20. 

Note: [colls 1952: Bian R]. 

264. Spinks, G. R. Pilot Survey of Food Consumption and Expenditre Patterns -- Two Settlements in Port Moresby. 

Papua and New Guinea Agricultural Journal. 1963; 16: 21-36. 

Note: [agr economist: Hanuabada, Koki]. 

265. Spinks, K. L. Mapping the Purari Plateau, New Guinea. Geographical Journal. 1934; 84: 412-416 + Plate. 

Note: [explor: Bena Bena, Kauramugil]. 

22

266. Spinks, K. L. The Wahgi River Valley of Central New Guinea. Geographical Journal. 1936; 87: 222-228. 

Note: [explor: Wahgi V]. 

267. Spiro, Melford E. Copulation in Kaduwaga. Man, N.S.. 1973; 8: 631. 


268. Spiro, Melford E. Oedipus in the Trobriands. Chicago: University of Chicago Press; 1982. xii, 200 pp. 


269. Spiro, Melford E. Oedipus Redux. Ethos. 1992; 20: 358-376. 


270. Spiro, Melford E. Virgin Birth, Parthenogenesis and Physiological Paternity: An Essay in Cultural Interpretation. 

Man, N.S.. 1968; 3: 242-261. 


271. Spiro, Melford E. Virgin Birth. Man, N.S.. 1972; 7: 315-316. 


272. Spittal, R. H. Observations on Fourteen New Guinea Skulls. Proceedings of teh Anatomical and Anthropological 

Society of the University of Aberdeen. 1904 Jun: 85-95 + Plates IV-VII. 

Note: [from museum colls: Bamu R, Goaribari, Orokolo, Fly R]. 

273. Spooner, Victoria; Richens, John; Sanders, Ray. Hepatitis B Surface Antigen, e Antigen and HBV DNA in 

Healthy Antenatal Patients Attending Goroka Hospital and Their Relationship to Tattooing Practices. Papua 


Note: [Goroka Hospital]. 

274. Spölgen, Nik. [Letter]. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. 1901; 28: 72-74, 87-88, 96. 

Note: [mission: Berlinhafen, Vokau, Valman]. 

275. Spölgen, P. N.; Schmidt, W. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Valman-Sprache. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des 

Morgenlandes. 1901; 15: 335-366. 


276. Spreeuwenberg, H. De Simson-beweging. In: Kamma, F. C. Kruis en korwar: Een honderdjarig vraagstuk op 

Nieuw Guinea. Den Haag: J.N. Voorhoeve; 1953: 155-160. 

Note: [mission: Tanah Merah]. 

277. Spriggs, M. J. T. Taro Irrigation Techniques in the Pacific. In: Chandra, S., Editor. Edible Aroids. Oxford: 

Clarendon Press; 1984: 123-135. 

Note: [from lit: Awa, Wamira, Nembi Plateau]. 

278. Spriggs, Matthew. The Archaeology of the Bird's Head in Its Pacific and Southeast Asian Context. In: Miedema, 

Jelle; Odé, Cecilia; Dam, Rien A. C.; Baak, Connie, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head of Irian Jaya, 

Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference, Leiden, 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Editions Rodopi B.V.; 

1998: 931-939. 

Note: [from lit: Bird's Head, general NG]. 

279. Spriggs, Matthew. Irrigation in Melanesia: Formative Adaptation and Intensification. In: May, R. J.; Nelson, 

Hank, Editors. Melanesia: Beyond Diversity. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of 

Pacific Studies; 1982: 309-324. 

Note: [from lit: Enga, Madang, Eastern Highlands, Western Highlands, Morobe, Central, Milne Bay Provinces; 

Damal, Sentani]. 

23

280. Spriggs, Matthew. The Island Melanesians. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers Ltd.; 1997. xxv, [i], 326 pp. 

Note: [from lit: general NG, Siassi]. 

281. Spriggs, Matthew. The Lapita Culture and Austronesian Prehistory in Oceania. In: Bellwood, Peter; Fox, James 

J.; Tryon, Darrell, Editors. The Austronesians: Historical and Comparative Perspectives. Canberra: Australian 

National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Anthropology; 1995: 

112-113. 


282. Spriggs, Matthew. Lapita Culture. In: Lal, Brij V.; Fortune, Kate, Editors. The Pacific Islands: An Encyclopedia. 

Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press; 2000: 58-59. 


283. Spriggs, Matthew. Out of Asia: The Spread of Southeast Asian Pleistocene and Neolithic Maritime Cultures in 

Island Southeast Asia and the Western Pacific. In: O'Connor, Sue; Veth, Peter, Editors. East of Wallace's Line: 

Studies of Past and Present Maritime Cultures of the Indo-Pacific Region. Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema; 2000: 

51-75. (Modern Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia; v. 16). 


284. Spriggs, Matthew. Pleistocene Agriculture in the Pacific: Why Not? In: Smith, M. A.; Spriggs, M.; Fankhauser, 

B., Editors. Sahul in Review: Pleistocene Archaeology in Australia, New Guinea and Island Melanesia. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1993: 

137-143. (Occasional Papers in Prehistory; v. 24). 


285. Spriggs, Matthew. Recent Prehistory (The Holocene). In: Denoon, Donald, Editor. The Cambridge History of the 

Pacific Islanders. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1997: 52, 54- 69. 


286. Spriggs, Matthew. Taro Cropping Systems in the Southeast Asia-Pacific Region: Archaeological Evidence. 

Archaeology in Oceania. 1982; 17: 7-15. 

Note: [Kuk]. 

287. Spriggs, Matthew. Taro Cropping Systems in the Southeast Asian-Pacific Region: An Archaeological Update. 

In: Shuji, Yoshida; Matthews, Peter J., Editors. Vegeculture in Eastern Asia and Oceania. Osaka: National 

Museum of Ethnology, The Japan Center for Area Studies; 2002: 77-94. (JCAS Symposium Series; v. 16). 

Note: [from lit: Lake Wanum, Yuat R, Yeni, Kuk]. 

288. Spriggs, Matthew. Traditional Uses of Fresh Water in Papua New Guinea: Past Neglect and Future Possibilities. 

In: Morauta, Louise; Pernetta, John; Heaney, William, Editors. Traditional Conservation in Papua New Guinea: 

Implications for Today. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1982: 257-271 + Plate 

XVII. (Monographs; v. 16). 

Note: [from lit: numerous PNG]. 

289. Spriggs, Matthew. Who Cares What Time It Is? The Importance of Chronology in Pacific Archaeology. In: 

Anderson, Atholl; Lilley, Ian; O'Connor, Sue, Editors. Histories of Old Ages: Essays in Honour of Rhys Jones. 

Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Pandanus Books; 

2001: 237-249. 


290. Spriggs, Matthew. Why Irrigation Matters in Pacific Prehistory. In: Yen, D. E.; Mummery, J. M. J., Editors. 

Pacific Production Systems: Approaches to Economic Prehistory: Papers from a Symposium at the XV Pacific 

Science Congress, Dunedin, New Zealand 1983. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School 

of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1990: 174- 189. (Occasional Papers in Prehistory; v. 18). 

24


291. Spriggs, Matthew; Yen, Douglas E.; Ambrose, Wal; Jones, Rhys; Thorne, Alan; Andrews, Ann, Editors. A 

Community of Culture: The People and Prehistory of the Pacific. Canberra: Australian National University, 

Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Prehistory; 1993. vi, 289 pp. (Occasional Papers in 

Prehistory; v. 21). 

292. Spring, Sylvia C. Marine Turtle Conservation in Papua New Guinea. In: Morauta, Louise; Pernetta, John; Heaney, 

William, Editors. Traditional Conservation in Papua New Guinea: Implications for Today. Boroko: Institute 

of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1982: 303-306. (Monographs; v. 16). 

Note: [Central, Northern provinces]. 

293. Springer, F. Collector's Items. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Nieuw aandacht voor Nieuw-Guinea: Lezingen over 

Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962. Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1997: 39-47. 

Note: [admin: Wamena]. 

294. Springer, F. Een weerzien. In: Schoorl, Pim, Editor. Besturen in Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea 1945-1962: 

Ontwikkelingswerk in een periode van politieke onrust. Leiden: KITLV Uitgeverij; 1996: 585-602. 

Note: [admin visit 1990: Baliem V]. 

295. Spruth, Erwin Luther. And the Word of God Spread: A Brief History of the Gutnius Lutheran Church -- Papua 

New Guinea [D. Miss. Dissertation]. Pasadena, CA: Fuller Theological Seminary; 1981. xii, 191, [2] pp. 

Note: [mission: Yaramanda, Irelya, Arumanda, Kaipale, Papayuku ENGA]. 

296. Spruth, Erwin L. Churches and Missions: A Brief Outline. In: Carrad, Bruce; Lea, David A. M.; Talyaga, 

Kundapen K., Editors. Enga: Foundations for Development. Armidale, N.S.W.: University of New England, 

Department of Geography; 1982: 364-368. (Enga Yaaka Lasemana; v. 3). 


297. Spruth, Erwin L. Lutheran Church among the Enga: New Guinea Lutheran Mission/Missouri Synod. In: Wegner, 

Herwig; Reiner, Hermann, Editors. The Lutheran Church in Papua New Guinea: The First Hundred Years 

1886-1986. Adelaide: Lutheran Publishing House; 1986: 273-305. 

Note: [mission: Yaramanda, Irelya Enga]. 

298. Spruth, Erwin L. The Mission of God in the Wabag Area of New Guinea: A Preliminary Study of Church Growth 

among the Enga and Ipili Peoples [M.A. Thesis]. Pasadena: Fuller Theological Seminary; 1970. x, 471 pp. 

Note: [from lit & pcs: Enga, Ipili]. 

299. Spruth, Lorraine. Mee Enda -- "Only a Woman": Today's Enga Women in an Environment of Change. Point. 

1975; 2: 22-31. 


300. Spuhler, J. N. Evolution of Mitochondrial DNA in Monkeys, Apes, and Humans. Yearbook of Physical 

Anthropology. 1988; 31: 15-48. 

Note: [from lit: PNG]. 

301. S�rum, Arve. The Forked Branch: A Study of Meaning in Bedamini Ceremonial [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Trondheim: 

University of Trondheim; n.d. [ii], 373 pp. + [4] pp. Maps. 

Note: [fw November 1972 - March 1974, November-December 1978, January-April 1984: Pitibi and 

Magumanebi Bedamini]. 

302. S�rum, Arve. Growth and Decay: Bedamini Notions of Sexuality. In: Herdt, Gilbert H., Editor. Ritualized 

Homosexuality in Melanesia. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1984: 318-336. (Studies in Melanesian 

Anthropology; v. 2). Note: [fw 1972: Bedamini]. 

25

303. S�rum, Arve. In Search of the Lost Soul: Bedamini Spirit Seances and Curing Rites. Oceania. 1980; 50: 273-286. 

Note: [fw December 1972 - March 1974: Bedamini]. 

304. S�rum, Arve. Magic Gardens as Symbolic Production. In: Gr�nhaug, Reidar; Haaland, Gunnar; Henriksen, Georg, 

Editors. The Ecology of Choice and Symbol: Essays in Honour of Fredrik Barth. Bergen: Alma Mater Forlag 

AS; 1991: 244-257. 

Note: [fw: Bedamini]. 

305. S�rum, Arve. Patterns in Bedamini Male Initiation. Social Analysis. 1982; 10: 42-62. 

Note: [fw December 1972 - March 1974: Bedamini]. 

26

Bibliography 

1. Staal, J. J. De exploratie van Nieuw-Guinea. Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig 

Genootschap. 1915; 32: 95-100, 225-231, 366-376, 542-543, 674-675, 857-861. 

Note: [from lit: explor Rouffaer R, Waropen, Barapassi, Siromi, Beriferi, Idenburg R, Keerom R]. 

2. Staalsen, Philip. Brugnowi Origins: The Founding of a Village. Man. 1965; 65(218): 184-188. 

Note: [SIL 1963: Brugnowi, Iatmul]. 

3. Staalsen, Philip. Clause Relationships in Iatmul. In: Lewis, R. K. et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 15. 



Note: [SIL 1962-1968: Kandangay vill Iatmul]. 

4. Staalsen, Philip. The Dialects of Iatmul. In: Laycock, Don et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 10. 

Canberra: Australian National University; 1969: 68-84. (Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 22). 

Note: [SIL survey October 1963, August 1965: Iatmul]. 

5. Staalsen, Philip, Translator. Iatmul. In: McElhanon, K. A., Editor. From the Mouths of Ancestors. Ukarumpa: 

Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1982: 103-114. 

Note: [SIL: Iatmul]. 

6. Staalsen, Philip. The Languages of the Sawos Region (New Guinea). Anthropos. 1975; 70: 6-16. 

Note: [SIL survey 1972: Sengo, Burui, Gaikwundi, Kwaruwi Kwundi, Koiwat, Iatmul]. 

7. Staalsen, Philip. The Phonemes of Iatmul. In: Frantz, Chester I.; Frantz, Marjorie E. et al. Papers in New Guinea 

Linguistics No. 5. Canberra: Australian National University; 1966: 69-76. (Linguistic Circle of Canberra 

Publications, Series A; v. 7). 

Note: [SIL 5 mos: Brugnowi vill Iatmul]. 

8. Stace, J.; Bilton, P.; Coates, K.; Stace, N. Cerebral Malaria in Children: A Retrospective Study of Admissions to 

Madang Hospital, 1980. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1982; 25: 230-234. 

Note: [1980: Madang Hospital]. 

9. Stace, J. D.; Pariwa, S. Reduction in Malaria Parasite Rate in Young Children by Distribution of Prophylactic 

Amodiaquine through Voluntary Village Workers. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1981; 24: 254-260. 

Note: [Madang Province]. 

10. Stadt Gottes. Aus der Mission in Deutsch Neu-Guinea. Stadt Gottes. 1898; 21: 143-144, 235-237, 277-278, 

351-354, XXX-437. 

Note: [mission: Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Berlinhafen, Tamara]. 

11. Stadt Gottes. Aus der Mission in Neu-Guinea. Stadt Gottes. 1901; 24: 130-131. 

Note: [mission (Limbrock): Tumleo]. 

12. Stadt Gottes. Ein denkwürdiger Tag unserer Mission in Neuguinea. Stadt Gottes. 1924; 47: 177-179. 

Note: [mission: Alexishafen, general German NG]. 

13. Stadt Gottes. Unsere fernste Mission während des Krieges. Stadt Gottes. 1916; 39: 307-308, 310. 

Note: [mission (Franz Vormann): German NG]. 

14. Stagl, Justin. Die Morphologie segmentärer Gesellschaften: Dargestellt am Beispiel des Hochlandes von 

Neuguinea. Meisenheim am Glan: Verlag Anton Hain; 1974. 454 pp. (Studia Ethnologica; v. 8). 

Note: [from lit: numerous NGH]. 

1

15. Stagl, Justin. Sex Antagonism in Togo and New Guinea: The View of Swiss Women Anthropologists. Reviews 

in Anthropology. 1978; 5: 465-471. 

Note: [from lit: Kararau Iatmul]. 

16. Staley, William. The Multiple Processes of Olo Verb Reduplication. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 

1996; 27: 147-173. 

Note: [SIL 1981-1991: Olo]. 

17. Staley, William E. Referent Management in Olo: A Cognitive Perspective [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Eugene: 

University of Oregon; 1995. xiv, 246 pp. 

Note: [Somoro d Olo]. 

18. Staley, William. Theoretical Implications of Olo Verb Reduplication. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 

1994; 25: 185-190. 

Note: [SIL: Olo]. 

19. Stanbury, John B. The Patterns of Endemic Cretinism. In: Hetzel, Basil S.; Pharoah, Peter O. D., Editors. Endemic 

Cretinism: Proceedings of a Symposium Held at Institute of Human Biology, Goroka, T.P.N.G. January 27-29, 

1971. Goroka: Institute of Human Biology; 1971: 19-31. (Monograph Series; v. 2). 

Note: [from lit: Mulia V, Huon Peninsula]. 

20. Standfast, H. A. Medical Entomology. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. 


746-748. 


21. Standish, Bill. Big Men and Small: Simbu Politics in the 1970s. In: May, R. J., Editor. Social Stratification in 

Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department 

of Political and Social Change; 1984: 256-295. (Working Papers; v. 5). 

Note: [fw: Simbu Province]. 

22. Standish, Bill. The "Big-man" Model Reconsidered: Power and Stratification in Chimbu. Boroko: Institute of 

Applied Social and Economic Research; 1978. 43 pp. (Discussion Papers; v. 22). 

Note: [fw 1972-1977 (30 mos): Mintima Chimbu]. 

23. Standish, Bill. Decentralisation: Lessons from Simbu. In: Premdas, Ralph R.; Pokawin, Stephen, Editors. 

Decentralization: The Papua New Guinean Experiment. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea; 1979: 

99-101. 

Note: [Simbu]. 

24. Standish, Bill. Elections in Simbu: Towards Gunpoint Democracy? In: Saffu, Yaw, Editor. The 1992 Papua New 

Guinea Election: Change and Continuity in Electoral Politics. Canberra: Australian National University, 

Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Department of Political and Social Change; 1996: 277-322 + 

Map. (Political and Social Change Mongographs; v. 23). 

Note: [Simbu Province]. 

25. Standish, Bill. Elite Communalism: The Highlands Liberation Front. In: May, R. J., Editor. Micronationalist 

Movements in Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific 

Studies, Department of Political and Social Change; 1982: 359-413. (Political and Social Change Monographs; 

v. 1). 

Note: [PNGH]. 

26. Standish, Bill. Fighting in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Administration For Development. 1981; 16: 20-29. 

Note: [Simbu]. 

2

27. Standish, Bill. The Highlands: "Ol i no save harim mipela ...!". New Guinea and Australia, the Pacific and 

South-East Asia. 1973; 8(3): 4-30. 

Note: [fw 1972, 1973: Chimbu District]. 

28. Standish, Bill. "Maunten na Barat": Policy-Making in Chimbu Province. In: Ballard, J. A., Editor. Policy-Making 

in a New State: Papua New Guinea, 1972-1977. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press; 1981: 280-305. 

Note: [fw: Chimbu]. 

29. Standish, Bill. New Men for an Old Society: The Chimbu Regional Campaign. In: Stone, David, Editor. Prelude 

to Self- Government. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies and the 

University of Papua New Guinea; 1976: 308-349. 

Note: [fw: Chimbu District]. 

30. Standish, Bill. An Ordinary Saturday: When Self-Government Came ... New Guinea and Australia, the Pacific 

and South-East Asia. 1976; 10(3): 19-23. 

Note: [fw: Bwamugl Chimbu]. 

31. Standish, Bill. Power to the People? Decentralization in Papua New Guinea. Public Administration and 

Development. 1983; 3: 223-238. 


32. Standish, Bill. Provincial Government in Papua New Guinea: Early Lessons from Chimbu. Boroko: Institute of 

Applied Social and Economic Research; 1979. xi, 158 pp. (Monographs; v. 7). 

Note: [fw 1972-1977: Simbu Province]. 

33. Standish, Bill. "They Want to Be the Highest Always": The Elections in Simbu. In: Hegarty, David, Editor. 

Electoral Politics in Papua New Guinea: Studies on the 1977 National Elections. n.p.: University of Papua New 

Guinea Press; 1983: 75- 122. 

Note: [Simbu Province]. 

34. Standish, Bill. Warfare, Leadership and Law in the Highlands. In: Zorn, Jean; Bayne, Peter, Editors. Lo Bilong 

Ol Manmeri: Crime, Compensation and Village Courts. University: University of Papua New Guinea; 1975: 

104-125. 

Note: [fw 1972-1973: Mintima Chimbu]. 

35. Standish, W. A. Politics and Societal Trauma. In: Sack, Peter G., Editor. Problem of Choice: Land in Papua New 

Guinea's Future. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1974: 151-158. 

Note: [Kundiawa, Enga]. 

36. Standish, William Austin. Simbu Paths to Power: Political Change and Cultural Continuity in the Papua New 

Guinea Highlands [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1992. xvi, 312 pp. 

Note: [fw 1971 -- (27 mos): Simbu Province]. 

37. Stanek, Milan. Die Männerhaus Versammlung in der Kultur der Iatmul (Ost-Sepik-Provinz, Papua Neuguinea). 

In: Münzel, Mark, Editor. Neuguinea: Nutzung und Deuting der Umwelt. Frankfurt am Main: Museum für 

Völkerkunde; 1987: 621-643, 687-688. (Roter Fadem zur Ausstellung; v. 13). 

Note: [Palimbei Iatmul]. 

38. Stanek, Milan. Die Männerinitiation bei den Iatmul: Der Funktionswandel unter dem Einfluss der kolonialen 

Situation in Papua-Neuguinea. In: Hauser-Schäublin, Brigitta, Editor. Geschichte und mündliche Überlieferung 

in Ozeanien. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität und Museum für Völkerkunde Im Kommission 

bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1994: 217-236. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 37). 

Note: [fw 1972, 1973, 1974, 1979, 1986: Palimbei Iatmul, Marap Sawos, Kanganaman Iatmul, Malingei 

Iatmul, Yensan Iatmul]. 

3

39. Stanek, Milan. Geschichten der Kopfjäger: Mythos und Kultur der Iatmul auf Papua-Neuguinea. Köln: Eugen 

Diederichs Verlag; 1982. 248, [4] pp. + Plates I-X. 

Note: [fw: Palimbei Iatnul]. 

40. Stanek, Milan. Iatmul (Neuguinea, Mittlerer Sepik): Maso erzählt die Mythe über die Männer im Bambus, Film 

E2337. Göttingen: Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film; 1987. 18 pp. (Publikationen zu wissenschaftlichen 

Filmen, Sektion Ethnologie; v. 15(30)). 

Note: [fw: Palimbei Iatmul]. 

41. Stanek, Milan. Les Iatmul. In: Lupu, François, Editor. Océanie: le masque au long cours. Rennes: Ouest France; 

1983: 156-162. 

Note: [fw 1972: Palimbei, Tambunum]. 

42. Stanek, Milan. Les travestis rituels des Iatmul. In: Lupu, François, Editor. Océanie: le masque au long cours. 

Rennes: Ouest France; 1983: 163-186. 

Note: [fw 1972: Iatmul]. 

43. Stanek, Milan. Neuguinea: Mythologie und Machtverhältnisse in der primitiver Gesellschaft. In: Berg, Eberhard; 

Lauth, Jutta; Wimmer, Andreas, Editors. Ethnologie im Widerstreit: Kontroversen über Macht, Geschäft, 

Geschlecht in fremden Kulturen: Festschrift für Lorenz G. Löffler. München: Trickster Verlag; 1991: 247-262. 


44. Stanek, Milan. Social Structure of the Iatmul. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William E.; 

Newton, Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change in 

Papua New Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 266-273. 


45. Stanek, Milan. Sozialordnung und Mythik in Palimbei: Bausteine zu ganzheitlichen Beschreibung einer 

Dorfgemeinschaft der Iatmul East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Basel: Universität 

Basel; 1979. [vi], 472, [1] pp. Note: [fw October 1972 - March 1974 (17 mos): Palimbei Iatmul]. 

46. Stanek, Milan. Sozialordnung und Mythik in Palimbei: Bausteine zur ganzheitlichen Beschreibung einer 

Dorfgemeinschaft der Iatmul East Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der 

Universität und Museum für Völkerkunde; 1983. [iv], 472, [1] pp. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 23). 

Note: [fw October 1972 - March 1974 (17 mos): Palimbei Iatmul]. 

47. Stanek, Milan; Weiss, Florence. "Big Man" and "Big Woman" in the Village-Elite in the Town: The Iatmul, Papua 

New Guinea. In: Keck, Verena, Editor. Common Worlds and Single Lives: Constituting Knowledge in Pacific 

Societies. Oxford: Berg; 1998: 309-327. (Explorations in Anthropology). 

Note: [fw: Iatmul in Rabaul]. 

48. Stanek, Milan; Weiss, Florence. Rituellen Menschentötung bei den Iatmul. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: 

Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 

168, 173-180, 185-188, 381. 

Note: [fw 1972-1974 (18 mos): Palimbei Iatmul]. 

49. Stanhope, J. M. Blood Pressures of the Tinam-Aigram People near Simbai, Madang District. Papua and New 


Note: [January 1968: Tinam Giringri, Karap, Garai, Aigram, Asai R]. 

50. Stanhope, J. M. Clan and Totem in Rao Society. Oceania. 1970; 41: 114-135. 

Note: [mission med officer: Urinebu, Chungrebu, Monjibu, Pakingibu, Tsumbar vills Rao]. 

51. Stanhope, J. M. Competing Systems of Medicine among the Rao- Breri, Lower Ramu River, New Guinea. 

4

Oceania. 1968; 39: 137-145. 

Note: [mission med officer: Rao, Breri]. 

52. Stanhope, J. M. Mortality and Population Growth: Losuia Area, Kiriwina, Trobriand Islands. Papua and New 


Note: [survey 1962: Kiriwina]. 

53. Stanhope, J. M. Patterns of Fertility and Mortality in Rural New Guinea. In: Kaa, D. J. van de; Stanhope, J. M.; 

Epstein, T. S.; Fry, N. H.; Beltz, C. L. People and Planning in Papua and New Guinea. Canberra and Boroko: 

Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1970: 24-41. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; 

v. 34). 

Note: [fw: Breri, Wam, Wingei, Anggugunak, Kiriwina, Oro Bay, Baiyer V]. 

54. Stanhope, J. M.; Booth, P. B. ABO and Rh Blood Group Frequencies of the Rao and Breri, Madang District of 

New Guinea. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1970; 5: 73-76. 

Note: [survey: Romkun 1, Romkun 2, Limbubu, Wengabu, Sotubu, Kwanga, Misinki (Breri); Wotabu, Dubu, 

Grengabu, Urinebu, Chungrebu, Monjibu, Pakingibu, Tsumbar (Rao)]. 

55. Stanhope, J. M.; Booth, P. B. The Kire People, Madang District, New Guinea: Blood Groups, Haptoglobin and 

Transferrin Types. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology in Oceania. 1970; 5: 157-162. 

Note: [survey: Birap, Tung, Giri 1, Giri 2, Varinung, Kuminung, Akukum, Minung, Temnung, Pir 1, Pir 2 

Kire]. 

56. Stanhope, J. M.; Sturt, R. J.; Russell, D. A. An Outbreak of Leprosy in a Previously Unexposed Population of 

Eastern New Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 1968; 62: 700-711. 

Note: [Brugap]. 

57. Stanhope, John M. Anaemia in the Lower Ramu Area. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1975; 18: 8-11. 

Note: [survey 1962-1972: Kire, Breri, Rao]. 

58. Stanhope, John M. The Language of the Kire People, Bogia, Madang District, New Guinea. Anthropos. 1972; 67: 

49-71 + Plate. 

Note: [mission 1961-1965: Tung vill Kire]. 

59. Stanhope, John M. The Language of the Rao People, Grengabu, Madang Province, Papua New Guinea. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1980. vii, 28 

pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series D; v. 18). 

Note: [med officer 1962-1972: Rao]. 

60. Stanhope, John. Mortality of Acute Diarrhoea in the Lower Ramu Valley, 1962-1965. Papua and New Guinea 


Note: [1962-1965: Giri, Pir, Breri, Rao]. 

61. Stanhope, John M.; Hornabrook, Richard W. Fertility Patterns of Two New Guinea Populations: Karkar and Lufa. 

Journal of Biosocial Science. 1974; 6: 439-452. 

Note: [fw 1968-1969: Karkar I, Lufa]. 

62. Stanley, G. A. V. The Matapau Region, New Guinea. Australian Geographer. 1934; 2(3): 3-8. 

Note: [Matapau, Ulau, Suain, Aurungal, Lambuain, Selnaua]. 

63. Stanley, N. F. Burkitt's Lymphoma. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. 


127-129. 


5

64. Stanley, Nick. Museums and Indigenous Identity: Asmat Carving in a Global Context. In: Welsch, Robert L., 

Editor. Proceedings of a Special Session of the Pacific Arts Association: Festschrift to Honor Dr. Philip J.C. 

Dark: Working Papers. Chicago: The Field Museum; 1999: 434-448. 

Note: [from lit, museum colls & pcs: Asmat]. 

65. Stanley, Owen. Note from Captain Owen Stanley, R.N., F.R.G.S., to the Secretary of the Royal Geographical 

Society, with a Letter from the Master of the "Freak," and a Report by Mr. MacGillivray, the Naturalist to the 

Expedition. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. 1851; 21: 13-18. 

Note: [explor 1849: Louisiade Archipelago, Southeast Coast Papua]. 

66. Stap, P. A. M. van der. Outline of Dani Morphology. 's- Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff; 1966. vii, [i], 195 pp. 

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde; v. 48). 

Note: [mission February 1958 - November 1963: Mugogo tribe Grand Valley Dani]. 

67. Stark, James. The Approach to Soil Conservation in Papua New Guinea Adopted by the Land Utilisation Section, 

Department of Primary Industry. In: Morauta, Louise; Pernetta, John; Heaney, William, Editors. Traditional 

Conservation in Papua New Guinea: Implications for Today. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic 

Research; 1982: 163-165. (Monographs; v. 16). 


68. Starnberg Institute for the Study of Global Structures, Development and Crises. Development and the 

Environment: Economic-Ecological Development in Papua New Guinea. Goroka: Melanesian Institute for 

Pastoral and Social-Economic Service; 1991. 119 pp. (Catalyst; v. 21(3)). 

Note: [Ok Tedi]. 

69. Stasch, Rupert. Figures of Alterity among Korowai of Irian Jaya: Kinship, Mourning, and Festivity in a Dispersed 

Society [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Chicago: University of Chicago; 2001. xii, 699 pp. 

Note: [fw September 1995 - August 1996: Korowai]. 

70. Stasch, Rupert. Giving Up Homicide: Korowai Experience of Witches and Police (West Papua). Oceania. 2001; 

72: 33-52. 

Note: [fw 1995-1996: Korowai]. 

71. Stasch, Rupert. Joking Avoidance: A Korowai Pragmatics of Being Two. American Ethnologist. 2002; 29: 

335-365. 

Note: [fw September 1995 - August 1996: Korowai]. 

72. Stasch, Rupert. Killing as Reproductive Agency: Dugong, Pigs, and Humanity among the Kiwai, circa 1900. 

Anthropos. 1996; 91: 359-379. 

Note: [from lit: S Kiwai]. 

73. Staudinger, P. Zur Beendigung der Kaiserin-Augusta- Expeditie. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, N.F.. 1913; 30: 

827-828. 

Note: [Stollé explor: Sepik]. 

74. Steadman Lyle B.; Merbs, Charles F. Kuru and Cannibalism: A Review Article. American Anthropologist. 1982; 

84: 611-627. 

Note: [fw: Hewa; from lit: KUJF]. 

75. Steadman, Lyle. Cannibal Witches in the Hewa. Oceania. 1975; 46: 114-121. 

Note: [fw: Hewa]. 

76. Steadman, Lyle. The Hewa of the Lagaip River. In: Cook, Edwin A.; O'Brien, Denise, Editors. Blood and Semen: 

Kinship Systems of Highland New Guinea. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 1980: 299-304. (Studies 

in Pacific Anthropology). 

6

Note: [fw: Hewa]. 

77. Steadman, Lyle B. The Killing of Witches. Oceania. 1985; 56: 106-123. 

Note: [fw 1966-1969 (22 mos): Hewa]. 

78. Steadman, Lyle B. Neighbours and Killers: Residence and Dominance among the Hewa of New Guinea [Ph.D. 

Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1971. xv, 295 pp. + 10 Plates + 3 Maps. 

Note: [fw October 1966 - Decemebr 1967, August 1968 - February 1969 (22 mos total): Hewa]. 

79. Stebbins, Sara; Cook, Edwin A. Some Stone Artefacts from the Jimi River, Western Highlands District: 

Descriptions and Suggestions. Records of the Papua New Guinea Public Museum and Art Gallery. 1974; 4: 

29-43. 

Note: [colls: Jimi V]. 

80. Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam. Kunst van het Zuidzeegebied. Amsterdam: Stedelijk Museum; n.d. [i], [14] pp. 

+ [20] pp. Plates. (Uitgave Stedelijk Museum Amsterdam; v. 66). 

Note: [exhibition: Huon Gulf, Sepik, Sentani, Humboldt Bay, Masi-Masi I, Schouten Is IJ]. 

81. Steel, J. Madang Province. Oral History. 1977; 5(6): 29. 

Note: [Ramu R]. 

82. Steenken, Helmuth. Die frühe Südsee: Lebensläute aus dem "Paradies der Wilden". Oldenburg: Isensee Verlag; 

1997. 226 pp. + Stereo Glasses. 

Note: [from lit & archives: Madang, Gorendu, Bogadjim, Siar, Tami, Dampier I]. 

83. Steensberg, Axel. Hafting of a Stone Axe-Adze and Its Use in the Fire-clearance Husbandry of Papua New 

Guinea. Tools and Tillage. 1991; 6: 232-243. 

Note: [visit 1975: Puyakirago Duna]. 

84. Steensberg, Axel. Man the Manipulator: An Ethno- Archaeological Basis for Reconstructing the Past. 

Copenhagen: National Museum of Denmark; 1986. 200 pp. 

Note: [fw 1968, 1983: Arona V, Jimi V (Ruti), Kopiago, Hagen, Kuk, Kaugel V, Kapauku]. 

85. Steensberg, Axel. New Guinea Gardens: A Study of Husbandry with Parallels in Prehistoric Europe. London: 

Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd; 1980. xxiii, 222 pp. 

Note: [fw September-October 1968, 1971, 1975: Kindeng, Mendim, Kum, Hagen, Alipe Kaugel V, 

Puya-Kirago, Yuku, Yaku Duna, Kuk Mbukl Melpa; from lit: Grand Valley Dani, Moni]. 

86. Steensberg, Axel. Oldtijdslevn i New Guineas Hverdag. K�benhavn: Forum; 1973. 77 pp. 

Note: [fw 1969: Upper Wahgi, Kaugel V]. 

87. Steer, Gary. Atea Kanada: Guardian of a Deep Secret. Paradise. 1980; 21: 21-26. 

Note: [Duna]. 

88. Steffen, Paul. Die katholischen Missionen in Deutsch- Neuguinea. In: Hiery, Hermann Joseph, Editor. Die 

Deutsch Südsee 1884-1914: Ein Handbuch. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schöningh; 2001: 343-383. 


89. Steffen, Paul B. From Mission to Church: Assessment and Perspectives of the Catholic Church in Mainland New 

Guinea after Its First Hundred Years. In: Steyler Missionswissenschaftlichen Institut, Editor. Divine Word 

Missionaries in Papua New Guinea 1896-1996: Festschrift. Nettetal: Steyler Verlag; 1996: 231-258. (Verbum 

SVD; v. 37). 

Note: [mission: general PNG]. 

90. Steffen, Paul. Missionsbeginn in Neuguinea: Die Anfänge der Rheinischen, Neuendettelsauer und Steyler 

7

Missionsarbeit in Neuguinea. Nettetal: Steyler Verlag; 1995. 312, [4] pp. (Studia Instituti Missiologici 

Societatis Verbi Divini; v. 61). 

Note: [missions: German NG]. 

91. Stefun, Bonaventura. First Year in Papua. Worldmission. 1957; 8(2): 55-63. 

Note: [mission 1955: Tari]. 

92. Stegmaier, Ortrud. Missionsdienst am eigenen volk: C. Die Gründungen in Neuguinea I. Die Schwestern vom 

Heiligen Rosenkranz von Wewak. II. Die Schwestern von der Heiligen Theresia vom Kinde Jesu von 

Alexishafen. Verbum SVD. 1977; 18: 166-172. 

Note: [mission: Wewak, Alexishafen]. 

93. Steiger, E. Janet. Wings over Shangri La. n.p.: n.p.; 1995. xii, 239 pp. + Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [mission 1955-1962: Grand Valley Dani, Western Dani, Yali]. 

94. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Cargo-kulte. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. 

Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 307-316. 

Note: [Baigona, Goroka, Wewak, Morobe Province]. 

95. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Das Geisterfest von Alkena. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur seit 

ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau- Verlag; 1976: 199-204, 209-212. 

Note: [mission 1964: Hagen]. 

96. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Entwicklungshilfe am Beispiel Papua- Neuguinea. In: Wagner, Wilfried, Editor. 

Strukturwandel im Pazifischen Raum. Bremen: Übersee-Museum Bremen; 1988: 389-414. (Veröffentlichungen 

aus den Übersee-Museum Bremen, Reihe G; v. 3). 

Note: [mission: Tarabo, Gerehu, Port Moresby, Goroka, Lae]. 

97. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Melanesische Cargo-Kulte: Neureligiöse Heilsbewegungen in der Südsee. München: 

Delp'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, KG; 1971. 208 pp. + Plates + Foldout Map + Pocket Chart. 

Note: [numerous NG]. 

98. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Wohlwill, Max, Translator. Melanesian Cargo Cults: New Salvation Movements in the 

South Pacific. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press; 1979. xv, 215 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [numerous NG]. 

99. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Missionen und Kirchen in Geschichte und Gegenwart. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: 

Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin- Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 

295-306. 


100. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Papua-Neuguinea (Papua Niugini) heute. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und 

Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 344-353. 


101. Steinbauer, Friedrich. So war's in Tarabo. Neuendettelsau: Freimund-Verlag; 1969. 120 pp. + [24] pp. Plates. 

Note: [mission: Okapa, Keyagana, Yate, Kanite, Kamano, Usurufa, Fore, Auyana]. 

102. Steinbauer, Friedrich. Tarabo. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. 

Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 91-96, 101- 107, 381. 

Note: [mission: Tarabo]. 

103. Steinberg, Arthur G. Genetic Variations in Human Immunoglobins: The Gm and Inv Types. In: Greenwalt, Tibor 

J., Editor. Advances in Immunogenetics. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott Company; 1967: 75-98. 

Note: [from colls: Labubutu, Kwasang, Gurakor, Chivasing, Tsile Tsile, Gnarowein, Guruf, Bampa, Anti, Siats, 

8

Onga, Naruboin, Wompul, Sukurum, Dumlinan, Kaiapit, Mumamban, Narumonke, Binumarien, Kusing, 

Tumbuna, Kukukuku]. 

104. Steinberg, Arthur G. The Gm and Inv Polymorphisms among Populations from Various Parts of the World. In: 

Eriksson, Aldur W., Editor-in-Chief. Population Structure and Genetic Disorders: Seventh Sigrid Jusélius 

Foundation Symposium: Mariehamm, Åland Islands, Finland, August 1978. London: Academic Press Inc. 

(London) Ltd; 1988: 81-95. 

Note: [Markham V]. 

105. Steinberg, Arthur G.; Gajdusek, D. Carleton; Alpers, Michael. Genetic Studies in Relation to Kuru. V. 

Distribution of Human Gamma Globulin Allotypes in New Guinea Populations. American Journal of Human 

Genetics. 1972; 24(6,2): S95-S110. 

Note: [surveys: N Fore, S Fore, Usurufa, Simbari, Muniri, Moraei, Pawaian, Onabasulu, Huli, Biami, Olsobip, 

Yambes, Digul R Asmat, Kainak Asmat, Gomoru Kayagar, Aikut-Siniput-Kaibigir, Wesekwi Sauwi, Sabron 

Mungai]. 

106. Steinberg, Arthur G.; Larrick, James W. Gm and Inv (Km) Studies of Melanesian People on the Huon Peninsula 

in Northeast New Guinea: Polymorphism for a Gm[1,5,10,11,13,14,17,21,26] Haplotype. American Journal 

of Physical Anthropology. 1981; 55: 89-94. 

Note: [survey: Uyangen, Dagaman, Gumia vills (Irumu V), Tapen, Bonkiman, Kewieng vills (Yupna V), 

Wantoat vill]. 

107. Steinhauer, Hein. Conceptualization of Space in Nimboran (Irian Jaya, West New Guinea). In: Senft, Gunter, 

Editor. Referring to Space: Studies in Austronesian and Papuan Languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press; 1997: 

269-280. (Oxford Studies in Anthropological Linguistics; v. 11). 

Note: [from lit: Nimboran]. 

108. Steinhauer, Hein. Number in Biak: Counterevidence to Two Alleged Language Universals. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, 

Land- en Volkenkunde. 1985; 141: 462-485. 

Note: [informant at Leiden: Biak]. 

109. Steinhauer, Hein. Number in Biak: Counterevidence to Two Alleged Language Universals (A Summary). In: 

Geraghty, Paul; Carrington, Lois; Wurm, S. A., Editors. FOCAL I: Papers from the Fourth International 

Conference on Austronesian Linguistics. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific 

Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1986: 171-173. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 93). 

Note: [fw: Biak]. 

110. Steinkraus, Walter. Tifal Phonology Showing Vowel and Tone Neutralization. Kivung. 1969; 2(1): 57-66. 

Note: [SIL: Okbiilabib Tifal]. 

111. Steinkraus, Walter; Pence, Alan. Languages of the Goilala Sub-District. Port Moresby: Department of 

Information and Extension Services; 1964. [i], 10 pp. + Foldout Map. 

Note: [SIL survey February-March 1960: Fuyuge, Tauade, Kunimaipa, Kuni]. 

112. Steinman, Alfred. Das Nabelornament der "Ahnenfiguren" auf den Zeremonialstühlen vom Sepik, Neuguinea. 

Geographica Helvetica. 1952; 7: 362-366. 


113. Steinmetz, George. Irian Jaya's Peoples of the Trees. National Geographic. 1996; 189(2): 34-43. 

Note: [Korowai]. 

114. Steltenpool, J. Ekagi-Dutch-English-Indonesian Dictionary. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff; 1969. [iv], 269 pp. 

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde; v. 56). 

Note: [mission: Tigi dialect Ekagi; Kamu, Mapija, Panijai dialects Ekagi]. 

9

115. Steltenpool, J. Missie aan de Wisselmeren. Sint Anthonius. 1957; 59-60: 94-96, 104-106, 132-134; 13-15, 27-30. 

Note: [mission: Ekagi]. 

116. Steltenpool, J.; Stap, P. A. M. van der. Leerboek van het Kapauku. n.p. [Hollandia]: n.p. [Office of Aboriginal 

Welfare]; n.d. [1959]. 2, 143 pp. + Foldout Chart. 

Note: [mission: Kapauku]. 

117. Steltenpool, P. Missie werk aan de Wisselmeren. Sint Antonius. 1958; 60: 27-29. 

Note: [mission: Wissel Lakes]. 

118. Steltenpool, P. Volk aan de Wisselmeren. Schakels NNG. 1958; 29: 3-8, 9-13, 14-18, 19-23. 

Note: [mission: Kapauku, Moni]. 

119. Steltenpool, Pelinus. Eindelijk gestrand. Sint Antonius. 1950; 52: 142-144. 


120. Steltenpool, Pelinus. Missie aan de Wisselmeren. Sint Antonius. 1957; 59: 94-95. 


121. Steltenpool, Pelinus. Vergeten volk. Sint Antonius. 1957; 59-60: 104-106; 13-15. 

Note: [mission: Kapauku]. 

122. Stent, W. R. The Development of a Market Economy in the Abelam. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and 

Economic Research; 1984. viii, 164 pp. (Monographs; v. 20). 

Note: [agr officer & fw 1956-1958, 1960, 1968, 1973, 1975, 1977: Bainyik vill Abelam]. 

123. Stent, W. R. An Interpretation of a Cargo Cult. Oceania. 1977; 47: 187-219. 

Note: [fw 1973, 1975: Maprik sub-district]. 

124. Stent, W. R.; Webb, Roy. Subsistence Affluence and Market Economy in Papua New Guinea. Economic Record. 

1975; 51: 522-538. 


125. Stephan, R. Eilanden in de Geelvinkbaai. I en II. Schakels NNG. 1956; 25: 3-11. 

Note: [Geelvink Bay]. 

126. Stephens, Margaret Editha. With Bar Sinister on His Chicken Feathers: A Study of the Integration of Kin 

Terminology with Social Structure in Wanigela, Northern District, Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill; 1974. [ii], 162 pp. 

Note: [fw October 1967 - January 1968: Rainu Ubir; January-April 1972: Kumabun Ubir, Oreresan Oyan]. 

127. Stephen, Michele. A'aisa's Gifts: A Study of Magic and the Self. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1995. 

xvii, 381 pp. + Plates. (Studies in Melanesian Anthropology; v. 13). 

Note: [fw 1969-1971, December 1978 - January 1979, October 1980- 1982: Inawi vill Mekeo]. 

128. Stephen, Michele. Constructing Sacred Worlds and Autonomous Imagining in New Guinea. In: Herdt, Gilbert; 

Stephen, Michele, Editors. The Religious Imagination in New Guinea. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University 

Press; 1989: 211-236. 


129. Stephen, Michele. Continuity and Change in Mekeo Society, 1890-1971 [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: 

Australian National University; 1974. xxv, 410 pp. + 1 Figure + 3 Maps. 

Note: [fw May 1970 - December 1971 (14 mos): Inawi vill Mekeo]. 

130. Stephen, Michele. Contrasting Images of Power. In: Stephen, Michele, Editor. Sorcerer and Witch in Melanesia. 

10

New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1987: 249-304. 


131. Stephen, Michele. Devouring the Mother: A Kleinian Perspective on Necrophagia and Corpse Abuse in Mortuary 

Ritual. Ethos. 1998; 26: 387-409. 

Note: [fw: Mekeo; from lit: Fore, Gimi, Ilahita Arapesh]. 

132. Stephen, Michele. "Dreaming Is Another Power!": The Social Significance of Dreams among the Mekeo of Papua 

New Guinea. Oceania. 1982; 53: 106-122. 

Note: [fw December 1978 - January 1979, October 1980 - July 1981: Mekeo]. 

133. Stephen, Michele. Dreaming and the Hidden Self: Mekeo Definitions of Consciousness. In: Herdt, Gilbert; 

Stephen, Michele, Editors. The Religious Imagination in New Guinea. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University 

Press; 1989: 160-186. 

Note: [fw 1980-1982: Mekeo]. 

134. Stephen, Michele. Dreams of Change: The Innovative Role of Altered States of Consciousness in Traditional 

Melanesian Religion. Oceania. 1979; 50: 3-22. 

Note: [from lit: incls Baktaman, KUJF, Kyaka Enga, Tangu, Dobu, Telefomin, Manam, Huli, Sambia, Wogeo, 

Yifar, Jale, Bena Bena, Kiwai, Ngaing, Garia, Trobriand Is, Mae Enga, lujere, Gururumba, Kuma, Siane, 

Kaluli, Maprik, Wiru, Daribi, Binandere, Orokaiva, Orokolo]. 

135. Stephen, Michele. Dreams and Self-Knowledge among the Mekeo of Papua New Guinea. Ethos. 1996; 24: 

465-490. 

Note: [fw 1969, 1970, 1971, 1978-1979, October 1980 - June 1981, December 1981 - February 1982: Mekeo]. 

136. Stephen, Michele. The Dynamism of Tradition. The Artefact. 1982; 7(3-4): 3-17. 

Note: [fw 1970-1971+: Mekeo]. 

137. Stephen, Michele. An Honourable Man: Mekeo Views of the Village Constable. Journal of Pacific History. 1979; 

14: 85-99. 

Note: [fw May 1970 - December 1971 (14 mos): Mekeo]. 

138. Stephen, Michele. Introduction. In: Stephen, Michele, Editor. Sorcerer and Witch in Melanesia. New Brunswick, 

NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1987: 1-14. 

Note: [fw: Mekeo; from lit: Garia, Kuma, Wola, Kwoma, Kalam]. 

139. Stephen, Michele. Master of Souls: The Mekeo Sorcerer. In: Stephen, Michele, Editor. Sorcerer and Witch in 

Melanesia. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1987: 41-80 + Plates. 

Note: [fw 1969, 1970-1971, 1978-1979, 1980-1981, 1981-1982, 1983: Mekeo]. 

140. Stephen, Michele. A Response to Mosko's Comments on "The Man of Sorrow". American Ethnologist. 1998; 

25: 747-740. 


141. Stephen, Michele. Self, the Sacred Other, and Autonomous Imagination. In: Herdt, Gilbert; Stephen, Michele, 

Editors. The Religious Imagination in New Guinea. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1989: 

41-64. 


142. Stephen, Michele, Editor. Sorcerer and Witch in Melanesia. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1987. 

x, 310 pp. + Plates. 

143. Stephen, Michele. Sorcery, Magic and the Mekeo World View. In: Habel, Norman C., Editor. Powers, Plumes 

and Piglets: Phenomena of Melanesian Religion. Bedford Park, S.A.: Australian Association for the Study of 

11

Religions; 1979: 149-160, 218-219. 


144. Stephen, Michele; Herdt, Gilbert. Introduction. In: Herdt, Gilbert; Stephen, Michele, Editors. The Religious 

Imagination in New Guinea. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press; 1989: 1- 11. 


145. Stephenson, Nigel A. Contrasting Transcripts: Constructing Images and Identities in Mediations among the Wam 

People of Papua New Guinea. In: Wassmann, Jürg, Editor. Pacific Answers to Western Hegemony: Cultural 

Practices of Identity Construction. Oxford: Berg; 1998: 143-168. 

Note: [fw 1984-1985, 1987-1988 (18 mos): Warengeme Wam]. 

146. Stephenson, Nigel. Die Straße nach Wam: Über Nutzung und Bedeutung der Straße in einem ländlichen Gebiet 

Papua-Neuguineas. In: Münzel, Mark, Editor. Neuguinea: Nutzung und Deuting der Umwelt. Frankfurt am 

Main: Museum für Völkerkunde; 1987: 349-379, 405. (Roter Fadem zur Ausstellung; v. 12). 

Note: [Wam]. 

147. Stephenson, Nigel. Gais Nein zu Apels Appell: Eine millenarische Mythe als Kulturkritik bei den Wam (East 

Sepik Province, Papua-Neuguinea). In: Hauser-Schäublin, Brigitta, Editor. Geschichte und mündliche 

Überlieferung in Ozeanien. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität und Museum für Völkerkunde Im 

Kommission bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 1994: 73-90. (Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 37). 

Note: [fw 1984-1985, 1987-1988: Wam]. 

148. Stephenson, Nigel A. Kastom or Komuniti: A Study of Social Process and Change among the Wam People, East 

Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. Basel: Ethnologisches Seminar der Universität Basel und Museum der 

Kulturen in Kommission bei Wepf & Co. AG Verlag; 2001. v, [i], 460 pp. + 14 pp. Plates + Endpaper Map. 

(Basler Beiträge zur Ethnologie; v. 40). 

Note: [fw 1984-1985 (18 mos), October 1987 - May 1988, 1996: Warengeme wam]. 

149. Stephenson, Nigel. Konfessionelle Konspirationen: Über die Stellung des Ethnologen im Feld innerdörflicher. 

Regio Basiliensis. 1990; 31: 259-264. 

Note: [fw 18 mos: Wam]. 

150. Stephenson, R. A.; Kemelfield, G. J.; Wood, A. W.; Power, A. P.; Khan, T. N.; Parfitt, R. L. Production and 

Processing of Food Crops at Village Level: A Study of a Community Project in the Western Highlands. In: 

Enyi, B. A. C.; Varghese, T., Editors. Agriculture in the Tropics. Port Moresby: University of Papua New 

Guinea; 1977: 78-87. 

Note: [Minj]. 

151. Stephen, Simon. The "Skin Guria" Movement in the Buang Area, Morobe Province. In: Flannery, Wendy, Editor. 

Religious Movements in Melanesia: A Selection of Case Studies and Reports. Goroka: Melanesian Institute 

for Pastoral and Socio-Economic Service; 1983: 1-11. 

Note: [mission: Buang]. 

152. Sterly, J. Research Work on Traditional Plantlore and Agriculture in the Upper Chimbu Region, Papua New 

Guinea. Bulletin of the International Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research. 1977; 

19: 95-105. 

Note: [fw January 1975 - February 1976: Gandigl vill, Kuglkane tribe Chimbu]. 

153. Sterly, Joachim. The Beach Lily (Crinum asiaticum) in the Central Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Curare. 

1990; 13: 21-22. 

Note: [fw 1971: Kamanuku, 1971: Kuglkane, Medlpa, 1980: Damba, Danga Wahgi, 1981: Kapma Sinasina; 

from lit: Nareku, Siambugla, Nimai Sinasina, Maring]. 

154. Sterly, Joachim. Bugla Kirai, Schweinemedizin vom Oberen Chimbu, Papua New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1978; 

12

5: 385-406. 

Note: [fw 1975-1976: Womkama Chimbu]. 

155. Sterly, Joachim. Cannabis am Oberen Chimbu, Papua New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1978; 5: 175-178. 

Note: [fw 1976: Kuglkane Chimbu]. 

156. Sterly, Joachim. A Comparative List of Simbu and Nakane Words, Central Highlands of Papua New Guinea. 

Anthropos. 1995; 90: 532-544. 

Note: [fw 1983, 1984: Garamauglo vill Nakane, Kuman Simbu]. 

157. Sterly, Joachim. Das Gartentor der Simbu im Hochland von Papua-Neuguinea. In: Schindlbeck, Markus, Editor. 

Gestern und Heute -- Traditionen in der Südsee: Festschrift zum 75. Geburtstag von Gerd Koch. Berlin: Verlag 

von Dietrich Reimer; 1997: 463-480. (Baessler-Archiv, N.F.; v. 45(70)). 

Note: [fw 1971, 1975, 1976, 1980: Gambugl, Gandigl, Upper Simbu]. 

158. Sterly, Joachim. Decline of Pyrethrum Cultivation along the Upper Simbu, Simbu Province, Papua New Guinea. 

Ethnomedizin. 1980; 6: 339-342. 

Note: [fw January 1975 - March 1976, May-November 1977: Kuglkane Simbu]. 

159. Sterly, Joachim. Der Aderlaßbogen in Melanesien: Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Phlebotomie. Anthropos. 1968; 

63-64: 156-167. 

Note: [from lit: Rossel I, Gende, Chimbu, KUJF, Watut, Dobu, Fore, Humboldt Bay, Gimi, Busama, Arapesh, 

Pasum, Wantoat]. 

160. Sterly, Joachim. Der Hund als Begleiter des Jägers in Melanesien. Ethnos. 1962; 27: 99-114. 

Note: [from lit: Waria V, Boiken, Aiome, Kiwai, Mamberamo, IJ Highlands, Kanum, Mimika, Orokaiva, 

Mafulu]. 

161. Sterly, Joachim. Eine Krankenbehandlung am oberen Chimbu, Neu-Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1971; 1: 292-293. 

Note: [fw 1971: Areglkugl CHimbu]. 

162. Sterly, Joachim. Gartenbau und gemulchten Hügelbeeten im zentralen Hochland von Papua-Neuguinea. 

Anthropos. 1997; 92: 191- 198. 

Note: [fw 1975, 1977, 1980-1981, 1983-1984: Upper Chimbu; from lit: Melpa, Raiapu Enga]. 

163. Sterly, Joachim. Gelbwurz (Curcuma spp.) als Ritual- und Heilmittel in Melanesien. Anthropos. 1967; 62: 

239-240. 

Note: [from lit: Boiken, Marind, Iatmul]. 

164. Sterly, Joachim. Ginger in the Southwestern Pacific. Ethnomedizin. 1971; 1: 138-141. 

Note: [from lit: Dobu, Tami, Bongu, Bartle Bay, Radja Ampat Is]. 

165. Sterly, Joachim. "Heilige Männer" und Medizinmänner in Melansien: Versuch einer phänomenologisch 

ausgerichteten Aufweisung des Zauberpriestertums im südwestlichen Pazifik: Inaugural Dissertation, Albertus 

Magnus Universität zu Köln. Köln: Albertus Magnus Universität zu Köln; 1965. 536, [1] pp. 


166. Sterly, Joachim. Heilpflanzen der Einwohner Melanesiens: Beiträge zur Ethnobotanik des südwestlichen Pazifik. 

Hamburg and München: Arbeitsstelle für Ethnomedizin and Klaus Renner Verlag; 1970. 341 pp. (Hamburger 

Reihe zur Kultur- und Sprachwissenschaft; v. 6). 


167. Sterly, Joachim. Kawa in Melanesien. Ethnos. 1969; 34: 97- 121. 

Note: [from lit: Jabob, Bogadjim, Bongu, Gende, Kutubu, Gogodara, Kiwai, Mawata, Oriomo, Keraki, 

N'gowugar, Kanum-irebe, Jai-nan, Marind-anim, Makleuga, Jilmek, Jabga, Komolom, Mapi R]. 

13

168. Sterly, Joachim. Krankheiten und Krankenbehandlung bei den Chimbu im zentralen Hochland von Neu-Guinea. 

Hamburg: Arbeitsgemeinschaft Ethnomedizin; 1973. 289 pp. (Beiträg zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und 

Ethnozoologie; v. II). 

Note: [fw 1971: Kuglkane, Kamanuku Chimbu]. 

169. Sterly, Joachim. Kritische Bemerkungen zur Erörterung des sogenannten gewaltsamen Todeszaubers in 

Melanesien. Kölner Ethnologische Mitteilungen. 1965; 4: 205-230. 

Note: [from lit: KUJF, Fuyuge, Biak, Dobu, Humboldt Bay, Boikin, Waropen, Northeast NG, Markham V, 

Trobriand Is, IJ Highlands, Kapauku, Normanby I, Wantoat, Orokolo, Kutubu]. 

170. Sterly, Joachim. Kumo: Hexer und Hexen in Neu-Guinea. München: Kindler Verlag GmbH; 1987. 384 pp. 

Note: [fw 1971, 1975, 1983: Kuglkane, Gembogl, Chimbu, Wahgi, Bundi, Hagen, Asaro]. 

171. Sterly, Joachim. Plants Recently Introduced into the Chimbu Valley. University: University of Papua New 

Guinea, History Department; 1978. [i], 37 pp. (History of Agriculture Working Papers; v. 16). 

Note: [fw 1971, 1975-1976, 1977: Kamanuku, Kuglkane Chimbu]. 

172. Sterly, Joachim. The Question of Classifying Plants in Simbu Ethnobotany. Curare. 1990; 13: 23-30. 

Note: [fw 1971-1984 (5 yrs): Simbu V]. 

173. Sterly, Joachim. Simbu Plant-Lore: Plants Used by the People in the Central Highlands of New Guinea, Volume 

I, The People and Their Plant-Lore. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1997. 239 pp. 



II, Botanical Survey of Simbu Plants. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1997. 323 pp. 



III, Ethnographical Key. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag; 1997. 275 pp. Note: [fw 1971-1984 (5 yrs): Simbu 

V]. 

176. Sterly, Joachim. Social Context of Epidemic Syphilis in the Chimbu District, New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1972; 

2: 311-328. 

Note: [fw June-December 1971: Kundiawa]. 

177. Sterly, Joachim. Sühneopfer als therapeutische Maßnahmen in Melanesien. In: Janssen, Hermann; Sterly, 

Joachim; Wittkemper, Karl, Editors. Carl Laufer MSC: Missionar und Ethnologe auf Neu- Guinea: Eine 

Gedenkschrift für P. Carl Laufer MSC gewidmet von seinen Freunden. Basel: Herder Freiburg; 1975: 170-182. 

Note: [fw: Chimbu; from lit: Gende, Boikin, Arapesh, Waka Enga, Mbowamb, Jabim, Yakomul, Ali, Windesi, 

Mimika]. 

178. Sterly, Joachim. Useful Plants of the Chimbu, Papua New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1974; 3: 353-393. 

Note: [fw June-December 1971: Kamanuku, Kuglkane Chimbu]. 

179. Sterly, Joachim. Über den gerua-Kult im Zentralen Hochland von Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, N.F.. 1977; 25: 

1-82. 

Note: [fw: Kuman Chimbu]. 

180. Sterly, Joachim. Zur Etymologie der Wetterkunde am oberen Simbu in Papua New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 1981; 

7: 241-252. 

Note: [fw: Upper Chimbu Kuman]. 

181. Sterly, Joachim. Zwei Aderlassbögen der Sinasina im zentralen Hochland von Papua New Guinea. Ethnomedizin. 

14

1976; 4: 183-187. 

Note: [fw 1971, 1975: Gembogl, Kundiawa]. 

182. Sterly, Joachim. Zwei Erzählungen der Kuglkane. Anthropos. 1983; 78: 246-253. 

Note: [fw: Kuglkane]. 

183. Sterner, Bob; Sterner, Joyce. Pempenye'se fenti den Sobeiuse / Perbendaharaan Kata Bahasa Sobei / Sobei 

Vocabulary. Cenderawasih: Unversitas Cenderawasih and Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1987. xv, 172 pp. 

(Publikasi Khusus Bahasa-behasa Daerah, Seri B; v. 2). 

Note: [SIL: Sobei]. 

184. Sterner, Joyce. Adoption into a Sobei Clan. Irian. 1981; 9(1): 1-8. 

Note: [SIL March 1973 -- (6 1/2 yrs): Sobei]. 

185. Sterner, Joyce K. Clan Competition and Sibling Rivalry -- Sobei Social Organization. Irian. 1992; 20: 49-85. 

Note: [SIL 1973-1989: Sawar vill Sobei]. 

186. Sterner, Joyce K. A Comprehensive Look at Sobei Phrases and Words. In: Suharno, Ignatius; Pike, Kenneth L., 

Editors. From Baudi to Indonesian: Studies in Linguistics from the 1975 UNCEN- SIL Workshop, Danau Bira, 

Irian Jaya. n.p. [Jayapura]: Cenderawasih University and Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1976: 153-176. 


187. Sterner, Joyce K. The Role of Women in Traditional Irian Jaya Societies as Exemplified among the Bauzi and 

Ketengban. Irian. 1990; 18: 102-108. 

Note: [SIL: Bauzi; from pc: Ketengban]. 

188. Sterner, Joyce K. Sobei Phonology. Oceanic Linguistics. 1975; 14(2): 146-167. 

Note: [SIL 1 mo: Sarmi, Sawar vills Sobei]. 

189. Sterner, Joyce K. Sobei Social Organization: Independence, Competition, and Rivalry. In: Gregerson, Marilyn; 

Sterner, Joyce, Editors. Kinship and Social Organization in Irian Jaya: A Glimpse of Seven Systems. Jayapura 

and Dallas: Cenderawasih University and Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1997: 1-49. (Summer Institute of 

Linguistics and International Museum of Cultures Publications; v. 32). 

Note: [SIL 1977-1989: Sawar Sobei]. 

190. Sterner, Joyce K. Sobei Verb Morphology Reanalyzed to Reflect POC Studies. Oceanic Linguistics. 1987; 

26(1-2): 30-54. 

Note: [SIL 10 mos: Sarmi, Sawar vills Sobei]. 

191. Sterner, Joyce K. Why Analyze Folktales? or What Came the Female Cannibal Taught Me. Notes on 

Anthropology and Intercultural Community Work. 1994; 15: 26-48. 

Note: [SIL 1973-1985: Sobei; from lit: Isirawa, Kwerba, Berik]. 

192. Sterner, Joyce; Ross, Malcolm. Sobei. In: Lynch, John; Ross, Malcolm; Crowley, Terry. The Oceanic Languages. 

Richmond, Surrey (UK): Curzon Press; 2002: 167-185. (Curzon Language Family Series). 


193. Sterner, Robert H. Sobei Verb Inflection. Oceanic Linguistics. 1975; 14(2-2): 128-145. 

Note: [SIL November 1973 - September 1974: Sawar vill Sobei]. 

194. Sterr, Josef, Editor. Zwischen Geisterhaus und Kathedrale: Unter Steinzeit Menschen der Südsee. Mödling bei 

Wien: St.- Gabriel-Verlag; 1950. 270 pp. + Plates + Foldout Map. 

Note: [mission: Sissano, Malol, Tumleo, Ali, Seleo, Aitape, Yakamul, Ulau, Suain, But, Tarawai, Boiken, 

Kairiru, Wewak, Turubu, Murik, Manam, Monumbo, Bogia, Danara, Ulingan, Mangem, Mugil, Karkar I, 

Rempi, Alexishafen, Saruga, Utu, Atemble, Annaberg, Kambot, Marienberg, Kanduanum, Timbunge, Marui, 

15

Ulupu]. 

195. Steven, Hugh. The Measure of Greatness. Old Tappan, NJ: Fleming H. Revell Co.; 1973. 158 pp. 

Note: [SIL 1961-1969, 1971 (Steinkraus): Tifalmin]. 

196. Stevenson, Hugh. The Contemporary Highland Shield: Hybrid Forms in Papua New Guinea. Artlink. 1996; 16(4): 

40-43. 

Note: [from museum colls: Minj, Banz]. 

197. Stewart, Canon Ian. The Life Style of the Anglican Mission. Journal of the Papua and New Guinea Society. 1970; 

4(2): 77-85. 

Note: [mission 1955 --: Dogura]. 

198. Stewart, G. A.; Dowse, G. K.; Turner, K. J.; Alpers, M. P.; Nisbet, A. Isotype Specific Immunoglobin Responses 

to the House Dust Mite Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus and the Purified Allergen Der p 1 in Asthmatic and 

Control Subjects from the Eastern Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Clinical Allergy. 1988; 18: 235-243. 

Note: [South Fore]. 

199. Stewart, Gloria. Introduction to Sepik Art of Papua New Guinea. Sydney: Garrick Press Pty. Ltd; 1972. 67 pp. 

+ Endpaper Maps. 

Note: [Ambunti, Angoram, Maprik, Tambanum, Palembei, Malingei, Manum I, Wotum Murik Lakes, Yamuk, 

Indabu, Korogo, Injamungra, Chambri, Torembi, Kaningra, Kanganamon, Kuavenmas, Shapmeri, Curum R, 

Angriman, Bowat, Mindibit, Kambot, Ramu R, Yenshun, Ibom, Maramba, Bewat, Hunstein Mts, Karawari 

Caves, Korewari, Wachkuk, Wingei, Kaminibit, Yuat R, Moramba, Pora Pora, Yasera, Kamanguam, 

Kapriman, Manam I]. 

200. Stewart, Pamela J. Netbags: Cultural Narratives from Papua New Guinea [M.A. Thesis]. Chicago: University of 

Chicago; 1996. 52 pp. 

Note: [from lit & pcs: Mt Hagen, Orokaiva, Telefomin, Wewak Boiken, Daribi, Baruya, Grand Valley Dani, 

Huli, Baktaman, Paiela, Kwoma, Muyuw, Miyanmin, Etoro, Kiwai, Gawa, Wahgi, Maring, Kaluli, Wola, 

Mekeo, Trobriand Is]. 

201. Stewart, Pamela J. Ritual Trackways and Sacred Paths of Fertility. In: Miedema, Jelle; Odé, Cecilia; Dam, Rien 

A. C.; Baak, Connie, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head of Irian Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the 

Conference, Leiden, 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Editions Rodopi B.V.; 1998: 275-289. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Biak]. 

202. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Body and Mind in Mount Hagen, Highlands Papua New Guinea. 

Anthropology of Consciousness. 2000; 11: 25-39. 

Note: [fw 1979: Melpa]. 

203. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. The Cultivation and Use of Taro and Fruit Pandanus among the Duna of 

the Aluni Valley in the Southern Highlands of Papua New Guinea, with Comparative Notes. In: Shuji, 

Yoshida; Matthews, Peter J., Editors. Vegeculture in Eastern Asia and Oceania. Osaka: National Museum of 

Ethnology, The Japan Center for Area Studies; 2002: 233-245. (JCAS Symposium Series; v. 16). 

Note: [fw: Aluni V Duna]. 

204. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Cultural Heritage Written in Stone. In: Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, 

Pamela J., Editors. Kuk Heritage: Issues and Debates in Papua New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of 

Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 1998: 94-98. 

Note: [Kawelka]. 

205. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Death on the Move: Landscape and Violence on the Highlands Hisghway, 

Papua New Guinea. Anthropology and Humanism. 1999; 24: 20-3169. 

Note: [fw 1997: Mt Hagen, Wahgi V, Kerowagi, Kundiawa, Sinasina, Chuave, Daulo, Goroka, Kombri, Bena 

16

Bena, Kassam Pass, Yonki, Lae]. 

206. Stewart-Strathern, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. "East Meets West": Comparisons of Indonesian and Melanesian 

Ethnographic Themes. IIAS [International Institute for Asian Studies] Newsletter. 1999; 18: 28. 

Note: [Duna, Melpa, Ilahita Arapesh]. 

207. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Feasting on My Enemy: Images of Violence and Change in the New 

GUinea Highlands. Ethnohistory. 1999; 46: 645-669. 

Note: [fw 1991, 1994, 1998: Duna; 1978, 1995: Melpa; 1960s, 1980s: Wiru]. 

208. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Female Spirit Cults as a Window in Gender Relations in the Highlands 

of Papua New Guinea. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, N.S.. 1999; 5: 345-360. 

Note: [fw 1964--, 1997, 1998: Hagen; 1967: Wiru; 1991, 1994, 1998: Duna]. 

209. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Fragmented Selfhood: Contradiction, Anomaly, and Violence in Female 

Life Histories. In: Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Identity Work: Constructing Pacific Lives. 

Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 2000: 44-57. (ASAO Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen]. 

210. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew J. Gardening: Comparisons from Three Highlands Areas. In: Sillitoe, Paul; 

Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Horticulture in Papua New Guinea: Case Studies from the Southern 

and Western Highlands. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 2002: 199-338. 

(Ethnology Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw: Aluni V Duna, Pangia Wiru, Kawelka Melpa]. 

211. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Gender, Song, and Sensibility: Folktales and Folksongs in the Highlands 

of New Guinea. Westport, CT: Praeger Publishers; 2002. x, 235 pp. + 16 pp. Plates + Map. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Duna, Pangia; from lit: Gahuku, KUJF, Siane, Chimbu, Kuma, Wahgi, Gebusi, Foi, Avatip, 

Kewa, Telefolmin, Huli, Paiela, Kaluli, Gimi, Baruya, Dugum Dani, Wogeo, Etoro, Murik, Trobriand Is, 

Anganen, Samo, Wola, Daribi]. 

212. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. A Highlands Malaise: Alcohol and Identity Constructions in Papua New 

Guina. Center for Pacific and Asian Studies Newsletter. 1999; 23: 13-14. 

Note: [fw 1999: Kuk, Aluni Duna]. 

213. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Humors and Substances: Ideas of the Body in New Guinea. Westport, CT: 

Bergin & Garvey; 2001. x, [i], 156 pp. + [10] pp. Plates. 

Note: [fw: Kawelka, Duna, Wiru]. 

214. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Identity Work: Constructing Pacific Lives. Pittsburgh: University 

of Pittsburgh Press; 2000. x, 217 pp. (ASAO Monographs; v. 18). 

215. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Introduction: Latencies and Realizations in Millennial Practices. In: 

Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Guest Editors. Millennial Countdown in New Guinea. Durham, NC: 

Duke University Press; 2000: 3-27. (Ethnohistory; v. 47(1)). 

Note: [fw: Duna Hagen; from lit: Imyan, Tehit, Inanwatan, Oksapmin, Sek, Kasap Enga, Arapesh, Pairunu 

Kewa, Huli, Samukundi Abelam]. 

216. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Introduction: Narratives Speak. In: Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, 

Editors. Identity Work: Constructing Pacific Lives. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 2000: 1-26. 

(ASAO Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Northwest Ayfat, Abelam]. 

217. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Life at the End: Voices and Visions from Mt. Hagen, Papua New Guinea. 

Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft. 1998; 82: 227-244. 

17

Note: [fw 1997: Melpa]. 

218. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Making up People in Papua. Journal of the Royal Anthropological 

Institute, N.S.. 2002; 8: 367-369. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Melpa; from lit: Fuyuge, Tauade]. 

219. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Millennial Markers. Townsville: James Cook University of 

Northern Queensland, Centre for Pacific Studies; 1997. v, 131 pp. 

220. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Guest Editors. Millennial Countdown in New Guinea. Durham, NC: Duke 

University Press; 2000. 3-240. (Ethnohistory; v. 47(1)). 

221. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Money, Politics, and Persons in Papua New Guinea. Social Analysis. 

1998; 42(2): 132- 149. 

Note: [fw: Kawelka]. 

222. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Naming Places: Duna Evocations of Landscape in Papua New Guinea. 

People and Culture in Oceania. 2000; 16: 87-107. 

Note: [fw 1991-1999: Aluni V Duna]. 

223. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew J. Netbags Revisited: Cultural Narratives from Papua New Guinea. Pacific 

Studies. 1997; 20(2): 1-29. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Daribi, Wahgi, Orokaiva, Telefomin, Boiken, Arambak, Star Mts, Baruya, Grand 

Valley Dani, Huli, Washkuk, Siane]. 

224. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Origins versus Creative Powers: The Interplay of Movement and Fixity. 

In: Rumsey, Alan; Weiner, James, Editors. Emplaced Myth: Space, Narrative, and Knowledge in Aboriginal 

Australia and Papua New Guinea. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press; 2001: 79-98. 


225. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Papua New Guinea Year After the Drought: Environmental and Health 

Issues in the Aluni Valley in the Duna Area, July 1998. APTF [Avenir des peuples des forêts tropicales]. 1998; 

18: [2 pp.]. 

Note: [fw 1991, 1994, 1998: Aluni Duna]. 

226. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew J. Pathways of Power, Rumours of Fear: The Imagination of Space in 

Montane New Guinea. In: Miedema, Jelle; Ode, Cecilia; Dam, Rien, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head 

of Irian Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference, Leiden 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Rodopi; 

1998: 313-320. 

Note: [Duna, Melpa, Pangia]. 

227. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Politics and Poetics Mirrored in Indigenous Stone Objects from Papua 

New Guinea. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1999; 108: 69-90. 

Note: [Kawelka, Kopiago]. 

228. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Power and Placement in Blood Practices. In: Hoskins, Janet, Guest Editor. 

Power and Placement in Blood Practices. Guest Editor: Blood Mysteries: Beyond Menstruation as Pollution; 

2002: 349-363. (Ethnology; v. 41(4)). 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen, Wiru; from lit: Hua, Enga, Siane]. 

229. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Remaking the World: Myth, Mining, and Ritual Change among the Duna 

of Papua New Guinea. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press; 2002. xvi, 219 pp. + 8 pp. Plates. 

(Smithsonian Series in Ethnographic Inquiry). 

Note: [fw 1998, 199: Aluni Duna]. 

18

230. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Report on Environmental Issues in the Aluni Valley in the Duna Area of 

Papua New Guinea. Centre for Pacific Studies Oceania Newsletter. 1998; 21: 13-15. 

Note: [fw: Aluni V Duna]. 

231. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Ritual Trackways and Fertility in New Guinea. Journal of Ritual Studies. 

1998; 12(1): 61-66. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Oksapmin, Foi, Mejprat]. 

232. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew J. Sorcery and Sickness: Spatial and Temporal Movements in Papua New 

Guinea and Australia. Townsville: James Cook University of North Queensland, School of Anthropology and 

Archaeology, Centre for Pacific Studies; 1997. 27 pp. (Discussion Paper Series; v. 1). 

Note: [fw: Duna, Melpa, Wiru; from lit: Karam, Tikiam Maya (Bogia)]. 

233. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew J. Speaking for Life and Death: Warfare and Compensation among the 

Duna of Papua New Guinea. Osaka: National Museum of Ethnology; 2000. ii, [i], 88 pp. (Senri Ethnological 

Reports; v. 13). 

Note: [fw 1998, 1999: Aluni V Duna; from lit: Huli]. 

234. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Timbu wara Figures from Pangia, Papua New Guinea. Records of the 

South Australian Museum. 2001; 34: 65-77. 

Note: [fw: Pangia Wiru]. 

235. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Time at an End: The Highlands of Papua New Guinea. In: Kocher 

Schmid, Christin, Editor. Expecting the Day of Wrath: Versions of the Millennium in Papua New Guinea. 

Boroko: The National Research Institute; 1999: 131-144. (NRI Monographs; v. 36). 

Note: [fw 1998: Duna, Hagen]. 

236. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Transformations of Monetary Symbols in the Highlands of Papua New 

Guinea. L'Homme. 2002; 162: 137-156 + 2 pp. Plates. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Melpa]. 

237. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Violence: Theory and Ethnography. London: Continuum; 2002. vi, [i], 

196 pp. 

Note: [fw: Melpa]. 

238. Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Water in Place: The Hagen and Duna People of Papua New Guinea. 

Journal of Ritual Studies. 2002; 16(1): 108-119. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen]. 

239. Stewart, Randal G. Coffee, Candidates and Class Struggle: The 1982 National Election for Goroka Open 

Electorate, Eastern Highlands Province, Papua New Guinea. Yagl-Ambu. 1984; 11(2): 1- 32. 

Note: [Goroka]. 

240. Stewart, Randal G. Coffee: The Political Economy of an Export Industry in Papua New Guinea. Boulder, CO: 

Westview Press, Inc.; 1992. x, [ii], 316 pp. 


241. Stewart, Randal G. Dialectic of Underdevelopment: Imperalism, Class and State in the Coffee Industry of Papua 

New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Canberra: Australian National University; 1986. [x], 376, 110, [39], [23], 

[2] pp. 

Note: [from lit, interviews & archives: general PNG]. 

242. Stewart, Randal J. Eastern Highlands Province, 1977-1990. In: May, R. J.; Regan, A. J.; Ley, Allison, Editors. 

Political Decentralisation in a New State: The Experience of Provincial Government in Papua New Guinea. 

Bathurst, N.S.W.: Crawford House Publishing; 1997: 174-198. 

19

Note: [Eastern Highlands Province]. 

243. Steyler Missionsbote. Aus der fernen Südsee. Steyler Missionsbote. 1920; 47: 68-72. 

Note: [mission (Puff): Malol, Manam, Sissano, Ulau, Vanimo, Wewak, Yakamul; general German NG]. 

244. Steyler Missionsbote. Auszug aus dem Jahresbericht der Neuguineamission. Steyler Missionsbote. 1903; 30: 

163-164, 166. 

Note: [mission: Bogia, Malol, Monumbo, Tumleo, Wewak]. 

245. Steyler Missionsbote. Bruder Eduard Irlenbusch. Steyler Missionsbote. 1905; 33: 21-22. 

Note: [mission: Tumleo]. 

246. Steyler Missionsbote. But. Steyler Missionsbote. 1936; 63: 219-220. 

Note: [mission (Gerstner): But]. 

247. Steyler Missionsbote. Der Papua als Knabe und Jüngling. Steyler Missionsbote. 1920; 47: 41-43. 


248. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. Deutsch-Neuguinea. Steyler Herz- Jesu-Bote. 1902; 29: 43. 

Note: [mission (Padberg): Bogia, Monumbo; (Erdweg): Tumleo, Lamin, Lalep, Yakamul, Arop]. 

249. Steyler Missionsbote. Deutsch-Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1904; 31: 30. 

Note: [mission (Vormann): Monumbo; (Valeria): Tumleo]. 



251. Steyler Missionsbote. Deutsch-Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1906; 33: 109-110. 

Note: [mission (Erdweg, Klarentius): Tumleo; (Kalirtus): Bogia; (Kanisius): Alexishafen]. 


Note: [mission (Lörks): Alexishafen; (Scharfenberger): Monumbo]. 


Note: [mission (Josephine): Ali, Angel, Seleo; (Jérôme): Juo]. 

254. Steyler Missionsbote. Deutsch-Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1909; 36: 157-158. 

Note: [mission: Alexishafen; (Becker): Valman; (Averberg): Karkar I]. 


Note: [mission (Limbrock): Tumleo; Alexishafen; (Becker): Karkar I; (Kirschbaum): Malol; (Pontianus): 

Alexishafen; Matuka]. 


Note: ["Cormoran" explor: Alexishafen]. 

257. Steyler Missionsbote. Die Ernte am Sepik reift. Steyler Missionsbote. 1932; 60: 11-12. 

Note: [mission (Kirschbaum): Lower Sepik, Middle Sepik]. 

258. Steyler Missionsbote. Die Garamut oder Signaltrommel des Papuas. Steyler Missionsbote. 1914; 41: 155-156. 

Note: [mission: German NG, Sepik]. 

259. Steyler Missionsbote. Die jüngste Missionsstation in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Steyler Missionsbote. 1903; 30: 

118-120. 

Note: [mission (Padberg): Bogia, Sepa]. 

20

260. Steyler Missionsbote. Die selbständigen deutschen Missionsfelder. Steyler Missionsbote. 1925; 52: 128. 


261. Steyler Missionswissenschaftlichen Institut, Editor. Divine Word Missionaries in Papua New Guinea 1896-1996: 

Festschrift. Nettetal: Steyler Verlag; 1996. 258 pp. (Verbum SVD; v. 37). 

262. Steyler Missionsbote. Drei Wasserfluten. Steyler Missionsbote. 1908; 36: 7-10. 

Note: [mission (Puff): Tumleo, Juvó, Walman]. 

263. Steyler Missions-Bote. Ein besuch auf Tumleo. Steyler Missions-Bote. 1903; 30: 13-14. 

Note: [mission (Erdweg): Tumleo]. 

264. Steyler Missionsbote. Ein sagenumwobenes Missionseiland: Nach den Mitteilungen des Missionars P.A. Puff. 

Steyler Missionsbote. 1915; 42: 103-105. 

Note: [mission (Puff): Ali, Tumleo, Ulau]. 

265. Steyler Missionsbote. Eine Himmelsgeschichte aus dem Bismarckgebirge. Steyler Missionsbote. 1936; 63: 204. 

Note: [mission (Aufenanger): Bismarck Mts]. 

266. Steyler Missionsbote. Eine Reise nach Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Steyler Missionsbote. 1906; 33: 118-121. 

Note: [from lit: (Erdweg?): Potsdamhafen, Bogia, Rubia Hansa Bay, Waropu, Seleo, Valman, Tumleo, Eitape, 

Angriffshafen, Serra, Sissano, Koseran, Alexishafen, Walis I]. 

267. Steyler Missionsschwestern (S.Sp.S.). Ethnographische Neuguinea -- Notizen aus der Zwischenkriegzeit. 

Anthropos. 1946; 41-44: 69-80. 

Note: [mission: Malol, Tumleo, Ali, Yakamul, Kairiru, Boikin, Wewak, Sepik R, Bogia, Manam, Uligan, 

Mugil, Alexishafen, Wahgi V, Pig I]. 

268. Steyler Missionsbote. Hütte und Eingeboren von Suwain. Steyler Missionsbote. 1904; 32: Cover Photograph. 

Note: [Suwain]. 

269. Steyler Missionsbote. Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Steyler Missionsbote. 1903; 30: 62. 

Note: [mission (Erdweg, Philomena): Tumleo; (Ferdinand, Eustochius): Bogia]. 

270. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Steyler Herz- Jesu-Bote. 1902; 29: 94. 

Note: [mission (Fridolina, Erdweg): Tumleo]. 

271. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Steyler Herz- Jesu-Bote. 1902; 29: 171. 

Note: [mission (Friedr. Vormann): Malol]. 

272. Steyler Missionsbote. Kariru - die neue Bischofsinsel in Neuguinea, Südsee. Steyler Missionsbote. 1937; 65: 

62-63. 

Note: [mission: Kairiru]. 

273. Steyler Missionsbote. [Letter]. Steyler Missionsbote. 1927; 55: 175. 

Note: [mission (Heinr. Meyer): Suein]. 

274. Steyler Missionsbote. [Letters]. Steyler Missionsbote. 1921; 49: 14. 

Note: [mission (Cosma, Imelda): Monumbo, Manam]. 

275. Steyler Missionsbote. Marienberg. Steyler Missionsbote. 1936; 63: 163-164. 

Note: [mission (de Bruyn): Marienberg]. 

276. Steyler Missionsbote. Mingende. Steyler Missionsbote. 1939; 66: 110. 

21

Note: [mission (Jos. Küppers): Mingende]. 

277. Steyler Missionsbote. Mittelneuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1930; 58: 68-69. 

Note: [mission (Kunisch): Suain]. 

278. Steyler Missionsbote. Mugil. Steyler Missionsbote. 1933; 60: 107. 

Note: [mission (Symphorian): Mugil]. 

279. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. Neuguinea. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. 1901; 28: 164. 

Note: [mission (Padberg): Monumbo]. 

280. Steyler Missionsbote. Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1919; 47: 15. 

Note: [mission (Erdweg): Wewak, Tumleo; (Hermeinegilde): Bogia; Ngaimbom]. 


Note: [mission (Erdweg): Arop, Malol, Sissano, Tumleo, Wewak]. 

282. Steyler Missionsbote. Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1921; 48: 46-47. 

Note: [mission (Paschalis): Tumleo]. 


Note: [mission (Antonetta): Bogia]. 


Note: [mission (Perpetua): Yakamul]. 

285. Steyler Missionsbote. Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1924; 51: 78-79. 

Note: [mission (Jérôme): Jakamul, Paup, Ulau, Swein, Boiken]. 

286. Steyler Missionsbote. [Notice]. Steyler Missionsbote. 1940; 67: 109. 

Note: [mission (Puff): Marui]. 

287. Steyler Missionsbote. Ostneuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1925; 52: 158. 

Note: [mission (Hermenegilde): Monumbo, Bogia]. 

288. Steyler Herz-Jesu-Bote. P. Nikolaus Spölgen. Steyler Herz- Jesu-Bote. 1901; 28: 130-132. 


289. Steyler Missionsbote. [Photographs]. Steyler Missionsbote. 1933; 60: 173. 

Note: [Mugil hinterlands, Sepik]. 

290. Steyler Missionsbote. Skizzen und Bilder aus der Südsee- Mission. 1. Einst und Jetzt auf Tumleo. Steyler 

Missionsbote. 1908; 35: 73-74. 

Note: [mission (Erdweg): Tumleo]. 

291. Steyler Missionsbote. Skizzen und Bilder aus der Südsee- Mission. 2. Eine vielgeprüfte Station. Steyler 

Missionsbote. 1908; 35: 74-76. 

Note: [mission (Schlüter): Monumbo]. 

292. Steyler Missionsbote. Skizzen und Bilder aus der Südsee- Mission. 5. Schatten und Lichtseiten der 

Eingeborenen. Steyler Missionsbote. 1908; 35: 133-136. 

Note: [mission: Seek, Arop, Malol, Kairiru, Karasau, Murik, Karau, Kis, Muschu, Sissano, Walman, Waropu]. 

293. Steyler Missionsbote. Skizzen und Bilder aus der Südsee- Mission. 7. Aufzeichbungen von P. Puff. Steyler 

Missionsbote. 1908; 35: 164-167. 

22

Note: [mission (Puff): Monumbo, Tumleo, Warapu, Wewak]. 

294. Steyler Missionsbote. Statistik 1920 der Apostolischen Präfektur Ost-Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land (Neuguinea). Steyler 

Missionsbote. 1921; 49: 14. 


295. Steyler Missionsbote. Timbunke. Steyler Missionsbote. 1939; 66: 110. 

Note: [mission (Ivo Schäfer): Timbunke]. 

296. Steyler Missionsbote. Turubu. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 165. 

Note: [mission (Seraphicus, Gehberger): Turubu]. 

297. Steyler Missionsbote. Turuburu. Steyler Missionsbote. 1938; 65: 308. 

Note: [mission (Gehberger): Bungarin]. 

298. Steyler Missionsbote. Vermischte Nachrichten aus Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 1905; 32: 100-101. 

Note: [mission (Limbrock): Aitape, Ali, Bogia, Monumbo, Tumleo, Valman]. 

299. Steyler Missionsbote. Walis. Steyler Missionsbote. 1932; 59: 91-92. 

Note: [mission (Puff): Walis, Tarawai]. 

300. Steyler Missionsbote. Was man in Neuguinea alles brauchen kann. Steyler Missionsbote. 1925; 52: 76-78. 

Note: [mission (Jérôme): Juo]. 

301. Steyler Missionsbote. Wewak. Steyler Missionsbote. 1933; 60: 107-108. 

Note: [mission (Bartholomäus): Wewak]. 

302. Stibbe, D. G., Editor. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 3. Tweede Druk ed. 's-Gravenhage & 

Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1919. viii, 823 pp. 


303. Stibbe, D. G., Editor. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 4. Tweede Druk ed. 's-Gravenhage & 

Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1921. viii, 922 pp. 


304. Stibbe, D. G. Nieuw-Guinea. In: Stibbe, D. G., Editor. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 3. 

Tweede Druk ed. 's-Gravenhage & Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1919: 33-35. 


305. Stibbe, D. G. Papoea's. In: Stibbe, D. G., Editor. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 3. Tweede Druk 

ed. 's-Gravenhage & Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1919: 298-336. 


306. Stibbe, D. G.; Sandbergen, F. J. W. H., Editors. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 7. Tweede Druk 

ed. 's-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff; 1935. xxiii, 494 pp. 


307. Stibbe, D. G.; Spat, C., Editors. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 5. Tweede Druk ed. 

's-Gravenhage & Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1927. viii, 518 pp. 


308. Stibbe, D. G.; Spat, C. Papoea's. In: Stibbe, D. G.; Spat, C., Editors. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. 

Volume 5. Tweede Druk ed. 's-Gravenhage & Leiden: Martinus Nijhoff & N.V. V/H E.J. Brill; 1927: 317-323. 


23

309. Stibbe, D. G.; Stroomberg, J., Editors. Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië. Volume 6. Tweede Druk ed. 

's-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff; 1932. xv, 481, [2] pp. 


310. Stijn, Matthaus van. Vier altertümliche Steinartefakte vom Wahgi River in Zentral-Neuguinea. Anthropos. 1953; 

48: 971-976. 

Note: [mission: Nera Ngaima (Bandi), Mingende]. 

311. Stingl, Heinz. Papua-Neguinea: Auf den Wege zu einem unabhängigen Staat. Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für 

Völkerkunde zu Leipzig. 1975; 40: 5-15. 


312. Stingl, Miloslav. Kunst der Südsee. Leipzig: VEB E-A. Seemann Verlag; 1985. 378, [1] pp. + Endpaper 


Note: [from museum colls: Abelam, Angerman, Papuan Gulf, Geelvink Bay, Asmat, Boroi (Ramu), Sentani, 

Mid-Sepik, Iatmul, Korowari, Tambanum, Trobriand Is]. 

313. Stirling, Brian. In Wild New Guinea: Up the Sepik River. Walkabout. 1936; 3(1): 24-32. 

Note: [Marienberg, Angoram]. 

314. Stirling, Brian. New Guinea Borderland. Walkabout. 1937; 3(4): 10-18 + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [Biwa, Ono R]. 

315. Stirling, M. W. The Native Peoples of New Guinea. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution; 1943. iv, [i], 25 

pp. + 28 Plates. (Smithsonian Institution War Background Studies; v. 9). 

Note: [fw: Mamberamo R, Lakes Plains, Rouffaer R, Van Daalen R, Van Rees Mts, Nogullo; from lit & 

archives: general NG, Marind, Yey, Mombum, Arfak Mts, Goliath R, Eiland R, Menoekwari, Koepera 

Poekwa]. 

316. Stirling, Matthew W. Flight to the Stone Sge. Explorers Journal. 1975; 53(3): 98-105. 

Note: [fw 1926: Upper Rouffaer Nogullo]. 

317. Stirling, Matthew. A Visit to Pygmyland: New Guinea's Black Lilliputians Live a Utopian Existence. The World's 

Work. 1928; 55: 266-275. 

Note: [fw: Tombe, Agintawa vills Upper Rouffaer]. 

318. Stocking, George W. Jr. The Ethnographer's Magic: Fieldwork in British Anthropology from Tylor to 

Malinowski. In: Stocking, George W. Jr, Editor. Observers Observed: Essays on Ethnographic Fieldwork. 

Madison: University of Wisconsin Press; 1983: 70-120. (History of Anthropology; v. 1). 

Note: [from lit & archives: Torres Strait, South Coast Papua, Trobriand Is]. 

319. [Stocking, George W. Jr ]. Gatekeeper to the Field: E.W.P. Chinnery and the Ethnography of the New Guinea 

Mandate. History of Anthropology Newsletter. 1982; 9(2): 3-12. 

Note: [from archives: general TNG]. 

320. Stocks, Ian. In Search of Malinowski. Paradise. 1984; 46: 20-24. 

Note: [Trobriand Is]. 

321. Stoep, N. van der. Een experiment in de Noord Baliem. Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea. 1959; 7-9(6; 2; 3; 6; 4): 

16-17, 19; 8- 11; 2-5; 2-5; 11-13. 

Note: [mission: Tiom]. 

322. Stoep, N. van der. In dienst van het zendingsonderwijs op Nieuw-Guinea. In: Kamma, F. C. Kruis en korwar: Een 

honderdjarig vraagstuk op Nieuw Guinea. Den Haag: J.N. Voorhoeve; 1953: 236- 245. 

Note: [mission: Vogelkop]. 

24

323. Stokes, Donald S.; Wilson, Barbara Ker; Oliver, Tony. The Turtle and the Island: Folk Tales from Papua New 

Guinea. Sydney: Hodder and Stoughton (Australia) Pty Limited; 1978. 143 pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. 

Note: [Vanimo, Bena, Kandingai, Nasingalatu (Huon Peninsula), Ali I, Misima, Hanuabada, Finschhafen, 

Moke Fore, Vailala Orokolo, Palagai (Aroma), Makepin (Degua), Budua Manam, Tapo Kafe, Tsisia Roro, 

Bukaua, Karangandong Nabak, Kamunga Melpa, Wakorma Mauake (Madang District), Irikaba Mukawan, 

Kapa Kapa, Buso Bukaua]. 

324. Stokhof, W. A. L., Editor. with: Saleh-Bronkhorst, Lia. Holle Lists: Vocabularies in Languages of Indonesia, Vol. 

1: Introductory Volume (Materials in Languages of Indonesia, No. 1). Canberra: Australian National 

University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1980. v, 149 pp. (Pacific 

Linguistics, Series D; v. 17). 

Note: [from archives: general IJ]. 

325. Stokhof, W. A. L., Editor. in co-operation with: Saleh- Bronckhorst, Lia; Almanar, Alma E. Holle Lists: 

Vocabularies in Languages of Indonesia, Vol. 5/1: Irian Jaya: Austronesian Languages; Papuan Languages, 

Digul Area (Materials in Languages of Indonesia, No. 18). Canberra: Australian National University, Research 

School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1982. iv, 186 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series D; v. 52). 

Note: [from archives: Mafor, Numfor, Biak, Wandesi, Windesi, Waropen Coast, Waropen, Jautefa, Upper 

Uwimerah, Central and Lower Uwimerah, Uwimerah Proa Bivouac, Uwimerah Observation Post, Uwimerah 

Source, Digul Mappi, Digul Mandobo, Kaôh, Muyu, Tanah Merah area]. 

326. Stokhof, W. A. L., Editor. in co-operation with: Saleh- Bronckhorst, Lia; Almanar, Alma E. Holle Lists: 

Vocabularies in Languages of Indonesia, Vol. 5/2: Irian Jaya: Papuan Languages, Northern Languages, Central 

Highlands Languages (Materials in Languages of Indonesia, No. 19). Canberra: Australian National University, 

Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1983. iv, 245 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series 

D; v. 53). 

Note: [from archives: Moi, Tarunggareh, Siriwo & Warenai area, Tomajo, Apauwar, Havik I & Mamberamo 

R area, Sarmi, Saberri, Armatti, Berrik, Sewan, Biri, Foya, Sawé, Sentani, Awya, Kwime, Arzo & Tami, 

Sawia, Wembi & Ettie, Wambersi, Jabi, Irsam, Kapauku Paronggo, Kapauku Kiura, Kapauku Pania V, 

Pesechem Lorents R, Awembiak, Manuku, Dem, Baliem V, Ndani, Dauwa]. 

327. Stokhof, W. A. L., Editor. in co-operation with: Almanar, Alma E. Holle Lists: Vocabularies in Languages of 

Indonesia, Vol. 11: Celebes, Alor, Ambon, Irian Jaya, Madura, and Lombok (Materials in Languages of 

Indonesia, No. 37). Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department 

of Linguistics; 1987. v, 349 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series D; v. 79). 

Note: [from archives: Yaur, Humuku-Irege Irisami tribe, Mapia]. 

328. Stokhof, W. A. L.; Flassy, Don A. L. A Recently Discovered M(o)oi Vocabulary in the National Museum 

(Jakarta). In: Adams, Karen; Lauck, Linda et al. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics No. 22. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1985: 53-130. 

(Pacific Linguistics, Series A; v. 63). 

Note: [from archives: Moi, Tehit]. 

329. Stokhof, Wim. Iacob Le Maire's Vocabularies. In: Haenen, Paul; Trouwborst, Albert, Editors. Vrienden en 

Verwanten: Liber Amicorum Alex van der Leeden. Leiden and Jakarta: DSALCUL/IRIS [Department of 

Languages and Cultures of Southeas-Asia and Oceania, Universiteit Liden/Irian Jaya Studies Project]; 1993: 

169-185. 

Note: [from lit: Moa, Wakde, Anus, Masimasi, Sarmi, Sobei, Yamna]. 

330. Stokhof, Wim. Some Notes on Tehit. In: Baak, Connie; Bakker, Mary; Meij, Dick van der, Editors. Tales from 

a Concave World: Liber Amicorum Bert Voorhoeve. Leiden: Leiden University, Department of Languages and 

Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania, Projects Division; 1995: 169-177. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Tehit]. 

25

331. Stokhof, Wim. Some Notes on Tehit. Reprinted as: Stokhof, Wim. Some Notes on Tehit. Leiden: Leiden 

University, Department of Languages and Cultures of South-East Asia and Oceania, Projects Division; 1995: 

169-177. (ISIR Proceedings; v. 1995/10). Note: [fw & from lit: Tehit]. 

332. Stoller, Robert J. Presentations of Gender. New Haven: Yale University Press; 1985. xi, 219 pp. 

Note: [Sambia]. 

333. Stoller, Robert J.; Herdt, Gilbert H. The Development of Masculinity: A Cross-Cultural Contribution. Journal 

of the American Psychoanalytic Association. 1982; 30: 29-59. 

Note: [fw: Sambia]. 

334. Stoller, Robert J.; Herdt, Gilbert H. A Psychotic New Guinea Tribesman. Ethnopsychiatrica. 1981; 3: 39-62. 


335. Stoller, Robert J.; Herdt, Gilbert H. Theories of Origin of Male Homosexuality. Archives of General Psychiatry. 

1985; 42: 399-404. 


336. Stollé. Aus Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land: Expedition des Reichs- Kolonialamts, der Königlichen Museen und der 

Deutschen Kolonialgesellschaft zur Erforschung des Kaiserin-Augustaflusses (Sepik) in 

Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 1912; 29: 793. 

Note: [Stollé, Behrmann explor: Sepik]. 

337. Stollé. Die Expedition zur Erforschung des Kaisern-Augusta- Flusses (Sepik). Deutsches Kolonialblatt. 1912; 

23: 547, 658, 719, 1097-1098, 1142-1143. 

Note: [explor 1912: Malu, Sambun, Kararau]. 

338. Stollé. Überblick über den Verlauf der Kaiserin-Augustafluß- Expedition. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für 

Erdkunde zu Berlin. 1914: 249-253. 

Note: [Stollé explor: Sepik]. 

339. Stolz. Die Umgebung von Kap König Wilhelm. In: Neuhauss, R. Deutsch Neu-Guinea, Bd. III: Beiträge der 

Missionare Keysser, Stolz, Zahn, Lehner, Bamler. Berlin: Verlag Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Bohsen); 1911: 

243-286. 

Note: [mission: Lamatkibolo and Quambu: Silaum and Kwamkwam]. 

340. Stone, David. The Electoral Organisation. In: Stone, David, Editor. Prelude to Self-Government. Canberra: 

Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies and the University of Papua New Guinea; 

1976: 37-64. 


341. Stone, David. The Political Turning Point: The Birth of the National Coalition Government. In: Stone, David, 

Editor. Prelude to Self-Government. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific 

Studies and the University of Papua New Guinea; 1976: 529-538. 


342. Stone, David, Editor. Prelude to Self-Government. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School 

of Pacific Studies and the University of Papua New Guinea; 1976. x, 547 pp. 

343. Stone, Octavius C. Description of the Country and Natives of Port Moresby and Neighbourhood, New Guinea. 

Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. 1876; 46: 34-62. 

Note: [journalist 1875: Anuapata, Ilema, Maiva, Motu, Koitapu, Kirapuno, Koiari, Kuni]. 

344. Stone, Octavius. A Few Months in New Guinea. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington; 1880. 

xvii, 258 pp. + Frontispiece + 2 Foldout Maps. 

26

Note: [travels August 1875, October 1875 - January 1876: Boigu, Machik (York I), Erub (Darnley I), Laval 

(Yule I), Maikasa R, Roro, Anuapata, Koitapu, Laroki R, Koiari, Papakori, Pari, Momili, Kominimu, Ilema, 

Maiva, Kirapuno, Kuni, Baruni Koitapu]. 

345. Stoneking, M.; Bhatia, K.; Wilson, A. C. Mitochondrial DNA Variation in Eastern Highlanders of Papua New 

Guinea. In: Roberts, D. F.; De Stefano, G. F., Editors. Genetic Variation and Its Maintenance, with Particular 

Reference to Tropical Populations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1986: 87-100. (Symposia of the 

Society for the Study of Human Biology; v. 27). 

Note: [colls: Yagaria, Benabena, Tairora, Gahuku, Asaro, Yabiyufa, Keigana, Kamano, Fore, Morobe Province, 

Southern Highlands Province]. 

346. Stoneking, M.; Bhatia, K.; Wilson, A. C. Rate of Sequence Divergence Estimated from Restriction Maps of 

Mitochondrial DNAs from Papua New Guinea. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. 1986; 

51: 433-439. 

Note: [colls: Yagaria, Benabena, Tairora, Gahuku, Asaro, Yabiyufa, Keiagana, Kamano, Fore, Morobe 

Province, Southern Highlands Province, Elema, Ororkolo, Mailu, Keapara, Fuyuge, Pinu, Motu, Port 

Moresby]. 

347. Stoneking, M.; Wilson, A. C. Mitochondrial DNA. In: Hill, Adrian V. S.; Serjeantson, Susan W., Editors. The 

Colonization of the Pacific: A Genetic Trail. Oxford: Clarendon Press; 1989: 215- 245. (Research Monographs 

on Human Population Biology; v. 7). 



Enga, Kairiru, Misima, Sepa, Terebu, Malol Sissano, Hawaiin, Sassoya, Bam Is, Yabim, Murik, Uangoru, 



348. Stoneking, Mark Allen. Human Mitochondrial DNA Evolution in Papua New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Berkeley: University of California, Berkeley; 1986. xi, 324 pp. 

Note: [colls: Morupond (Eastern Highlands), Yagaria, Yabiyufa, Gahuku, Kamano, Benabena, Keiagana, 

Asaro, Tairora, Fore, Kondi- Hengana (Eastern Highlands), Goroka, Erave, Mendi, Huli, Kewa, Nipa, Kandep 




349. Stoneking, Mark; Cann, Rebecca L. African Origin of Human Mitochondrial DNA. In: Mellars, Paul; Stringer, 

Chris, Editors. The Human Revolution: Behavioural and Biological Perspectives on the Origins of Modern 

Humans. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press; 1989: 17-30. 






350. Stoneking, Mark; Jorde, Lynn B.; Bhatia, Kuldeep; Wilson, Allan C. Geographic Variation in Human 

Mitochondrial DNA from Papua New Guinea. Genetics. 1990; 124: 717-733. 



Enga, Kairiru, Misima, Sepa, Terebu, Malo, Sissano, Hawaiin, Sassoya, Bam Is, Yabim, Murik, Yangoru, 



351. Stoneking, Mark; Sherry, Stephen T.; Redd, Alan J.; Vigilant, Linda. New Approaches to Dating Suggest a 

Recent Age for the Human mtDNA Ancestor. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, Series B. 1992; 

337. 

27

Note: [colls: PNGH, PNG Coastal]. 

352. Stoneking, Mark; Sherry, Stephen T.; Redd, Alan J.; Vigilant, Linda. New Approaches to Dating Suggest a 

Recent Age for the Human mtDNA Ancestor. Reprinted in: Aitken, M. J.; Stringer, C. B.; Mellars, P. A., 

Editors. The Origin of Modern Humans and the Impact of Chronometric Dating. Princeton: Princeton 


Note: [colls: PNGH, PNG Coastal]. 

353. Stone-Wigg, Montagu John; Newton, Henry. The Papuans: A People of the South Pacific. Sydney: Australian 

Board of Missions; 1933. 75 pp. 

Note: [mission: general Papua]. 

354. Stonor, C. R. The Chimbu Tribe: A Mountain People of New Guinea. Geographical Magazine. 1951; 23: 

483-490. 

Note: [visit: Chimbu]. 

355. Stopp, Klaus. Medicinal Plants of the Mt. Hagen People (Mbowamb) in New Guinea. Economic Botany. 1963; 

17: 16-22. 

Note: [colls: Mt Hagen Mbowamb]. 

356. Stotik, Karl. The Missionary as an Agent of Culture Change. In: Brennan, Paul W., Editor. Exploring Enga 

Culture: Studies in Missionary Anthropology: Second Anthropological Conference of New Guinea Lutheran 

Mission -- 1970. Wapenamanda: Kristen Pres, Inc., Highlands Branch; 1970: 212-234. 


357. Stöcklin, W. H. Plants in Traditional Medicine: Medical Concepts of the Abelam People in Papua New Guinea. 

Acta Tropica. 1986; 43: 187-189. 


358. Stöcklin, Werner H. Die Erfindung der Magensonde: Ein ethnomedizinischer Beitrag zur Prioritätsfrage. 

Gesnerus. 1981; 38: 237-246. 

Note: [med officer 1962: Bena Bena]. 

359. Stöcklin, Werner H. Die Farbenmagie der Abelam in ethnomedizinischer Sicht. In: Rudnitzki, Gerhard; 

Schiefenhövel, Wulf; Schröder, Ekkehard, Editors. Ethnomedizin: Beiträge zu einem Dialog zwischen 

Heilkunst und Völkerkunde. Barmstadt: Verlag Detlev Kurth; 1977: 23-35. (Ethnologische Abhandlungen; v. 

1). 

Note: [med officer 1969: Maprik Abelam]. 

360. Stöcklin, Werner H. Die Kurukrankheit in ethnomedizinischer Sicht. Ethnomedizin. 1972; 2: 91-98. 


361. Stöcklin, Werner H. Die Magenrute der Bena-Bena. Curare. 1982; 5: 4-5 + Cover Photograph. 

Note: [med officer: Bena-Bena]. 

362. Stöcklin, Werner. Fruchtbarkeitsriten und Todeszauber bei den Abelam in Neuguinea: Neue Aspekte der 

Farbenmagie. In: Schröder, E., Editor. Ethnomedizin: Referate der Fachkonferenz in München 19. + 20.10.77. 

München: Institut für Geschichte der Medizin und Medizinischer Soziologie der Technischen Universität; 

1974: 41-54. 

Note: [med officer 1969: Maprik]. 

363. Stöcklin, Werner H. Kukukuku: Medical Patrol into One of the Last Restricted Areas in the New Guinea 

Highlands. Acta Tropica. 1968; 25: 193-216. 

Note: [med officer 1962: Morei Kukukuku]. 

28

364. Stöcklin, Werner H. Kukukuku: Funeral Ceremonies and Killing Ghosts. Curare. 1985; 8: 209-216. 

Note: [med officer 1962: Morei (Dunkwi) Anga]. 

365. Stöcklin, Werner. Kuru -- eine melanesische Nervenkrankheit im Spiegel zweier Medizinsysteme. Verhandlungen 

der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 1981; 92: 103-112. 

Note: [med officer 1962, 1979: kuru, Fore]. 

366. Stöcklin, Werner H. Kuru -- the Laughing Death: Medizinische und ethnologische Aspekte einer rätselhaften 

Krankheit im Hochland Neuguineas. Acta Tropica. 1967; 24: 193-224. 

Note: [med officer 1962-1964: kuru, Fore]. 

367. Stöcklin, Werner H. Medizin und Schwarze Magie bei den Fore im östlichen Hochland Neu Guineas. In: Schmitz, 

Carl A.; Wildhaber, Robert, Editors. Festschrift Alfred Bühler. Basel: Pharos-Verlag Hansrudolf Schwabe AG; 

1965: 389-400. (Basler Beiträge zur Geographie und Ethnologie, Ethnologische Reihe; v. 2). 

Note: [med officer 1962 (4 mos): Okapa, Gimi]. 

368. Stöcklin, Werner. Plants in Abelam Medicine. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William 



Note: [med officer: Abelam]. 

369. Stöcklin, Werner H. Todeszauber bei den Abelam. In: Harrer, Heinrich. Unter Papuas: Mensch und Kultur seit 

ihrer Steinzeit. Innsbruck and Frankfurt: Pinguin-Verlag and Umschau-Verlag; 1976: 245-253, 381. 


370. Stöcklin, Werner H. Toktok: Am Rande der Steinzeit auf Neuguinea. Basel: Birkhäuser Verlag; 1985. 192 pp. 

+ 47 Plates. 

Note: [1962: Benabena, Fore, Gimi, Malantugai Morei; 1962-1964: Kambalamba, Chambri, Angoram, 

Blackwater R, Korewori R, Asangamut, Yuat R, Washkuk, Middle Sepik, Upper Sepik; 1969-1970: Abelam]. 

371. Stöhr, Waldemar. Die Religionen Neuguineas. In: Münzel, Mark, Editor. Neuguinea: Nutzung und Deuting der 

Umwelt. Frankfurt am Main: Museum für Völkerkunde; 1987: 419-442, 683- 684. (Roter Fadem zur 



372. Stöhr, Waldemar. Kunst und Kultur aus der Südsee: Sammlung Clausmeyer Melanesien. Köln: 

Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum der Stadt Köln; 1987. 389 pp. + 32 Plates + Endpaper Maps. (Ethnologica, N.F.; 

v. 6). 

Note: [from museum colls: Middle Sepik, Timbunke, Sawos, Iwam, Manambu, Yimar, Ewa, Klimjam, Keram 

R, Mid-Yuat, Kambot, Sepik mouth, Ramu mouth, Lower Sepik, Manam, Lumi, Aitape, Kaluba (Maprik), 

Waikam, Bongiara, Kwoma, Bogadjim, Bilibili, Astrolabe Bay, Huon Gulf, Tami Is, Kapakapa, Massim, 

Kanganamun, Papuan Gulf, Trobriand Is, Mimika, Orokolo, Fly mouth, Torres Strait, Tobadi, Marind-anim, 

Asmat, Geelvink Bay, HUmboldt Bay, Sarmi, Pasum, Jupna, Uruwa, Mbowamb]. 

373. Stöhr, Waldemar. Melanesien: Schwarze Inseln der Südsee: Eine Ausstellung des Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museums 

für Völkerkunde der Stadt Köln. Köln: J.P. Bachem; 1971. 223 pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Mid-Sepik, IJ Highlands, Asmat, Marind-anim, Wantoat, SE Papua, Geelvink Bay, Huon 

Gulf, Komba, Tamara I, Jupna, Upper Sepik, Korari, Timbunke, Sepik mouth, Purari, Tambunum, Schouten 

Is PNG, Asei Sentani, Astrolabe Bay, Waropen, Wewak, Mundugumor, Lower Ramu, Uruwa, Orokolo, 

Finschhafen, Kanganaman, Kiari (Rai Coast), Tschauasche, Lower Sepik, Aitape, Washkuk, Papuan Gulf, 

Maprik, Yanigo, Njambak, Palinbin, Yuat R, Karowari, Bongo, Tami Is, Simbang, Massim, Trobriand Is, 

Mimika, Torres Strait, Fly mouth, Asmat, Waropen, Biak, Sentani, Humboldt Bay, Lumi]. 

374. Stöhr, Waldemar. Über die traditionelle Kunst der Melanesier. In: Italiaander, Rolf. Heißes Land Niugini: 

Beiträge zu den Wandlungen in Papua Neuguinea. Erlangen: Verlag der Ev.- Luth. Mission; 1974: 110-125. 

29


30

Bibliography 

1. Straatmans, W. Ethnobotany of New Guinea in Its Ecological Perspective. Journal d'Agriculture Tropicale et de 

Botanique Appliquée. 1967; 14: 1-20. 


2. Straatmans, W. Notes sur quelques objets rares curieux ou anciens récoltés en Nouvelle-Guinée. Études 

Mélanésiennes. 1963; 18-20: 44-50. 

Note: [colls: Du vill Kere Sina Sina, Maprik]. 

3. Straatmans, W.; Boelaars, J. Losse gegevens over rechten op grond en beplantingen in de onderafdeling Mappi 

(1954). In: Adatrechtbundels: Bezorgd door de Commissie voor het adatrecht en uitgegeven door het 

Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, XLV: Nieuw-Guinea. 's-Gravenhage: Martinus 

Nijhoff; 1955: 411-414. 

Note: [admin 1954, mission 1954: Jaqai]. 

4. Strachan, John. Explorations and Adventures in New Guinea. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & 

Rivington, Limited; 1888. xv, [i], 300 pp. + Frontispiece + Plates + 3 Foldout Maps. 

Note: [explor 1884-1886: Mabiac (Jervis I), Dowan I, Saibai, Mia Kassa R, Prince Leopold R, Kethel R, Daapa 

tribe, Beru tribe, Baigo, Dabu, Mowatta, Katow R, Gowa vill, Koonini, Turi-Turi, Maassagari, McClure's Gulf, 

Roeambati, Segar, Bentouni, Bombarai, Gissor, Berau, Arogoni, Karas, Tarak I, Onin Peninsula, Adi I, 

Nimatota]. 

5. Strange, David. Indicative and Subjunctive in Upper Asaro. Linguistics. 1973; 110: 82-97. 

Note: [SIL: Lunibe dialect Asaro]. 

6. Strange, Gladys Neeley. Nominal Elements in Upper Asaro. Anthropological Linguistics. 1965; 7(5): 71-79. 

Note: [mission 2 1/2 yrs: Gasena vill Asaro]. 

7. Strange, Heather. Ambiguity, Ambivalence, and Antagonism: Gender in the New Guinea Highlands and Rural 

Greece. Reviews in Anthropology. 1991; 19: 203-212. 

Note: [from lit: Daulo, PNGH]. 

8. Strathern, A. J. Descent and Group Structure among the Mbowamb [Trinity College Fellowship Dissertation]. 

Cambridge: University of Cambridge; 1965. xiii, 380 pp. + 5 Maps. 

Note: [fw 1 yr: Buk Mbowamb]. 

9. Strathern, A. Kiap, Councillor, and Big Man: Role-contrasts in Mount Hagen. In: Ward, Marion W., Editor. The 

Politics of Melanesia: Papers Delivered at the Fourth Waigani Seminar Sponsored Jointly by the University 

of Papua and New Guinea, The Australian National University, the Administrative College of Papua and New 

Guinea and the Council of New Guinea Affairs Held at Port Moresby from 9-15 May 1970. Canberra and Port 

Moresby: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies and the University of Papua and 

New Guinea; 1970: 549- 567. 


10. Strathern, A. The Melpa. Boroko: National Cultural Council in association with Robert Brown & Associates 

(Aust.) Pty. Ltd; 1980. [16] pp. + Endpaper Illustrations. (People of Papua New Guinea). 

Note: [Melpa]. 

11. Strathern, A. J. Melpa Food-Names as an Expression of Ideas on Identity and Substance. Journal of the Polynesian 

Society. 1977; 86: 503-511. 


12. Strathern, A. J. Political Development and Problems of Social Control in Mount Hagen. In: May, Ronald J. 

1

Priorities in Melanesian Development: Papers Delivered at the Sixth Waigani Seminar Sponsored Jointly by 

The University of Papua and New Guinea, The Australian National University, the Administrative College of 

Papua and New Guinea, the Council on New Guinea Affairs and the Papua and New Guinea Society, Held at 

Port Moresby 30 April to 5 May 1972. Canberra and Port Moresby: Australian National University, Research 

School of Pacific Studies and The University of Papua and New Guinea; 1973: 73-82. 


13. Strathern, A. Research Priorities in Papua New Guinea. In: May, R. J., Editor. Research Needs and Priorities in 

Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1976: 112-117. (IASER 

Monographs; v. 1). 


14. Strathern, A. Sacrifice and Sociality: A Duna Ritual Track. In: Goldman, L. R.; Ballard, C., Editors. Fluid 

Ontologies: Myth, Ritual and Philosophy in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea. Westport, CT: Bergin & 

Garvey; 1998: 31-42. 

Note: [fw: Duna]. 

15. Strathern, A. J. Sickness and Frustration: Variations in Two New Guinea Highlands Societies. Mankind. 1968; 

6: 545-551. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965: Melpa; 1967-1968: Melpa, Wiru]. 

16. Strathern, A. J. Social Pressures on the Rural Entrepreneur. In: Ward, Marion W., Editor. Change and 

Development in Rural Melanesia: Papers Delivered at the Fifth Waigani Seminar Sponsored Jointly by The 

University of Papua and New Guinea, The Australian National University, the Administrative College of Papua 

and New Guinea, the Council on New Guinea Affairs, and The Papua and New Guinea Society, Held at Port 

Moresby 14-20 May 1971. Canberra and Port Moresby: Australian National University, Research School of 

Pacific Studies, and The University of Papua and New Guinea; 1972: 489-503. 

Note: [fw: Hagen]. 

17. Strathern, A. J. The Supreme Court: A Matter of Prestige and Power. Melanesian Law Journal. 1972; 1(3): 23-28. 

Note: [fw 1970: Dei Council Hagen]. 

18. Strathern, Andrew. Accuracy, Tact and Honesty. Man, N.S.. 1979; 14: 354. 

Note: [from lit: Tauade]. 

19. Strathern, Andrew. Accuracy, Tact & Honesty. Man, N.S.. 1979; 14: 562-563. 

Note: [from lit: Tauade]. 

20. Strathern, Andrew. The Aesthetic Significance of Display: Some Examples from Papua New Guinea. In: 

Rentschler, Ingo; Herzberger, Barbara; Epstein, David, Editors. Beauty and the Brain: Biological Aspects of 

Aesthetics. Basel: Birkhäuser Verlag; 1988: 297-314. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Wiru]. 

21. Strathern, Andrew. Alienating the Inalienable. Man, N.S.. 1982; 17: 548-551. 


22. Strathern, Andrew. Alienating the Inalienable. Man, N.S.. 1983; 18: 605. 


23. Strathern, Andrew. Between Body and Mind: Shamans and Politics among the Anga, Baktaman and Gebusi in 

Papua New Guinea. Oceania. 1994; 64: 288-301. 

Note: [from lit: Baktaman, Baruya, Etoro, Gebusi]. 

24. Strathern, Andrew. "A Brother Is a Creative Thing": Change and Conflict in a Melpa Family (Papua New Guinea). 

In: Medick, Hans; Sabean, David Warren, Editors. Interest and Emotion: Essays on the Study of Family and 

2

Kinship. Cambridge and Paris: Cambridge University Press and Editions de la Maison des sciences de 

l'Homme; 1984: 187-209. 


25. Strathern, Andrew. By Toil or by Guile? The Use of Coils and Crescents by Tolai and Hagen Big-Men. Journal 

de la Société des Océanistes. 1975; 31(49): 363-378. 


26. Strathern, Andrew. Cargo and Inflation in Mount Hagen. Oceania. 1971; 41: 255-265. 

Note: [fw 1964-1971: Mt Hagen]. 

27. Strathern, Andrew. The Central and the Contingent: Bridewealth among the Melpa and the Wiru. In: Comaroff, 

J. L., Editor. The Meaning of Marriage Payments. London: Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 1980: 49-66. 

(Studies in Anthropology). 


28. Strathern, Andrew Jamieson. Ceremonial Exchange in the Mount Hagen Area [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Cambridge: 

University of Cambridge; 1966. xx, 428 pp. + 25 Figures + 5 Plates + 4 Maps. 

Note: [fw February 1964 - February 1965, August-November 1965: Kawelka Hagen]. 

29. Strathern, Andrew. Chant and Spell: Sonemic Contrasts in a Melpa Ritual Sequence. Ethnomusicology. 1995; 39: 

219-228. 


30. Strathern, Andrew. Circulating Cults in Highland New Guinea: Pointers for Research. Australian Journal of 

Anthropology. 1991; 2: 98-107. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Wiru; from lit: Kalam]. 

31. Strathern, Andrew. Comment [on James G. Peoples, "Individual or Group Advantage? A Reinterpretation of the 

Maring Ritual Cycle"]. Current Anthropology. 1982; 23: 305-306. 

Note: [from lit: Maring]. 

32. Strathern, Andrew. Comment [on Charles Callendar and Lee M. Kochems, "The North American Berdache"]. 

Current Anthropology. 1983; 24: 464. 

Note: [Hagen, Wiru]. 

33. Strathern, Andrew J. Comment [on Glenn Dennett and John Connell, "Acculturation and Health in the Highlands 

of Papua New Guinea: Dissent on Diversity, Diets, and Development"]. Current Anthropology. 1988; 29: 

288-289. 

Note: [Mt Hagen, Pangia]. 

34. Strathern, Andrew. Comment [on Terence E. Hays, "'The New Guinea Highlands': Region, Culture Area, or Fuzzy 

Set?"]. Current Anthropology. 1993; 34: 156-157. 


35. Strathern, Andrew. "Company" in Kopiago. In: Pawley, Andrew, Editor. Man and a Half: Essays in Pacific 

Anthropology and Ethnobiology in Honour of Ralph Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian Society; 1991: 

612-615. (Memoirs; v. 48). 

Note: [fw 1991: Kopiago Duna]. 

36. Strathern, Andrew J. Comparisons Past and Present: Pathways and Projections for Irian Jaya Studies. In: 

Miedema, Jelle; Odé, Cecilia; Dam, Rien A. C.; Baak, Connie, Editors. Perspectives on the Bird's Head of Irian 

Jaya, Indonesia: Proceedings of the Conference, Leiden, 13-17 October 1997. Amsterdam: Editions Rodopi 

B.V.; 1998: 3-14. 


3

37. Strathern, Andrew. Compensation Payments in the Highlands. In: Zorn, Jean; Bayne, Peter, Editors. Lo Bilong 

Ol Manmeri: Crime, Compensation and Village Courts. University: University of Papua New Guinea; 1975: 

184-192. 

Note: [fw 1964-1973: Hagen]. 

38. Strathern, Andrew. Compensation: Should There Be a New Law? In: Scaglion, Richard, Editor. Homicide 

Compensation in Papua New Guinea: Problems and Prospects. n.p. [Port Moresby]: Law Reform Commission 

of Papua New Guinea; 1981: 5-24. (Monographs; v. 1). 

Note: [fw 1964-1978: Kawelka]. 

39. Strathern, Andrew J. Conclusions: Looking at the Edge of the New Guinea Highlands from the Center. In: Weiner, 

James F., Editor. Mountain Papuans: Historical and Comparative Perspectives from New Guinea Fringe 

Highlands Societies. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 1988: 187-212. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Daribi, Foi, Etoro]. 

40. Strathern, Andrew. Contemporary Warfare in the New Guinea Highlands -- Revival or Breakdown? Yagl-Ambu. 

1977; 4: 135-146. 


41. Strathern, Andrew. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: Rena Lederman, What Gifts Engender: Social 

Relations and Politics in Mendi, Highland Papua New Guinea. Pacific Studies. 1991; 14(2): 138-142. 

Note: [from lit: Mendi]. 

42. Strathern, Andrew. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: Bruce M. Knauft, South Coast New Guinea Cultures: 

History, Comparison, Dialectic. Pacific Studies. 1995; 18(4): 149-155. 

Note: [fw: Duna; from lit: South Coast PNG Marind-anim]. 

43. Strathern, Andrew. Cross-Cousin Marriage. Man. 1965; 65(37): 51. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Siane]. 

44. Strathern, Andrew. Death as Exchange: Two Melanesian Cases. In: Humphreys, S. C.; King, Helen, Editors. 

Mortality and Immortality: The Anthropology and Archaeology of Death: Proceedings of a Meeting of the 

Research Seminar in Archaeology and Related Subjects Held at the Institute of Archaeology, London 

University, in June 1980. London: Academic Press (Inc.) London Ltd.; 1981: 205-223. (Research Seminar in 

Archaeology and Related Subjects). 

Note: [fw: Kawelka Melpa, Tunda vill Wiru; from lit: Daribi, Kuma]. 

45. Strathern, Andrew. Descent and Alliance in the New Guinea Highlands: Some Problems of Comparison. 

Proceedings of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland for 1968. 1969: 37-52. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: KUJF, Chimbu, Manga, Huli, Bena Bena, Garia, Mae Enga, Gururumba, Tsembaga 

Maring, Gahuku, Kuma, Mendi, Siane]. 

46. Strathern, Andrew. Despots and Directors in the New Guinea Highlands. Man, N.S.. 1966; 1: 356-367. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (17 mos): Kawelka tribe Mbowamb]. 

47. Strathern, Andrew. Digging Out Causes -- Relations between Introduced Health Care and Traditional Medicine. 

In: Jilek, Wolfgang G., Editor. Traditional Medicine and Primary Health Care in Papua New Guinea. Port 

Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1985: 26-31. 


48. Strathern, Andrew. The Division of Labor and Processes of Social Change in Mount Hagen. American 

Ethnologist. 1982; 9: 307- 319. 

Note: [fw: Kawelka Melpa]. 

4

49. Strathern, Andrew. Dress, Decoration, and Art in New Guinea. In: Kirk, Malcolm. Man As Art: New Guinea. New 

York: The Viking Press; 1981: 15-36. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Abelam, Umeda]. 

50. Strathern, Andrew. Ein bruder ist des halbe Leben: Konflikt und Wandel in einer Melpa Familie. In: Sabean, D.; 

Medick, H., Editors. Emotionen und Materielle Interessen. Göttingen: Van der Hoeck und Ruprecht; 1984: 

253-281. 


51. Strathern, Andrew. The Entrepreneurial Model of Social Change: From Norway to New Guinea. Ethnology. 1972; 

11: 368-379. 

Note: [fw 1964-1972: Hagen]. 

52. Strathern, Andrew J. Exchange in New Guinea: Pointers for Future Research. In: Force, Ronald W.; Bishop, 

Brenda, Editors. Persistence and Exchange: Papers from a Symposium on Ecological Problems of the 

Traditional Societies of the Pacific Region, XIV Pacific Science Congress, Khabarovsk, U.S.S.R., 

August-September, 1979. Honolulu: Pacific Science Association; 1981: 145-149. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Chimbu, Polopa, Tombema Enga, Goroka, Kuk, Mendi, Etoro, Kewa, Mae Enga, 

Duna, Gahuku, Siane, Kaluli, Orokaiva, Daulo, Samo, Wola, Raiapu Enga, Daribi, Kalauna]. 

53. Strathern, Andrew. Exegesis, Comparison, and Interpretation. In: Juillerat, Bernard, Editor. Shooting the Sun: 

Ritual and Meaning in West Sepik. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press; 1992: 260-267. 

(Smithsonian Series in Ethnographic Inquiry). 

Note: [from lit: Yafar]. 

54. Strathern, Andrew. The Female and Male Spirit Cults in Mount Hagen. Man, N.S.. 1970; 5: 571-585. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Gawigl]. 

55. Strathern, Andrew. Fertility and Salvation: The Conflict between Spirit Cult and Christian Sect in Mount Hagen. 

Journal of Ritual Studies. 1991; 5(1): 51-64. 

Note: [fw 1964, 1965, 1970, 1973, 1983-1984: Hagen]. 

56. Strathern, Andrew. Finance and Production: Two Strategies in New Guinea Highlands Exchange Systems. 

Oceania. 1969; 40: 42-67. 

Note: [fw 1964-1968: Hagen; from lit: Siane, Chimbu, Maring, Mendi, Mae Enga]. 

57. Strathern, Andrew. "Finance and Production" Revisited: In Pursuit of a Comparison. In: Dalton, George, Editor. 

Research in Ecoomic Anthropology: An Annual Compilation of Research, Volume 1, 1978. Greenwich, CT: 

JAI Press Inc.; 1978: 73-104. 


58. Strathern, Andrew. Flutes, Birds, and Hair in Hagen (PNG). Anthropos. 1989; 84: 81-87. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Hagen]. 

59. Strathern, Andrew. Formes Baruya et Melpa a de corps et de personnes: implications et complications d'une 

comparaison. In: Descola, Philippe; Hamel, Jacques; Lemonnier, Pierre, Editors. la production du social: 

Autour de Maurice Godelier. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard; 1999: 338-343. (Colloque de Cerisy). 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Baruya]. 

60. Strathern, Andrew. Garder le corps à l'esprit. In: Godelier, Maurice; Panoff, Michel, Editors. La production du 

corps: Approches anthropologiques et historiques. Paris: Éditions des archives contemporaires; 1998: 63-79. 

(Ordres sociaux). 


61. Strathern, Andrew. Gender, Ideology and Money in Mount Hagen. Man, N.S.. 1979; 14: 530-548. 

5

Note: [fw December 1977, July-September 1978: Kawelka tribe Melpa]. 

62. Strathern, Andrew. Gesundheitsfürsorge und medizinischer Pluralismus: Beispiele von Mount Hagen, 

Papua-Neuguinea. Curare. 1986; 9: 17-32. 


63. Strathern, Andrew. Great-men, Leaders, Big-men: The Link of Ritual Power. Journal de la Société des Océanistes. 

1993(97): 145-158. 

Note: [fw 1991: Duna, Hagen]. 

64. Strathern, Andrew. Health Care and Medical Pluralism. Bikmaus. 1984; 5(1): 84-88. 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Wiru]. 

65. Strathern, Andrew. Health Care and Medical Pluralism: Cases from Mount Hagen. In: Frankel, Stephen; Lewis, 

Gilbert, Editors. A Continuing Trial of Treatment: Medical Pluralism in Papua New Guinea. Dordrecht (Neth.): 

Kluwer Academic Publishers; 1989: 141- 154. (Culture, Illness, and Healing Book Series). 


66. Strathern, Andrew. Hidden Names. Bikmaus. 1982; 3(2): 72-79. 


67. Strathern, Andrew. In Pursuit of Versions. Current Anthropology. 1992; 33: 131-133. 

Note: [from lit: Hides & O'Malley patrol]. 

68. Strathern, Andrew, Editor. Inequality in New Guinea Highlands Societies. Cambridge: Cambridge University 

Press; 1982. vii, 190 pp. (Cambridge Papers in Social Anthropology; v. 11). 

69. Strathern, Andrew. Introduction: Compensation: Or Moving Swiftly Over Broken Ground. In: Toft, Susan, Editor. 

Compensation for Resource Development in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby and Canberra: Law Reform 

Commission of Papua New Guinea and Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and Asian 

Studies, Resource Management in Asia and the Pacific, and National Centre for Development Studies; n.d. 

[1997]: 1-19. (Monographs; v. 6). 

Note: [from lit: Hanuabada, Benabena, Gende, Ok Tedi, Porgera mine, Yonggom]. 

70. Strathern, Andrew. "It's His Affair": A Note on the Individual and the Group in New Guinea Highlands Societies. 

Canberra Anthropology. 1979; 2(1): 98-113. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Wola, Tombema Enga, Mendi, Daribi, Mae Enga, Gahuku, Kuma, Siane, Chimbu, 

Huli, Bena Bena, Duna, Gadsup]. 

71. Strathern, Andrew. Keeping the Body in Mind. Social Anthropology. 1994; 2: 43-53. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Wiru; from lit: Gahuku, Daribi, Huli, Etoro, Paiela]. 

72. Strathern, Andrew. Kinship, Descent and Locality: Some New Guinea Examples. In: Goody, Jack, Editor. The 

Character of Kinship. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1973: 21-33. 

Note: [fw & from lit: general PNGH]. 

73. Strathern, Andrew. Kor-nga Poklambo or Ui Mbo? Hagen Magic Stones. Archaeology & Physical Anthropology 

in Oceania. 1969; 4: 91-96. 

Note: [fw: Ulka tribe, Nebilyer V]. 

74. Strathern, Andrew. The Kula in Comparative Perspective. In: Leach, Jerry W.; Leach, Edmund, Editors. The Kula: 

New Perspectives on Massim Exchange. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1983: 73-88. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Siassi, Massim, Enga]. 

75. Strathern, Andrew. Landmarks: Reflections on Anthropology. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press; 1993. viii, 

6

194 pp. 


76. Strathern, Andrew. Las Toktok Bilong Ol Masalai. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William 




77. Strathern, Andrew. Let the Bow Go Down. In: Ferguson, R. Brian; Whitehead, Neil L., Editors. War in the Tribal 

Zone: Expanding States and Indigenous Warfare. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research Press; 1992: 

229-250. (Advanced Seminar Series). 

Note: [fw: Mul, Dei Councils Melpa]. 

78. Strathern, Andrew. A Line of Power. London: Tavistock Publications; 1984. [vi], 170 pp. 

Note: [Melpa, Wiru]. 

79. Strathern, Andrew. "A Line of Boys": Melpa Dance as a Symbol of Maturation. In: Spencer, Paul, Editor. Society 

and the Dance: The Social Anthropology of Process and Performance. Cambridge: Cambridge University 

Press; 1985: 119-139. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Kalam, Huli, Wahgi]. 

80. Strathern, Andrew. Lineages and Big-men: Comments on an Ancient Paradox. In: Gardner, Don; Modjeska, 

Nicholas, Guest Editors. Recent Studies in the Political Economy of Papua New Guinea Societies. Sydney: 

Anthropological Society of New South Wales; 1985: 101-109. (Mankind Special Issues; v. 5). 


81. Strathern, Andrew J. Lines of Power. In: Strathern, Andrew J.; Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele, Editors. Migration and 

Transformations: Regional Perspectives on New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 1994: 

231-255. (Assocation for Social Anthropology in Oceania Monographs; v. 15). 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Wiru, Duna; from lit: Mendi, Kewa, Kaugel, Huli]. 

82. Strathern, Andrew. Looking Backward and Forward. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Ethnographic Presents: 

Pioneering Anthropologists in the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Berkeley: University of California Press; 

1992: 250-270. (Studies in Melanesian Anthropology; v. 12). 


83. Strathern, Andrew. Making "Ongka's Big Moka". Cambridge Anthropology. 1977(Special Issue on Ethnographic 

Film): 32-46. 


84. Strathern, Andrew. Male Initiation in New Guinea Highland Societies. Ethnology. 1970; 9: 373-379. 

Note: [fw 1964-1969: Hagen; from lit: PNGH]. 

85. Strathern, Andrew. Mathematics in the Moka. Papua New Guinea Journal of Education. 1977; 13(1): 16-20. 


86. Strathern, Andrew. Melanesia. In: Cavendish, Richard, Editor. Legends of the World. New York: Schocken 

Books; 1982: 364-369, 419. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Tangu, Tari, Kuk, Daribi]. 

87. Strathern, Andrew. Melpa. In: Hays, Terence E., Editor. Oceania. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co.; 1991: 200-202. 



88. Strathern, Andrew J. Melpa. In: Kaeppler, Adrienne L.; Love, J. W., Editors. The Garland Encyclopedia of World 

7

Music, Volume 9: Australia and the Pacific Islands. New York: Garland Publishing, Inc.; 1998: 516-522. 


89. Strathern, Andrew, Collector and Translator. Melpa Amb Kenan: Courting Songs of the Melpa People. Port 

Moresby: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies; 1974. 101 pp. (Traditional Poetry of Papua New Guinea; v. 

1). 


90. Strathern, Andrew. Melpa Dream Interpretation and the Concept of Hidden Truth. Ethnology. 1989; 28: 301-315. 

Note: [fw 1981-1985: Hagen]. 

91. Strathern, Andrew. Melpa Kinship Terms. In: Cook, Edwin A.; O'Brien, Denise, Editors. Blood and Semen: 

Kinship Systems of Highland New Guinea. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 1980: 329-370. (Studies 

in Pacific Anthropology). 

Note: [fw: Kawelka, Tipuki, Minembi tribes Northern Melpa, Elti tribe Central Melpa]. 

92. Strathern, Andrew. Melpa Land Tenure: Rules and Processes. In: Lundsgaarde, Henry P., Editor. Land Tanure in 

Oceania. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii; 1974: 18-38. (Association for Social Anthropology in Oceania 


Note: [fw 1964-1972: Kawelka, Tipuka, Minembi Northern Melpa]. 

93. Strathern, Andrew. Men's House, Women's House: The Efficacy of Opposition, Reversal, and Pairing in the Melpa 

Amb Kor Cult. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1979; 88: 37-51. 

Note: [fw 1964-1978: Melpa]. 

94. Strathern, Andrew J. Moka. In: Ryan, Peter, General Editor. Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. Carlton, 

Vic.: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea; 1972: 788. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Hagen]. 

95. Strathern, Andrew. "Noman": Representations of Identity in Mount Hagen. In: Holy, Ladislav; Stuchlik, Milan, 

Editors. The Structure of Folk Models. London: Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 1981: 281-303. 

(Association of Social Anthropologists Monographs; v. 20). 

Note: [fw 1964-1979: Hagen; from lit: Etoro, Kewa, Gnau, Tsembaga Maring, Kuma, Wola, Daribi]. 

96. Strathern, Andrew. One Father, One Blood: Descent and Group Structure among the Melpa People. London: 

Tavistock Publications; 1972. xii, [ii], 265 pp. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970: Kawelka tribe, Mbukl Melpa]. 

97. Strathern, Andrew, Translator. Ongka: A Self-Account by a New Guinea Big-Man. New York: St. Martin's Press, 

Inc.; 1979. xxii, 162 pp. + Plates. 


98. Strathern, Andrew. Organs and Emotions: The Question of Metaphor. Canberra Anthropology. 1993; 16(2): 

1-165. 


99. Strathern, Andrew. Pig Complex and Cattle Complex: Some Comparisons and Counterpoints. Mankind. 1971; 

8: 129-136. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Jobakojl Chimbu, Tsembaga Maring]. 

100. Strathern, Andrew. Pigs and Politics in Papua New Guinea. Bikmaus. 1983; 4(4): 73-80. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Karkar I, Siassi Is, Tsembaga Maring, Miyanmin, Raiapu Enga, Fore]. 

101. Strathern, Andrew. Policy or Practice? Which Came First? In: Thirwall, Charmian; Hughes, Philip J., Editors. 

The Ethics of Development, Volume 5: In Search of Justice. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea 

8

Press; 1989: 6-13. 


102. Strathern, Andrew. Problems of Health and Development Strategy in the Western Highlands, Papua New Guinea. 

In: Suzuki, Tsuguyoshi; Ohtsuka, Ryutaro, Editors. Human Ecology of Health and Survival in Asia and the 

South Pacific. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press; 1987: 133-147. 

Note: [Western Highlands Province]. 

103. Strathern, Andrew. Rape in Hagen. In: Toft, Susan, Editor. Domestic Violence in Papua New Guinea. Port 

Moresby: Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1985: 134-140. (Monographs; v. 3). 

Note: [Mt Hagen]. 

104. Strathern, Andrew. The Red Box Money Cult in Mount Hagen 1968-71. Oceania. 1979; 50: 88-102, 161-175. 

Note: [fw 1964-1978: Mt Hagen]. 

105. Strathern, Andrew. Research in Papua New Guinea: Cross- Currents of Conflict. RAIN [Royal Anthropological 

Institute News]. 1983(58): 4-10. 


106. Strathern, Andrew. Ritual Movements Reconsidered: Ethnohistory in Aluni. In: Biersack, Aletta, Editor. Papuan 

Borderlands: Huli, Duna, and Ipili Perspectives on the Papua New Guinea Highlands. Ann Arbor: University 

of Michigan Press; 1995: 87-110. 

Note: [fw 1991: Aluni V Duna]. 

107. Strathern, Andrew. The Rope of Moka: Big-Men and Ceremonial Exchange in Mount Hagen, New Guinea. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1971. xv, [i], 254 pp. + Plates. (Cambridge Studies in Social 

Anthropology; v. 4). 

Note: [fw January 1964 - February 1965, August-November 1965: Buk Melpa]. 

108. Strathern, Andrew, Translator. Ru: Biography of a Western Highlander. Boroko: National Research Institute; 

1993. xiv, 90 pp. 

Note: [Kawelka Melpa]. 

109. Strathern, Andrew. The Scraping Gift: Alcohol Consumption in Mount Hagen. In: Marshall, Mac, Editor. 

Through A Glass Darkly: Beer and Modernization in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social 

and Economic Research; 1982: 139-153. (Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw 1964-1977, 1977-1981: Hagen]. 

110. Strathern, Andrew. Seven Goodmen: The Dei Open Electorate. In: Stone, David, Editor. Prelude to 

Self-Government. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies and the 

University of Papua New Guinea; 1976: 265-284. 

Note: [fw: Dei Open Electorate]. 

111. Strathern, Andrew. Social Change in Mount Hagen and Pangia. Bikmaus. 1982; 3(1): 90-100. 

Note: [fw 1967-1975: Hagen, Pangia]. 

112. Strathern, Andrew. Social Classes in Mount Hagen? The Early Evidence. Ethnology. 1987; 26: 245-260. 

Note: [fw & archives: Hagen]. 

113. Strathern, Andrew. Some Notes on the Cultivation of Winged Beans in Two Highland Areas of Papua New 

Guinea. Science in New Guinea. 1976; 4: 145-152. 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Pangia]. 

114. Strathern, Andrew. Souvenirs de "folie" chez les Wiru (Southern Highlands). Journal de la Société des 

Océanistes. 1977; 33(56-57): 131-144. 

9

Note: [fw 1967, 1970-1976: Wiru]. 

115. Strathern, Andrew. Structures of Disjuncture. In: Levine, Hal; Ploeg, Anton, Editors. Work in Progress: Essays 

in New Guinea Highlands Ethnography in Honour of Paula Brown Glick. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang 

Europäischer Verlag der Wissenschaften; 1996: 252-268. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Chimbu]. 

116. Strathern, Andrew J. Struggles for Meaning. In: Biersack, Aletta, Editor. Clio in Oceania: Toward a Historical 

Anthropology. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press; 1991: 205-230. 


117. Strathern, Andrew. Tambu and Kina: "Profit," Exploitation and Reciprocity in Two New Guinea Exchange 

Systems. In: Specht, Jim; White, J. Peter, Editors. Trade and Exchange in Oceania and Australia. Sydney: 

Sydney University Press; 1978: 253-264. (Mankind; v. 11(3)). 


118. Strathern, Andrew. Team and Individual in Ethnographic Film- making. SVA [Society for Visual Anthropology] 

Newsletter. 1987; 2(2-4): 10-13. 


119. Strathern, Andrew. Three Views on Work: An Interview. Cambridge Anthropology. 1980; 6(3): 39-47. 


120. Strathern, Andrew. To Choose a Strong Man: The House of Assembly Elections in Mul-Dei, 1968. Oceania. 

1970; 41: 136-147. 

Note: [fw 1968: Mul, Dei Mt Hagen]. 

121. Strathern, Andrew. Transactional Continuity in Mount Hagen. In: Kapferer, Bruce, Editor. Transaction and 

Meaning: Directions in the Anthropology of Exchange and Symbolic Behavior. Philadelphia: Institute for the 

Study of Human Issues; 1976: 277- 287. (Association of Social Anthropologists Essays in Social 


Note: [fw 1964-1974: Hagen; from lit: Chimbu, Kuma, Siane, Mae Enga]. 

122. Strathern, Andrew. Tribesmen or Peasants? In: Strathern, Andrew, Editor. Inequality in New Guinea Highlands 

Societies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1982: 137-157, 171-173. (Cambridge Papers in Social 


Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Enga]. 

123. Strathern, Andrew. A Twist of the Rope. In: Keck, Verena, Editor. Common Worlds and Single Lives: 

Constituting Knowledge in Pacific Societies. Oxford: Berg; 1998: 119-136. (Explorations in Anthropology). 


124. Strathern, Andrew. Two Waves of African Models in the New Guinea Highlands. In: Strathern, Andrew, Editor. 

Inequality in New Guinea Highlands Societies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1982: 35-49, 158-161. 

(Cambridge Papers in Social Anthropology; v. 11). 


125. Strathern, Andrew. Veiled Speech in Mount Hagen. In: Bloch, Maurice, Editor. Political Language and Oratory 

in Traditional Society. London: Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 1975: 185- 203. 


126. Strathern, Andrew. Violence -- with Spear and Pen. RAIN [Royal Anthropological Institute News]. 1979(35): 

5-6. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; general PNGH]. 

10

127. Strathern, Andrew. Violence and Political Change in Papua New Guinea. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en 

Volkenkunde. 1993; 149: 718-736. 


128. Strathern, Andrew. Violence and Political Change in Papua New Guinea. Pacific Studies. 1993; 16(4): 41-60. 

Note: [fw 1991: Kawelka Melpa, Kopiago Duna]. 

129. Strathern, Andrew. Voices of Conflict. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 1993. 

[vi], 265 pp. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 14). 

Note: [fw June 1981 - December 1986: Mt Hagen]. 

130. Strathern, Andrew. "We Are All of One Father Here": Models of Descent in New Guinea Highlands Societies. 

In: Holy, Ladislav, Editor. Segmentary Lineage Systems Reconsidered. Belfast: Queen's University of Belfast, 

Department of Social Anthropology; 1979: 145-155. (Papers in Social Anthropology; v. 4). 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Wiru; from lit: Bena Bena, Chimbu, Daribi]. 

131. Strathern, Andrew. When Dispute Procedures Fail. In: Epstein, A. L., Editor. Contention and Dispute: Aspects 

of Law and Social Control in Melanesia. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1974: 240-270. 


132. Strathern, Andrew. Which Way to the Boundary?: Review Article. American Ethnologist. 1990; 17: 376-383. 


133. Strathern, Andrew. Why Is Shame on the Skin? Ethnology. 1975; 14: 347-356. 


134. Strathern, Andrew. Why Is Shame on the Skin? Reprinted in: Blacking, John, Editor. The Anthropology of the 

Body. London: Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd.; 1975: 99-110. (Association of Social Anthropologists, 


Note: [fw 1964-1975: Hagen]. 

135. Strathern, Andrew. Why Origins? The Analysis of a Hagen Myth. Canberra Anthropology. 1980; 3(1): 48-55. 


136. Strathern, Andrew. Wiru and Daribi Matrilateral Payments. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1971; 80: 449-462. 

Note: [fw: Wiru; from lit: Daribi]. 

137. Strathern, Andrew, Editor. Wiru Laa: Ol Stori Bilong Wiru. n.p. [Boroko]: Institute of Papua New Guinea 

Studies; 1983. iv, 179 pp. 

Note: [fw & from pcs: Wiru]. 

138. Strathern, Andrew. Wiru Penthonyms. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 1970; 126: 59-74. 

Note: [fw May-December 1967: Tunda vill Wiru]. 

139. Strathern, Andrew. Witchcraft, Greed, Cannibalism and Death: Some Related Themes from the New Guinea 

Highlands. In: Bloch, Maurice; Parry, Jonathan, Editors. Death and the Regeneration of Life. Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press; 1982: 111-133. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Gimi, Fore, Hewa, Kewa, Chimbu, Kaluli, Etoro, Daribi]. 

140. Strathern, Andrew; Ahrens, Theodor. Experiencing the Christian Faith in Papua New Guinea. Melanesian Journal 

of Theology. 1986; 2(1): 8-21. 


141. Strathern, Andrew; Lambek, Michael. Introduction: Embodying Sociality: Africanist-Melanesianist Comparisons. 

In: Lambek, Michael; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Bodies and Persons: Comparative Perspectives from Africa 

11

and Melanesia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1998: 1-25. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Maring, Kamea, Gebusi, Atbalmin]. 

142. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Accident, Agency, and Liability in New Guinea Highlands Compensation. 

Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 2000; 156: 275-295. 

Note: [fw 1991: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Huli, Wola]. 

143. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Arrow Talk: Transaction, Transition, and Contradiction in New Guinea 

Highlands History. Kent, OH: Kent State University Press; 2000. xi, 216 pp. 

Note: [fw: Kawelka Melpa]. 

144. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Collaboration & Conflicts: A Leader Through Time. Fort Worth, TX: 

Harcourt College Publishers; 2000. xxx, 146 pp. (Case Studies in Cultural Anthropology). 


145. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Continuities and Ruptures in Ritual Practices: Editorial Comment on 

Tubuan: The Survival of the Male Cult among the Tolai. Journal of Ritual Studies. 1998; 12(2): 29-30. 

Note: [PNGH]. 

146. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Creating Difference: A Contemporary Affiliation Drama in the Highlands 

of New Guinea. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, N.S.. 2000; 6: 1- 15. 

Note: [fw 1997: Kawelka]. 

147. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Curing and Healing: Medical Anthropology in Global Perspective. 

Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1999. vii, 224 pp. 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Duna, Melpa, Wiru]. 

148. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Dangerous Woods and Perilous Pearl Shells: The Fabricated Politics of 

a Longhouse in Pangia, Papa New Guinea. Journal of Material Culture. 2000; 5: 69-89. 

Note: [fw 1979-1980: Mamuane Wiru]. 

149. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stewart, Pamela J. The Efficacy- Entertainment Braid Revisited: From Ritual to Commerce 

in Papua New Guinea. Journal of Ritual Studies. 1997; 11(1): 61-70. 

Note: [fw: Kawelka, Kopiago]. 

150. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. The Embodiment of Responsibility: "Confession" and "Compensation" 

in Mount Hagen, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Studies. 1998; 21(1-2): 43-64. 


151. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Embodiment and Communication: Two Frames for the Analysis of Ritual. 

Social Anthropology. 1998; 6: 237-251. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Melpa]. 

152. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Further Twists of the Rope: Ongka and Ru in a Transforming World. In: 

Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Identity Work: Constructing Pacific Lives. Pittsburgh: 

University of Pittsburgh Press; 2000: 81-98, 190. (ASAO Monographs; v. 18). 


153. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J.; Sillitoe, Paul. Horticulture in Papua New Guinea: Case Studies from the 

Southern and Western Highlands. In: Sillitoe, Paul; Stewart, Pamela J.; Strathern, Andrew. Horticulture in 

Papua New Guinea: Case Studies from the Southern and Western Highlands. Pittsburgh: University of 

Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 2002: vii-xxiii. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 18). 

Note: [fw: Wola, Duna, Pangia, Hagen; general PNGH]. 

154. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Introduction: Millennial Markers in the Pacific. In: Stewart, Pamela J.; 

12

Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Millennial Markers. Townsville: James Cook University of Northern Queensland, 

Centre for Pacific Studies; 1997: 1-17. 

Note: [from lit: Urapmin, Huli, Oksapmin]. 

155. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. It's in the Blood: Images of Collectivity, Renewal, and Entropy in a 

Narrative of Transfusion. Townsville: James Cook University of North Queensland; 1998. 15 pp. (Discussion 

Papers Series; v. 3). 


156. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Kinship and Commoditization: Historical Transformations. L'Homme. 

2000; 154- 155: 373-390. 

Note: [fw 1997--: Kawelka; from lit: Kimam, Etoro, Moi, Chambri, Kragur]. 

157. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J., Editors. Kuk Heritage: Issues and Debates in Papua New Guinea. 

Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 1998. [iii], 98 pp. 

158. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. The Kuk Site: Past Heritage, Future Issues. In: Strathern, Andrew Stewart 

,. Pamela J., Editors. Kuk Heritage: Issues and Debates in Papua New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of 

Pittsburgh, Department of Anthropology; 1998: 87-93. 

Note: [Kuk, Kawelka]. 

159. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stewart, Pamela J. Melpa and Nuer Ideas of Life and Death: The Rebirth of a Comparison. 

In: Lambek, Michael; Strathern, Andrew, Editors. Bodies and Persons: Comparative Perspectives from Africa 

and Melanesia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1998: 232-251. 


160. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Melpa Ballads as Popular Performance Art. In: Niles, Don; Crowdy, Denis, 

Editors. Papers from Ivilikou: Papua New Guinea Music Conference & Festival (1997). Boroko: Institute of 

Papua New Guinea Studies & University of Papua New Guinea; 2000: 76-84. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Huli, Duna]. 

161. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stewart, Pamela J. "Mi Les Long Yupela Usim Flag Bilong Mi": Symbols and Identity in 

Papua New Guinea. Pacific Studies. 2000; 23(1-2): 21-49. 


162. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Objects, Relationships, and Meanings: Historical Switches in Currencies 

in Mount Hagen, Papua New Guinea. In: , Akin, David; Robbins, Joel. Editors. Money and Modernity: State 

and Local Currencies in Melanesia ed. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 1999: 164-191, 252-254. 

(ASAO Monographs; v. 17). 


163. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J.; Carucci, Laurence M.; Poyer, Lin; Feinberg, Richard; Macpherson, Cluny. 

Oceania: An Introduction to the Cultures and Identities of Pacific Islanders. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic 

Press; 2002. vii, 272 pp. 

164. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. On the Thoery of Stability and Change in Ritual: The Legacy of Roy 

Rappaport. In: Meneley, Anne, Editors. Subjectivities in Material Worlds. Adelaide: University of Adelaide, 

Department of Anthropology; 2000: 116-121. (Social Analysis; v. 43(3)). 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Maring]. 

165. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Outside and Inside Meanings: Non-Verbal and Verbal Modalities of 

Agonistic Communication among the Wiru of Papua New Guinea. Man and Culture in Oceania. 1999; 15: 

1-22. 

Note: [fw 1967: Lawe Wiru; 1980: Mamuane Wiru]. 

13

166. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stewart, Pamela J. The Problems of Peace-Makers in Papua New Guinea: Modalities of 

Negotiation and Settlement. Cornell International Law Journal. 1997; 30: 681-699. 

Note: [Kawelka, general PNG]. 

167. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. The Python's Back: Pathways of Comparison Between Indonesia and 

Melanesia. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey; 2000. xiii, [i], 174 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [fw: Melpa, Duna, Wiru; from lit: Kimam, Kebar, Gebusi, Etoro, Moi, Ilahita, Telefol, Umeda, Huli, 

Wola, Enga]. 

168. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Rappaport's Maring: The Challeng of Ethnography. In: Messer, Ellen; 

Lambek, Michael, Editors. Ecology and the Sacred: Engaging the Anthropology of Roy A. Rappaport. Ann 

Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 2001: 277- 290. 

Note: [fw: Melpa; from lit: Tsembaga Maring]. 

169. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. Seeking Personhood: Anthropological Accounts and Local Concepts in 

Mount Hagen, Papua New Guinea. Oceania. 1998; 68: 170-188. 

Note: [fe: Melpa]. 

170. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stewart, Pamela J. Shifting Places, Contested Spaces: Land and Identity Politics in the 

Pacific. Australian Journal of Anthropology. 1998; 9(2): 209-224. 


171. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. The South-West Pacific. In: Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J.; 

Carucci, Laurence M.; Poyer, Lin; Feinberg, Richard; Macpherson, Cluny. Oceania: An Introduction to the 

Cultures and Identities of Pacific Islanders. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 2002: 10- 98. 

Note: [fw: Duna, Hagen; from lit: Asmat, Ok Tedi]. 

172. Strathern, Andrew; Stewart, Pamela J. The Spirit Is Coming: A Photographic-Textual Exposition of the Female 

Spirit Cult in Mount Hagen, Papua New Guinea. Pittsburgh: The Deixis Publishing Foundation, Inc.; 1999. 

[ii], 100 pp. (Ritual Studies Monograph Series). 


173. Strathern, Andrew; Strathern, Marilyn. Dominant Kin Relationships and Dominant ideas. American 

Anthropologist. 1966; 68: 997-999. 

Note: [from lit: Mae Enga, Kuma]. 

174. Strathern, Andrew; Strathern, Marilyn. Marriage in Melpa. In: Glasse, R. M.; Meggitt, M. J., Editors. Pigs, 

Pearlshells, and Women: Marriage in the New Guinea Highlands. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.; 

1969: 138-158. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (17 mos): Kawelka, Tipuka, Minembi tribes Northern Melpa, Elti tribe Central Melpa]. 

175. Strathern, Andrew; Strathern, Marilyn. Marsupials and Magic: A Study of Spell Symbolism among the 

Mbowamb. In: Leach, E. R., Editor. Dialectic in Practical Religion. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 

1968: 179-207. (Cambridge Papers in Social Anthropology; v. 5). 

Note: [fw 1964-1965: Buk vill Melpa]. 

176. Strathern, Andrew; Strathern, Marilyn. Minj Open Electorate: The Campaign in the Dei Council Area. Journal 

of the Polynesian Society. 1964; 73: 209-211. 

Note: [fw 1964: Dei Council Melpa]. 

177. Strathern, Andrew; Strathern, Marilyn. Self-Decoration in Mount Hagen. Toronto: University of Toronto Press; 

1971. xi, 208 pp. + Plates. (Art and Society Series). 

Note: [fw: Mt Hagen]. 

178. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Introduction. In: Strathern, Andrew J.; Stürzenhofecker, 

14

Gabriele, Editors. Migration and Transformations: Regional Perspectives on New Guinea. Pittsburgh: 

University of Pittsburgh Press; 1994: 3-21. (Assocation for Social Anthropology in Oceania Monographs; v. 

15). 


179. Strathern, Andrew J.; Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele, Editors. Migration and Transformations: Regional Perspectives 

on New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 1994. xi, 327 pp. (Association for Social 

Anthropology in Oceania Monographs; v. 15). 

180. Strathern, Marilyn. Absentee Businessmen: The Reaction at Home to Hageners Migrating to Port Moresby. 

Oceania. 1972; 43: 19-39. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (16 mos), 1967 (2 mos), 1970 (2 mos): Dei Council Kawelka, Tipuka tribes Mt Hagen]. 

181. Strathern, Marilyn. The Achievement of Sex: Paradoxes in Hagen Gender-Thinking. In: Schwimmer, Erik, Editor. 

The Yearbook of Symbolic Anthropology I. London and Montreal: C. Hurst and McGill-Queen's University 

Press; 1978: 171-202. 


182. Strathern, Marilyn. An Anthropological Perspective. In: Lloyd, Barbara; Archer, John, Editors. Exploring Sex 

Differences. London: Academic Press (Inc.) London Ltd.; 1976: 49-70. 


183. Strathern, Marilyn. Artefacts of History: Events and the Interpretation of Images. In: Siikala, Jukka, Editor. 

Culture and History in the Pacific. Helsinki: Finnish Anthropological Society; 1990: 25-44. (Transactions of 

the Finnish Anthropological Society; v. 27). 

Note: [from lit: Sabarl]. 

184. Strathern, Marilyn. Axe Types and Quarries: A Note on the Classification of Stone Axe Blades from the Hagen 

Area, New Guinea. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 1965; 74: 182-191. 

Note: [fw: Buk Melpa]. 

185. Strathern, Marilyn. [Contribution to] Book Review Forum: Maria Lepowsky, Fruit of the Motherland: Gender 

in an Egalitarian Society, and Raymond C. Kelly, Constructing Inequality: The Fabircation of a Hierarchy of 

Virtue among the Etoro. Pacific Studies. 1997; 20(3): 142-150. 

Note: [from lit: Etoro]. 

186. Strathern, Marilyn. Crime and Correction: The Place of Prisons in Papua New Guinea. Melanesian Law Journal. 

1976; 4(1): 67-93. 


187. Strathern, Marilyn. Culture in a Netbag: The Manufacture of a Subdiscipline in Anthropology. Man, N.S.. 1981; 

16: 665-688. 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Wiru; from lit: Trobriand Is]. 

188. Strathern, Marilyn, Editor. Dealing with Inequality: Analysing Gender Relations in Melanesia and Beyond. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1987. xiv, 325 pp. 

189. Strathern, Marilyn. The Decomposition of an Event. Cultural Anthropology. 1992; 7: 244-254. 


190. Strathern, Marilyn. The Disconcerting Tie: Attitudes of Hagen Migrants Towards Home. In: May, R. J., Editor. 

Change and Movement: Readings on Internal Migration in Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Papua New Guinea 

Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research in association with Australian National University Press; 

1977: 247-266. 

Note: [fw 1970-1972 (9 mos): Hagen in Port Moresby]. 

15

191. Strathern, Marilyn. The Disconcerting Tie: Attitudes of Hagen Migrants towards "Home". In: Chapman, Murray; 

Prothero, R. Mansell, Editors. Circulation in Population Movement: Substance and Concepts from the 

Melanesian Case. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul plc; 1985: 360-376. 

Note: [fw 1970-1972 (7 mos): Port Moresby Hageners]. 

192. Strathern, Marilyn. Discovering "Social Control". Journal of Law and Society. 1985; 12: 111-134. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Jalemo]. 

193. Strathern, Marilyn. Disembodied Choice. In: Rosen, Lawrence, Editor. Other Intentions: Cultural Contexts and 

the Attribution of Inner States. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research Press; 1995: 69-89. (School of 

American Research Advanced Seminar Series). 


194. Strathern, Marilyn. Domesticity and the Denigration of Women. In: O'Brien, Denise; Tiffany, Sharon W., Editors. 

Rethinking Women's Roles: Perspectives from the Pacific. Berkeley: University of California Press; 1984: 

13-31. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Tombema Enga, Trobriand Is]. 

195. Strathern, Marilyn. Double Standards. In: Levine, Hal; Ploeg, Anton, Editors. Work in Progress: Essays in New 

Guinea Highlands Ethnography in Honour of Paula Brown Glick. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Europäischer 

Verlag der Wissenschaften; 1996: 269-294. 


196. Strathern, Marilyn. The Fertilised Cosmos. Social Analysis. 1984; 16: 16-20. 

Note: [from lit: Bimin-Kuskusmin, Gimi]. 

197. Strathern, Marilyn. The Gender of the Gift: Problems with Women and Problems with Society in Melanesia. 

Berkeley: University of California Press; 1988. xv, 422 pp. (Studies in Melanesian Anthropology; v. 6). 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Wiru; from lit: numerous PNG]. 

198. Strathern, Marilyn. Introduction. In: Toft, Susan, Editor. Domestic Violence in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: 

Law Reform Commission of Papua New Guinea; 1985: 1-13. (Monographs; v. 3). 


199. Strathern, Marilyn. Knowing Power and Being Equivocal: Three Melanesian Contexts. In: Fardon, Richard, 

Editor. Power and Knowledge: Anthropological and Sociological Approaches: Proceedings of a Conference 

Held at the University of St. Andrews in December 1982. Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press; 1985: 61- 81. 

Note: [from lit: Gimi, Paiela]. 

200. Strathern, Marilyn. Legality or Legitimacy: Hageners' Perception of the Judicial System. Melanesian Law Journal. 

1971; 1(2): 5-27. 


201. Strathern, Marilyn. Making Incomplete. In: Broch-Due, Vigdis; Rudie, Ingrid; Bleie, Tone, Editors. Carved 

Flesh/Cast Selves: Gendered Symbols and Social Practices. Oxford: Berg; 1993: 41-51. (Cross-Cultural 

Perspectives on Women; v. 8). 

Note: [from lit: Daulo]. 

202. Strathern, Marilyn. Managing Information: The Problems of a Dispute Settler (Mount Hagen). In: Epstein, A. L., 

Editor. Contention and Dispute: Aspects of Law and Social Control in Melanesia. Canberra: Australian 

National University Press; 1974: 271-316. 


203. Strathern, Marilyn. Marriage Exchanges: A Melanesian Comment. In: Siegel, Bernard J.; Beals, Alan R.; Tyler, 

16

Stephen A., Editors. Annual Review of Anthropology, Volume 13, 1984. Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews Inc.; 

1984: 41-73. 

Note: [from lit: Mae Enga, Tor]. 

204. Strathern, Marilyn. Minds and Events. Man, N.S.. 1987; 22: 561-562. 


205. Strathern, Marilyn. The Mother's Brother's Child. In: Juillerat, Bernard, Editor. Shooting the Sun: Ritual and 

Meaning in West Sepik. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press; 1992: 191-205. (Smithsonian Series 

in Ethnographic Inquiry). 

Note: [from lit: Yafar, Umeda]. 

206. Strathern, Marilyn. Multiple Perspectives on Intellectual Property. In: Whimp, Kathy; Busse, Mark, Editors. 

Protection of Intellectual, Biological and Cultural Property in Papua New Guinea. Canberra & Port Moresby: 

Asia Pacific Press & Conservation Melanesia Inc.; 2000: 47-61. 


207. Strathern, Marilyn. Naming People. In: Pawley, Andrew, Editor. Man and a Half: Essays in Pacific Anthropology 

and Ethnobiology in Honour of Ralph Bulmer. Auckland: The Polynesian Society; 1991: 364-369. (Memoirs; 

v. 48). 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Kalam, Molima, Mendi]. 

208. Strathern, Marilyn. Negative Strategies in Melanesia. In: Fardon, Richard, Editor. Localizing Strategies: Regional 

Traditions of Ethnographic Writing. Edinburgh and Washington, DC: Scottish Academic Press and 

Smithsonian Institution Press; 1990: 204-216. 


209. Strathern, Marilyn. No Culture, No History. In: Telban, Borut, Editor. Multiple Identities. Ljubljana: Slovene 

Anthropological Society; 1996: 118-136. (Anthropological Notebooks, Special Issue; v. 2,1). 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Daribi]. 

210. Strathern, Marilyn. No Money On Our Skins: Hagen Migrants in Port Moresby. Port Moresby and Canberra: 

Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1975. xix, 464, [6] pp. (New Guinea Research 

Bulletins; v. 61). 

Note: [fw 1970-1972: Hagen in Port Moresby]. 

211. Strathern, Marilyn. No Nature, No Culture: The Hagen Case. In: MacCormack, Carol P.; Strathern, Marilyn, 

Editors. Nature, Culture and Gender. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1980: 174-222. 


212. Strathern, Marilyn. Note on Linguistic Boundaries and the Axe Quarries. Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society. 

1966; 32(5): 117-121. 

Note: [fw: Medlpa; from lit: Asaro, Baiyer V Kyaka Enga, Chuave, Karam, Ipili, Siane, Mae Enga, Kuma, 

Sinasina]. 

213. Strathern, Marilyn. Official and Unofficial Courts: Legal Assumptions and Expectations in a Highlands 

Community. Port Moresby and Canberra: Australian National University, New Guinea Research Unit; 1972. 

viii, 162, [1] pp. (New Guinea Research Bulletins; v. 47). 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (16 mos), 1967 (2 mos), September 1970 - January 1971: Hagen]. 

214. Strathern, Marilyn. One Man and Many Men. In: Godelier, Maurice; Strathern, Marilyn, Editors. Big Men and 

Great Men: Personifications of Power in Melanesia. Cambridge and Paris: Cambridge University Press and 

Editions de la Maison des Sciences de l'Homme; 1991: 197-214. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Baruya, Ilahita Arapesh, Sambia, Sabarl, Maring]. 

17

215. Strathern, Marilyn. Partial Connections. Savage, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc.; 1991. xxvii, 153 

pp. (Association for Social Anthropology in Oceania, Special Publications; v. 3). 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Baktaman, Enga, Gawa, Gimi, Mianmin, Mt Ok, Umeda, Wantoat, Yafar]. 

216. Strathern, Marilyn. Popokl: The Question of Morality. Mankind. 1968; 6: 553-562. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965, 1967: Hagen]. 

217. Strathern, Marilyn. Prefigured Features: A View from the New Guinea Highlands. In: Losche, Diane, Guest 

Editor. Anthro/ Aesthetics: The Cultural Construction of Aesthetic Objects. Sydney: University of Sydney, 

Department of Anthropology; 1997: 89-103. (The Australian Journal of Anthropology, Special Issues; v. 8). 


218. Strathern, Marilyn. Prefigured Features: A View from the New Guinea Highlands. In: Losche, Diane, Guest 

Editor. Anthro/ Aesthetico: The Cultural Construction of Aesthetic Objects. Sydney: University of Sydney, 

Department of Anthropology; 1997: 89-103. (Australian Journal of Anthropology, Special Issues; v. 8). 


219. Strathern, Marilyn. Producing Difference: Connections and Disconnections in Two New Guinea Highland 

Kinship Systems. In: Collier, Jane Fishburne; Yanagisako, Sylvia Junko, Editors. Gender and Kinship: Essays 

Toward a Unified Analysis. Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1987: 271-300, 363-365. 

Note: [fw: Hagen, Wiru]. 

220. Strathern, Marilyn. Property, Substance and Effect: Anthropological Essays on Persons and Things. London: The 

Athlone Press; 1999. xii, 336 pp. 


221. Strathern, Marilyn. Qualified Value: The Perspective of Gift Exchange. In: Humphrey, Caroline; Hugh-Jones, 

Stephen, Editors. Barter, Exchange and Value: An Anthropological Approach. Cambridge: Cambridge 


Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Iatmul, Sawos, Kundagai Maring, Kapauku, Iqwaye]. 

222. Strathern, Marilyn. Relations without Substance. In: Lindstrom, Lamont, Editor. Drugs in Western Pacific 

Societies: Relations of Substance. Lanham, MD: University Press of America; 1987: 231-245. (Association 

for Social Anthropology in Oceania Monographs; v. 11). 

Note: [from lit: Bimin, Biwat, Gebusi, Keakalo, Enga]. 

223. Strathern, Marilyn. Report [to Department of Law] on Questionnaire Relating to Sexual Offences as Defined in 

the Criminal Code. Boroko: New Guinea Research Unit; 1975. iv, 166 pp. 

Note: [from lit & pcs: general PNG]. 

224. Strathern, Marilyn. Reproducing the Future: Anthropology, Kinship, and the New Reproductive Technologies. 

Manchester and New York: Manchester University Press and Routledge; 1992. [viii], 200 pp. 

Note: [fw: Wiru; from lit: Ankave, Baruya, Garia, Gawa, Mekeo, Molima, Orokaiva, Sabarl, Trobriand Is]. 

225. Strathern, Marilyn. Response [to Book Review Forum: Marilyn Strathern, The Gender of the Gift: Problems with 

Women and Problems with Society in Melanesia]. Pacific Studies. 1992; 15(1): 149-159. 


226. Strathern, Marilyn. Same-Sex and Cross-Sex Relations: Some Internal Comparisons. In: Gregor, Thomas A.; 

Tuzin, Donald, Editors. Gender in Amazonia and Melanesia: An Exploration of the Comparative Method. 

Berkeley: University of California Press; 2001: 221-244. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Etoro]. 

227. Strathern, Marilyn. Sanctions and the Problem of Corruption in Village Courts. In: Zorn, Jean; Bayne, Peter, 

Editors. Lo Bilong Ol Manmeri: Crime, Compensation and Village Courts. University: University of Papua 

18

New Guinea; 1975: 48-58. 

Note: [fw 1964-1971 (2 yrs): Hagen]. 

228. Strathern, Marilyn. The Self in Self-decoration. Oceania. 1979; 49: 241-257. 


229. Strathern, Marilyn. Self-interest and the Social Good: Some Implications of Hagen Gender Imagery. In: Ortner, 

Sherry B.; Whitehead, Harriet, Editors. Sexual Meanings: The Cultural Construction of Gender and Sexuality. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; 1981: 166-191. 

Note: [fw 1976: Hagen]. 

230. Strathern, Marilyn. Self-regulation: An Interpretation of Peter Lawrence's Writings on Social Control in Papua 

New Guinea. Oceania. 1988; 59: 3-6. 

Note: [from lit: Garia]. 

231. Strathern, Marilyn. Stone Axes and Flake Tools: Evaluations from Two New Guinea Highlands Societies. 

Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society. 1969; 13: 311-329 + Plates XV-XIX. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965, 1967: Hagen, Wiru]. 

232. Strathern, Marilyn. Subject or Object? Women and the Circulation of Valuables in Highlands New Guinea. In: 

Hirschon, R., Editor. Women and Property, Women As Property. London: Croom Helm; 1984: 158-175. 

Note: [fw: Hagen; from lit: Daulo]. 

233. Strathern, Marilyn. Why Is the Pueraria a Sweet Potato? Ethnology. 1969; 8: 189-198. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (17 mos): Hagen]. 

234. Strathern, Marilyn. Women in Between: Female Roles in a Male World: Mount Hagen, New Guinea. London: 

Seminar Press Limited; 1972. xvii, [ii], 372 pp. (Seminar Studies in Anthropology; v. 2). 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (16 mos), 1967 (2 mos): Buk, Kotna, Ogelbeng, Kelua Melpa]. 

235. Strathern, Marilyn. Women In Between: Female Roles in a Male World: Mount Hagen, New Guinea. Lanham, 

MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc.; 1995. xvii, 372 pp. 

Note: [fw 1964-1965 (16 mos), 1967 (2 mos): Hagen]. 

236. Stratigos, Susan; Hughes, Philip J., Editors. The Ethics of Development, Volume 2: Justice and the Distribution 

of Health Care. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1987. xi, 123 pp. 

237. Stratigos, Susan; Hughes, Philip J., Editors. The Ethics of Development, Volume 3: Women as Unequal Partners 

in Development. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press; 1987. xi, 177 pp. 

238. Strauch, H. Allgemeine Bemerkungen ethnologischen Inhalts über Neu-Guinea, die Anachoreten-Inseln, 

Neu-Hannover, Neu- Irland, Neu-Britannien und Bougainville, im Anschluss an die dort gemachten 

Sammlungen ethnologischer Gegenstände. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. 1877; 9: 9-63, 81-104 + Tafeln I-IV. 

Note: [explor 1875: MacCluer Gulf]. 

239. Strauss, Hermann. Shields, Brian; Stürzenhofecker, G.; Strathern, A. J., Translator; Editors. The Mi-Culture of 

the Mount Hagen People, Papua New Guinea. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh, Department of 

Anthropology; n.d. [1990]. xxvii, 361 pp. (Ethnology Monographs; v. 13). 

Note: [mission 1936-1939, 1949-1956, 1958-1965, 1968-1971: Ogelbeng]. 

240. Strauss, Hermann; Tischner, Herbert. Die Mi-Kultur: Der Hagenberg-Stämme im östlichen Zentral-Neuguinea. 

Hamburg: Cram, DeGruyter & Co.; 1962. 492 pp. + Plates. (Hamburgischen Museum für Völkerkunde, 

Monographien zur Völkerkunde; v. 3). 

Note: [mission: Melpa]. 

19

241. Strauss, Liesel. Weaving Magic. Paradise. 1989; 74: 21, 24. 

Note: [Ialibu, Pangia]. 

242. Straw, Carolyn A. Melanesia: A Catalogue of the Ethnographical Collection in Exeter City Museum. Exeter: 

Exeter City Museum; n.d. [1982]. 87 pp. 

Note: [from museum colls: Massim, Papuan Gulf, Torres Strait, Huon Gulf, Astrolabe Bay, Sepik, Dutch NG]. 

243. Street, John M. An Evaluation of the Concept of Carrying Capacity. Professional Geographer. 1969; 21: 104-107. 

Note: [fw: Kompiai Maring; from lit: Chimbu]. 

244. Street, John M. Grasslands on the Highland Fringe in New Guinea: Localization, Origin, Effects on Soil, 

Composition. Capricornia. 1966; 3: 9-12. 

Note: [fw July 1964 - January 1965: Maring]. 

245. Street, John M. Vegetation and Slope Development in the Mountains of the Humid Tropics. In: 21st International 

Geographical Congress India 1968. Proceedings of Symposium on Phytogeography and Vegetation Mapping 

Held at Pondicherry on 15- 18 December 1968. Calcutta: National Committee for Geography; 1971: 46-48. 

Note: [fw (1 yr): Bismarck Mts]. 

246. Streicher, J. F., Reviser. Jabêm-English Dictionary: Reproduction of the Jabêm-Deutsch Wörterbuch Compiled 

by Rev. H. Zahn 1917 Logaweng-Neuguinea. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of 

Pacific Studies, Department of Linguistics; 1982. xii, 674 pp. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 68). 

Note: [mission 1886-1917: Simbang, Obasêga Jabêm]. 

247. Streicher, J. F. Sagogewinnung: Aufsatz des Awanggom, aus dem Stamm der Hopoi, Neu-Guinea: Übersetzt und 

mit in Klammern gesetzten erklärenden Zusätzen versehen. Archiv für Anthropologie, N.F.. 1935; 23: 236-237. 

Note: [mission: Hopoi]. 

248. Strelan, J. G. Siassi and Menyamya: The Work of Australian Lutheran Mission. In: Wegner, Herwig; Reiner, 

Hermann, Editors. The Lutheran Church in Papua New Guinea: The First Hundred Years 1886-1986. Adelaide: 

Lutheran Publishing House; 1986: 253-272. 

Note: [mission: Menyamya, Siassi]. 

249. Strelan, John G. Search for Salvation: Studies in the History and Theology of Cargo Cults. Adelaide: Lutheran 

Publishing House; 1977. 119, [1] pp. 


250. Strelan, John G.; Godschalk, Jan A. Kargoisme Di Melanesia: Suatu Studi tentang Sejarah dan Teologi Kultus 

Kargo. Jayapura: Pusat Studi Irian Jaya; 1989. xi, 219 pp. + 3 Foldout Maps. 


251. Stringer, M. D.; Hotz, J. M. Waffa, Tok Pisin, English. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1979. 498 

pp. (Dictionaries of Papua New Guinea; v. 3). 

Note: [SIL 1962-1974: Waffa]. 

252. Stringer, Mary; Hotz, Joyce. The Occurrence and Co- occurrence of Waffa Noun Suffixes. Te Reo. 1971; 14: 

49-62. 

Note: [SIL 1962-1966 (2 yrs): Kusing vill Waffa]. 

253. Stringer, Mary; Hotz, Joyce. The Occurrence and Co-occurence of Waffa Noun Suffixes. Reprinted in: 

McKaughan, Howard, Editor. The Languages of the Eastern Family of the East New Guinea Highland Stock. 

Seattle: University of Washington Press; 1973: 547-556. (Anthropological Studies in the Eastern Highlands 

of New Guinea; v. 1). 


20

254. Stringer, Mary; Hotz, Joyce. Waffa Phonemes. Te Reo. 1971; 14: 42-48. 


255. Stringer, Mary; Hotz, Joyce. Waffa Phonemes. Reprinted in: McKaughan, Howard, Editor. The Languages of the 

Eastern Family of the East New Guinea Highland Stock. Seattle: University of Washington Press; 1973: 

523-529. (Anthropological Studies in the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea; v. 1). 


256. Stritecky, Jolene Marie. Capitalist Consumerism and the Spirit of the Millennium in Rural East Sepik Province, 

Papua New Guinea. In: Kocher Schmid, Christin, Editor. Expecting the Day of Wrath: Versions of the 

Millennium in Papua New Guinea. Boroko: The National Research Institure in association with the European 

Commission Programme "Avenir des Peuples des Forêts Tropicales" ('Future of the Tropical Forest Peoples'); 

1999: 70-79. (NRI Monographs; v. 36). 

Note: [fw June-August 1994: Perringa Boiken]. 

257. Strode Hall, C. E. The Mai Cussa: Mr. Strode Hall to The Special Commissioner. In: British New Guinea. British 

New Guinea: Report for the Year 1888, by Her Majesty's Special Commissioner for the Protected Territory. 

Brisbane: Government Printer; 1889: Appendix G, pp. 36-38 + Map. 

Note: [explor 1888: Boigeo, Mai Cussa, Wassen Cussa, Togari]. 

258. [Strong, W. M. ]. Annual Report by Government Anthropologist. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. 

Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1921-1922. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1923: 24-26 + 3 pp. Plates. 

Note: [govt anthro: Bomana, Motu]. 

259. Strong, W. M. Assistant Resident Magistrate's Report for Mekeo District of Central Division. In: British New 

Guinea. British New Guinea: Annual Report for the Year Ending 30th June, 1905. Melbourne: Government 

Printer; 1905: Appendix D, pp. 25-26. Note: [admin 1904-1905: Mekeo district]. 

260. Strong, W. M. Carved Gopi Boards from Papua. Man. 1931; 31(228): 234. 

Note: [admin: Papuan Gulf]. 

261. Strong, W. M. First Annual Report by Anthropologist (W.M. Strong, M.A., M.D., F.R.G.S.). In: Commonwealth 

of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1920-1921. Melbourne: Government Printer; 

1922: 29-32. 

Note: [govt anthro: general Papua]. 

262. Strong, W. M. Introduction. In: Williams, F. E. The Vailala Madness and the Destruction of Native Ceremonies 

in the Gulf Division. Port Moresby: Government Printer; 1923: ix-xiii. (Territory of Papua Anthropological 

Reports; v. 4). 

Note: [admin: Vailala, Papuan Gulf]. 

263. Strong, W. M. Magisterial Report, North-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: 

Report for the Year Ended 30th June, 1910. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1911: 88-92. 

Note: [admin 1909-1910: North-Eastern Division, Upper Musa, Moitu, Barigi, Agaiambo]. 

264. Strong, W. M. Magisterial Report, North-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: 


Note: [admin 1910-1911: North-Eastern Division, Keveri V, Kosirava, Agaiambo, Pongani, Avaru]. 

265. Strong, W. M. The Maisin Language. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. 1911; 41: 381-396. 

Note: [admin: Maisin]. 

266. Strong, W. Mersh. More Rock Paintings from Papua. Man. 1924; 24(74): 97-99 + Plate G. 

Note: [admin: Sogeri, Nahatana vill]. 

21

267. Strong, W. Marsh [sic]. Note on the Tate Language of British New Guinea. Man. 1911; 11(101): 178-181. 

Note: [from pcs: Tate]. 

268. Strong, W. M. Note on the Afoa Language. In: Williamson, Robert W. The Mafulu: Mountain People of British 

New Guinea. London: Macmillan and Co., Limited; 1912: Appendix II, pp. 332- 333. 

Note: [admin: Afoa]. 

269. Strong, W. M. Note on the Kovio Language. In: Williamson, Robert W. The Mafulu: Mountain People of British 

New Guinea. London: Macmillan and Co., Limited; 1912: Appendix III, pp. 334- 335. 

Note: [admin: Kovio]. 

270. Strong, W. Mersh. Note on the Language of Kabidi, British New Guinea. Anthropos. 1912; 7: 155-160. 

Note: [Kabidi]. 

271. Strong, W. M. Notes. In: Armstrong, W. E. Report on the Suau-Tawala. n.p.: Territory of Papua; 1922: 3-5. 

(Anthropology Reports; v. 1). 

Note: [admin: Port Moresby, Roro, Tufi, Cape Nelson, Koiara, Binendele, Elema, Mekeo, North-Eastern 

District, Gaile, Mafulu]. 

272. Strong, W. M. Notes on the Central Part of the Southern Coast of Papua (British New Guinea). Geographical 

Journal. 1908; 32: 270-274. 

Note: [admin 2 yrs: Purari Delta, Namau, Elema, Roro, Pokau (Nara), Mekeo, Kabadi, Doura, Motu, Fuyuge, 

Afoa, Kovio]. 

273. Strong, W. M. Notes on the Languages of the North-Eastern and Adjoining Divisions, by Dr. W.M. Strong, 

Resident Magistrate, North-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Report for 

the Year Ended 30th June, 1911. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1911: 203-217. 

Note: [admin: Arifamu, Lakwa, Ubiri, Moitu, Maisin, Doga, Warakauta, Mukawa, Paiwa, Dauakerikeri, Waria, 

Mambere, Waseda, Koko, Dobadura, Okeina, Baruga, Korapi, Saroa, Bori, Keveri, Oiwa, O-oku, Lauwa, 

Mailu, Akabara, Numba, Jimuni, Bavaru, Onjo, Pue, Maneao, Galeva, Jimajima, Gwoiden, Gigarebi, Gagara, 

Biagi, Isurava, Wowonga]. 

274. Strong, W. M. Notes on the North-eastern Division of Papua (British New Guinea). Geographical Journal. 1930; 

76: 407-411 + Map. 

Note: [admin 1908-1912: Legara R, Barigi R, Keveri V, Awanabairia (Cape Nelson), Moitu, Benedela, Gwoira 

Range]. 

275. Strong, W. M. Papua: Physical Paternity. Man. 1933; 33(27): 24. 

Note: [admin 1910: Maisin]. 

276. Strong, W. M. Report on Agchylostomiasis and Other Intestinal Helminthes in Papua. In: Commonwealth of 

Australia. Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1914-1915. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1916: Appendix 

I, pp. 154-158. 

Note: [med officer 1914: Port Moresby, Maiva]. 

277. Strong, W. M. [Resident Magistrate's Report on the North- Eastern Division]. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 

Parliament. Papua: Report for the Year Ended 30th June, 1909. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1909: 70-73. 

Note: [admin 1908-1909: North-Eastern Division, Numba, Barigi]. 

278. Strong, W. Mersh. Rock Paintings from the Central District, Papua (British New Guinea). Man. 1923; 23(119): 

185-186 + Plates N-O. 

Note: [admin: Bomana]. 

279. Strong, W. M. The Roro and Mekeo Languages of British New Guinea. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen. 1914; 

4: 285-311. 

22

Note: [from pcs: Mekeo, Roro]. 

280. Strong, W. M. Some Personal Experiences in British New Guinea. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute. 

1919; 49: 292-308. 

Note: [admin: general British NG]. 

281. Strong, Wm. Assistant Resident Magistrate's Report for the Mekeo District of the Central Division for the Year 

1906. In: British New Guinea. British New Guinea: Annual Report for the Year Ending 30th June, 1906. 

Melbourne: Government Printer; 1907: 26-30. 

Note: [admin 1905-1906: Mekeo District, Kuni, Mafulu, Kabadi, Nara, Kerema, Korona]. 

282. Struben, Roy. Coral and Colour of Gold. London: Faber & Faber Limited; 1961: 259 pp. 

Note: [prospector 1932-1935: Edie Creek, Upper Watut]. 

283. Stuart, Ian. Percy Chatterton: Pastor and Statesman. In: Griffin, James, Editor. Papua New Guinea Portraits: The 

Expatriate Experience. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1978: 195-223. 

Note: [biography]. 

284. Stuart, Ian. Port Moresby: Yesterday and Today. Revised ed. Sydney: Pacific Publications (Aust.) Pty. Ltd; 1973. 

368 pp. + Plates + Endpaper Maps. 


285. Stuart-Russell, H. H. Report by Mr. H.H. Stuart-Russell, Government Surveyor, of Road Party's Expedition via 

the Brown River Valley to "the Gap" and Yodda Valley. In: British New Guinea. Annual Report on British 

New Guinea from 1st July, 1898, to 30th June, 1899. Brisbane: Government Printer; 1900: Appendix J, pp. 

41-XX + Map 2. 

Note: [admin April-July 1899: Laloki R, Goldie R, Neneba, Iuoro, Yodda V, Kagi, Tugami, Seregima]. 

286. Stubbs, Trevor; Third Year St. Xaviers Students (1972). Traditional Accounts from the Boiken and Hawain Area. 

Oral History. 1977; 5(8): 52-71. 

Note: [Boiken, Hawain]. 

287. Stuckings, N. E.; Hide, R. L.; Bourke, R. M.; Allen, B. J.; Hobsbawn, P.; Conway, J. Papua New Guinea 

Agriculture Literature Database. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific and 

Asian Studies, Department of Human Geography; 1997. vi, 35 pp. (Agricultural Systems of Papua New Guinea 

Working Papers; v. 23). 

Note: [surveys & from lit: PNG]. 

288. Stucky, Al; Stucky, Dellene. Nii Phonology. In: Healey, Alan, Editor. Phonologies of Three Languages of Papua 

New Guinea. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1973: 37-78. (Workpapers in Papua New Guinea 


Note: [SIL 1967-1973 (29 mos): Kiam vill Nii]. 

289. Sturt, John; MacLennan, Robert. Camoquin and Iron in Childhood Anaemia, New Guinea. Papua New Guinea 


Note: [Anguganak]. 

290. Sturt, R. J. Infant and Toddler Mortality in the Sepik. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1972; 15: 215-224. 

Note: [survey: Sepik; from lit: Anguganak, Trobriand Is, Baiyer V, Oro Bay, Bundi, Madang]. 

291. Sturt, R. J.; Muller, H. K.; Francis, G. D. Molluscum Contagiosum in Villages of the West Sepik District of New 

Guinea. Medical Journal of Australia. 1971; 2: 751-754. 

Note: [survey: Anguganak, Biem, Bogasip, Brugap, Buang, Laingim, Lalwe, Musu, Ningil, Solaku, 

Tumentonik, Winaluk, Wublikul, Yankok]. 

23

292. Sturt, R. J.; Stanhope, J. M. Mortality and Population Patterns of Anguganak. Papua and New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1968; 11: 111-117. 

Note: [1961-1967: Anguganak, Biem, Bogasip, Brugap, Buang, Laingim, Lalwi, Musu, Ningil, Tumentonik, 

Winaluk, Wublakil, Wulukum, Yankok]. 

293. Sturt, R. J.; Sturt, Agnes E. Natality, Fertility and Marriage Status in a Sepik River Population of New Guinea. 

Tropical and Geographical Medicine. 1974; 26: 399-413. 

Note: [January 1963 - December 1969: Anguganak]. 

294. Stutterheim, J. F. Het een en ander omtrent de stam der kapaoekoe's aan de Wisselmeren. Koloniaal Tijdschrift. 

1939; 28: 183-188. 

Note: [admin: Kapauku]. 

295. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Border Crossings: Papua New Guinea Models in Irian Jaya. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, 

Land- en Volkenkunde. 1991; 147: 298-325. 

Note: [from lit: Kimam, Tor, Yale, Grand Valley Dani]. 

296. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Dialectics of History: Female Witchcraft and Male Dominance in Aluni. In: Biersack, 

Aletta, Editor. Papuan Borderlands: Huli, Duna, and Ipili Perspectives on the Papua New Guinea Highlands. 

Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press; 1995: 287-313. 


297. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Duna in Between: Scales of Variation in Montane New Guinea. In: Strathern, Andrew 

J.; Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele, Editors. Migration and Transformations: Regional Perspectives on New Guinea. 

Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press; 1994: 209-229. (Assocation for Social Anthropology in Oceania 


Note: [fw 1991: Duna; from lit: Paiela, Mae Enga, Tombema Enga, Mendi, Wola, Kewa, Wiru, Huli, Melpa, 

Maring, Simbu, Wahgi, Etoro, Gebusi, Kaluli, Atbalmin, Faiwolmin, Bimin, Hewa]. 

298. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Rejoinder to Hayward. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 1994; 150: 

212-213. 

Note: [from lit: Grand Valley Dani]. 

299. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Sacrificial Bodies and the Cyclicity of Substance. Journal of the Polynesian Society. 

1995; 104: 89-109. 

Note: [fw 1991, 1994: Duna]. 

300. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Times Enmeshed: Gender, Place, and History among the Duna [Ph.D. Dissertation]. 

Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh; 1993. xiv, 465 pp. 

Note: [fw 1991 (12 mos): Aluni V Duna]. 

301. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Times Enmeshed: Gender, Space, and History among the Duna of Papua New Guinea. 

Stanford: Stanford University Press; 1998. xii, [ii], 242 pp. + Plates. 

Note: [fw 1991, 1994 (15 mos): Aluni Duna]. 

302. Stürzenhofecker, Gabriele. Visions of a Landscape: Duna Premeditations on Ecological Change. Canberra 

Anthropology. 1994; 17(2): 27-47. 


24

Bibliography 

1. Su, Bing; Jin, Li; Underhill, Peter; Martinson, Jeremy; Saha, Nilmani; McGarvey, Stephen T.; Shriver, Mark D.; 

Chu, Jiayou; Oefner, Peter; Chakraborty, Ranajit; Deka, Ranjan. Polynesian Origins: Insights from the Y 

Chromosome. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA. 2000; 97: 8225-8228. 


2. Su, Bing; Xiao, Junhua; Underhill, Peter; Deka, Ranjan; Zhang, Weiling; Akey, Joshua; Huang, Wei; Shen, Di; 

Lu, Daru; Luo, Jingchun; Chu, Jiayou; Tan, Jiazhen; Shen, Peidong; Davis, ron; Cavalli-Sforza, Luca; 

Chakraborty, Ranajit; Xiong, Momiao; Du, Ruofu; Oefner, Peter; Chen, Zhu; Kin, Li. Y-Chromosome 

Evidence for a Northward Migration of Modern Humans into Eastern Asia During the Last Ice Age. American 

Journal of Human Genetics. 1999; 65: 1718-1724. 


3. Subianto, D. B.; Tumada, L. R.; Margono, Sri S. Burns and Epileptic Fits Associated with Cysticercosis in 

Mountain People of Irian Jaya. Tropical and Geographical Medicine. 1978; 30: 275- 278. 

Note: [Enarotali Hospital]. 

4. Suchan-Galow, Erika. Die deutsche Wirtschaftstätigkeit in der Südsee vor der ersten Besitzergreifung 1884. 

Hamburg: Hans Christians Druckerei und Verlag; 1940. 143 pp. (Veröffentlichungen der Vereins für 

Hamburgische Geschichte; v. 14). 


5. Suda, K. Dietary Change among the Kubo of Western Province, Papua New Guinea, between 1988 and 1999. Man 

and Culture in Oceania. 1997; 13: 83-98. 

Note: [fw July-November 1988, July-August 1994: Siuhamason Kubo]. 

6. Suda, Kazuhiro. Leveling Mechanisms in a Recently Relocated Kubor Village, Papua New Guinea: A 

Socio-Behavioral Analysis of Sago-Making. Man and Culture in Oceania. 1990; 6: 99-112. 

Note: [fw July-November 1988 (5 mos): Siuhamason Kubor]. 

7. Suda, Kazuhiro. Socioeconomic Changes of Production and Consumption in Papua New Guinea Societies. Man 

and Culture in Oceania. 1993; 9: 69-79. 

Note: [fw: Kiwai, Kubor; from lit: Gidra, Tairora, Yamiyufa]. 

8. Suda, Kazuhiro. Time Allocation and Food Consumption among the Kiwai-Speaking Papuans in Papua New 

Guinea. In: Akimichi, Tomoya, Editor. Coastal Foragers in Transition. Osaka: National Museum of Ethnology; 

1996: 89-104. (Senri Ethnological Studies; v. 42). 

Note: [fw September 1990: Mawata Kiwai]. 

9. Sudarman, Dea. Asmat: Menyingkap Budaya Subu Pedalaman Irian Jaya. Jakarta: Penerbit Sinar Harapan; 1984. 

144 pp. 


10. Sudjito, M. C. Management of Cerebral Malaria in the Karubaga Primary Health Center Jayawijaya District. Irian. 

1989; 17: 10-18. 

Note: [Karubaga]. 

11. Sugawara, Kazuyoshi. Comment [on Polly Wiessner, "The Vines of Complexity": Egalitarian Structures and the 

Institutionalization of Inequality among the Enga"]. Current Anthropology. 2002; 43: 261-262. 

Note: [from lit: Enga]. 

12. Suharno, Ignatius. Monolingual Data Eliciting: Some Local Constraints on Workable Analytical Procedures with 

Reference to Baudi. In: Suharno, Ignatius; Pike, Kenneth L., Editors. From Baudi to Indonesian: Studies in 

1

Linguistics from the 1975 UNCEN- SIL Workshop, Danau Bira, Irian Jaya. n.p. [Jayapura]: Cenderawasih 

University and Summer Institute of Linguistics; 1976: 1-10. 

Note: [SIL: Baudi]. 

13. Suharno, Ignatius; Pike, Kenneth L., Editors. From Baudi to Indonesian: Studies in Linguistics from the 1975 

UNCEN-SIL Workshop, Danau Bira, Irian Jaya. n.p. [Jayapura]: Cenderawasih University and Summer 

Institute of Linguistics; 1976. xiv, 209 pp. 

14. Suhumpumari, Mathew. Prut Tru I Ken Karim Moa. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1991; 1(2): 17-19. 

Note: [Chambri]. 

15. Sui, Christopher. Settling the Kno Sticks in Yamuk Marriage. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1991; 1(2): 5-9. 

Note: [Yamuk vill Torembi]. 

16. Suimeli, Christopher. Using the Garamut Drum. Grassroots Research Bulletin. 1992; 2(1): 11-14. 

Note: [Yamuk vill Torembi]. 

17. Sujatni. Orang Waropen. In: Koentjaraningrat; Bachtiar, Harsja W., Editors. Penduduk Irian Barat: Disusun oleh 

para mahasiswa dan dosen Djurusan Antropologi, Universitas Indonesia. n.p.: P.T. Penerbitan Universitas; 

1963: 136-158. (Projek Penelitan Universitas Indonesia; v. C11). 

Note: [from lit: Waropen]. 

18. Sukirno. Kepemimpinan Dalam Masyarakat Suku Balim. In: Susanto-Sunario, Astrid S., Editor. Pembangunan 

Masyarakat Pedesaan: Suatu Telaah Analitis Masyarakat Wamena, Irian Jaya. Jakarta: Pustaka Sinar Harapan; 

1994: 108-115. 


19. Sukri, Nono C.; Laras, Kanti; Wandra, Toni; Didi, Sukman; Larasati, Ria P.; Rachdyatmaka, Josef R.; Osok, 

Stevie; Tjia, Petrus; Saragih, John M.; Hartati, Sri; Listyaningsih, Erlin; Porter, Kevin R.; Beckett, Charmagne 

G.; Prawira, Ingerani S.; Punjabi, Narain; Suparmanto, Sri A.; Beecham, H. James; Bangs, Michael J.; Corwin, 

Andrew L. Transmission of Epidemic Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever in Easternmost Indonesia. American Journal 

of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. 2003; 68: 529-535. 

Note: [April 2001: Merauke]. 

20. Sukwianomb, J. The German Raid on the Kwoma. Oral History. 1977; 5(1): 11-33. 

Note: [interviews: Honggama Kwoma]. 

21. Sullivan, M. E. Holocene Evolution of the Southern Papuan Coastline. Yagl-Ambu. 1992; 16(4): 35-53. 

Note: [Mirigeda, Bootless Bay, Motupore I, Gaire, Gabagaba]. 

22. Sullivan, M.; Hughes, P. The Geomorphic Setting of Prehistoric Garden Terraces in the Eastern Highlands of 

Papua New Guinea. In: Gardiner, V., Editor. International Geomorphology 1986: Proceedings of the First 

International Conference on Geomorphology, Part II. Chichester (U.K.): John Wiley & Sons Ltd.; 1987: 

569-582. 

Note: [fw 1984, 1985: Arona V]. 

23. Sullivan, M. E.; Hughes, P.; Golson, J. Prehistoric Engineers of the Arona Valley. Science in New Guinea. 1986; 

12: 27-41. 

Note: [fw August-September 1984, February 1985, April 1985: Arona V]. 

24. Sullivan, M. E.; Hughes, P. J.; Goldon, J. Prehistoric Garden Terraces in the Eastern Highland of Papua New 

Guinea. Tools and Tillage. 1987; 5: 199-213. 

Note: [fw: Arona V]. 

25. Sullivan, M. E.; Sassoon, M. Prehistoric Occupation of Loloata Island Papua New Guinea. Australian 

2

Archaeology. 1987; 24: 1-9. 

Note: [fw 1976, 1985: Bootless Bay]. 

26. Sullivan, Marjorie. The Impact of Projected Clinmate Change on Coastal Land Use in Papua New Guinea. In: 

Lawrence, David; Cansfield-Smith, Tim, Editors. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the 

Torres Strait region: Proceedings of the Torres Strait Baseline Study Conference. Cairns, Qld: Great Barrier 

Reef Marine Park Authority; 1991: 33-58. (Workshop Series; v. 16). 


27. Sullivan, Nancy. The Awim Caves. Paradise. 1998; 129: 23-25. 

Note: [Karawari]. 

28. Sullivan, Nancy. Fighting with Food on Goodenough. Paradise. 2001; 143: 7-10. 

Note: [Goodenough I]. 

29. Sullivan, Nancy. The Murik Lakes Mixture. Paradise. 2000; 140: 21-23. 

Note: [Mendam Murik]. 

30. Sullivan, William C.; Wanis, John; Carey, Martin. Disability in Western Highlands Province. Papua New Guinea 


Note: [surveys: Mt Hagen]. 

31. Sumawinta, Iwa W.; Bernadeta; Leksana, Budhi; Sutamihardja, Awalludin; Subianto, Budi; Sekartuti; Fryauff, 

David J.; Baird, J. Kevin. Very High Risk of Therapeutic Failure with Chloroquine for Uncomplicated 

Plasmodium falciparum and P. vivax in Indonesian Papua. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and 

Hygiene. 2003; 68: 416-420. 

Note: [October-November 1995: Arso]. 

32. Summers, K. M.; Yenchitsomanus, P.; Chapple, R. M. Genetic Distance Analysis Using DNA Polymorphisms 

in the �-globin Gene Cluster. Annals of Human Biology. 1987; 14: 393-404. 

Note: [Western Highlands Province, Southern Highlandsa Province, Goroka, Karimui, Gulf Province, Western 

Province]. 

33. Sumule, Agus. Status Usahatani Masyarakat Ekagi di Kecamatan Kamu. In: Masinambouw, E. K. M.; Haenen, 

Paul, Editors. Kebudayaan dan Pembangunan di Irian Jaya. Jakarta: LIPI-RUL [Lembaga Ilmu Pengetabuan 

Indonesia - Leiden University]; 1994: 149-159. (Seri LIPI-RUL; v. 3). 

Note: [Ekagi]. 

34. Sumule, Agus Irianto. The Technology Adoption Behaviour of the Indigenous People of Irian Jaya: A Case Study 

of the Arfak Tribals [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Brisbane: University of Queensland; 1994. xxv, 375 pp. 

Note: [survey October 1991 - March 1992: Hatam, Meah]. 

35. Sunda, James. Church Growth in the Central Highlands of West New Guinea. Lucknow (India): Lucknow 

Publishing House; 1963. vi, [i], 51 pp. + 7 pp. Figures. 

Note: [mission: Kapauku, Ilaga V Uhunduni, Beoga V Uhunduni, Ilaga V Dani, Baliem V Dani, Pyramid Dani, 

Hadipa Moni]. 

36. Sungu, Monica; Sanders, Ray. Influenza Virus Activity in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical 

Journal. 1991; 34: 199-203. 

Note: [Goroka]. 

37. Suparlan, Parsudi. The Diversity of Cultures in Irian Jaya. Indonesian Quarterly. 1994; 22: 170-182. 

Note: [from lit: general IJ]. 

38. Supro, Luke. Tikaui (Tegoi) Village. Oral History. 1977; 5(8): 102-109. 

3

Note: [Tegoi vill Ambunti Sub-district]. 

39. Susanto-Sunario, Astrid S. Kebudayaan Jayawijaya: Dalam Pembangunan Bangsa. Jakarta: Sinar Harapan; 1993. 

122 pp. 


40. Susanto-Sunario, Astrid S., Editor. Pembangunan Masyarakat Pedesaan: Suatu Telaah Analitis Masyarakat 

Wamena, Irian Jaya. Jakarta: Pustaka Sinar Harapan; 1994. 226 pp. 

41. Susman, Manford. Into Hidden Valley. In: Sunderman, James F., Editor. World War II in the Air: The Pacific. 

New York: Bramhall House: 177-181. 

Note: [Eunice Airstrip, Telefomin]. 

42. Susman, Manford. Into Hidden Valley. Air Force. 1945(January): 9-11. 

Note: [Eunice airstrip, Telefomin]. 

43. Sutaarga, M. Amir. Orang Mimika. In: Koentjaraningrat; Bachtiar, Harsja W., Editors. Penduduk Irian Barat: 

Disusun oleh para mahasiswa dan dosen Djurusan Antropologi, Universitas Indonesia. n.p.: P.T. Penerbitan 

Universitas; 1963: 273-299. (Projek Penelitan Universitas Indonesia; v. C11). 

Note: [from lit: Mimika]. 

44. Sutaarga, M. Amir. Tjiri Antropologi Fisik Dari Penduduk Pribumi. In: Koentjaraningrat; Bachtiar, Harsja W., 

Editors. Penduduk Irian Barat: Disusun oleh para mahasiswa dan dosen Djurusan Antropologi, Universitas 

Indonesia. n.p.: P.T. Penerbitan Universitas; 1963: 18-27. (Projek Penelitan Universitas Indonesia; v. C11). 


45. Sutaarga, Moh Amir; Koentjaraningrat. Kebinekaan Ras Penduduk Irian Jaya. In: Koentjaraningrat, Editor. Irian 

Jaya: Membangun Masyarakat Majemuk. Jakarta: Penerbit Djambatan; 1994: 110-118. (Seri Etnografi 



46. Suter, Diana; Harvey, R. G. A Developmental Approach to the Interpretation of Dermatoglyphic Data from Papua 

New Guinea and the Faroe Islands. Annals of Human Biology. 1981; 8: 161-170. 


47. Suter, Edgar. A Comparative Look at the Dual and Plural Forms of Verb Inflections and Pronouns in Northeast 

New Guinea Papuan Languages. Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 1997; 28: 17-68. 

Note: [fw: Kate; from lit: Kovai, Dedua, Ono, Nomu, Burum, Selepet, Ya, Nek, Urii, Tuma (Irumu), Wantoat, 

Yopno (Kewieng), Nankina, Gwahatike (Dahating), Rawa, Awa, Usarufa, Fore, Yagaria, Benabena, Kuman, 

Ku Waru (Hagen), Kewa, Enga, Kobon, Tauya, Apalc (Emerum), Nend (Angaua), Mauwake (Ulingan), Usan 

(Wanuma), Wasembo, Bunabun, Dimir, Bargam (Mugil), Nobonob (Garuh), Utu, Amele, Erima, Koromu 

(Kesawai), Bongu, Siroi]. 

48. Suter, Edgar. Satzverbinding im Kâte. Zürich: Universität Zürich; 1992. 100 pp. 

Note: [from lit: Kâte]. 

49. Sutherland, John. A Short Note on Yields of Forty One Varieties of Aibika. Science in New Guinea. 1984; 11: 

39-42. 

Note: [colls: Boana, Madang, Bubia]. 

50. Suwa, J. Representing Sroow in Stringband Laments in the Madang Area, Papua New Guinea. People and Culture 

in Oceania. 2001; 17: 47-66. 

Note: [fw February 1007 - January 1998: Yabob]. 

51. Suzuki, T. The Traditional Art of Curing among the Gidra of the Oriomo Plateau, Papua New Guinea. Man and 

4

Culture in Oceania. 1985; 1: 67-79. 

Note: [fw 1980, 1981: Gidra]. 

52. Suzuki, T.; Watanabe, S.; Hongo, T.; Kawabe, T.; Inaoka, T.; Ohtsuka, R.; Akimichi, T. Mercury in Scalp Hair 

of Papuans in the Fly Estuary, Papua New Guinea. Asia Pacific Journal of Public Health. 1988; 2: 39-47. 

Note: [colls 1980, 1981: Raul, Wonie, Ume, Dorogori Gidra]. 

53. Suzuki, Tsuguyoshi. Mercury Intake and Hair Mercury. In: Ohtsuka, Ryutaro; Suzuki, Tsuguyoshi, Editors. 

Population Ecology of Human Survival: Bioecological Studies of the Gidra in Papua New Guinea. Tokyo: 

University of Tokyo Press; 1990: 187-193. 

Note: [fw 1980, 1981: Rual, Wonie, Ume, Dorogori vills Gidra]. 

54. Suzuki, Tsuguyoshi; Akimichi, Tomoya; Kawabe, Toshio; Inaoka, Tsukasa; Ohtsuka, Ryutaro. Growth of the 

Gidra in Lowland Papua New Guinea. In: Kobayashi, Noboru; Brazelton, T. Berry, Editors. The Growing Child 

in Family and Society: An Interdisciplinary Study in Parent-Infant Bonding. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press; 

1984: 77-93. 

Note: [fw 1971: Wonie vill Gidra; 1981: Rual, Wonie, Ume, Dorogori vills Gidra; from lit: Asai V]. 

55. Sütterlin, Christa. Angst und Angstbewältigung: Vom Fratzenschneiden und Schamweisen. In: Schiefenhövel, 



Note: [Inmak V Eipo]. 

56. Sütterlin, Christa; Uher, Johanna. Die Macht der Zeichen: Stilisieren und Symbolisiserun. In: Schiefenhövel, 



Note: [Eipo, Trobriand Is]. 

57. Swadling, P. Lala Shellfish. Oral History. 1977; 5(4): 6-9. 

Note: [Lala (Nara)]. 

58. Swadling, P. A Review of the Traditional & Archaeological Evidence for Early Motu, Koita and Koiari Settlement 

along the Central South Papuan Coast. Oral History. 1977; 5(2): 37-57. 

Note: [fw: Motu, Koita, Koiari]. 

59. Swadling, Pamela. Ancestral & Prehistoric Sites in the Purari River Basin. University: University of Papua New 

Guinea, Department of Anthropology & Sociology; 1975. 95 pp. 

Note: [Southern Highlands, Enga, Western Highlands, Chimbu, Eastern Highlands, Gulf districts]. 

60. Swadling, Pamela. Central Province Shellfish Resources and Their Utilisation in the Prehistoric Past of Papua 

New Guinea. The Veliger. 1977; 19: 293-302. 

Note: [fw: Pari, Taurama Site]. 

61. Swadling, Pamela. Changes Induced by Human Exploitation in Prehistoric Shellfish Populations. Mankind. 1976; 

10: 156-162, 280. 

Note: [fw: Taurama, Motupore I]. 

62. Swadling, Pamela. Changing Shellfish Resources and Their Exploitation for Food and Artifact Production in 

Papua New Guinea. Man and Culture in Oceania. 1994; 10: 127-150. 

Note: [Bombongara (Huon Peninsula), Dongan, Akari (Lower Ramu)]. 

63. Swadling, Pamela. Changing Shorelines and Cultural Orientations in the Sepik-Ramu, Papua New Guinea: 

Implications for Pacific Prehistory. World Archaeology. 1997; 29: 1-14. 

Note: [fw 1986, 1987+: Dongan, Djom R]. 

5

64. Swadling, Pamela. Decorative Features and Sources of Selected Potsherds from Archaeological Sites in the Gulf 

and Central Provinces. Oral History. 1980; 8(8): 101-125. 

Note: [Boera, LeaLea-Boki, Port Moresby, Bootless Bay, Papa, Badihagwa, Vabukori, Motupore I, Daugo, Ava 

Garau]. 

65. Swadling, Pamela. Depletion of Shellfish in the Traditional Gathering Beds of Pari. In: Winslow, John H., Editor. 

The Melanesian Environment. Canberra: Australian National University Press; 1977: 182-187. 

Note: [fw: Pari vill (Port Moresby)]. 

66. Swadling, Pamela. Don Laycock's Contributions to Understanding Cultural Relationships in the Sepik. In: Dutton, 

Tom; Ross, Malcolm; Tryon, Darrell, Editors. The Language Game: Papers in Memory of Donald C. Laycock. 


1992: 655-656. (Pacific Linguistics, Series C; v. 110). 


67. Swadling, Pamela. Earliest Agriculture. Paradise. 1998; 129: 15. 

Note: [Kuk]. 

68. Swadling, Pamela. How Long Have People Been in the Ok Tedi Impact Region? Boroko: PNG National Museum; 

1983. xii, 196 pp. (Records; v. 8). 

Note: [Ok Tedi, Mt Ok, Fly R]. 

69. Swadling, Pamela J. The Human Settlement of the Arona Valley Eastern Highlands District, Papua New Guinea. 

Boroko: Papua New Guinea Electricity Commission; 1973. [i], iv, 118 pp. 

Note: [fw: Arona V, Agarabi, Gadsup]. 

70. Swadling, Pamela. Introduction. In: Swadling, Pamela, Senior Editor. People of the West Sepik Coast. Boroko: 

National Museum and Art Gallery; 1979: 3-12. (Records of the National Museum and Art Gallery; v. 7). 

Note: [Aitape Coast]. 

71. Swadling, Pamela. Papua New Guinea's Prehistory: An Introduction. Boroko: National Museum and Art Gallery; 

1981. 69 pp. 

Note: [Kuk, general PNG]. 

72. Swadling, Pamela, Senior Editor. People of the West Sepik Coast. Boroko: National Museum and Art Gallery; 

1979. 112 pp. (Records of the National Museum and Art Gallery; v. 7). 

Note: [North Coast]. 

73. Swadling, Pamela. Plumes from Paradise: Trade Cycles in Outer Southeast Asia and Their Impact on New Guinea 

and Nearby Islands until 1920. Boroko and Coorparo, Qld: Papua New Guinea National Museum in association 

with Robert Brown & Associates (Qld) Pty Ltd; 1996. 352 pp. 


74. Swadling, Pamela. Sepik Prehistory. In: Lutkehaus, Nancy; Kaufmann, Christian; Mitchell, William E.; Newton, 

Douglas; Osmundsen, Lita; Schuster, Meinhard, Editors. Sepik Heritage: Tradition and Change in Papua New 

Guinea. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press; 1990: 71-86. 


75. Swadling, Pamela. The Settlement History of the Motu & Koita Speaking People of the Central Province, Papua 

New Guinea. In: Denoon, Donald; Lacey, Roderic, Editors. Oral Tradition in Melanesia. Port Moresby: 

University of Papua New Guinea and the Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies; 1981: 240-251. 

Note: [fw & from lit: Port Moresby, Kosipe, Yule I, Taurama, Nebira 4, Koita, Kiari, Motu]. 

76. Swadling, Pamela. Shellfishing in Papua New Guinea, with Special Reference to the Papuan Coast. In: Morauta, 

Louise; Pernetta, John; Heaney, William, Editors. Traditional Conservation in Papua New Guinea: Implications 

6

for Today. Boroko: Institute of Applied Social and Economic Research; 1982: 307-310. (Monographs; v. 16). 

Note: [Delena, Pari]. 

77. Swadling, Pamela. Towards an Understanding of Sepik Prehistory. Oral History. 1977; 5(8): 1-39. 

Note: [general Sepik; Makru tribe (West Sepik), Tuonumbu vill (East Sepik), Kairiru]. 

78. Swadling, Pamela. Towards an Understanding of Sepik Prehistory. Port Moresby: Institute of Papua New Guinea 

Studies; 1977. 40 pp. 

Note: [Makru (West Sepik), Tuonumbu (East Sepik), Kairiru, general PNG]. 

79. Swadling, Pamela, Editor. Traditional Settlement Histories and Legends from the Sepik and Madang Provinces. 

Boroko: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies; 1980. x, 111 pp. (Oral History; v. 8(9)). 

Note: [Abelam, Maprik, Wingei, Wosera, Kwanga, Tama, Kubkain, Tauri, Iatmul, Manambu, Sawos, Chambri, 

Selnau Kombio, Mukili, Wilium, Wati (Weiki), Tuman, Mt Arapesh, Kasiman (Kasman), Southern Arapesh, 

Angel I, Serra, Suain, Sko, Madang, Siar, Yabob, Bilabil]. 

80. Swadling, Pamela et al. Traditional Settlement Histories & Early Historical Accounts of the Schouten Islands, East 

Sepik Province. Boroko: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies; 1980. 128 pp. (Oral History; v. 8(2)). 

Note: [Kairiru, Muschu, Karesau, Robuin I, Tarawai, Walis I, Kaiep, Schouten Is]. 

81. Swadling, Pamela; Aitsi, Louise; Trompf, Garry; Kari, Michael. Beyond the Early Oral Traditions of an 

Austronesian Speaking people of the Gulf and Western Central Provinces: A Speculative Appraisal of Early 

Settlement in the Kairuku District. Oral History. 1977; 5(1): 50-80. 

Note: [fw: Keharo, Roro]. 

82. Swadling, Pamela; Anamiato, Jim. Marine Shells from the Yuat Gorge. In: Gorecki, Paul P.; Gillieson, David S., 

Editors. A Crack in the Spine: Prehistory and Ecology of the Jimi-Yuat Valley, Papua New Guinea. 

Townsville: James Cook University of North Queensland, School of Behavioural Sciences, Division of 

Anthropology and Archaeology; 1989: 224-230. 

Note: [Ritamauda (QBB), Rui Kumanga (MSA)]. 

83. Swadling, Pamela; Araho, Nick; Ivuyo, Baiva. Settlements Associated with the Inland Sepik-Ramu Sea. In: 

Bellwood, Peter, Editorial Co-ordinator. Indo-Pacific Prehistory 1990: Proceedings of the 14th Congress of 

the Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association Yogyakarta, Indonesia, 26 August to 2 September 1990, Volume 2. 

Canberr and Jakarta: Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association and Asosiasi Prehistorisi Indonesia; 1991: 92-112. 

(Bulletin of the Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association; v. 11). 

Note: [fw: Dongan, Akari Lower Ramu]. 

84. Swadling, Pamela; Chappell, John; Francis, Geoff; Araho, Nick; Ivuyo, Baiva. A Late Quaternary Inland Sea and 

Early Pottery in Papua New Guinea. Archaeology in Oceania. 1989; 24: 106-109. 

Note: [fw: Marienberg, Dongan vill, Cape Moem (Wewak), Djom R]. 

85. Swadling, Pamela; Hauser-Schäublin, Brigitta; Gorecki, Paul; Tiesler, Frank. The Sepik-Ramu: An Introduction. 

Boroko: Papua New Guinea National Museum; 1988. 74, [2] pp. 

Note: [general Sepik-Ramu]. 

86. Swadling, Pamela; Hope, Geoff. Environmental Change in New Guinea since Human Settlement. In: Dodson, 

John, Editor. The Naive Lands: Prehistory and Environmental Change in Australia and the South-west Pacific. 

Melbourne: Longham Cheshire Pty Limited; 1992: 13-42. 


87. Swadling, Pamela; Kaiku, Ombone. Radiocarbon Date from a Fireplace in the Clay Surface of an Eroded Village 

Site in the Papa Salt Pans, Central Province. Oral History. 1980; 8(8): 86. 

Note: [Papa vill (Site AWL)]. 

7

88. Swadling, Pamela; Mawe, Theodore; Tomo, Wilfred. Archaeology of Telefolip. In: Craig, Barry; Hyndman, 

David, Editors. Children of Afek: Tradition and Change among the Mountain-Ok of Central New Guinea. 

Sydney: Unversity of Sydney; 1990: 109-114, 259-261. (Oceania Monographs; v. 40). 

Note: [fw 1983: Telefolip]. 

89. Swadling, Pamela; Wari, Geno. A List of Artifacts from the West Sepik Coast in the National Musem and Art 

Gallery. In: Swadling, Pamela, Senior Editor. People of the West Sepik Coast. Boroko: National Museum and 

Art Gallery; 1979: 108-112. (Records of the National Museum and Art Gallery; v. 7). 

Note: [from museum colls: Warapu, Malol, Ali, Leitre, Tumleo, Aitape, Vanimo, Tumleo, Vakoi]. 

90. Swain, Tony; Trompf, Garry. The Religions of Oceania. London: Routledge; 1995. viii, 244 pp. (The Library of 

Religious Beliefs and Practices). 


91. Swick, Joyce. Chuave Phonological Hierarchy. In: Frantz, Chester I.; Frantz, Marjorie E. et al. Papers in New 

Guinea Linguistics No. 5. Canberra: Australian National University; 1966: 33-48. (Linguistic Circle of 

Canberra Publications, Series A; v. 7). 

Note: [SIL July 1960 - October 1962 (18 mos): Gomia vill Chuave]. 

92. Swift, John; Nalu, Goaru. Cassava: A Food Crop in the Wau Valley. Harvest. 1981; 7: 78-83. 

Note: [Wau V]. 

93. Switak, Karl H. New Guinea's Highlanders. Pacific Discovery. 1975; 28(2): 10-17. 

Note: [Tabibuga, Snake R Valley]. 

94. Sykes, Bryan; Leiboff, Andrew; Low-Beer, Jacob; Tetzner, Susannah; Richards, Martin. The Origins of the 

Polynesians: An Interpretation from Mitochondrial Lineage Analysis. American Journal of Human Genetics. 

1995; 57: 1463-1475. 

Note: [from colls: PNG Coastal]. 

95. Sykes, S. V. Into Upland Papua. Geographical Magazine. 1955; 28: 155-168. 

Note: [geologist: Strickland R, Sepik hw]. 

96. Syme, Tony. Exchange and Reciprocity: Methodist Missionaries on Dobu island, Papua New Guinea in 1891. 

Victorian Historical Journal. 1987; 58(1): 24-28. 

Note: [Methodist Mission, Dobu]. 

97. Symes, W. D. A Case of Congenital Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis in a Native Infant. Papua and New Guinea 


Note: [Ela Beach Native Hospital]. 

98. Symons, A. H. Annual Report Western Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Annual 

Report for the Year Ending 30th June, 1907. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1907 Aug: 40-41. 

Note: [admin 1906-1907: Western Division]. 

99. Symons, A. H. Annual Report, Western Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Report for 

the Year Ended 30th June, 1908. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1908: 48- 50. 

Note: [admin 1907-1908: Western Division]. 

100. Symons, A. H. Annual Report, South-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: 

Report for the Year Ended 30th June, 1909. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1909: 81- 85. 

Note: [admin 1908-1909: South-Eastern Division]. 

101. Symons, A. H. English-Panaeatian Vocabulary. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Annual 

Report for the Year 1912-13. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1913: Appendix "C," pp. 159-170. 

8

Note: [admin: Panaeati]. 

102. Symons, A. H. Magisterial Report, South-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: 



103. Symons, A. H. Magisterial Reports: South-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia. Papua: Annual 

Report for the Year 1914-15. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1916: 33-36. 


104. Symons, A. H. [Magisterial Report] South-Eastern Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia. Papua: Annual 

Report for the Year 1918-19. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1920: 40-41. 


105. Symons, A. H. [Magisterial Report] Central Division. In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: 

Annual Report for the Year 1919-20. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1920: 36-40. 

Note: [admin 1919-1920: Central Division]. 

106. Symons, A. H. [Magisterial Report] South-Eastern Division: Annual Report for the Year Ended 30th June, 1922. 

In: Commonwealth of Australia, Parliament. Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1921-22. Melbourne: 

Government Printer; 1923: 62-63. 


107. Symons, A. H. [Resident Magistrate's Report on the South- Eastern Division]. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 

Parliament. Papua: Report for the Year Ended 30th June, 1912. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1912: 

119-124. 


108. [Symons, A. H. ]. [Resident Magistrate's Report on the South-Eastern Division]. In: Commonwealth of Australia, 

Parliament. Papua: Annual Report for the Year 1912-13. Melbourne: Government Printer; 1913: 109-116. 

Note: [admin 1912-1913: South-Eastern Division, Rossel I]. 

109. Symons, P. Some Observations of the Bundi Research Project. New Guinea Psychologist. 1969; 1(2): 21-22. 

Note: [Bundi]. 

110. Synge, Francis M. Akbert Maclaren: Pioneer Missionary in New Guinea: A Memoir. Westminster: Society for 

the Propagation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts; 1908. xxi, 171 pp. + Frontispiece + [16] pp. Plates. 

Note: [Maclaren 1890: Yule I, Chad's Bay, Collingwood Bay]. 

111. Szabo, Joyce M. Art is Life: New Guinea Art from the Hampton University Collections. Norfolk, VA: The 

Chrysler Museum at Seaboard Center; 1985. [5] pp. 

Note: [exhibition: Nangasep, Yamok, Iatmul, Maprik, Tambanum, Kanengra, Washkuk, May R, Mindimbit, 

Kanganaman, Chambri, Tambunke, Sepik, Asmat]. 

112. Szalay, Alexandra. Maokop: The Montane Cultures of Central Irian Jaya: Environment, Society, and History in 

Highland West New Guinea [Ph.D. Dissertation]. Sydney: University of Sydney; 1999. xlii, 1-456; 457-660 

+ 24 Plates + 5 Maps. 

Note: [from lit: Jale, Nduga, Tiom Western Dani, Bokondini Western Dani, Konda V Western Dani, Mulia 

V Western Dani, Ilaga V, Tsinga V Amungme, Kugapa Moni, Grand Valley Dani, Kamu V Ekari]. 

113. Szymkowiak, James. My First Year in the Territory. In: Divine Word Missionaries. The Word in the World 1969: 

New Guinea: A Report on the Missionary Apostolate. Techny, IL: Divine Word Publications; 1969: 81-85. 

Note: [mission: Kup, Mingende]. 

9

SSS - PapuaWeb

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?